Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
Contract 46343
THIS COPY IS FOR: CRY SEICWAW CONTRACTOR CONTRACT NO. CITY SECRETARY SPONSORING DEPT }� PROJECTMANAGER I� TPW FILE COPY THE CITY OF FORT WORTH, TEXAS Expansion and Renovation of General Aviation ti Terminal Building at Meacham International Airport City Project No. 1527 FoRTWORTH. fi t BETSY PRICE DAVID C. COOKS MAYOR CITY MANAGER Douglas W. Wiersig, PE Director, Transportation & Public Works Department William B. Welstead Director, Aviation Department Hahnfeld Hoffer Stanford Imperial Construction, Inc. December 2014 OFFICIAL RECORD CITY SECRETARY RECEIVED JAN 13 17.WORTH, TX City of Fort Worth, Texas Mayor and Council Communication COUNCIL ACTION: Approved on 121912014 DATE: Tuesday, December 09, 2014 REFERENCE NO.: C-27131 LOG NAME: 55FTW ADMIN BUILDING CONSTRUCTION (01527) SUBJECT: Authorize Execution of P. Construction Contract with Imperial Construction, Inc., in an Amount Not to Exceed $15,872,750.00 Authorize Execution of a Materials Testing Agreement with Terracon Consultants, Inc., in an Amount Not to Exceed $75,000.00, Rescind M&C C-27061 for Site Work Related to Temporary Modular Buildings for the Expansion and Renovation of the Meacham Administration Building at Fort Worth Meacham International Airport (COUNCIL DISTRICT 2) RECOMMENDATION: It is recommended that the City Council-. 1. Authorize the execution of a construction contract with Imperial Construction, Inc-, in an amount not to exceed $15,872,750.00 for the expansion and renovation of the Meacham Administration Building at Fort Worth Meacham lntern�itional Airport; 2. Authorize the execution of a Materials Testing Agreement with Terracon Consultants, Inc., in an amount not to exceed $75,000.00 for the expansion and renovation of the Meacham Administration Building at Fort Worth Meacham International Airport; and 3_ Rescind M&C C-27061, approved on October 28, 2014, to perform site work related to temporary modular buildings. DISCUSSION: On May 11, 2010, (M&C C-24215) the City Council authorized an Architectural Services Agreement (City Secretary Contract fro- 40243) with Hahnfeld, Hoffer and Stanford for programming and schematic design to renovate and expand the Meacham Administration Building at Fort Worth Meacham International Airport. This contract and its amendments bring the current design costs to $1,861,197-50. On March 18, 2014, (M&C G-18161) the City Council authorized the use of revenue derived from mineral leases on City-owned airports for the construction of the Meacham Administration Building (Administration Building) renovation at Fort Worth Meacham International Airport (Meacham Airport), the leasing of temporary modular buildings for occupancy by all current tenants and Aviation Administration Offices - located in the building to relocate utilities and provide temporary infrastructure for the modular buildings, as well as to fund moving and storage costs to both relocate tenants to the modular buildings and back into the renovated Administration Building. The Administration Building at Meacham Airport was built in 1968 and has not been updated except for small alterations to portions of the facility, including a 1982 first floor addition. The renovation will remove the 1982 addition which will increase the size of the apron adjacent to the facility. This renovation project will also address many deficiencies including, but not limited to, an outdated heating ventilation and air Logname:55I'FW ADMIN BUILDING CONSTRUCTION(01527) Pagel of 3 conditioning system, cooling towers that are Linder constant repair, lack of fire protection systems on the ground level and second floor and Americans with Disabilities Act accessibility concerns. The construction portion of the project was advertised for construction in the Fort Worth Star-Telegram on August 28. 2014 and September 4, 2014. On September 25, 2014. seven Offerors submitted proposals, and on October 2, 2014. four of the seven Offerors submitted the required Post Proposal PreAward documents. The following seven proposals were received (Base Proposal)".Thos S. Byrne, Ltd. dba Byrne Construction Services _1$14,125,000.00 -- Imperial Construction, Inc. $14,475,000.00 Sedalco, Inc. $14,528,240.00 Steele Freeman/Howard Joint Venture $14,825,000.00 Satterfield & Pontikes Construction, Inc. 15,400,000.00 .E. Bunn Construction Company _ 16,054.092.04 Balfour Beatty Construction, LLC 1$18,224,492.00 .. On October 17, 2014, the Best Value Selection Committee met and addressed the four proposals. The committee members included representatives from the Aviation Department, MIWBE Office, project's design architect and Transportation and Public Works Department. The four Offerors were evaluated and ranked as follows: Imperial Evaluation Criteria Thos S. Byrne Construction Sedalco, Balfour Beatty r. I Inc. Construction ;Inc. Price � _ � 60 53 51 F__Q - ISchedule 10 10 F 10-1 10 MBE 2 2.5 2 1 5 Experience and Reputation_ 9 9 7-1 7 Relationship with City 10 9 r 7 5 OTAL 91 83.5 27 RANK 1 Z 1 3 4 Based on a weighted matrix including price,. schedule, MBE participation, reputation and experience, Thos S. Byrne, Ltd. (Byrne), was initially determined to offer the best value for the City, but Byrne subsequently withdrew itself from consideration. Negotiations with the second-ranked offeror, Imperial Construction Inc.. were concluded successfully. Imperial Construction, Inc.; is determined to offer the best value for the City. The overall project cost is expected to be: Design _$ 1,861,197.50 Construction and Owner's Contingency(9%) plus Alternate 1 $ 15,872,750.00 (Materials Testing, Utilities, ITS, FF&E, Contingency, Staff, Art $ 1,264,1100.50 r1no—ta $ 18,998,548.00 The construction contract in an amount not to exceed $15,872,750.00 is based an the base proposal. Alternate No. 1 L.EED Certification and general contingency allowance for use by the City only. The Owner's Contingency is being increased from 5 percent to 9 percent to perform the trailer site preparation work that was previously authorized to be performed by Williams Scotsman Inc., in M&C C-27061. Williams Scotsman Inc., withdrew itself from consideration for the site preparation. Any remaining allowance at the end of construction will be retained by the City. MIWBE OFFICE - Imperial Construction, Inc., is in compliance with the City's Business Diversity Lognanie: 55FTW ADMIN BUII.DlNG CONSTRUCTION(01527) Page 2 of Ordinance by committing to 24 percent MBE participation on the base bid price plus identified alternates inclusive of the contingency allowance. Terracon Consultants, Inc., is in compliance with the City's BIDE Ordinance by committing to 25 percent SBE participation. The project is physically located in COUNCIL DISTRICT 2, but will serve Fort Worth residents in ALL COUNCIL DISTRICTS, Mapsco 48T. FISCAL INFORMATION 1 CERTIFICATION: The Financial Management Services Director certifies that funds are available in the current capital budget, as appropriated, of the Airports Gas Lease Project Fund. FUND CENTERS: TO Fund/AccounVCenters FROM Fund/Account/Centers ( &2))P240 541200 552810152780 $15,947,750.00 CERTIFICATIONS: Submitted for-City Manager's Office by: Fernando Costa (5122) Originating Department Head: Bill Welsted (5402) Additional Information Contact: Jeff Kloska (5405) ATTACHMENTS 1. 01527 RPT 09 20141117. df (CFW Internal) 2. FTW Admin Bldg Map 01527. df (Public) 3. Revised Imperial Compliance Memo.pdf (CFW Internal) 4. Terracon MBE Compliance.pdf (CFW Internal) Logname:55FTW ADMIN BUILDING CONSTRUCTION(01527) Page 3 of 3 f .PANSION & RENOVATION OF THE GENERAL AVIATION TERMINAL AT MEACHAM INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT 4201 NORTH MAIN STREET WN TERMINAL BUILDING Ilk IN C LL y X t, Foe!Worth v 'IIIA' C! D p O d 0 pv p O o d N w, 4 C} g $ wi N rre tl' tO .n n cV VL rp Lo L7 0 o N @ E 3 u� ' Cq o 7i AD m m � LL Tw m m E W DU o C go C¢] dd � c � p _ b O '-' S d N N o G n Ct W� ` u. m a r T U V]+AGpLZ Gl � � ,nm❑ a � rn��yn J M N 04 m.D m U _❑ < G h� 'U C.? rry m m N `7 _Q 4 A 4 � v m U w�mEmPvc aj U fi cc zz q C Sl M Y O C cd +' 6A N N 4v► vi fFf m W M 64 Yi T l7 D O p GG O p G1b D 4? d C3 m a c ud d U3 C>N ] r�v� C a- do m c~v v ul vC c r r3 a v cu r U U is dG Iqm +nut U7 you cm 0-3 n CO N Q S.! 7�'V1 r w ]+�M C m W z LO C Q N V u' � � C �mv`r ?�° 0 r = gym^ u7 fL N e1 �k ni an toCv^�13m m 14 0 Z E F� J �°o _m c G o m w$�wr m U m Lj V miy l l O R 7 � JU 0 W W W 5✓f 63 M1!M1 4ii M W 0) DD p dd d D p c5 0 C 447 G OD v¢ O qo CL = C4 < mW oa ray +17 0 7t v O �d o 0O Z �a u '4 w N 47 ~ Q D p n cO at v w) Y t1 @ E D n �j Q m hsCl� �main ° v C�nnna P m J C ai loyiON-- v M uo to o_cT ry d9 44 low -9 Z y U r� fl? rv� 0 � g 0 f1]a N m m z J V R ¢s d 41 CC z !1i a m o ti lil 0 z a F^ �T ill ❑ T 7 _ Wz CL a 7 7 1A1 n a s a y a o cm a Q d Ll1 u) fn V Vf C WI U C Q) H = LA R c @ J W C 0 0Y d � OL W {p DC7 O` C31 Qr N iYIU O Q N J , O Q7 o 6 Lo U h• HU) m t..? m is m � W U m io 2 N CL C) C7 m E E [7 ET] E t71 W [� Y C W M w a9 �y as iii L7 .�# LL o Eno CQ Q ¢ ¢ rR # �II iJip 3 -D CC # O 4 N C7❑ d d a It m m xz z2 W W w W a vLL a r�J ❑ a a tF m Q G U a U FL/RT WORTM,, CITY OF FORT WORTH TRANSPORTATION AND PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT ADDENDUM NO. 1 GENERAL AVIATION TERMINAL BUILDING AT MEACHAM INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Request for Proposals Submittal Date: September 2$, 2014 (NO CHANGE) The Request for Proposals for the above project is hereby revised and amended as follows: 1. Replace the Proposal Form with the Revised Proposal Forge(Attachment#11). The cost breakouts for the suites will be part of the Post Proposal-PreAward submittals. These cost breakouts are included in the Base Proposal. 2. Use the Post Proposal-PreAward Submfttal Farm for Cost Breakouts for Suites (Attachment 02)in submitting the documents for the cost breakouts for the suites. These cost breakouts are included in the Base Proposal, The Post Proposal—PreAward submittals ■r are due within five business days subsequent to the Proposal submittal date. Refer to Paragraph 8 of the Instructions to Offerors. 3. The following general contractors have informed our office that they plan to submit proposals; a. Balfour Beatty Construction, Chad Brewer, (817)744-8585, CBrewergBalrourbeattyus.com b, McCarthy Building Companies, Wayne Hendrix, (972)991-5500,WHendrix@McCanhy.com ION c. Rogers-O'Brien Construction, Lee Derr, (214)991-2107, LDerr@r-o.com d. Steele&Freeman, Inc_, David Marsh, (817)232-4742,dmarsh steelefreeman.com e. Satterfield& Pontikes Construction, James Lang, (972)753-0342,flang@satoon.com f. Sedalco, Inc., Jeremy Hagan, (817)831-2245,bidsfd�sedaico.com g. Byrne Construction Services,Justin Burt, (817)335-3394,iburtCc tsbyrne.com and bids(o)tsbyrne:com h. Journeyman Construction,Akram Zreik, (512)247-7000,azreik&ourney_manco..com i. JE Dunn Construction, Chuck Sloma, (214) 309-7563, Chuck.SlomaC&edunn_com j. Ratcliff Constructors, Max Young,(97)432-9969,estimating((D-ratcl+ffconstructors,com Addendum No,1 Page 1 of 2 General Aviation Terminal Building at Meacham Infernaliona!Airport September 9,2014 k. AMX Companies, Cornel us Walker, (459)435-0479, comelius.walker[r7amxcvm,panies.c_om 4. Hahnfeld Hoffer Stanford Addendum No. 1 letter dated September 9, 2014 (Attachment#3) with subfotders for revised drawings(Civil, mechanical,and plumbing), and revised specifications. Acknowledge the receipt of this Addendum No. 1 on your Proposal. - DOUGLAS W.WIERSiG, PE _ DIRECTOR, TRANSPORTATION & PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT By Dalton Murayama,AIA - Architectural Services Manager 817-392-8088, FAX 817-392-8488 RELEASE DATE. September 9, 2014 Addendum No. S Page 2 of 2 General Avwai+on Terminal Building at Meacham Inlernalional Airpoii September 9,2014 REVISED PROPOSAL FORM TO; MR. DAVID COOKE CITY MANAGER ATTN: PURCHASING OFFICE 1004 THROCKMORTON CITY OF FORT WORTH,TEXAS FOR: General Aviation Terminal Building Meacham International Airport 4201 North Main Street Fort Worth,Texas City Project No. 1527 Pursuant to the foregoing "Instructions to Offerors," the undersigned has thoroughly examined the plans, specifications and the site, understands the amount of work to be done, and hereby proposes to do all the work and furnish all labor, equipment and materials necessary to fully complete all the work as provided in the plans and specifications, and subject to the inspection and approval of the Director of Transportation and Public Works of the City of Fort Worth. Upon acceptance of this Proposal by the City Council,the bidder is bound to execute a contract and, it the contract amount exceeds $25,000.00, furnish acceptable Performance and/or Payment Bonds approved by the City of Fort Worth for performing and completing the Work within the time stated and for the following sum,to wit: DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS $ Base.Proposal • $ General Contingency Allowance(5%)added to Base Proposal (This amount is not included in the Base Proposal but is added to the Base Proposal. Only the Owner will approve the use of this Allowance during construction. Any Allowance remaining at the end of construction will be rel alned by the City of Fart Worth). $ Base Proposal Plus General Contingency Allowance Completion within calendar days after Notice to Proceed is issued d ALTERNATES Alternate No. 1: Project to Meet 2009 LEER Core and Shell: $ Additional calendar days,if required rAlternate No,2: Polyvinyl-Chlorine Roofing(PVC)in lieu of Modified Bitumen Roofing: Additional calendar days, If required $ UNIT PRICES A. For INCREASE of drilled pier shafts,complete with drilling, excavation,concrete, and rreinforcing. Addendum No.1,Revised Proposal Farm tAlch 13 Page 1 o!3 General Avialion Terminal Building at Meacham Internallonal Airport Seplember 9,2014 411111 w 1. For 18'diameter piers: ADD$ per linear foot 2. For 24'diameter piers: ADD$ per linear foot 3. For 30'diameter piers: ADD$ per linear forst B. For DECREASE of drilled pier shafts, complete with drilling, excavation,concrete, and reinforcing: 1. For 18'diameter piers. DE=DUCT: ��per linear foot 2. For 24"diameter piers: DEDUCT: $ per linear foot 3. For 30'diameter piers: DEDUCT: $ per linear foot Note: Deduct price shall be minimum 66%of add unit price, C- For ADDITION of temporary metal casings for drilled pier shafts: 1. For 18'diameter piers: ADD: $ per linear foot 2. For 24"diameter piers: ADD: $ per linear foot 3. For 30'diameter piers: ADD: $ per linear foot The undersigned agrees to complete the Work within the calendar days specified above after the date of Notice to Proceed. A Project Schedule will be submitted as required in the Instructions to Offeror. The City reserves the right to accept or reject any and all bids or any combination thereof proposed for the above work. The undersigned assures that its employees and applicants for employment and those of any labor organization, subcontractors or employment agency in either furnishing or referring employee appacants to the undersigned are not discriminated against as prohibited by the leans of City Ordinance 7278 as amended by City Ordinance 7400(Fort Worth City Code Section 13A-21 through 13A-29). Residency of Offerors: The 1585 Session of the Texas Legislature passed house Bili 620 relative to the award of contracts to non-resident bidders. The law provides that, in order to be awarded a contract as low bidder, non-resident bidders (out of state contractors whose corporate offices or principal place of business are outside of the State of Texas) that bid projects for construction, improvements, supplies or services in Texas at an amount lower than the lowest Texas resident bidder by the same amount that Texas resident bidder would be required to underbid a non-resident bidder in order to obtain a comparable contract in the state in which the non-resident's principal place of business is located. The appropriate blanks in Section A must be filled out by all non-resident bidders in order for your bid to meet specifications. The failure of out of state or non-resident bidders to complete the forms may disqualify that bidder. Resident bidders must check the box in Section B. A. 1_I Non-resident vendors in (give state),our principal place of business,are required to be percent lower than resident bidders by state law. 1_I Non-resident vendors in (give state),are not required to underbid resident bidders. B. 1_1 Our principal place of business or corporate offices are in the State of Texas. Within ten (10) days of receipt of notice of acceptance of this bid,the successful bidder will execute the formal contract and will deliver approved Performance and Payment Bonds for the faithful perfflrrnance of this contact. The attached deposit check in the sum of Addendum No.1,Revised Proposal Form(Alco 1) Page 2 of 3 General Aviation Terminal Building al Meacham International Airport Seplember 9,2414 r s+ Dollars ($ )is to become the property of the City of Fort Worth,Texas, or the attached Bidder's Bond is to be forfeited in the event the contract and bonds are not executed within the time set forth,as liquidated damages for delay and additional work caused thereby. MINORITY BUSINESS ENTERPRISE (MBE): (For Proposals in excess of$50,000) 1 am aware that I must submit information to the Director,Transportation and Public Works, concerning the MBE participation within FNE BUSINESS DAYS of submittal of this Proposal in order to be considered RESPONSIVE. Respectfully submitted, Company Name By_ Signature rPrinted Name of Principal Title Address: Street I rcity zip Phone: FAX: Email: rReceipt is acknowledged of the following addenda: Addendum No. 1: Addendum No.2: !' Addendum iso.3: Addendum No.4: Addendum No.5: Addendum No.6: Addendum No.7: Addendum No. 8: Addendum No. 9: Addendum No. 10: rAddendum No_ 11: Addendum No. 12: r r Addendum Na.1,Revised Proposal Form(Atch 1) Page 3 of 3 General Aviation Terminal Building at Meacham international Alrpon September 9,2014 EXPANSION AND RENOVATION OF GENERAL AVIATION TERMINAL 8UIL.DING AT MEACHAM INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT POST PROPOSAL—PREAWARD SUBMITTAL FORM FOR COST BREAKOUTS FOR SUITES The below cost bfeakouts are Included In the Base Proposal. The breakouts will be used by the City and will not be part of the evaluation criteria. Cost foT Suite 1-10 Cost for Suite L22 $ Cost for Suite L24 $ Cost for Suite L26 $ Cost for Suite 110 $ Cost for Suite 122 $ Cost for Suite 124 $ Cost for Suite 132 Cost for Suite 310 $ Cost for Suite 334 Name of General Contractor Addendum No, 1,PosT Proposal-PreArvarrl Subrnitial IAich 2) Page 1 of 3 General Aviation Terminal Building a1 Meacham Inlemalional Airport Seplember 9,2014 4E " E• Hahrdad 217.302xG91 rn., 0 Stonfbrd' i ■rPrhrclt P's'wen:nleuort 09/09/7014 .. September 9, 2014 Expansion and Renovation of the General Aviation Terminal Building Meacham International Airport 4201 North Main Street Fort Worth,Texas 76105 rADDENDUM NUMBER ONE: Bidders are advised of the following and shall be governed accordingly: GENERAL 1. Questions from Bidders and Answers: a. Question: In the civil drawings it states that there will be covered parking spaces and to refer to architectural drawings, however, upon further review of architectural drawings r and specifications we are unable to locate any information regarding what these t structures are. Please advise. r Answer: "Shade structures or canopies in the parking lot will be constructed at a later date and are not included in this proposal or construction contract. There is however, one canopy over the CAA WASH shown on AO-211 that is included in the proposal and rconstruction contract" b. Question: Is there a fire alarm system in the existing building? if so,what is the manufacturer and model number? Answer: "yes. It is the Model MS-5024 by Fire Lite". C. Question: Will there be any special badging for this project? Are there any special insurance requirements? .. Answer: "No, there is no special badging or insurance requirements that the contractor needs prior to bidding." d. Question; Refer to part K-3 . 3 page 22 of 27) of the General Conditions of the Contract. R Asbestos Abatement Liability Insurance coverage is described under this section_ Please advise if asbestos abatement will be required on this ,project and if it will be by the Owner or G.G. Answer: 'Asbestos Abatement will be performed by city contract prior to the start of construction. e. Question: Please refer to the Proposal Form. Several breakouts are required to be provided for different suites in tenant finish-out areas. Obtaining accurate pricing information from subcontractors on bid day for this many areas will be difficult. In order for bidding Contractors to be able to provide accurate costs for these breakouts, will the Owner consider allowing bidding Contractors to submit a breakdown of costs for these suites in their Post Proposal -- Pre-award Submittals? Answer: "The contractor can submit the costs breakdown daring the Post Proposal- Pre-award Submittal Phase. See the cover page of this addendum for further instructions and forms. I. Question: Please clarity the height restrictions that are to be imposed by the FAA for this project (i.e. for construction cranes& hoisting equipment). Answer:"The FRA has previously approved a final height clearance permit far the building and attached structures. It will be necessary far the contractor to apply for a clearance permit from the FAA for construction cranes and hoisting equipment. (Currently there are permits for construction cranes for hanger projects on adjoining sites.)i CIVIL DRAWINGS 1. Sheet 01,04 SITE PLAN; a. Reissued full size drawing with clouded changes. 2. Sheet C1.09 STORM DRAIN PLAN: a. Reissued full size drawing with clouded changes. 3 Sheet C1.1 1 STORM DRAIN &SANITARY SEWER PROFILES.- a. Reissued full size drawing with clouded changes. 4. Sheet C1.16 PAVING DETAILS` a. Reissued full size drawing with clouded changes. 5 Sheet 01.19 STORM DRAIN DETAILS: 09053-00 ADDENDUM NO. 1 Page 2 of 158 - a. Reissued full size drawing with clouded changes. 6. Sheet 02.01 TxDOT PLANS. a. Reissued full size drawing with clouded changes. 7. Sheet 02.05 TxDOT DETAILS: a. Reissued tuft size drawing with clouded changes. MECHANICAL PROJECT MANUAL 1. Specification Section 21 00 00, "General Requirements for Fire Suppression Work", paragraph 1.5.0.4., revise as follows: "4. Fire Pumps: The performance design shows whether or not a fire,Dump is expected to be provided. Provide the following submittals it fire pump is provided by the contractor." 2. Specification Section 21 05 17, "Sleeves and Sleeve Seats for Fire-Suppression Piping", paragraph 3.1.8. should read "...provide 1-inch annular...". 3. Delete Specification Section 21 07 00, "Fire-Suppression Systems Insulation'", in its entirety. Remove from "Table of Contents". 4. Specification Section 21 13 16, "Dry-Pipe Sprinkler Systems", paragraph t.5.C_1 should read Pressure: 10 percent, including.... 5. Specification Section 22 05 23, "General-Duty Valves for Plumbing Piping", paragraph 3.4,0.7. should read "For Grooved-End Capper Tubing and Steel Piping:...". 6, Specification Section 22 05 53, "Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment", paragraph 3.3.0:6., "Spaced at maximum intervals of 50 feet along each run. Reduce intervals to 25 feet in areas of congested piping and equipment." 7 Delete Specification Section 22 07 16, "Plumbing Equipment insulation", in its.entirety. Remove from "Table of Contents". 8. Specification Section 22 14 29, "Sump Pumps": a_ Paragraph 2.1.A.10.d.,delete "<Insert types". b. Paragraph 2.2A.1., revise as follows: "Material. Fiberglass or Polyethylene". 9. Replace all sections in Division 23 with new sections, attached hereto. Revise "Table of Contents" to match new section names and numbers. D9t153-0D ADDENDUM NO. 1 Page 3 of 15B a. Section 23 00 10, "General Requirements for HVAC Systems". .� b. Section 23 05 13, "Common Motor Requirements for HVAC Equipment". c_ Section 23 05 17, "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for HVAC Piping". d_ Section 23 05 18, "Escutcheons for HVAC Piping". e. Section 23 05 29, Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment". f. Section 23 05 48, "Vibration and Seismic Controis far HVAC Piping and Equipment". 9. Section 23 05 53,"Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment". _. h. Section 23 05 93, "Testing,Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC". i. Section 23 07 13, "Duct Insulation". j. Section 23 07 19, "HVAC Piping Insulation"_ k. Section 23 09 00, "Instrumentation and Control for HVAC". I, Section 23 23 00, "Refrigerant Piping". M. Section 23 31 13, "Metal Ducts". n. Section 23 33 00, "Air Duct Accessories". *� o. Section 23 34 23, "HVAC Power Ventilators". P. Section 23 37 13, "Diffusers, Registers,and Grilles". q. Section 23 81 00, "HVAC Equipment". (New Section) r. Section 23 82 39, "Unit Heaters". (New Section) 10. Specification Section 28 41 13, "Lightning Protection for Structures": "Preferred Liohtnin❑Protection"is an approved substitution manufacturer. Manufacturer shall submit substitution request. 11. Specification Section 28 31 11, "Digital Addressable 'Fire Alarm System`. For clarification -A voice evacuatidn type notification systern is not required. DRAWINGS 1. Sheet M2.2 MECHANICAL- FIRST LEVEL PLAN: a. Reissued full size drawing with clouded changes. 2_ Sheet M6.1 -SCHEDULE: a. Reissued full size drawing with clouded changes. PLUMBING DRAWINGS 1. Sheet P0.0- PLUMBING SYMBOLS NOTES AND ABBREVIATIONS: r a. Issued new full size drawing. 2. Sheet P2.2 - PLUMBING- FIRST LEVEL PLAN' a. Reissued full size drawing with clouded changes. 09053-00 ADDENDUM NO. 1 Page 4 of 168 3. 'Sheet P2.3- PLUMBING-SECOND LEVEL PIAN: a. Reissued full size drawing with clouded changes. r ATTACHMENTS: NUMBER OF PAGES/SHEETS Section 23 00 10, "General Requirements for HVAC Systems" 11 Section 23 05 13, "Common Motor Requirements for HVAC Equipment" 3 Section 23 05 17, "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for HVAC Piping' 2 Section 23 05 18, "Escutcheons for HVAC Wiping" 2 Section 23 05 29, Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment" 6 Section 23 05 48, "Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC Piping and Equipment" e Section 23 05 53, "Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment" 4 Section 23 05 93, "Testing,Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC" 15 Section 23 07 13, "Duct Insulation" 11 Section 23 07 19, "HVAC Piping Insulation" 7 Section 23 09 00, "Instrumentation and Control for HVAC" 19 Section 23 23 00, "refrigerant Piping" 9 Section 23 31 13, "Metal Ducts" 11 Section 23 33 00, "Air Duct Accessories" 10 Section 23 34 23, "HVAC Power Ventilators" 5 Section 23 37 13, "Diffusers, Registers,and Grilles" 4 A Section 23 81 00, "HVAC Equipment" 12 Section 23 82 39, "Unit Heaters" 4 Civil Full Size Drawings 7 Mechanical Full Size Drawings 2 Plumbing Full Sire Drawings 3 EN❑ OF ADDENDUM NO- 1 EXCEPT ATTACHMENTS e 09053-00 ADDENDUM NO. 1 Page 5 of 158 Doi 9L""i'NIVOM 1vod 133815 N€VR H"ON MV 1 4 �cI�tt OHM INA A AM oil�� sp P � i. � .; iUDJVIV IVNOIIVMH31NI WVH3V3W *, ; x ° # F y � i MOMS IVNIWH31 ND[IVIAV lvm3N. sso, fi' F l 40 NO11"ON3V Oxr Na1SWrdX3 IN 9 OD& LL30 R! x a�4 a ]rc 0 a 6w a LTZZ ZO 2 C - �<-T ;' _ +a F 1�--- �•.�_ i• �Sf 3 1. 4 II Ili a,f _ -f-0. TAXWWAY _____-- l O.F.A. LfM-T%IWE- — o �' I i a 1 -i- �� ,1 !r ►tj fill r' � 9- ;I t � i �� '��i1 r�� F �E i• ��� T�Yit Jill q I 9i Ilt� r °c 4r 11�g Ft l l l F �� { f•!°, �1 -� � 1{7#. ��, �' 1ilp IF �!411 111 2 y S9i9t 87E11'Hlll@M 111@3 133N14 NIYM mam IOn }l Q} a e f I� �R illr { �6Q al i6 1!1 a w1"mD%11103 A 03 �4- {• •� 1H0dHIV1VNDI1VHMUNI WVH3V31V UNIG11091VNIWH31 NQUVIAV 7'IIh13N39 I U 30 MOUVADR39 ONY NOISNVdX3 M1 �! AIL ilia Ia li 79 y 1 ���I g�§# S ��4�:11��:�1 r��Yr:�F .�2g YT1 ��ll1- I ..-..-,....... �~'tea ¢ •1 .0 '-0 TAYNA LFMFT ilii _. +:.. - i' I• � � I I v a pp V e =2 `� I � 'I'• � o t� r - 1 a.sa■R■■eE a n/ ■■■a.■�! ■ra .r.Nr■rar i■l■■■R..■ i ■..■ t■■ ■■}HE} .ar■Ra!■■1� ■NO:H.■ie:■lNe.■ee. Su'•E"'(rC�■siCCC�'ICa'i■•i,sgCC • ::::�iriil�i .sag■■ ENO.■■aaloraM ■.HHe ■ir■a..a■Eg ■ oHHarr■rau�i rl NOoinno■.noi■ sr■ _ ..u. ri.i:■er:::rua.��4rpu■ ofL. ■1 a.a■..rrr.rl} ■■1....1t"$]�3=iC�1■ Me ownspr1c;— ismM 1,ioneHI.N ::%�:.i �i::e::i •l:::.�!l : !1■■. ...■ HH■H■1 an ! ■ ! ltit i:i x■'::: C':CC• =....H.- 'CCCCaZ���r :�C::.'�`:: ::•l1:': •: ■■1■Call ���� ii:a;uw.•::.:a:Cii i-Ci.CC: `•+i. 'M �igil.C/�C sr^C=C+� -_a•�rC :: G :•i:M.i e::ii.•ii n. ::iz3a=:r■...■NOn�■lla■e.H.H1Hrr +H iEe■rn 9.=��a�C1C� 0 Pr:pag. C CCiC CC:CiCCC r■.aauuxr lHul�urrr ■lau■.nrrrrnr■ ■u■ .lr.■i ! rr room umu sCiti'CSoCC:11IR Maii■iu:i::jii: ::: �:eC::::.::::i�f;u:1�::\�`■i��[�iF�:i::s�::i.:i: :` :.6�. :I.:ei::e:::::itIs.:}:::4r �aa�:: :�EE:::::�■ I;N`.!�■ 0.NO.Fff+t ri/1 E...■. ■/NO ■�■�!e : : a•• aH ■■ r■ i. ..tilt■ 'iIsii'1C1i: �:CCC: CCiiin�iiiiM:iC�C='a ii .�rrlr■+r 1l IC. /C■ rY1 Crrrf �� :�M e.n1ii'/C�. ■ e..a■n i as NO1 Marr ME rr a _ :7!■r:a■i• linn■nM.VI■s■un■■1■■■ n■HH�p a.r�l\A IRr• ■R■l.i.■:■1 � UH:....■.Alts E9m H=°==r': ::4' r�6: eEEE6E:9: ': e: ee:e� i #i ' sei� r` ; son c::Q�;� oon -La[. u:iw:::::�.�:::.��. 3iaF:::::aiq ■ HE _ : i■grit �a �■.■■ ■ ' :: ua■rH rranar.ouu.u■;r:rala■HE■EEw ■CCHHH.E �a r i�'� i,rr.MM: !:i .NMC■ a! ;wi...•:::::....::::a......... e:=.C:.1•■:::::: = }p __-���..��•r�•r�__::::He:: :e : .:=::.:1iiesu:C. . :: i: . .:.: :...�•i.��ii.`Wiral2 r.1&.a.aai r•C3 nil.ar..rH}.E ■■ s■■H■■.. �r■■!H/E■■!lrr q.■..H.4 Jr '■■rla.n!■main 111FEREMMUR owommummummomm to .{■[. 00001 !■.! ME His a Ewan}}EH■•■.•■r.■■.He�■■■.... El••■f}in■H■/..1'l/Ran a■C■1 imemon �.na.!!!r! •/.C�� -.s:'/■a=C■Il/�■■E.1a■rr:.■l■■■n■U rrMI+}■. a.:..aa■a■..■..'i F''. : 0lla3 1: u. .H. `�1...r��-.r-.-.-r���r.Y rt-raa.. ■HHlaari.ltl■"MIN ■ +Has•.■i !!!i\ ■ NHIy■HH■■ ./R H■.YI■.Nr�r^�..HNO....�HrarH}... ■■■Nn/n.tli■i Va•rlin7/fia'1 Jla.NO•!..la.ri'i\=..:a rir■/■ Round 'asa::ii:Ci:::::::::iii-'i'sr�ii:: :::::iiiiei:C��:CC���C�i'.{k{i■■■■'C:i'nCCC Cai''a!/'.H CCUUH:s CC - ii.... :n7�nar::: mug. WMAM13 para i■■//.■■f! n ■HRaaruau.u!■u!1 ■NOnn.r■r■\...N :.HHw:v.!l..a nna ....■:I I :.ian 112 aC!'rfi: .Hiii HHiLfHrH.n HHUuuun HH.•.H. ■■H}w.as nlI: .u■■ aa■Hau ■ ■urrHH■HHH.oIHH■ ■ E oa:auH■.w :: ■iw': C:Pr':c iu:C":::yCiii�i• ■H.eCE.ae.\offlomH.■=I Cr�I]ia.��tsS�i*�3 ���� C�rl ■H. ■in■rCCu■HnuurneenH.■■H C■ �.EuuH/HH.�r fi.o� !//laAlKvMi;A;:CT G 3■r. n �uulwr.Hnnoo■.nnoH..n.. 6::raaa■HR:•CC IuCCC ■.�a.■nw���w =7E.;$.'iwam Hu rNOr■e.uuuuooHu.u■u.■nu Nl.as.a■!/ ■ In.■ r ■ ■..a■. re• n_�■■ ■ ■w ■ ..■::::::ii:e:ee.is■.A#i:::}i}.■....i.ii ::e::e::::::•::::R :•:: ::i■ iunni}i'ifi�.�:::e.:i■: ...�i:�a:/■N■.i:u1■l■:■uf.r■:.esyt. e Cia■i ■L .�a■■}.HC .a:!■E�lRaM�C■.fiwaC■o.wa n Hrsisas. H ■ E � J■ • tl:: : lCi3al"C ! :riClffil iICHlm 7MEMEMEI518 �■■in■ E ■ 1:Hill, son ■ l■ aaaH ■■Ea■■■E■NO■,n ■sU11H-1Hjo ■■■a■a■a.■■■11.1. ■■.�f !a _EE1fa E/[.■ 1. as HauuarrruH .IAF Us ri■G■� Ii ■ ri: :iRf:Z_ ■■,�iNO■ CIC"NONSENSE MEML�d- Oman ._.- .i:n\n�rw:}i■HMgC•Heu■�..■-HlteHnl■-H:■�H■:.■niteai..:■■a+r\:■ri:a.aRa.■anH■..H:.:�:.uaNOn:.0ll■■H::.::..aif■iN:H::.r■:a■sR■:H■■■+■:.i}■■H:=■:HCt:■■■:CI■:e:[!.liw.i.■■n:iH:!■�l.:■at:nryl:C}:tu..iu■w:i�■�i/./■:}■■i■■■..e..i■=a�r:■.:E�.�:■Ci■■■■C■ ..awLr■■rkF.��.■.1�:ir�Cl�r.■■■..■:+l■:•.u■H•:N.NO.:raf.Hl�C:ii:H.UiHaH....■.aaHi■:.}eH:HH.}HEw■•i:HiH.�Hl6H::■i�■■■rH:.H:aiE.ret/:.■nR:w�..■\g.:iH■H...u.e■.HH:r:HEie..�jig/Hni■a}�aolar■.:■w�at■:r�.::lnlr1.i4.-l uw(u■[■■i.1�1}i■■:1!HH■!/i:■ia::a■.//H\//:E!a■ar:::■/r�aRH.rl:HZ 3C/!.C:aiaMaCH:!lE■■�jn=!.0+u�=fH■C!Cir■➢■a� ■11-24',111111111 Zre{{g wE.�irH.jD, �■�■,i. : ..H//. lig =12q111i�1`1 aCH1:.o C■r�G: ilonCaC■iiCt/r. In 0*a■ 11Hr3i:N: Y. l ■. e■ .n. ■H■ . . ..■■........... iwn■ 1t...n■ !■ii■M■4■■.ar.! ■ pr ■ . wf ■. .....MEN Cer9w•*viur. melanoma 01l■ r 1/.191R. ■ 0o an■wsunHHi■i .. a ■Mrl ■.\I1rMONOMER ■ 1!naHH:. : ■■$w4aal �,HHuuuHll Hri.�/tg,alins!lC er.iAsi ME M-48 er . =+ sllaH _ C L oil iiiN: aaal :� .. :: :■o: i000 H e. ii;Ma_ ,01447Co}i■ i . ■r .■Mos* : NlL .i �:aii::iiii:C s .Uei � : :: r"■■ t ::�MH : s ::. !■p37Ei::■ ■■r , ;i.i�gi :+'IH.-■ : i i:noun Williams o�y ;;I :r naH■i:/.l!■.: li:: u �iiHR:i iii .H •C +11Hv:4 �}■l. HHH :UHR 7% ■ i� . ■ CH.wHwa■..■ a ■ aua■ H■.. / .annM. 14 HU � as / 1a •i : Hi �ai■C.`1e ■� t .■+■a■H.■nE■H.MCH !HMM■■■�■Haln .a11H C'� ii ' ■ �: � Ci;I: ia. Ci : ■ : i ■:nfa e magam ■l .mHnaRNOEl.l : � C ■ l iiHUlECi:CC1 : i:r:::::. C ' �1?' Ci = ': i■■.a.aa. mr!■ } ..Im p : ::: CCi ■uHiaiaii:i: H:u .a.l ■Cao■uiMEN■. aC�■ry�_r�i■■■a�r:■ ' '■�r+ it ■ ■! Cq'fi ■■ P. •i:::•::.::::i::ie:e' .■1.1. i ii`�:�i! ral: 1 1 1 1 e eo�st sY7[3d'ivaUM L�lQi ,,: 1 luaus RIM Uxor tazI tp HIMO111VOA 40 AIM ttEi}d�iEtl 1tlNOl1tlN1i3INF GYIIH373W eria- 4 ;��p; q,3 rT�t, . tea 3Fr s e m ,P§' � •p �� � . 4 j '�• uN4[JllflB ltlR4WEl31 RD11tlIAtl 1tlk3RID � 3 A NOIlVAONn fliITV NOISNUM F t � gn w IR iggq l . � � 6 � a Fit i. C p3 ja RQ - t F 4 I r ; 1 -� i i r A1,1, yf-• 4 6� 901OL MAI'HIM DIA INUA r S 1331t14%Invumar loth INt l tt ;al @an al 3 ial xtiuA sa ui r [[6?{ RIH ( y n piA `t�{{li r t le r �rii �ii 1aadalY1tiMDI1tlH831Nl W11NOv�W xmin > c a t i 40 ROUVA043I1 Gilt'NQI3M1413 I! MOM �{ � 4 mo; g4�vt:[ Fi a�i F, 1 j ; _ ; -------- ± ut, EON I I r�:� � { a t � x f t Bill i l !p ! tF [:t. 1 oil. dI7 x; rptIZ{ Ej F k I � p 14 its atrss �t lr; � ! ap19C 5Y'X3S'H1kI0M La�3 f, ! 133NIS NIYNI N1bON IUP �� T l ai Iilaom laoi io W3 Q rz�j ¢ �� 1HOd131'Ir'IVNOIIVNH31NIWVH3v3W ac i a E S ba II ` E �. 9NIOWS IVNIWU31 NOIlVIAV 7V83N3'3 k I�e3 i 19 NOIIVAO13V ONV NOISNUNI lig! s ; lei i— I .ef 3� { CL 411 Ing I Ass 1 a }�q�� 1[j�ji� ill Ijf111 44 M11 CL j„� IZ% ili , ' 41 I l.t ,a �{ awe p < { {r L} �4aa � , �� — t r• I� � rr=. II it!ll'�j j;Illl + Y it ��.v e,k i � + � •"<. `' ' ,� r t�i�ll qF , t 9O[91.M31'rUaOM 1901 +r r 1131"NOW mom IN o f �eayii s _ ihil Hl1}M 190-1 JO MZ' [:- O i WVH3Y3NI 9##mins 1VMJWl13180UYIAd 1Ylf3H39 i it 9 ; 44 NQI1VAON3H ONY NOISNUM 13l r t �j '`•l it i 1`v M-11. ` �= = va : � •I 11111 I h 4 8f #i3r1, i i iarS r?el#rieu ;f; I Y Ir� 1 ! ! r�l{{li'! tl ,i�}, 11•I _ 4i S I , !_W4 , !I�i ! ti r!ri ilj Elr = '1i I I - h i rf !01 ' ii } i;ill;li •l��I#��!Yi[+•' P �r S i I:lio fes, I � 1�i i'�--. ��A�✓��liillL' 111 •7;_. �IL!I _ '��•.1� ,]rpl+i# I I,C'ir.IltS irI lI:lifI!;I'?lJ+rt3],a'iI�I111•14`ihPfh+��f'��iNll[rt+l'pll!lI r{;1Il�I^iE�.;r}PP'r1f;If i'+I{�lrPt+IIIl ir'[t!'II"t,�tv+''ili�!rr�!.I{{ffr:�e5l IiF iIIi C,i{#i!ryIIl�lIS!IrI i�iI'!lIiilE,S,�i,iIiIlfhrrl!#�t i[rrfIU;l}tl4if{rN{iir tr!i;pSr;„1�I�i1I,I�1}[_+I��I'#r"'t;�L�Ifi&'i+I�:!t��,li i:Ir'Ip[I�oil IlIf is ls'i#lfi�'lIl{+`I_�Il ���9•�;F{I i,"',�f 1al!l�I �ri+l!'lr{f�rjF.!�i IiI+{r` 1; "!t i'a5i � iI ,! + rIIii%Pal` ,P I! II'I S I;•r}i[l.tHr fE it ri'ItN. + r`l } I�rill II #+Ifs 1 r - i ti, Ii i IY r}{i 111 IP! it 5 0 O k A�P ! r r p#�; G s � ; t- >� fl I, + Mn [` I+ #S �Ir rP,{lip. � Nil,, nE�, r+a sl �Y,l ��I; j �i !r+!�iif �;r[S}�i�' 13•i i i� l II�E if r N i r gill'.[iii IS r+�R f lµ'4111 I 19 }I`tI {ktl it },• ij 3 - �I r � � I+.+ r - _.__ +r n�` 1 t it r•C p•Ij';+II ssl I= C tr .. r 6' S ;t it �I '� f'f•�'+t�4 i�Iy k n r " + J r [l.' I I I P Ifo u I F { ul :IF IF+,Fil�ii'�;'Ifrr� iilji sir' It'll E [ �'I`r r' i r F �9 i••,`'1I I K !�-+.iii �.il '° . �7 � r11�1 i flf d���! 3["I r � }Ii �Sjl li!ii�•iY: tllY`lll, r r. II>!j 'l,�{iso I'I,I r 1 I+i 1 I r iild1.r� fllL1{.,I , � ,r+,t• I rE !+! lir 7kf y r +r r xMi r taE Iluh! li!}i T E •1' } sl r }: � #3 ; I rlr,h Ir I r ,I r II, i i 'P IP:'I y t, II !}� I E,i• 1 s liti�•it If,v;y{I d! rr ! } I a 1; j i I ! li 1►1 I,s;I f!;1 ���� Irl1)r;ff ' „r I i rl `'•1 :?I i ufrY'�+I "{Iff I lu �I Y,i I !{ �i{rl°�X111 ii yP�I, fiY'[h.i1 i! 3�eI F f�f'ei 1t1'I I 'Iri I a 1!' Pru I Il'Yr;th r'.C�Id H!li la d.r r it li ffl r�i r y!'it tin 'i+'I S 1 �I III I![ r• I `f� i; '�;I!'�"I t#�E;II,EIs^�..C^ r � r It,I'rl•,S I PI IIS; 11111, l,ul fl, �_ _ PI+I itf J'I, iil. t ! r I E I�r ! L+}I I.6F s Ir I 1 ffl�r III�l;irilf't II#fli, l� Nil , ylI1 ,I: •' I .%1. �`�:,'!'-,'i iN a �f II ��!i'IrfyyI� �Ii fI� �I[r7 VI�I �Il:hf I li.11{M., I it f - + =1-- �� `�•�`� l�Il,h'liI i I1 I I;i t ilRii�s{Hll�k iit ,�--- r� 90!•81.SY%31'H1aON1 lll0� !l{ � r 13MUS N1VW H18ON kQi4 s WHOAA AM iO A113 1HOJUIV 1VROIIVNH31MI MHOM aa� e i "' • iF =" # ONICITU 1VNIWH31 NOi1V#AV 1VH3H39 t a AO NOUTAOMIN ONY MOl5MY m i S r If z4r+ ( Ff $® �.r 1 Ip Ot 0I Boi 0 oIl mmomgvooaa o000 O�I �000 100001 CIRRI 0 EE09EB9EG�9EE�EE�EE�9EOE9969E6EE9EEE0EEEEEOCECEEBE9E9E900ECC�EEEEEEE �� 111" 1113111.2c1 MENCIUS!ccc�iiceo�ce�c��ocimeivii �fGCEEBE��ESE�@19�@ BEE6�E�9€6€@6�6R9@E�����E�E996@99BgGE�6@E �9EEE�9�99E�E6�EEQQEE99909E90E�6E9E�E96EE9EEE9EBECe6Ee9E9{9EE��9���F9EGe �� I9�DE1C990EGE000@@EE96@809@9@SEE@1E90�OB@GCC@@G6E BD 0@@IIIDC@� �BGEl0 IsE@@ 01111111:1111:111 1@10611:1111:1� ���@ ���� 1111111��8 i .T: �y Fldt9l$V+13!'MSNOM 1H03 �t I � S w' 1331:112 NIvW MON lutF o D I!{ �' ■ pi qq ��• ��� ,,.. M.tnv>'�F lead�v A1F� 1HDd81V IVNOIIVNH31MI WVHOV31W �NIO'1If1a IVNIWV31 NOIIVEAV 1VHMN, 30 NOFIVAOM U OKV M01$NVdx3 SII 1 i a f 110 shy tglRo fiI .•E ', [ 4 l: iI I&FE� {t+`Ii�If 1 i �ft! }� 1�i �'IF ��; 1��T� 1'l�3is 'r�•jr IES F!}i1� q'I''!,+• �` � `I l'4I ;! �Ff! 1'r� I t1 �I IgS[fF#};r�;�� i 3{{I{;Yp W FF rWlt [r�# r5t fili +! ! r l r r [ 1 js{ 3y{F1 c1 f{ ►• II y l.! FF ly,r I(ei { rrI r { el sit � IIS 1kI ` s �!:• r},,�� i,3 ,i� � r, €F 1 E €ol '-F I(1 iI ri i++9 sa`:{ rd 3"aflr i1iFl��lF P��' r lE�r ill i G twt 4;1p'F I'y! t:[ ll#Ftr 9([,F� I =f`{pt'lit II• 1. Itr• r�� - �I�kF r If g Ilir Yl.1 gi Ii T� �ir6 pT r? fit. 3 11 f S M111 i! i is. st i f irr}i Ii oT r•{..r;.. [ IEn�a7 Ilf �...s �-tl,��:}I .#,. 1 1 t+, iii r.:a FI: >k ifi• r ��S[� IISE ' }1 i iiy(;fl 14t�fr}, } rtT• i rlir .'r r • I.I:-�. .i}it i11t,11;VI:i.,?Fi.f.:::srif5 }}}T REr1�1 If F- 4IFE�i;���E�1f14II�I}EII}ISI !yf RIEFIRr.^.ea-.!.:FM,!i i S,U ai F E lit.4•f..,cis.ii,-F!EFEras .-I hdrT! .1kholl;11119r rn. iI E a IsI r;.+isi,F I lFrtt l4f !i �.HI#III •I I + ry 'Ir} i r` ,gIF 4 Ft i q ; J{F + Ir�{i 6�. IFii • �gIq`It-{ Is ,�i�i� "rrtT}!rtPt { ,firr f„ r, , [EliF 1I�{{ Ft!r[��[}{k �!I;.!rIi#iyYi iiiSiliei FS}}I a i ttl.r,t}iy#�IEli i; l�31 !!�1tRtEy E iiirt}irR'.!I[�f1.1F}If rr isrc5...a, I `r r/..7r[i EfP_�.: ?rL'ly:Sl[trP rri rRr,i:IFtiFti}c :„Ills.+ _all! -6a,•?*Sx�L •riyNlls[[Rre,rrlrl4ri++Ei., rally F iRi�Fi.i{R;S11i P�F�i�.E [•y'l�la 1111'!i5€€3l1�9'�+{ 3i31t•pf1{�i �i91 rya gglSr�II Elii,irllsFf�f�Srfrl {iEt}r iiili��i sF�il ed7.sly�E1[ali.1rlils�IE}I ldP[I ISI _H1a11_1111-111IES� 'sF,Pls,l s.NirsTl,liir:1541131 i171sf:F'ilrl .sa.,ir,[IIl4s[•z+rfEslltl •irllrt,sslta,i .x±13Fe.eG±#rUx:e13E± p, 9p f 7 yy i• i t 3 3 - ' S - ]{. 1 �i P 1 !3 i!� y 1 - I it i a sI it i�.4 ' 1 7! i 15� y t� E7 }Ir a r e! [ ! j R i R + Iii f fS 1 r l f F ? S i I! I. FI i rl =° � tip I ?� : 1i ❑ ; I l i � i; t ? t iF ?� " i� it ' zml`r�• �� r• pi 3� 11� IIS ylIi}1r f L l $r4 a r 7 IC fT � •-- _ a j moo m+l� 1 L 1 r � 11UJJJ 90 19[SIX31 lumom 1801 l i i i a ; i' Eft II r 133815 Mirw H1HVN 1020 f N Hivom 1803 30 Alit rFe� i �� � �E;�:: �`�;#• � �v ��'�: � ��.i �"�� ab0daly 1tlN011v1�a311f1 W{IH3p3W % JNIGlIn8 1VNIWN31 N011VI"7Uk UM I,� z s xxn3 t s i0 NOLIMN3>i aNr NyiSNrdii3 � ; r if Q i W 4.-1 1t� T Jii ei1 W' 6} +if S i11=�s r dl [4 i f � f J v+ W �Y I �{� 0A 1 I ; I r 4 E E a yy m � n' all f P e iui 1 i EXPANSION ANO RENOVATION OF rAZZ i} GENERAL AVIATION TERMINAL BUILOINC : aT t� ° salq�c;j + •X3 i {;ow �. • MEACI#AM INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT � t' elft of foAT WORTH Mill , E11"k II± 3�A► i 4201 NORTH MAIN STREET 1# FORT WORTH,TEXAS 76100 E SECTION 23 00 10 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC SYSTEMS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The General Requirements for Mechanical Work are intended to be complementary to the General Requirements of the Construction Contract. B. Work Included; Provide complete mechanical systems where shown on the drawings, as specified herein, and as needed for a complete and proper installation including, but not necessarily limited to the following summary of work: I Provide new variable refrigerant volume DX air conditioning units with heat pump capability and associated ductwork, insulation• and air devices. 2. Provide a new dedicated outdoor air unit with gas heat and associated ductwork, Insulation. 3. Provide a new exhaust fan and associated ductwork. A. Provide new DDC controls. 5. Test& Balance. Contractor shall include the allowance of Sixty Thousand Dollars ($60,000) in their bid amount for TAB service per Section 23 05 93. Owner and Engineer shall select the TAB firm at an early stage of the project and notify the contractor the TAB firm that shall be employed. 6 Other items and services required to complete the systems. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE AND APPLICABLE STANDARDS A Use adequate numbers of skilled workers that are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. B Without additional cost to the Architect/Engineef/Owner, provide such other labor and materials as are required to complete the work of this Section in accordance with the requirements of governmental agencies Craving jurisdiction, regardless of whether such materials and associated labor are called for elsewhere in these Contract Documents C. Codes. Perforin all work in accordance with the latest edition of the following codes: I State and city building, fire, plumbing, and mechanical codes. 2. National Electrical Code(NEC) 3. National Fire Protection Association(NFPA) 4_ American with Oisabilities Act(ADA) 5, Texas Accessibility Standards{TAS} 6. All authorities having jurisdiction. D. Where conflicts occur between drawings, specifications, and code requirements, the most stringent requirement shall take precedence E Standards: The specifications and standards of the following organizations are by reference made a part of these specifications All work, unless otherwise indicated, shall comply with the requirements and recommendations wherever applicable: 09053-00 230010 -1 1 American National Standards Institute(ANSI) 2. Air Conditioning and Refrigeration institute(ARI) 3. American Gas Association(AGA) 4. American Society for Testing and Materials(ASTM) 5. American Society of Plumbing Engineers(ASPS) fi. American Society of Mechanical Engineers(ASME) 7 American Society of Refrigeration, Heating and Air Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE) 8. Electrical Testing Laboratories(ETL) 9. National Bureau of Standards (NBS) 10. National Electrical Manufacturer's Association(NEMA) 11. National Fire Protection Association(NFPA) 12. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning National Association(SMAC NA) 13. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL) F. Electrical Characteristics for Equipment: Equipment of differing electrical characteristics may be furnished provided such equipment is proposed on the "Alternate Manufacturer Evaluation Form', subsequently approved, and connecting electrical services, circuit breakers, and conduit sizes appropriately modified. if minimum energy ratings or efficiencies are specified,equipment shall comply with requirements. G. When requested, provide the Owner's Authorized Representative with manufacturer's certificate that materials meet or exceed minimum requirements as specified 1.3 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES A. The requirements and recommendations of the latest edition of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) Act are by reference made a part of these specifications. All work shall comply with the requirements and recommendations wherever applicable.. 1.4 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE _ A All Other Sections of Divisions 21,22, and 26 (as applicable) B. All other divisions of the contract documents. Refer to each division's specifications and A drawings for all requirements 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Division 01. B. Provide Specifications per Division 01 for all submitted alternate equipment. Product Cata: Submit the following. 09453-00 230010-2 Fm .. 1_ Materials list of items proposed to be provided under Division 23- 2. Manufacturer's specifications and other data needed to prove compliance with the specified requirements. The term "Compliance" is understood to mean that the Contractor certifies that the submitted equipment will meet or exceed the contract document requirements. Items that do not clearly meet this definition should be identified and explained as required in the following paragraph. 3. identify the difference between the specified item or function and the proposed. Explain with enough detail so that the Architect/EngineerfOwner can easilly determine that the item complies with the functional intent. List any disadvantages or advantages of the proposed item versus the specified item. Submit technical data sheets and pictures and diagrams to support and clarity. r. Organize in a clear and concise format. All substitutions shall be approved in writing by Architect/Engineer- The Architect/Engineer's decision shall be final. 4. Allow a minimum of ten (10) working days for the review of submittals and each re-submittal. 5. Compliance with the Contract documents shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor. Items on equipment that are were not accepted by the Architect/Engineer in writing as an approved equal shall be replaced or revised to comply with the contract documents at the Contractor's expense. 6. Manufacturer's recommended installation procedures which, when reviewed by the Architect/Engineer, shall become the basis for accepting or rejecting actual installation procedures used on the work. E 7. Sign the submittal as an indication of compliance with the contract documents. Any deviations from the contract documents shall be indicated on the submittal prior to signing. Any deviations not indicated shall be cause for rejection and removal of the non-complying equipment at the Contractor's expense. C. See individual specification Sections for submittal requirements of materials and equipment. 0. Resubmittals of rejected submittals shall be limited to one (1) in number. Costs for processing subsequent resubmittals in excess of the first resubmittal, resulting from the Contractors disregard of ArchitectlEngineer's primary submittal rejection comments,shall be borne by the Contractor. Costs shall be based on ArchitecVEngineer+s hourly rates as published in their current professional fee schedules and shall also include reimbursable costs for delivery, mailing,and photocopies at direct cost plus fifteen percent (15%). E. Shop Drawings: Upon written request of the Contractor, the Architect/Engineer will provide directly to the Contractor electronic backgrounds of drawings required to produce shop drawings.The requirements to secure electronic files for shop drawing purposes are the same as for record drawing purposes. See 230010, Paragraph 1.15.6.2. 1.6 SUBSTITUTIONS A. The use of manufacturers' names and catalog numbers followed by the phrase"or equal" is generally used to establish a standard of quality and utility for the specified items and to L provide a dimensional reference for construction documents that are drawn to scale. I B. Submittals for"equal"items shall,where applicable, include the following data that are not necessarily required for specified items; 09053-00 2300 10 -3 OM 1, Performance characteristics. 2. Materials. 3_ Finish. 4. Certification of conformance with specified codes and standards. 5. Manufacturer's specifications and other data needed to prove compliance with the specified requirements. The term "Compliance" is understood to mean that the Contractor certifies that the submitted equipment will meet or exceed the contract document requirements. Items that do not clearly meet this definition should be identified and explained as required in Paragraph 6'below. 6. Identify the difference between the specified item or function and the proposed. Explain with enough detail so that the Architect! EngineerlOwner can easily determine that the item complies with the functional intent. List any disadvantages or advantages of the proposed item versus the specified item.. Submit technical data sheets and pictures and diagrams to support and clarify_ Include shop drawings for all piping and ductwork equipment per Paragraph 1.5 Submittals. Organize in a clear and concise formal. C. Submittals of"equal"components or systems may be rejected if; 1. The material or equipment would necessitate the alteration of any portion of the mechanical, electrical,architectural or structural design. .� 2. Dimensions vary from the specified material or equipment in such a manner that accessibility or clearances are impaired or the work of other trades is adversely affected. D. Proposed substitutions for materials or equipment must be submitted ten (10) days prior to final bid date for consideration as approved equals- Otherwise, such substitutions will not be permitted. Only Prime Bidders are allowed to make proposals for substitutions. � Manufacturers, distributors, and sub-contractors shall not make proposals to the Architect/Engineer for substitutions. E. No substitution shall be made unless authorized in writing by the ArchilectlEngineer. Should a substitution be accepted, and should the substitute material prove defective of otherwise unsatisfactory for the service intended,and within the guarantee period, replace this material or equipment with material or equipment specified, at no additional cost to t+ the Architect/EngineerlOwner,and to the satisfaction of the Architect/Engineer. F. Contractors submitting bids on substitute materials and equipment must also provide a written performance guarantee certifying that the substitute materials and equipment will produce the specified effects and meet the approval of the Architect/Engineer. 1.7 ORDINANCES,PERMITS,METERS,UTILITIES,AND ROYALTIES � A. Procure all permits and licenses necessary for completion of this project and pay all lawful fees required and necessary pursuant in obtaining said permits and licenses. All required certificates of approvals and inspections by local governing and regulating authorities shall R. be obtained and paid for by the Contractor. S. Pay all fees required for the connection of water, gas, and sewer to utility mains, and any meter fees if required. C. Pay any royalty payments required or fees for the use of patented equipment or systems. 09053-00 230010-4 •� A' Defend all law suits or claims for infringement of any patent rights and shall hold the Owner and Architect/Engineer harmless from loss as a result of said suits or claims_ �* 1.8 COMPATIBILITY OF EQUIPMENT A. Assume full responsibility for satisfactory operation of all component parts of the mechanical systems to assure compatibility of all equipment and performance of the integrated systems in accordance with the requirements of the specifications. Should the Contractor consider any part of the specifications or drawings as rendering his acceptance of such responsibility impossible, prohibitive, or restrictive, he shall notify the ArchitecVEngineer before submitting his bid, and the bid shall be accompanied by a written statement of any objections or exceptions to the specifications and drawings. 1.9 EXISTING UTILITIES AND TEMPORARY SERVICES FOR CONSTRUCTION A. Verify the location and capacity of existing utility services pertaining to work of Division 23. Relocate existing utilities unearthed by excavation as directed by the utility service companies affected_ R. Temporary Services for Construction t. Provide temporary services in strict accordance with the provisions of these specifications. 1.14 EXCAVATION AND BAGKF1LLING A. Perform all excavation and backfilling necessary for the installation of the work. This shall include shoring and pumping in ditches to keep them in dry condition until the work has been installed. Properly perform all shoring required to protect the excavation and to ., safeguard employees, 13. Perform excavation and backfilling in strict accordance with the provisions of these specifications including trench safety requirements. A C. Make all excavations to the proper depth, with allowances made for floor slabs, forms, beams,etc. Properly compact ground under piping before installing piping. D. Provide backfilling with selected soil, free from rocks and debris and pneumatically tamp with 6-inch layers to secure a field density ration of 95 percent as defined by ASTM Designation D698-57T (Proctor Soil Compaction Test), E. Remove from the site excavated materials not suitable and not used in the backfill. F, Field check and verity the locations of all underground utilities. Avoid disturbing these as far as possible. In the event existing utilities are damaged, repair them at no cost to the ArchitecVEngineerlOwner. G. In a lime-stabilized area, fully restore the lime stabilization after the excavation is 100 complete. N. Replace concrete, curbs, paving, and other surface improvements cut during excavation to their original condition. 1.11 JOBSITE CONDITIONS A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be performed.. Include required work to correct conditions detrimental to the timely and proper completion of all Division 23 Work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are i, 09053-00 230010-5 corrected. 1.12 PREPARATION AND COORDINATION A, Perform coordination work in strict accordance with previsions of these specifications and the following: 1. Coordinate as necessary with other trades to assure proper and adequate interface with all work. 2. Where ducts, pipes and other mechanical items are shown in conflict with locations of structural members and other equipment, include labor and materials required for extensions,offsets and supports to clear the encroachment, 3. Although such work is not specifically indicated, provide all supplementary or miscellaneous items, appurtenances, and devices incidental to or necessary for a sound,secure,and complete installation. 4. Coordinate accepted equipment changes from those scheduled or specified with other trades affected. Additional compensation to other trades for equipment changes is the responsibility of the Contractor making the change. B. Mechanical Drawings are diagrammatic. Follow the drawings as closely as actual construction and work of other trades will permit. Duct and piping arrangement have been designed for maximum economy consistent with good practice and other considerations_ Install the systems arranged as shown on the drawings, except as — otherwise approved in advance by the ArchitecUEngineer_ C. Data indicated on the Drawings and in these Specifications are as exact as could be secured, but their absolute accuracy is not warranted. The exact locations, distances, levels, and other conditions will be governed by actual construction and the Drawings and Specifications should be used only for guidance in such regard. D. Where items such as diffusers, thermostats, switches, and control panels are not specifically located on the Drawings, provide an RFI to the Architect/Engineer, and locate as determined in the field by the ArchitectlEngineer_ Where such items are installed without such specific direction, relocate as directed by the Architect/Engineer, and at no additional cost to the Architect/Engineer/Owner. E. Verify all dimensions and distances. No additional compensation will be allowed because of differences between work shown on the Drawings and actual dimensions and �* distances at the jobsite. 1.13 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS A. The drawings show the arrangements of work. Should project conditions necessitate rearrangement, or if the materials or equipment can be installed to a better advantage in a different manner, before proceeding with the work, prepare and submit five copies of Drawings of the proposed arrangement for the Architect/Engineer's review. Allow a minimum of ten(10)working days for review. B. Should the Contractor propose to install equipment requiring space conditions other than those shown, or rearrange the equipment, he shall assume responsibility for the rearrangement of the space and shall have the Architect/Engineer review the change before proceeding with the work. The request for such changes shall be accompanied by contractor-generated detailed shop drawings of the space in question. Identify monetary credits proposed or other benefits of the change. Allow a minimum of ten (10) working days for review. 09053.00 230010 -6 � w C Properly locate and size all slots, holes, and openings in the building structure pertaining to the work and for the correct location of pipe sleeves, duct sleeves, fire dampers, etc., • as applicable to the work. 1.14 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Perform cutting and patching associated with the work in strict accordance with the provisions of Division 01 of these Specifications and the following: 1, Coordinate work to minimize cutting and patching work_ i 2. Request for ArchitectlEngineer's Consent 10 a. Prior to cutting or coring of the building structure, submit a written request to the ArchitecYEngineer for permission to proceed with cutting. Include x-rays of any floor area where cutting or coring is proposed, '"r b. Contractor is cautioned that concrete floor may contain steel tendons, pipes, and electricalltelecom conduits, all of which can not be cut or damaged. ps 3. Perform Architect/Engineer-approved cutting and demolition by methods that will prevent damage to other portions of the work and provide proper surfaces to receive installation of new work and repair. to 4. Perform fitting and adjusting of products to provide finished installation complying with the specified tolerances and finishes, w 5. Provide all core drilling of holes.Where sleeves and blockouts are required, they shall be cut or provided at locations required. On completion of this work or as work progresses, make all repairs and do all patching required as a result of work under this Contract. Al#patching shall be performed in a manner that will restore the surrounding work to its original condition to the satisfaction of the Architect/Engineer. 6. Assume responsibility for the proper size of all sleeves and blockouls in the building structure pertaining to the work and for providing the correct location of pipe sleeves and blackouts. ,. 7. Where openings are cut through masonry walls, provide lintels or structural supports to protect the remaining masonry. Provide adequate support during the cutting operation to prevent any damage to the affected masonry. r+ 1,15 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A, Provide the record documents associated with the work of Division 23 in strict accordance with the provisions of these specifications. B. Throughout progress of the Division 23 Work, maintain an accurate record of changes in the Contract Documents that apply to work of Division 23. Changes shall include all addendums issued during bidding. Maintain an accurate record of the location of mechanical service lines and outlets and all outside utilities. C. Delegate the responsibility for maintenance of Record Documents to one person on the Contractor's staff as approved by the Architect/Engineer. Submit in writing at the pre- construction conference the name and credentials of the person responsible for record mark-ups and maintenance, 09053-00 230010 -7 f]. Accuracy of Records I Thoroughly coordinate changes within the Record Documents, making adequate and proper entries on each page of Specifications and each sheet of drawings and other documents where such entry is required to show the change properly. Match the symbology and format of the base documents. 2. Accuracy of records shall be such that a Future verification of items shown in the Contract Documents may rely reasonably on information obtained from the approved Project Record Documents. E. Maintain the job set of Record Documents completely protected from deterioration and from loss and damage until completion of the work and transfer of all recorded data to the final Project Record Documents. F. Making Entries on Drawings 'l. Using an erasable colored pencil (not ink or indelible pencil), clearly describe the change by graphic fine and note as required. 2. Date all entries. 3. Call attention to the entry by a"cloud"drawn around the area or areas affected. 4. In the event of overlapping changes, use different colors for the overlapping - changes. 5. Make entries within 24 hours after receipt of information that the change has occurred. 6. Maintain the base drawing format and use the same symbology, 7. Convert field mark-ups to finished CARD record drawings when required in this section. G. Conversion of Schematic Layouts I. In some cases on the drawings,arrangements of ductwork and piping and similar items are shown schematically and are not intended to portray precise physical layout. Determine final physical arrangement subject to the Architect/Engineer's approval. However, design of future modifications of the facility may require accurate information as to the final physical layout of items that are shown only schematically on the drawings. 2 Show on the job set of record drawings,by dimension accurate to within one inch, the centerline of each run of items such as all sleeves and piping, etc., below grade, in walls, or in the concrete slab. A surface mounted device indicates the exact location: a. Clearly identify the item by accurate note such as"Chilled Water"and the like. b_ Show, by symbol or note,the vertical location of the item "under slab,""in ceiling plenum,""exposed;'and the like. C. Make all identification sufficiently descriptive that it may be related reliably to the specifications. 09053-00 23 00 10 -8 -• 111011 Pq H. Final Project Record Documents 1. The purpose of the final Project Record Documents is to provide factual information regarding all aspects of the Work,both concealed and visible,to enable future modification of the Work to proceed without lengthy and expensive site measurement,investigation,and examination. 1 Provide CARO electronic files in ".dwg' Format using AutoCAD Release 2010 software (minimum), Upon written request, completion of a release form. and payment of the Engineer's standard fee of$25D plus applicable sales tax for a set- up charge and$25 per drawing plus applicable sales tax for copies of such files,the Engineer will provide AutoCAD Release 2010 electronic files of base Contract Drawings in dwg format on compact disc. The Engineer will also provide a list of drawing layers and names that shall be maintained. 3. Provide completed record drawings on CD and one Mylar film reproducible of each drawing. b. Refer to Section 0176 39 for additional requirements. 1.15 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A Well before substantial completion, submit two copies of a preliminary draft of the proposed manual(s) to the Architect/Engineer for review and comments. Allow a minimum of ten (10)working days for review. B. Submit specified number copies of the approved manual to the Architect/Engineer prior to indoctrination of operation and maintenance personnel,' C. Prepare in accordance with the following standards: Format: Size: 81/2"x 11 Paper: White bond,at least 20 Ib.weight Text. !Neatly written or printed Drawings: 11"in height preferable; bind in with text;foldouts acceptable; larger drawings are acceptable but fold to Fit within the Manual and provide a drawing packet inside rear cover or bind in with text. Flysheets: Separate each section of the Manual with neatly prepared flysheets briefly describing contents of the ensuing section; flysheels may be In color. Binding: Use heavy-duty plastic or fiberboard covers with binding mechanism concealed inside the manual, 3-ring binders will be acceptable; all binding is subject to the Architect] Engineer's approval. Measurements; Provide all measurements in U-S. standard units such as feet-and-inches, lbs, and cfm. Where items may be expected to be measured within ten years in accordance with metric formulae, provide additional measurements in the "International System of Units"(Sl). 49053-40 2300 10 -9 f a k D. Provide front and back covers for each manual, using durable material approved by the Architect/Engineer, and clearly identified on or through the cover with at least the following information: I. OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS a. Name and Address of Work b. Name of Contractor C. General subject of this manual d. Space for approval signature of the Architect/Engineer and approval date r E. Contents: Include at least the following: 1. Neatly typewritten index near the front of the manual, giving immediate information as to location within the manual of all emergency information regarding the installation. Z. Complete instructions regarding operation and maintenance of all equipmeril provided including lubrication,disassembly,and reassembly. 3. Complete nomenclature of all parts of all equipment. 4. Complete nomenclature and part number of all replaceable parts. name and address of nearest vendor, and all other data pertinent to procurement procedures. 5. Copy of all guarantees and warranties issued. 6. Manufacturer's bulletins, drawings, and descriptive data, clearly indicating the precise items included in this installation and deleting, or otherwise clearly ` indicating,all manufacturers`data with which this installation is not concerned. 7. Such other data as required in other seclions of these specifications_ 1.17 EQUIPMENT FOUNDATIONS A. Provide equipment foundations associated with the work in accordance with the provisions of these specifications B. Provide concrete bases for all pad or floor mounted equipment. Bases shall be four inches (4') high above finished floors or grades (unless otherwise noted) and shall protrude two inches (Z') beyond ail sides of equipment and shall have exposed chamfer edges. Construct bases from ready-mixed hardrock concrete,ASTM C94,reinforced with #3 rebar,ASTM A615, Grade 40, at 1$"on center each way. C. Field verify exact location of outdoor pad mounted equipment with the ArchiteciJEngineer. Supply necessary fill and grade site to provide natural drainage away from equipment. t 1.1$ PAINTING A. All equipment shalt be delivered to the job with suitable factory finish. Should the finish be damaged in transit or during the installation, it shall be finished to match appearance of original finish. All work shall be subject to approval by ArchitectlEngineer. 09053.00 23 00 10 -10 .. 1.19 TESTING AND INSPECTION A. Provide personnel and equipment, make required tests, and secure required approvals from the Architect/Engineer and governmental agencies having jurisdiction. 8. Make written notice to the Archilect/Engineer, adequately in advance, of each of the following stages of construction: 1. When all rough-in is complete, but not covered; #r 2. As specified in all Division 23 sections. 3. At the completion of the work of Division 23. C. When material or workmanship is found to not comply with the specified requirements, remove the noncomplying items from the jab site and replace them with items complying with the specified requirements at no additional cost to the ArchitecvEngineer[Owner. This shall be performed within 3 days after receipt of written notice of noncompliance. �i 9.20 WARRANTY A. Warranty all equipment and workmanship for a period of one year after date of substantial completion and replace or repair any faulty equipment or installation at no cost to the Architect/Engineer/Owner for such service during this period, all in accordance with requirements of Division 01. 8. Provide full material warranty on all compressors for a period of five years after date of substantial completion. �+ C. This warranty shall not void specific warranties issued by manufacturers for greater periods of time. Nor shall it void any rights guaranteed to the Owner by law. D. Warranties shall be in writing in a form satisfactory to the Owner, and shall be delivered to +* the Owner before final payment is made.. 1.21 PROJECT COMPLETION A. Upon completion of the work of Division 23, thoroughly clean all exposed portions of the mechanical installation, removing all traces of soil, labels, grease, oil, and other foreign material, and using only the type cleaner recommended by the manufacturer of the item being cleaned. END OF SECTION 23 00 10 09053-€0 2300 10 -11 SECTION 23 05 13 -COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT PART 1 •GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY P A. Section includes general requirements for single-phase and polyphase, general-purpose, horizontal, small and madium,squirrel-age indiictinn molnr%fnr USe nn ac power systems 1,p to 500 V and installed at equipment manufacturer's factory or shipped separately by equipment manufacturer for field installation. 1.3 COORDINATION A. Coordinate features of motors, installed units, and accessory devices to be compatible with the following: 1. Motor controllers. 2, Torque, speed, and horsepower requirements of the load. 3. Ratings and characteristics of supply circuit and required control sequence. 4. Ambient and environmental conditions of installation location. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL MOTOR REQUIREMENTS A_ Comply with NEMA MG 1 unless otherwise indicated. B. Comply with IEEE 841 for severe-duty motors. 2.2 MOTOR CHARACTERISTICS A. Duty: Continuous duty at ambient temperature of 40 deg C and at altitude of 3300 feet above sea level, B. Capacity and Torque Characteristics: Sufficient to start, accelerate, and operate connected loads al designated speeds, at installed altitude and environment, with indicated operating sequence,and without exceeding nameplate ratings or considering service factor. 2.3 POLYPHASE MOTORS A. Description NEMA MG 1, Design B,medium induction motor, B. Efficiency: Energy efficient, as defined in NEMA MG 1 C. Service Factor: 1.15. 09053-00 23 05 13 -1. D. Multispeed Motors: Variable torque. 1. For motors with 2:1 speed ratio, consequent pole, single winding. r 2. For motors with other than 2:1 speed ratio, separate winding for each speed, E. Multispeed Motors. Separate winding for each speed F. Rotor Random-wound, squirrel cage. G. Bearings: Regreasable, shielded,antitriction ball hearings suitable for radial and thrust loading, I-i. Temperature Rise: Match insulation rating. f. Insulation: Class F. J. Code Letter Designation: 1. Motors 15 HP and Larger: NEMA starting Code F of Code G. 2. Motors Smaller than 15 HP Manufacturer's standard starting characteristic. K. Enclosure Material: Cast iron for motor frame sizes 324T and larger, roped steel for motor frame sizes smaller than 324T- 2-4 POLYPHASE MOTORS WITH ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS A. Motors Used with (Reduced-Voltage and Multispeed Controllers: Match wiring connection requirements for controller with required motor leads. Provide terminals in motor terminal box, suited to control method. B. Motors Used with Variable Frequency Controllers. Ratings, characteristics, and features coordinated with and approved by controller manufacturer- 1. anufacturer.1. Windings: Copper magnet wire with moisture-resistant insulation varnish, designed and tested to resist transient spikes, high frequencies, and short time rise pulses produced by pulse-width modulated inverters. 2. Energy- and Premium-Efficient Motors- Class B temperature rise; Class F insulation. 3 Inverter-Duty Motors: Class F temperature rise;Class H insulation, - 4. Thermal Protection: Comply with NEMA MG 1 requirements for thermally protected motors C. Severe-Duty Motors: Comply with IEEE 841,with 1,15 minimum service factor. 2.5 SINGLE-PHASE MOTORS A. Motors larger than 1120 hp shall be one of the following, to suit starting torque and requirements of specific motor application: 1. Perrnanerit-split capacitor. 2. Split phase. 3. Capacitor start, inductor run, 4. Capacitor start, capacitor run. — B. Multispeed Motors: Variable-torque, permanent-split-capacitor type. C. Bearings. Prelubricated, antifriction ball bearings or sleeve bearings suitable for radial and thrust loading. D. Motors 1120 HP and Smaller Shaded-pale lype. 49053-00 230513 -2 E. Thermal Protection: Internal protection to automatically open power supply circuit to motor when winding temperature exceeds a safe value calibrated to temperature rating of motor insulation, Thermal-protection device shall automatically reset when motor temperature returns to normal range. PART 3- EXECUTION (Not Applicable) END OF SECTION 23 05 13 09053-00 230513-3 SECTION 23 05 17 - SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR HVAC PIPING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. i 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Sleeves. 2. Grout. 1.3 ACTION SUBM$TTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 SLEEVES A Galvanized-Steel-Pipe Sleeves: ASTM A 531A 53M, Type E, Grade B, Schedule 40, zinc coated,with plain ends �c 2.2 GROUT A. Standard: ASTM C 11071C 1107M, Grade B, post-hardening and volume-adjusting, dry, hydraulic-cemeni grout. B. Characteristics- Nonshrink; recommended for interior and exterior applications. C. [Design Mix: 5000-psi, 28-day compressive strength- 0 Packaging: Premixed and factory packaged. PART 3-EXECUTION I� 3.1 SLEEVE INSTALLATION A. Install sleeves for piping passing through penetrations in floors, partitions, roofs, and walls, 8 For sleeves that will have sleeve-seal system installed, select sleeves of size large enough io provide 1-inch annular clear space between piping and concrete slabs and walls. 1. Sleeves are not required for core-drilled holes. 49053-00 23 05 17 - 1 C. Install sleeves in concrete Floors, concrete roof slabs, and concrete walls as new slabs and walls are constructed. I. Permanent sleeves are not required for holes in slabs formed by molded-PE or -PP sleeves. 2 Gut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces. a. Exception: Extend sleeves installed in floors of mechanical equipment areas or other wet areas 2 inches above finished floor level. 3. Using grout, seal' the space outside of sleeves in slabs and walls without sleeve-seal —. system. D Install sleeves for pipes passing through interior partitions_ 1. Gut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces. 2. Install sleeves that are large enough to provide 114-inch annular clear space between sleeve and pipe or pipe insulation. 3. Seal annular space between sleeve and piping or piping insulation; use joint sealants appropriate for size, depth, and location of joint. Comply with requirements far sealants specified in Section 07 92 00"Joint Sealants." E. Fire-Barrier Penetrations: Maintain indicated Tire rating of walls,partitions,ceilings, and floors at pipe penetrations. Seal pipe penetrations with firestop materials. Comply with requirements for firestopping specified in Section 07 84 13"Penetration Firestopping." E., 3.2 SLEEVE AND SLEEVE-SEAL SCHEDULE A. Use sleeves and sleeve seals for the following piping-penetration applications: � 1 Concrete Slabs above Grade: a. Piping Smaller Than NPS 6: Galvanized-steel-pipe sleeves. 2. Interior Partitions. a_ Piping Smaller Than NPS 6: Galvanized-steel-pipe sleeves. f' END OF SECTION 23 05 17 09053-00 230517-2 SECTION 23 05 18 - ESCUTCHEONS FOR HVAC PIPING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATEI]DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. E=scutcheons. 2. Floor plates, 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 ESCUTCHEONS A. One-Piece, Cast-Brass Type: With polished,chrome-plated finish and setscrew fastener. �+ B. Cine-Piece, Stamped-Steel Type: With chrome-plated finish and spring-clip fasteners. 2.2 FLOOR PLATES A. One-Piece Floor Plates_ Cast-iron flange with holes for fasteners. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install escutcheons for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings,and finished floors. B. Install escutcheons with ID to closely fit around pipe,tube, and insulation of piping and with OD that completely covers opening, 1. Escutcheons for New Piping: a. Piping with Fitting or Sleeve Protruding from Wall: One-piece, deep-pattern type. b. Insulated Piping- One-piece, stamped-steel type, stamped-steel type with concealed hinge. c_ Bare Piping at Wall and Floor Penetrations in Finished Spaces_ One-piece, cast- brass type with potished,chrome-plated finish- 09053-00 230518 -1 d. Bare Piping at Wall and Floor Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece, stamped-steel type, stamped-steel type with concealed hinge. e. Bare Piping at Ceiling Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece, cast-brass type with polished, chrome-plated finish. I Bare Piping at Ceiling Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece, stamped-steel type, stamped-steel type with concealed hinge- g_ Bare Piping in Unfinished Service Spaces: One-piece, cast-brass type with polished,chrome-placed finish. h, Bare Piping in Unfinished Service Spaces_ One-piece, stamped-steel type with concealed hinge. i. Bare Piping in Equipment Rooms: tine-piece, cast-brass with polished, chrome- plated finish. Bare Piping in Equipment Rooms: Cane-piece, stamped-steel type with concealed hinge. C. Install floor plates for piping penetrations of equipment-room floors. D. Install floor plates with ID to closely tit around pipe, tube, and insulation of piping and with OD that completely covers opening. xs 1. New Piping, One-piece,floor-plate type. 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A Replace broken and damaged escutcheons and floor plates using new materials, END OF SECTION 23 05 _18 09053-00 2305 18-2 SECTION 23 05 29 - HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general previsions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1 Metal pipe hangers and supports. 2 Trapeze pipe hangers. 3. Thermal-hanger shield inserts. B Related Sections: 1. Section 23 05 48 "Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC Piping and Equipment" for vibration isolation devices. 2. Section 23 31 13 "Metal Ducts"for duct hangers and supports. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A MSS: Manufacturers Standardization Society of The Valve and Fittings Industry Inc. 1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Structural Performance: Hangers and supports for HVAC piping and equipment shall withstand the effects of gravity loads and stresses within limits and under conditions indicated according to ASC EISEI 7. 1. Design supports for multiple pipes, including pipe stands, capable of supporting combined weight of supported systems, system contents, and test water. 2 Design equipment supports capable of supporting combined operating weight of supported equipment and connected systems and components. 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details and include calculations for the following; include Product Data for components: 1. Trapeze pipe hangers 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A_ Welding certificates. 09053-00 23 06 29 . 1 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Structural Steel Welding qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1_1/D1 1M, "Structural Welding Code- Steel." B Pipe Welding Qualifications- Qualify,procedures and operators according to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 METAL PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A Carbon-Steel Pipe Hangers and Supports: 1. Description: MSS SP-58, Types 1 through 58, factory-fabricated cpmponpnts. 2. Galvanized Metallic Coatings: Pregalvanized or hot dapped. 3. Nonmetallic Coatings: Plastic coating,jacket, or liner. 4. Padded Hangers: Hanger with fiberglass or other pipe insulation pad or cushion to support bearing surface of piping. 5. Hanger Rods: Continuous-thread rod, nuts, and washer made of carbon steel. 2,2 TRAPEZE PIPE HANGERS A. Description MS5 SP-fig, Type 59, shop- or field-fabricated pipe-support assembly made from structural carbon-steel shapes with MSS SP-58 carbon-steel hanger rods, nuts, saddles, and U- holts. 2.3 THERMAL-HANGER SHIELD INSERTS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one cf the following: 1. Carpenter&Paterson, Inc. 2. Clement Support Services. 3. ERICO international Corporation. 4. National Pipe Hanger Corlaoration. 5. PHS Industries, Inc. 6. Pipe Shields, Inc.; a subsidiary of Piping Technology& Products, Inc. 7. Piping Technology& Products, Inc. 8. Rilco Manufacturing Co., Inc. 9. Value Engineered Products, Inc. S. Insulation-Insert Material for Cold Piping-. ASTM C 552, Type II cellular glass with 100-psig or ASTM C 591, Type VI, Grade 1 polyisocyanurate with 125-psig minimum compressive strength and vapor barrier. C. insulation-insert Material for Hot Piping: ASTM C 552, Tyne 11 cellular glass with 100-psig or ASTM C 591,Type VI,Grade 1 polyisocyanurate with 125-psig minimum compressive strength. D. For Trapeze or Clamped Systems: Insert and shield shall cover entire circumference of pipe. E For Clevis or Band hangers: Insert and shield shall cover lcwer 180 degrees of pipe_ F. Insert Length: Extend 2 inches beyond sheet metal shield for piping operating below ambient air temperature. 09053-00 23 0629 -2 2.4 FASTENER SYSTEMS A. Powder-Actuated Fasteners: Threaded-steel'stud, for use in hardened porlland cement concrete with pull-out, tension, and smear capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used. B Mechanical-Expansion Anchors: Insert-wedge-type, zinc-coated steel anchors, for use in hardened portland cement concrete; with pull-out, tension, and shear capacities appropriate for supported wads and building materials where used. PART 3-EXECUTION S,'t HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION A_ Metal Pipe-Hanger Installation: Comply with MSS SP-fig and MSS SP-89. Install hangers, supports, clamps-, and attachments as required to properly support piping from the building structure. B. Metal Trapeze Pipe-Hanger Installation: Comply with MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-89. Arrange for grouping of parallel runs of horizontal piping, and support together on field-fabricated trapeze pipe hangers. I. Pipes of Various Sires: Support together and space trapezes for smallest pipe size or install intermediate supports for smaller diameter pipes as specified for individual pipe hangers- 2 Field fabricate from ASTM A 36/A 36M, carbon-steel shapes selected for loads being supported. Weld steel according to AWS 01_1fD1.1M. C. Thermal-Hanger Shield Installation: Install in pipe hanger or shield for insulated piping. 'D. Fastener System Installation: 1. Install powder-actuated fasteners for use in lightweight concrete or concrete slabs less than 4 inches thick in concrete after concrete is placed and completely cured. Use operators that are licensed by powder-actuated tool manufacturer. Install fasteners according to powder-actuated tool manufacturer's operating manual. 2. Install mechanical-expansion anchors in concrete after concrete is placed and completely cured. install fasteners according to manufacturer's written instructions_ E. Install hangers and supports complete with necessary attachments, inserts, bolts, rods, null, washers,and other accessories. F. Equipment Support Installation: Fabricate from welded-structural-steel shapes_ G. Install hangers and supports to allow controlled thermal movement of piping systems, to permit freedom of movement between pipe anchors, and to facilitate action of expansion joints, expansion loops, expansion bends, and similar units. H. Install lateral bracing with pipe hangers and supports to prevent swaying. Oil i Install building attachments within concrete slabs or attach to structural steel. Install additional attachments at concentrated loads, including valves, flanges, and strainers, NPS 2-1/2 and larger and at changes in direction of piping. Install concrete inserts before concrete is placed-, fasten inserts to forms and install reinforcing bars through openings at top of inserts. J. Load Distribution: Install hangers and supports so that piping live and dead loads and stresses from movement will not be transmitted to connected equipment. 09053-00 2305 29 -3 in K. Pipe Slopes: Install hangers and supports to provide indicated pipe slopes and to not exceed maximum pipe deflections allowed by ASME 831.9 for building services piping. L. Insulated Piping: 1. Attach clamps and spacers to piping. a. Piping Operating above Ambient Air Temperature: Clamp may project through insulation. b. Piping Operating below Ambient Air Temperature: Use thermal-hanger shield insert with clamp sized to match OU of insert. C. Do not exceed pipe stress limits allowed by ASMI= B31.9 for building services piping. 2, Install MSS SP-58, Type 39, protection saddles if insulation without vapor barrier is indicated. Fill interior voids with insulation that matches adjoining insulation. a. Option. Thermal-hanger shield inserts may be used. include steel weight- distribution plate for pipe NPS 4 and larger if pipe is installed on rollers. 3. Install MSS SP-58,Type 40, protective shields on cold piping with vapor barrier. Shields shall span an arc of 180 degrees. a. Option: Thermal-hanger shield inserts may be used. Include steel weight- distribution plate for pipe NPS 4 and larger if pipe is installed on rollers. 4. Shield Dimensions for Pipe: Not less than the following: 1' a, NPS 114 to NPS 3-112: 12 inches long and 4.048 inch thick. b. NPS 4: 12 inches long and 0.06 inch thick. c. NPS 5 and NPS B: 18 inches long and 0.06 inch thick. d. NPS 8 to NPS 14: 24 inches long and 0.075 inch thick. e_ NPS 16 to NPS 24: 24 inches long and 0.105 inch thick. 5. Pipes NPS 8 and Larger: Include wood or reinforced calcium-silicate-insulation inserts of length at least as long as protective shield. 6. Thermal-Hanger Shields: Install with insulation same thickness as piping insulation_ 3.2 ADJUSTING A. Hanger Adjustments: Adjust hangers to distribute loads equally on attachments and to achieve indicated slope of pipe. B. Trim excess length of continuous-thread hanger and support rods to 1-1 J2 inches. 3.3 PAINTING A. Touchup: Clean field welds and abraded areas of shop paint. Paint exposed areas immediately after erecting hangers and supports. Use some materials as used for shop painting. Comply with SSPC-PA 1 requirements for touching up field-painted surfaces. 1. Apply paint by brush or spray to provide a minimum dry film thickness of 2.0 mils. B, Touchup: Cleaning and touchup painting of field welds, bolted connections,and abraded areas of shop paint on miscellaneous metal are specified in Section 09 91 23"Interior Painting" C. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and apply galvanizing-repair paint to comply with ASTM A 784 09053-00 230629-4 3.4 HANGER AND SUPPORT SCHEOULE A. Specific hanger and support requirements are in Sections specifying piping systems and equipment. B. Comply with MSS SP-69 for pipe-hanger selections and applications that are not specified in piping system Sections. C Use hangers and supports with galvanized metallic coatings for piping and equipment that will not have field-applied finish. D Use nonmetallic coatings on attachments for electrolytic protection where attachments are in direct contact with copper tubing. E. Use carbon-steel metal trapeze pipe hangers and metal framing systems and attachments for general service applications. F. Use stainless-steel pipe hangers and stainless-steel or corrosion-resistant attachments for hostile environment applications. G. Use copper-plated pipe hangers and copper or stainless-steel attachments for copper piping and tubing. Use padded hangers for piping that is subject to scratching. 1. Use thermal-hanger shield inserts for insulated piping and tubing. J i farizontaf-Piping Hangers and Supports: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types. 1. Adjustable, Steel Clevis Hangers (MSS Type 1): For suspension of noninsulated or insulated, stationary pipes NPS 1/2 to NPS 30. 2. Steel Pipe Clamps (MSS Type 4): For suspension of cold and hot pipes NPS 112 to NPS 24 if little or no insulation is required. 3. Pipe Hangers (MSS Type 5): For suspension of pipes NPS 112 to NPS 4, to allow off- center closure for hanger installation before pipe erection. K Vertical-Piping Clamps: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types, 1. Extension Pipe or Riser Clamps (MSS Type 8): For support of pipe risers NPS 314 to NPS 24, 2. Carbon- or Alloy-Steel Riser Clamps (MSS Type 42): For support of pipe risers NPS 314 to NPS 24 if longer ends are required for riser clamps. L. Hanger-Plod Attachments: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Steel Turnbuckles (MSS Type 13): For adjustment up to 6 inches for heavy loads. 2. Steel Clevises (MSS Type 14): For 120 to 450 deg F piping installations. 3. Swivel Turnbuckles (MSS Type 15). For use with MSS Type 11,split pipe rings. 4, Malleable-lron Sockets (MSS Type 16). For attaching hanger rods to various types of building attachments. 5. Steel Weldless Eye Nuts (MSS Type 17) For 120 to 450 deg F piping installations. M. Building Attachments. Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: ' 1. Steel ar Malleable Concrete Inserts (MSS Type 18): For upper attachment to suspend pipe hangers from concrete ceiling. 09053-00 23 05 29-5 2. Top-Beam C-Clamps (MSS Type 19): For use under roof installations with bar-joist construction, to attach to top flange of structural shape. 3- Side-Beam or Channel Clamps(MSS Type 20): For attaching to bottom flange of beams, channels,or angles- 4. Center-Beam Clamps(MSS Type 21): For attaching to center of bottom flange of beams_ 5. Welded Beam Attachments (MSS Type 22)- For aftaching to bottom of beams if loads are considerable and rod sizes are large. 6. C-Clamps(MSS Type 23): For structural shapes. 7. Top-Beam Clamps (MSS Type 25): For top of beams if hanger rod is required tangent to flange edge, B. Side-Beam Clamps(MSS Type 27): For bottom of steel I-beams. 9. Steel-Beam Clamps with Eye Nuts (MSS Type 28): For attaching to bottom of steel (- beams for heavy loads. 14. Linked-Steel Clamps with Eye Nuts (MSS Type 29): For attaching to bottom of steel I- beams for heavy loads, with link extensions. 11- Malleable-Beam Clamps with Extension Pieces (MSS Type 30): For attaching to structural steel. 12. Welded-Steel Brackets- For support of pipes from below or for suspending from above by using clip and rod. Use one of the following for indicated loads: a. Light(MSS Type 31): 7501b. b. Medium (MSS Type 32): 1500 lb. C. Heavy(MSS Type 33); 3000 lb. 13. Side-Beam Brackets(MSS Type 34). For sides of steel or wooden beams. 14, Plate Lugs (MSS Type 57): For attaching to steel beams if flexibility at beam is required. 15. Horizontal Travelers (MSS Type 58): For supporting piping systems subject to linear horizontal movement where headroom is limited. N. Saddles and Shields: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Steel-Pipe-Covering Protection Saddles (MSS Type 39): To fill interior voids with insulation that matches adjoining insulation. 2. Protection Shields (MS5 Type 40): Of length recommended in writing by manufacturer to prevent crushing insulation. 3_ Thermal-Hanger Shield Inserts: For supporting insulated pipe. F 0- Comply with MSS SP-69 for trapeze pipe-hanger selections and applications that are not specified in piping system Sections. P. Comply with MFMA-103 for metal framing system selections and applications that are not specified in piping system Sections. Q. Use mechanical-expansion anchors instead of building attachments where required in concrete construction. - END OF SECTION 23 05 29 09053-00 230529-6 SECTION 23 05 48 - VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following 1. Isolation pads. 2. Isolation mounts. 3. Restrained elastomeric isolation mounts. 4. Freestanding and restrained spring isolators. 5. Housed spring mounts 5_ Elastameric hangers. 7. Spring hangers. 8. Spring hangers with venicaHimit stops 9. Pipe riser resilient supports 10. Restrained vibration isolation roof-curer rails. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. IBC. International Building Cade. B. ICC-ES: ICC-Evaluation Service. C. OSHPD: Office of Statewide Health Planning and Development for the State of California. 1.4 'PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For the following. 1. Include rated load, rated deflection, and overload capacity for each vibration isolation device. 2. Interlocking Snubbers: Include ratings for horizontal, vertical,and combined loads. 3. Design Calculations. Calculate static and dynamic loading due to equipment weight and operatio, and for designing vibration isolation bases. a. Coordinate design calculations with wind load calculations required for equipment mounted outdoors. Comply with requirements in other Sections for equipment w mounted outdoors. i p"" 09053.00 230548-1 4. Riser Supports_ Include riser diagrams and calculations showing anticipated expansion and contraction at each support point, initial and final loads an building structure, spring defection changes, and seismic loads. Include certification that riser system has been examined for excessive stress and that none will exist, 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Coordination Drawings: Show coordination of seismic bracing for HVAC piping and equipment with other systems and equipment in the vicinity, including ether supports and seismic restraints. B. Qualification Data: For testing agency. C. Welding certificates. D, Field quality-control test reports. 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For air-mounting systems to include in operation and maintenance manuals. 1.8 [QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing Agency Qualifications: Ars independent agency, with the experience and capability to conduct the testing indicated, that is a nationally recognized testing laboratory (NRTL} as defined by OSHA in 29 CFR 1910.7,and that is acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. B. Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1,11D1.1M,"Structural Welding Code-Steel." PART2 PRODUCTS 2.1 VIBRATION ISOLATORS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Ace Mountings Co., Inc. 2. AmberiBooth Company, Inc. 3, California Dynamics Corporation. 4. Isolation Technology, Inc. 5. Kinetics Noise Control, 5. Mason Industries. 7. Vibration Eliminator Co.. Inc. j & Vibration Isolation. 9. Vibration Mountings&Controls Inc B. Pads. Arranged in single or multiple layers of sufficient stiffness for uniform loading over pad area, molded with a nonslip pattern and galvanized-steel baseplates, and factory cut to sizes that match requirements of supported equipment. 1. Resilient Material; Oil-and water-resistant neoprene- 09053-00 23 0548 -2 C. Mounts: Double-deflection type, with molded, oil-resistant rubber, hermetically sealed compressed fiberglass, or neoprene isolator elements with factory-drilled, encapsulated top plate for bolting to equipment and with baseplate for bolting to structure. Color-code or otherwise identify to indicate capacity range. 1. Materials: Cast-ductile-iron or welded steel housing containing two separate and opposing, oil-resistant rubber or neoprene elements that prevent central threaded element and attachment hardware from contacting the housing during normal operation. 2. Neoprene: Shock-absorbing materials compounded according to the standard for bridge- bearing neoprene as defined by AASHTO. D. Restrained Mounts: All-directional mounfings with seismic restraint. 1. Materials. Cast-ductile-iron or welded steel housing containing two separate and opposing, oil-resistant rubber or neoprene elements that prevent central threaded element and attachment hardware from contacting the housing during normal operation. 2. Neoprene: Shock-absorbing materials compounded according to the standard for bridge- bearing neoprene as defined by AASHTO. E, Spring Isolators: Freestanding, laterally stable,open-spring isolators. 1. Outside Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of the compressed height of the spring at rated load_ 2. Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of the required deflection at rated load.. 3. Lateral Stiffness. More than 80 percent of rated vertical stiffness. 4. Overload Capacity: Support 200 percent of rated load, fully compressed, without deformation or failure. 5. Baseplates: Factory drilled for bolting to structure and bonded to 114-inch-thick, rubber isolator pad attached to baseplate underside. Baseplates shall limit floor load to 500 psig. 6. Top Plate and Adjustment Balt: Threaded top plate with adjustment bolt and cap screw to fasten and level equipment. F. Restrained Spring Isolators: Freestanding, steel, open-spring isolators with seismic or limit-stop restraint. 1. Housing: Steel with resilient vertical-limit stops to prevent spring extension due to weight being removed; factory-drilled baseplate bonded to 114-inch-thick, neoprene or rubber isolator pad attached to baseplate underside; and adjustable equipment mounting and leveling bolt that acts as blocking during installation. 2. Restraint: Seismic or limit stop as required for equipment and authorities having jurisdiction. 3. Outside Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of the compressed height of the spring at rated load. 4. Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of the required deflection at rated load. 5. Lateral Stiffness: More than 80 percent of rated vertical stiffness. 6. Overload Capacity: Support 200 percent of rated load, fully compressed, without deformation or failure. G. Housed Spring Mounts: Housed spring isolator with integral seismic snubbers. 1. Housing: Ductile-iron or steel housing to provide alt-directional seismic restraint.. 2. Base: Factory drilled for bolting to structure. 3. Snubbers: Vertically adjustable to allow a maximum of 1i4-inch travel up or down before contacting a resilient collar. H. Elastomeric Hangers: Single or double-deflection type, fitted with molded, oil-resistant elastomeric isolator elements bonded to steel housings with threaded connections for hanger rods. Color-code or otherwise identify to indicate capacity range. 03053-00 230548-3 rf I I Spring Hangers: Combination coif-spring and elastomeric-insert hanger with spring and insert in compression. 1. Frame: Steel, fabricated for connection to threaded hanger rods and to allow for a maximum of 30 degrees of angular hanger-rod misalignment without binding or reducing isolation efficiency. 2. Outside Spring diameter: Not less than 80 percent of the compressed height of the spring at rated load. 3. Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of the required deflection at rated load. 4. Lateral Stiffness: More than 80 percent of rated vertical stiffness. 5. Overload Capacity. Support 200 percent of rated load, fully compressed, without deformation or failure. 6, Elastomeric Element: Molded, oil-resistant rubber or neoprene_ Steel-washer-reinforced cup to support spring and bushing projecting through bottom of frame_ 7. Self-centering hanger rod cap to ensure concentricity between hanger rod and support spring coil. J. Spring Hangers with Vertical-Limit Stop: Combination coil-spring and elastomeric-insert hanger with spring and insert in compression and with a vertical-limit stop, 1, Frame: Steel, fabricated for connection to threaded hanger rods and to allow for a maximum of 30 degrees of angular hanger-rod misalignment without binding or reducing isolation efficiency. 04 2. Outside Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of the compressed height of the spring at rated load_ 3. Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of the required deflection at rated load. 4. Lateral Stiffness: More than 80 percent of rated vertical stiffness. Olt 5. Overload Capacity: Support 200 percent of rated load, fully compressed, without deformation or failure. 6. Elastomeric Element; Molded, oil-resistant rubber or neoprene. T. Adjustable Vertical Slop: Steel washer with neoprene washer "up-stop" on lower threaded rod. a. Self-centering hanger rod cap to ensure concentricity between hanger rod and support spring coil. IN 2.2 FACTORY FINISHES A. Finish: Manufacturer's standard prime-coat finish ready for field painting. B. Finish: Manufacturer's standard paint applied to factory-assembled and -tested equipmenl before shipping. 1, Powder coating on springs and housings. 2. All hardware shall be galvanized. Hot-dip galvanize metal components for exterior use. 3. Baked enamel or powder coat for metal components on isolators for interior use. w 4, Color-code or otherwise mark vibration isolation and seismic-control devices to Indicate capacity range. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION -� A. Examine areas and equipment to receive vibration isolation and seismic-control devices for compliance with requirements for installation Tolerances and other conditions affecting performance, 09053-00 23 05 48-4 B. Examine roughing-in of reinforcement and cast-in-place anchors to verify actual locations before installation. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 APPLICATIONS A. Multiple Pipe Supports: Secure pipes to trapeze member with clamps approved for application by an agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. B_ Hanger Rad Stiffeners: Install hanger rod stiffeners where indicated or scheduled on Drawings to receive them and where required to prevent buckling of hanger rods due to seismic forces. 3.3 VIBRATION-CONTROL AND SEISMIC-RESTRAINT DEVICE INSTALLATION A. Comply with requirements in Section 07 72 00"Roof Accessories" for inslatlation of roof cures, equipment supports, and root penetrations. B. Equipment Restraints: 1. Install resilient boll isolation washers on equipment anchor bolts where clearance between anchor and adjacent surface exceeds 0.125 inch. C. Install bushing assemblies for anchor bolts for floor-mounted equipment, arranged to provide resilient media between anchor bolt and mounting hole in concrete base. D. Install bushing assemblies for mounting bolts for wall-mounted equipment, arranged to provide resilient media where equipment or equipment-mounting channels are attached to wall. E. Attachment to Structure: If specific attachment is not indicated, anchor bracing to structure at flanges of beams,at upper truss chords of bar joists,or at concrete members. 1-. Drilled-in Anchors: - 1, Identify position of reinforcing steel and other embedded items prior to drilling holes for anchors. Do not damage existing reinforcing or embedded items during caring or drilling. Notify the structural engineer if reinforcing steel or other embedded items are encountered during drilling. Locate and avoid prestressed tendons, electrical and telecommunications conduit,and gas lines. 2. Do not drill doles in concrete or masonry until concrete, mortar, or grout has achieved full design strength. 3. Wedge Anchors: Protect threads from damage during anchor installation. Heavy-duty sleeve anchors shall be installed with sleeve fully engaged in the structural element to which anchor is to be fastened, 4. Adhesive Anchors: Clean holes to remove loose material and drilling dust prior to installation of adhesive. Place adhesive in holes proceeding from the bottom of the hole and progressing toward the surface in such a manner as to avoid introduction of air pockets in the adhesive. 5. Set anchors to manufacturer's recommended torque, using a torque wrench, 6. Install zinc-coated steel anchors for interior and stainless-steel anchors for exterior applications. 3.4 ADJUSTING A. Adjust isolators atter piping system is at operating weight. 08053-00 23064-8-5 B. Adjust limit stops on restrained spring isolators to mount equipment at normal operating height_ After equipment installation is complete, adjust limit stops so they are out of contact during normal operation. C. Adjust active height of spring isolators. D. Adjust restraints to permit free movement of equipment within normal mode of operation, END OF SECTION 23 05 48 AM MA 09053-00 230548-6 SECTION 23 05 53 - IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract. including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes; 1. Equipment labels. 2. Pipe labels. 3. Valve tags. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Samples- For color, letter style, and graphic representation required for each identification material and device. C Equipment Label Schedule. Include a listing of all equipment to be labeled with the proposed content for each label. R. Valve numbering scheme. E. Valve Schedules: For each piping system to include in maintenance manuals. 1.4 COORDINATION A. Coordinate installation of identifying devices with completion of covering and painting of surfaces where devices are to be applied. B. Coordinate installation of identifying devices with locations of access panels and doors. C. Install identifying devices before installing acoustical ceilings and similar concealment. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 EQUIPMENT LABELS A. Metal Labels for Equipment: 1 Material and Thickness: anodized aluminum, 0.032-inch minimum thickness, and having predrilled or stamped holes for attachment hardware. 2. Minimum Label Size: Length and width vary for required label content, but not less than 2.1/2 by 314 inch. 09053-00 2-305 53 -1 F' 3. Minimum Letter Size: 1/4 inch for name of units if viewing distance is less than 24 inches, 112 inch for viewing distances up to 72 inches, and proportionately larger lettering for greater viewing distances. Include secondary lettering two-thirds to three-fourths the size of principal lettering. 4. Fasteners: Stainless-steel rivets or self-tapping screws. 5. Adhesive: Contact-type permanent adhesive,compatible with label and with substrate. B. Plastic Labels for Equipment. 1. Material and Thickness: Multilayer, multicolor, plastic labels for mechanical engraving, 1116 inch thick,and having predrilled holes for attachment hardware. 2. Letter Color: Black. 3, Background Color: White. 4, Maximum Temperature: Able to withstand temperatures up to 160 deg F. a. Minimum Label Size: Length and width vary for required label content, but not less than 2-1f2 by 314 inch. 6. Minimum Letter Size: 114 inch for name of units if viewing distance is less than 24 inches, 112 inch for viewing distances up to 72 inches,and proportionately larger lettering for greater viewing distances. Include secondary lettering two-thirds to three-fourths the +r size of principal lettering. 7. Fasteners: Stainless-steel rivets or self-tapping screws. 8. Adhesive: Contact-type permanent adhesive,compatible with label and with substrate. w C. Label Content: Include equipment's Drawing designation or unique equipment number, Drawing numbers where equipment is indicated (plans, details, and schedules), plus the Specification Section number and title where equipment is specjed. D. Equipment Label Schedule: For each item of equipment to be labeled, on a-112-by-11-inch bond paper. Tabulate equipment identification number and identify Drawing numbers where equipment is indicated (plans, details, and schedules), plus the Specification Section number and title where equipment is specified. Equipment schedule shall be included in operation and maintenance data. 2.2 PIPE LABELS A. General Requirements for Manufactured Pipe Labels: Preprinled, color-coded, with lettering indicating service, and showing flow direction. B. Pretensioned Pipe Labels: Precoiled, semirigid plastic formed to partially cover circumference of pipe and to attach to pipe without fasteners or adhesive.- C, Pipe Label Contents: Include identification of piping service using same designations or abbreviations as used on Drawings, pipe size,and an arrow indicating flaw direction. 1. Flow-Direction Arrows: Integral with piping system service lettering to accommodate both �* directions,or as separate unit on each pipe label to indicate flow direction. 2. Lettering Size: At least 1-112 incheshigh_ 2.3 VALVE TAGS A. Valve Tags: Stamped or engraved with 114-inch letters for piping system abbreviation and 112- inch numbers. 1. Tag Material: anodized aluminum, 0.032-inch minimum thickness, and having predrilled or stamped holes for attachment hardware. 2. f=asteners- Brass wire-link or beaded chain; or S-hook. 09053-00 23 0663 -2 ow PUB q. Valve Schedules: For each piping system, on 8-112-by-11-inch bond paper. Tabulate valve number, piping system, system abbreviation(as shown on valve tag), location of valve (room or space), normal-operating position(open,closed, or modulating), and variations for identification. re Mark valves for emergency shuloff and similar special uses. 1. Valve-lag schedule shall be included in operation and maintenance data. PART 3 - EXECUTION PW 3.1 PREPARATION A- Clean piping and equipment surfaces of substances that could impair bond of identification i� devices, including dirt, oil, grease, release agents, and incompatible primers, paints, and encapsuiants. 3.2 EQUIPMENT LABEL INSTALLATION A. Install or permanently fasten labels on each major item of mechanical equipment. B. Locate equipment labels where accessible and visible 3.3 PIPE LABEL INSTALLATION A. Piping Color-Coding: Painting of piping is specified in Section 09 91 23"Interior Painting" 6- Locate pipe labels where piping is exposed or above accessible ceilings in finished spaces; machine rooms; accessible maintenance spaces such as shafts, tunnels, and plenums; and exterior exposed locations as follows: 1. Near each valve and control device. 2. Near each branch connection, excluding short takeoffs for fixtures and terminal units- Where flow pattern is not obvious,mark each pipe at branch. 3. Near penetrations through walls, floors,ceilings,and inaccessible enclosures, �. 4. At access doors, manholes, and similar access paints that permit view of concealed piping- 5. Near major equipment items and other points of origination and termination. 6. Spaced at maximum intervals of 50 feet along each run, Reduce intervals to 25 feel in areas of congested piping and equipment. 7. On piping above removable acoustical ceilings. Omit intermediately spaced labels. C. Pipe Label Color Schedule: 1. Refrigerant Piping; a. Background Color.- Black. b. Letter Calor White. 3.4 VALVE-TAG INSTALLATION A. Install tags on valves and control devices in piping systems, except check valves; valves within factory-fabricated equipment units; shutoff valves; faucets; convenience and lawn-watering hose connections; and HVAC terminal devices and similar roughing-in connections of end-use fixtures and units. List tagged valves in a valve schedule. 09053-00 2305 53 -3 air B, Valve-Tag Application Schedule: Tag valves according to size, shape, and color scheme and with captions similar to those indicated in the following subparagraphs-- I ubparagraphs:1. Valve-Tag Size and Shape: ' a. Refrigerant: 1-112 inches, round. b. Gas: 1-112 inches, round. 2, Valve-Tag Color: a. Refrigerant: Natural. b. Gas: Natural. 3. Letter Color: a. Refrigerant: Black. b. Gas: Black, 3.6 WARNING-TAG INSTALLATION A. Write required message on, and attach warning tags to, equipment and other items where required. " END OF SECTION 23 05 53 s 09063-00 230553-4 SECTION 23 05 93 -TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections,apply to this Section, 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1, Balancing Air Systems. a. Constant-volume air systems. b. Variable-air-volume systems. B. Contractor shall include the allowance of Sixty Thousand Dollars ($60,000) in their hid amount for TAS services. The contractor shall include all related services, overhead, profit and supervision costs in their bid above and beyond this allowance amount. Owner and Engineer shall select the TAB firm at an early stage of the project and notify the contractor the TAB firm that shall be employed. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. AABC: Associated Air Balance Council. B. NEBB. National Environmental Balancing Bureau. C. TAB: Testing,adjusting, and balancing. D. TABS: Testing,Adjusting, and Balancing Bureau. E. TAB Specialist; An entity engaged to perform TAB Worts. `I,a ACTION SUBMITTALS A. LEER Submittals: 1. Air-Balance Report for Prerequisite IEQ 1: Documentation of work performed for ASH RAE 62.1, Section 7.2.2-"Air Balancing" 2, TAB Report for Prerequisite EA 2: Documentation of work performed for ASHRAEIIESNA 90,1. Section 6.7.2.3-"System Balancing." 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: Within 15 days of Contractor's Notice to Proceed, submit documentation that the TAB contractor and this Project's TAB team members meet the qualifications specified > in"Quality Assurance"Article, 09053-00 230593-1 B. Contract documents Examination Report: Within 15 days of Contractor's Notice to Proceed, submit the Contract documents review report as specified in Part 3, C. Strafe gies and Procedures Plan: Within 30 days of Contractor's Notice to Proceed, submi,TAB { strategies and step-by-step procedures as specified in"Preparation"Article. D, Certified TAB reports. E. Sample report forms. F. instrument calibration reports,to include the following: 1. Instrument type and make. 2. Serial number. 3. Application. 4. Dates of use. 5. Dates of calibration. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. TAB Contractor Qualifications. Engage a TAB entity certified by AABC NEBB or TABB- 1 TAB Field Supervisor: Employee of the TAB contractor and certified by AABC NEBB or TABB. 2 TAB Technician: Employee of the TAB contractor and who is certified by AABC NEBB or TABB as a TAB technician. B. TAB Conference: Meet with Construction Manager on approval of the TAB strategies and procedures plan to develop a mutuat understanding of the details. Require the participation of the TAB field supervisor and technicians. Provide seven days' advance notice of scheduled meeting time and location. 1. Agenda Items- a. The Contract Documents examination report. b. The TAB plan. C. Coordination and cooperation of trades and subcontractors. d. Coordination of documentation and communication flow. C Certify TAB fiefd data reports and perform the following: 1. Review field data reports to vatidate accuracy of data and to prepare certified TAB reports. 2 Certify that the TAB seam complied with the approved TAB plan and the procedures specified and referenced in this Specification. D. TAB Report Forms: Use standard TAB contractor's forms approved by Construction Manager. E Instrumentation Type, Quantity, Accuracy, and Calibration: As described in ASHRAE 111, Section 5,"Instrumentation." F. ASHRAE Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAtE 62.1, Section 7.2.2 • „Air Balancing." G ASHRAE/IESNA Compliance. Applicable requirements in ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1, Section 6.7.2.3-"System Balancing." 09053-00 23 0693 -2 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Full Owner Occupancy: Owner will occupy the site and existing building during entire TAB period. Cooperate with Owner during TAB operations to minimize conflicts with Owner's operations. B" Partial Owner Occupancy: Owner may occupy completed areas of building before Substantial Completion. Cooperate with Owner during TAB operations to minimize conflicts with Owner's operations. 1.8 COORDINATION A. Notice: Provide seven days' advance notice for each test. Include scheduled test dates and times. B. Perform TAB after leakage and pressure tests on air and water distribution systems have been satisfactorily completed. PART 2-PRODUCTS(Not Applicable) PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine the Contract Documents to become familiar with Project requirements and to discover conditions in systems'designs that may preclude proper TAB of systems and equipment. B. Examine systems for installed balancing devices, such as test ports, gage cocks, thermometer wells,.flow-control devices, balancing valves and fittings, and manual volume dampers. Verify that locations of these balancing devices are accessible. C. Examine the approved submittals for HVAC systems and equipment" D. Examine design data including HVAC system descriptions, statements of design assumptions for environmental condttions and systems' output, and statements of philosophises and assumptions about HVAC system and equipment controls. r•1 E. Examine ceiling plenums and underfloor air plenums used for supply, return, or relief air to verify that they meet the leakage class of connected ducts as specified in Section 23 31 13 "Metal Ducts" and are properly separated from adjacent areas. Verify that penetrations in plenum walls are sealed and fire-stopped if required_ F. Examine equipment performance data including fan and pump curves. 1. Relate performance data to Project conditions and requirements, including system effects that can create undesired or unpredicted conditions that cause reduced capacities in all ` or part of a system" 2. Calculate system-effect factors to reduce performance ratings of HVAC equipment when installed under conditions different from the conditions used to rate equipment performance. To calculate system effects for air systems, use tables and charts found in AMCA 201, "Fans and Systems," or in SMACNA's "HVAC Systems - Duct Design." Compare results with the design data and installed conditions. O. Examine system and equipment installations and verify that field quality-control testing, cleaning,and adjusting specified in individual Sections have been performed. 09053-00 230593 -3 H Examine test reports specified in individual system and equipment Sections. I Examine HVAC equipment and filters and verify that bearings are greased, belts are aligned and tight,and equipment with functioning controls is ready for operation. J. Examine terminal units, such as variable-air-volume boxes, and verify that they are accessible and their controls are connected and functioning. K. Examine strainers. Verify that startup screens are replaced by permanent screens wilh indicated perforations- I . erforations.I . Examine three-way valves for proper installation for their intended function of diverting or mixing fluid flows. M. Examine heat-transfer coils for correct piping connections and for clean and straight fins. -� N. Examine system pumps to ensure absence of entrained air in the suction piping. Ol Examine operating safety interlocks and controls on HVAC equipment. P. Report deficiencies discovered before and during performance of TAB procedures. Observe and record system reactions to changes in conditions. Record default set points if different from indicated values. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Prepare a TAB plan that includes strategies and step-by-step procedures. B. Complete system-readiness checks and prepare reports. Verify the following: 1. Permanent electrical-power wiring is complete. 2. Automatic temperature-control systems are operational. 3. Equipment and duct access doors are securely closed. 4. Balance, smoke, and fire dampers are open. 5. Isolating and balancing valves are open and control valves are operational. 6� Ceilings are installed in critical areas where air-pattern adjustments are required and access to balancing devices is provided. T Windows and doors can be closed so indicated conditions for system operations can be met 3.3 GENERAL.PROCEDURES FOR TESTING AND BALANCING A. Perform testing and balancing procedures on each system according to the procedures contained in NEBB's "Procedural Standards for Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing of Environmental Systems"and in this Section. 1_ Comply with requirements in ASHRAE 62.1,Section 7,2.2-"Air Balancing." B. Cut insulation, ducts, pipes, and equipment cabinets far installation of test probes to the minimum extent necessary for TAB procedures. 1. After testing and balancing, patch probe holes in ducts with same material and thickness as used to construct ducts. 2. After testing and balancing, install test ports and duct access doors that comply with requirements in Section 23 33 00"Air Duct Accessories." 3. Install and join new insulation that matches removed materials_ Restore insulation, coverings, vapor barrier, and finish according to Section 23 07 13 "Duct Insulation," 09053-00 230593-4 Section 23 07 16 "HVAC Equipment Insulation," and Seelion 23 07 19 "HVAC Piping Insulation." C. Mark equipment and balancing devices, including damper-control positions, valve position indicators, fan-speed-control levers, and simitar controls and devices, with paint or other suitable, permanent identification material to show final settings. D. Take and report testing and balancing measurements in inch-pound{IP} units. 3.4 GENERAL_ PROCEDURES FOR BALANCING ACR SYSTEMS A. Prepare test reports for both fans and outlets. Obtain manufacturer's outlet factors and recommended testing procedures. Crosscheck the summation of required Outlet volumes with required fan volumes. Q. Prepare schematic diagrams of systems'"as- duct layouts. C. For variable-air-volume systems, develop a plan to simulate diversity. D. Determine the best locations in main and branch ducts for accurate duct-airflow measurements. E. Check airflow patterns from the outdoor-air louvers and dampers and the return- and exhaust- air dampers through the supply-fan discharge and mixing dampers. F. Locate start-stop and disconnect switches, electrical interlocks, and motor starlers. G. Verify that motor starters are equipped w lh properly sized thermal protection. H. Check dampers for proper position to achieve desired airflow path. I. Check for airflow blockages. J. Check condensate drains for proper connections and functioning. K. Check for proper sealing of air-handling-unit components. L. Verify that air duct system is sealed as specified in Section 23 31 13"Metal Ducts-` M, Verify that the sequence of operation for each piece of equipment is complete, operational, and functioning at stated in the drawings and specifications I 3.5 PROCEDURES FOR CONSTANT-VOLUME.AIR SYSTEMS A. Adjust fans to deliver total indicated airflows within the maximum allowable fan speed listed by fan manufacturer. 1 Measure total airflow. a. Where sufficient space in ducts is unavailable for Pitot-tube traverse measurements, measure airflow at terminal outlets and inlets and calculate the total airflow 2. Measure fan static pressures as follows to determine actual static pressure a. Measure outlet static pressure as far downstream from the fan as practical and upstream from restrictions in ducts such as elbows and transitions. b. Measure static pressure directly at the fan outlet or through the flexible connection 09063-00 2305 93-5 C. Measure inlet static pressure of single-inlet fans in the inlet duct as near the fan as possible, upstream from the flexible connection, and downstream from duct restrictions. d_ Measure inlet static pressure of double-inlet fans through the wall of the plenum that houses the fan. 3. Measure static pressure across each component that makes up an air-handling unit, rooftop unit, and other air-handling and-treating equipment. a, Report the cleanliness status of filters and the t.me static pressures are measured. 4_ Measure static pressures entering and leaving other devices, such as sound traps,heat- recovery equipment, and air washers, under final balanced conditions. 5. Review Record Documents to determine variations in design static pressures versus actual static pressures. Calculate actual system-effect factors. Recommend adjustments to accommodate actual conditions, fi. Obtain approval from Construction Manager for adjustment of fan speed higher or lower than indicated speed. Comply with requirements in HVAC Sections for air-handling units for adjustment of fans, belts, and pulley sizes to achieve indicated air-handling-unit performance. 7. Do not make fan-speed adjustments that result in motor overload. Consult equipment manufacturers about fan-speed safety factors. Modulate dampers and measure fan- motor amperage to ensure that no overload will occur. Measure amperage in full-coaling, full-heating, economizer, and any other operating mode to determine the maximum required brake horsepoNWer. B. Adjust volume dampers for main duct, submain ducts, and major branch ducts to indicated airflows within specified tolerances_ 1. Measure airflow of submain and branch ducts. a_ Where sufficient space in submain and branch ducts is unavailable for Pitot-tube traverse measurements, measure airflow al terminal outlets and inlets and- calculate the total airflow for that zone. 2. Measure static pressure at a point downstream from the balancing damper, and adjust volume dampers until the proper static pressure is achieved. 3_ Remeasure each submain and branch duct after all have been adjusted. Continue to WR adjust submain and branch ducts to indicated airflows within specified tolerances. C. Measure air outlets and inlets without making adjustments. 1 9. Measure terminal outlets using a direct-reading hood or outlet manufacturer's written instructions and calculating factors. D, Adjust air outlets and inlets for each space to indicated airflows within specified tolerances of '• indicated values. Make adjustments using branch volume dampers rather than extractors and the dampers at air terminals. i. Adjust each outlet in same room or space to within specified tolerances of indicated ' quantities without generating noise levels above the limitations prescribed by the Contract Documents. I Adjust patterns of adjustable outlets for proper distribution without drafts, 3.6 PROCEDURES FOR VARIABLE-AIR-VOLUME SYSTEMS A. Compensating for Diversity: When the total airflow of all terminal units is more than the indicated airflow of the fan, place a selected number of terminal units at a minimum set-point airflow with the remainder at maximum-airflow condition until the total airflow of the terminal 09053-00 230593-6 w units equals the indicated airflow of the fan. Select the reduced-airflow terminal units so they are distributed evenly among the branch ducts- B. Pressure-Independent, Variable-Air-Volume Systems: After the fan systems have been adjusted, adjust the variable-air-volume systems as follows: 1. Set outdoor-air dampers at minimum, and set return- and exhaust-air dampers at a position that simulates full-cooling load. 2. Select the terminal unit that is most critical to the supply-fan airflow and static pressure. Measure static pressure. Adjust system static pressure so the entering static pressure for the critical terminal unit is not less than the sum of the terminal-unit manufacturer's recommended minimum inlet static pressure plus the static pressure needed to overcome terminal-unil discharge system losses. 3. Measure total system airflow. Adjust to within indicated airflow_ 4. Set terminal units at maximum airflow and adjust controller or regulator to deliver the designed maximum airflow. Use terminal-unit manufacturers written instructions to make this adjustment. When total airflow is correct, balance the air outlets downstream from terminal units the same as described for constant-volume air systems. 5. Set terminal units all. minimum airflow and adjust controller or regulator to deliver the designed minimum airflow. Check air outlets for a proportional reduction in airflow the same as described for constant-volume air systems V a. If air outlets are out of balance at minimum airflow, report the condition but leave outlets balanced for maximum airflow. B. Remeasure the return airflow to the fan while operating at maximum return airflow and �I minimum outdoor airflow. a. Adjust the fan and valance the relurn-air ducts and inlets the same as described for constant-volume air systems. 7. Measure static pressure at the most critical terminal unit and adjust the static-pressure controller at the main supply-air sensing station to ensure that adequate static pressure is maintained at the most critical unit. 8. Record final fan-performance data. C. Pressure-Dependent, Variable-Air-Volume Systems without Diversity: After the fan systems have been adjusted,adjust the variable-air-volume systems as follows: 1. Balance variable-air-volume systems the same as described for constant-volume air systems. 2. Set terminal units and supply fan at full-airflow condition. 3. Adjust inlet dampers of each terminal unit to indicated airflow and verity operation of the static-pressure controller. When total airflow is correct, balance the air outlets downstream from terminal units the same as described for constant-volume air systems. 4. Readjust fan airflow for final maximum readings. 5. Measure operating static pressure at the sensor that controls the supply fan if one is installed,and verify operation of the static-pressure controller. 6. Set supply fan at minimum airflow if minimum airflow is indicated_ Measure static pressure to verify that it is tieing maintained by the controller. 7_ Set terminal units at minimum airflow and adjust controller or regulator to deliver the designed minimum airflow. Check air outlets for a proportional reduction in airflow the same as described for constant-volume air systems. a, if air outlets are out of balance at minimum airflow, report the condition but leave the outlets balanced for maximum airflow. B. Measure the return airflow to the fan while operating at maximum return airflow and minimum outdoor airflow. 09053-00 2305 93-7 a. Adjust the fan and balance the return-air ducts and inlets the same as described for constant-volume air systems. D? Pressure-Dependent, Variable-Air-Volume Systems with Diversity: After the fan systems have been adjusted,adjust the variable-air-volume systems as follows: 1- Set system at maximum indicated airflow by setting the required number of terminal unds at minimum airflow. Select the reduced-airflow terminal units so they are distributed evenly among the branch ducts. 2. Adjust supply fan to maximum indicated airflow with the variable-airflow controller set at maximum airflow. 3. Set terminal units at full-airflow condition. A. Adjust terminal units starting at the supply-fan end of the system and continuing progressively to the end of the system. Adjust inlet dampers of each terminal unit to indicated airflow. When total airflow is correct, balance the air outlets downstream from .. terminal units the same as described for constant-volume air systems. 5. Adjust terminal units for minimum airflow. 6. Measure static pressure at the sensor. 7. Measure the return airflow to the fan while operating at maximum return airflow and s minimum outdoor airflow. Adjust the fan and balance the return-air ducts and inlets the same as described for constant-volume air systems, 3.7 PROCEDURES FOR MOTORS A. Motors, 112 HP and Larger_ Test at final balanced conditions and record the following data: 1. Manufacturer's name, model number. and serial number. 2. Motor horsepower rating. 3. Motor rpm. 4. Efficiency rating. 5_ Nameplate and measured voltage,each phase. • 6. Nameplate and measured amperage, each phase. ,7. Starter thermal-protection-element rating. S. Motors Driven by Variable-Frequency Controllers: Test for proper operation at speeds varying from minimum to maximum. Test the manual bypass of the controller to prove proper operation. Record observations including name of controller manufacturer, model number, serial number, and nameplate data. 3.8 PROCEDURES FOR CONDENSING UNITS A. Verify proper rotation of fans_ 8. Measure entering-and leaving-air temperatures. C. Record compressor data 3.9 PROCEDURES FOR HEAT-TRANSFER COILS A. Measure,adjust,and record the following data for each electric heating coil: -. I- Nameplate data. 2. Airflow. 3. Entering-and leaving-air temperature at futi load. 4. Voltage and amperage input of each phase at full load and at each incremental stage. 5, Calculated kilowatt at full load_ 6. Fuse or circuit-breaker rating for overload protection. 09053-00 23 05 93 -8 n B. Measure, adjust, and record the following data for each refrigerant coil: i. Dry-bulb temperature of entering and leaving air. 2. Wet-bulb temperature of entering and leaving air_ 3_ Allow, 4. Air pressure drop. 5. Refrigerant suction pressure and temperature. 3.10 TOLERANCES A. Set HVAC system's air flow rates and water flow rates within the following tolerances- 1- olerances-1_ Supply, Return, and Exhaust Fans and Equipment with'Fans: Plus or minus 10 percent. 2. Air Outlets and Inlets: Plus or minus 10 percent. 3,11 REPORTING A. Initial Construction-Phase Report: Based on examination of the Contract Documents as specified in "Examination" Article, prepare a report on the adequacy of design for systems' balancing devices. Recommend changes and additions to systems' balancing devices to facilitate proper performance measuring and balancing. Recommend changes and additions to HVAC systems and general construction to allow access for performance measuring and balancing devices. B. Status Reports: Prepare weekly progress reports to describe completed procedures, procedures in progress, and scheduled procedures. Include a list of deficiencies and problems found in systems being tested and balanced. Prepare a separate report for each system and P each building floor for systems serving multiple floors. 3.12 FINAL REPORT V A. General: Prepare a certified written report;tabulate and divide the report mto separate sections for tested systems and balanced systems. 1. Include a certification sheet at the front of the report's binder, signed and sealed by the certified tesling and balancing engineer. 2. Include a list of instruments used for procedures,along with proof of calibration. B. Final Report Contents: In addition to certified field-report data,include the following: 1. Fan curves. 2_ Manufacturers'test data 3. Field test reports prepared by system and equipment installers. 4. Other information relative to equipment performance; do not include Shop Drawings and product data. 5. Include a letter on the letterhead of the TAB Agency certifying that the temperature ^ controls and sequence of operations have been tested and are operating as stated in the drawings and specifications. C. General Report Data- In addition to form titles and entries,include the following data: 1 Title page. 2 (dame and address of the TAB contractor. 3 Project name. 4. Project location. 5. Architect's name and address. 6 Engineer's name and address. 09053-00 230693 -9 1 7. Contractor's name and address. B. Report date- 9. Signature of TAB supervisor who certifies the report. 10_ Table of Contents with the total number of pages defined for each section of the report. Number each page in the report. 11. Summary of contents including the following: a. Indicated versus final performance_ b. Notable characteristics of systems- c. Description of system operation sequence if it varies from the Contract Documents. 12. Nomenclature sheets for each iters of equipment.. 13. Data for terminal units,including manufacturer's name,type,size, and fittings. 14- Notes to explain why certain final data in the body of reports vary from indicated vales. 15_ Test conditions for fans and pump performance forms including the following' a. Settings for outdoor-,return-,and exhaust-air dampers_ b. Conditions of filters. . C. Cooling coil,wet-and dry-bulb conditions. d. Face and bypass damper settings at coils. e. Fan drive settings including settings and percentage of maximum pitch diameter. f. Inlet vane settings for variable-air-volume systems. g. Settings for supply-air,static-,pressure controller. h. Other system operating conditions that affect performance. D. System Diagrams: Include schematic layouts of air and hydropic distribution systems. Present each system with single-line diagram and include the following: 1. [quantities of outdoor, supply, return,and exhaust airflows. 2. Duct.outlet,and inlet sizes. 3. Pipe and valve sizes and locations. 4. Terminal units. 5. Balancing stations. 6. Position of balancing devices. 1 E. Air-Handling-Unit Test Reports. For air-handling units with coils,include the following: 1. Unit Data: a. Unit identification- J b. Location. INN c. Make and type. l d. Model number and unit size. e. Manufacturer's serial number. f. Unit arrangement and class, g. Discharge arrangement. h- Sheave make, size in inches, and bore. i. Center-to-censer dimensions of sheave, and amount of adjustments in inches. j. Number,make, and size of belts. k. Number,type, and size of fitters- 2- Motor Data: a. Motor make, and frame type and size. b. Horsepower and rpm. C, Volts, phase, and hertz _ d. Full-load amperage and service factor. e- Sheave make,size in inches, and bore. f. Center-to-center dimensions of sheave, and amount of adjustments in inches. 09053-00 23 0593 -10 3. Test Data(Indicated and Actual Values): a. Total air flow rate in cfm. b. Total system static pressure in inches wg. c. Fan rpm. d. Discharge static pressure in inches wg. e. Filter static-pressure differential in inches wg. f. Preheat-coil static-pressure differential in inches wg. g. Cooling-coil static-pressure differential in inches wg. h. Heating-coil static-pressure differential in inches wg. i. Outdoor airflow in cfm. j. Return airflow in cfm_ k. Outdoor-air damper position. 1. Return-air damper position. m. Vortex damper position. F- Apparatus-Coil Test Reports. 1. Coil Data: a. System Identification, b. Location. C. Coil type. d. Number of rows. e. Fin spacing in fins per inch o.c, f. Make and model number. g. Face area in sq,ft.. h, Tube size in KIPS. 1. Tube and fin materials. j. Circuiting arrangement. r2. Test Data(Indicated and Actual Values): a. Air flow rate in cfm. k� b. Average face velocity in fpm. I C. Air pressure drop in inches wg. d. Outdoor-air,wet-and dry-bulb temperatures in deg F. e. Return-air,wet-and dry-bulb temperatures in deg F. f. Entering-air, wet-and dry-bulb temperatures in deg F_ g. Leaving-air,wet-and dry-bulb temperatures in deg F. h. Refrigerant expansion valve and refrigerant types. i. Refrigerant suction pressure in psig. 1 Refrigerant suction temperature in deg F. G. Gas-Fired Heat Apparatus Test Reports- In addition to manufacturer's factory startup equipment reports,include the following: 1. Unit Data: a. System identification. b. Location. c. Make and type, d. Model number and unit size. e. Manufacturer's serial number. f. Fuel type in input data. g. Output capacity in 9tulh, h. Ignition type. i. Burner-control types. j. Motor horsepower and rpm. k. Motor volts,phase, and hertz. 09053-00 230693 - 11 L Motor full-load amperage and service factor. m. Sheave make, size in inches,and bore. M Center-to-center dimensions of sheave, and amount of adjustments in inches. 2. Test Data(Indicated and Actual Values): a. Total air flow rate in cfm. b. Entering-air temperature in deg F. c. Leaving-air temperature in deg F_ d, Air temperature differentia!in deg F. e. Entering-air static pressure in inches wg. f_ Leaving-air static pressure in inches wg. g_ Air static-pressure differential in inches wg. h. Low-fire fuel input in Btu/h. i. High-fire fuel input in Stulh. j. Manifold pressure in prig. k. High-temperature-limit setting in deg F. L Operating set point in Btu/h. M, Motor voltage at each connection. n. Motor amperage for each phase. o. Heating value of fuel in Btulh. H. Electric-Coil Test Reports: For electric furnaces, duct coils, and electric coils installed in central-station air-handling units, include the following: 1 Unit Data: a. System identification. b. Location. C_ Coil identification. d. Capacity in Btu/h. e. Number of stages. f. Cpnnected volts,phase, and hertz_ g. Rated amperage_ h. Air flow rate in cfm_ L Face area in sq. ft.. j. Minimum face velocity in fpm. 2. Test Data(Indicated and Actual Values): a. Heat output in Btulh. b. Air flow rate in cfm. C. Air velocity in fpm. d. Entering-air temperature in deg F_ e. Leaving-air temperature in deg F. f. Voltage at each connection. g, Amperage for each phase. I Fan Test Reports: For supply, return,and exhaust fans, include the following: 1. Fan Data: a. System identification. b. Location. c. Make and type. d. Model number and size. e. Manufacturer's serial number. _. f. Arrangement and class_ g. Sheave make,size in inches,and bore. h. Center-to-center dimensions of sheave, and amount of adjustments in inches. 09053-00 230693-12 r 2. Motor Data: a. Motor make, and frame type and size. b. Horsepower and rpm. C. Volts, phase, and hertz. d. Full-load amperage and service factor, e. Sheave make, size in inches,and bore, f. Center-to-center dimensions of sheave,and amount of adjustments in inches- 9. Number,make, and size of belts. 3. Test Data(indicated and Actual Values)_ a. Total airflow rate in cfm. b. Total system static pressure in inches wg. C. Fan rpm. d. Discharge static pressure in inches wg. e. Suction static pressure in inches wg. J Round and Rectangular Duct Traverse Reports: Include a diagram with a grid representing the duct cross-section and record the following: 1. Report Data: a. System and air-handling-unit number. b. Location and zone. C. Traverse air temperature in deg F_ rw d. Duct static pressure in inches wg. e. Duct size in Inches. f. Duct area in sq.ft.. g. Indicated air flow rate in cfm. h. Indicated velocity in fpm. i, Actual air flow rate in cfm. j.. Actual average velocity in fpm. k. Barometric pressure in prig_ K. Air-Terminal-Device Reports: 1. unit Data: f a. System and air-handling unit identification. b_ Location and zone. t• c. Apparatus used for test, d. Area served. e. Make. f. Number from system diagram. g. Type and model number. h. Size. i. Effective area in sq. ft.. F2. Test Data (Indicated and Actual Values): a. Air flow rate in cfm. b. Air velocity in fpm. C. Preliminary air flow rate as needed in cfm. d. preliminary velocity as needed in fpm. e. Final air flow rate in cfm. f. Final velocity in fpm. g. Space temperature in deg F. L_ System-Coil Reports: For retreat coils and water coils of terminal units, include the fallowing: 09053-00 230593- 13 I. Unit Data. a. System and air-handling-unit identification. _ b. Location and zone. C. Froom or riser served. d. Coil make and size. e. Flowmeter type. _ 2. Test Data (Indicated and Actual Values): a. Air flow rate in cfm. b. Enlering-air temperature in deg F. C, Leaving-air temperature in deg F. M. Instrument Calibration Reports_ .� 1. Report Data: a. Instrument type and make. b. Serial number C. Application. d_ Dates of use. e. Dates of calibration. 3.13 INSPECTIONS A. Initial Ins pection.- 1. After testing and balancing are complete, operate each system and randomly check measurements to verify that the system is operating according to the final test and balance readings documented in the final report. Z Check the following for each system: a. Measure airflow of at least 10 percent of air outlets. b. Measure water flow of at least 5 percent of terminats. C Measure room temperature at each thermostat/temperature sensor. Compare the reading to the set point- d. Verify that balancing devices are marked with final balance position. e. Note deviations from the Contract Documents in the final report, B_ Final Inspection- 1. After initial inspection is complete and documentation by random checks verifies that testing and balancing are complete and accurately documented in the final report, request that a final inspection be made by Construction Manager. 2. The TAS contractor's test and balance engineer shall conduct the inspection in the presence of Construction Manager. 3. Construction Manager shall randomly select measurements, documented in the final report, to be rechecked. Rechecking shall be limited to either 10 percent of the total measurements recorded or the extent of measurements that can be accomplished in a normal 8-hour business day. 4. If rechecks yield measurements that differ from the measurements documented in the final report by more than the tolerances allowed, the measurements shall be noted as "FAILED." 5. If the number of "FAILED" measurements is greater than 10 percent of the total measurements checked during the final inspection, the testing and balancing shall be considered incomplete and shall be rejected. 09053-00 23 05 93-114 C. TAB Work will be considered defective if it does not pass final inspections. If TAB Work fails, proceed as follows: 1. Recheck all measurements and make adjustments. Revise the final report and balancing device settings to include all changes;resubmit the final report and request a second final inspection. 2. If the second final inspection also fails,Owner may contract the services of another TAB contractor to complete TAB Work according to the Contract Documents and deduct the cost of the services from the original TAB contractor's Final payment. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.14 ADDITIONAL TESTS A. Within 90 days of completing TAB,perform additional TAB to verity that balanced conditions are being maintained throughout and to correct unusual conditions. B. Seasonal Periods: It initial TAB procedures were not performed during near-peak summer and winter conditions,perform additional TAB during near-peak summer and winter conditions. BMD OF SECTION 23 05 93 N 09053-00 230593-15 SECTION 23 07 13 - DUCT INSULATION PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to tnis Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes insulating the following duct services- 1- ervices-1. Indoor,concealed supply and outdoor air. 2. Indoor, exposed supply and outdoor air. 3. Indoor, concealed return located in unconditioned space. 4. Indoor, exposed return located in unconditioned space. 5. Indoor, concealed exhaust between isolation damper and penetration of building exterior 6. Indoor, exposed exhaust between isolation damper and penetration of building exterior. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 23 07 16"HVAC Equipment Insulation." 2. Section 23 07 19"HVAC Piping Insulation•" 3. Section 23 31 13"Metat Ducts"for duct liners. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data. For each type of product indicated. Include thermal conductivity, water-vapor permeance thickness, and jackets (both factory- and field-applied if any). B. LEER Submittals- 1 Product Data for Credit iEQ 4.1; For adhesives and sealants, documentation inc uding Printed statement of VQCw content, 2 Laboratory Test Reports for Credit IEQ 4: for adhesives and sealants, documertation indicating that products comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small-Scale Environmental Chambers." C. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections,details, and attachments to other work. 1. Detail application of protective shields, saddles, and inserts at hangers for each type of insulation and hanger. 2. Detail insulation application at elbows, finings, dampers, specialties and flanges for each type of insulation. 3. Detail application at linkages of control devices. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For qualified Installer. 09053-Co 2307 13-1 a 8. Material Test Reports: From a qualified testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction indicating, interpreting, and certifying test results for compliance of insulation materials, sealers, attachments, cements, and jackets, with requirements indicated_ Include dates of tests and test methods employed. ., C. Field quality-control reports. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Skilled mechanics who have successfully completed an apprenticeship ... program or another craft training program certified by the Department of Labor, Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training. S. Surface-Burning Characteristics: For insulation and related materials, as determined by testing identical products according to ASTM E 84, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Factory label insulation and jacket materials and adhesive, mastic, tapes, and cement material containers,with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency. e 1_ Insulation Installed Indoors_ Flame-spread index of 25 or less. and smoke-developed index of 50 or less. 1.6 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Packaging., Insulation material containers shall be marked by manufacturer with appropriate ASTM standard designation, type and grade,and maximum use temperature. 1.7 COORDINATION A. Coordinate sizes and locations of supports, hangers, and insulation shields specified in Section 23 05 29"Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment." B, Coordinate clearance requirements with duct Installer for duct insulation application. Before preparing ductwork Shop Drawings, establish and maintain clearance requirements for installation of insulation and field-applied jackets and finishes and for space required for maintenance. •- C. Coordinate installation and testing of heat tracing. 1.8 SCHEDULING A. Schedule insulation application after pressure testing systems_ Insulation application may begin on segments that have satisfactory test results_ B. Complete installation and concealment of plastic materials as rapidly as possible in each area of construction. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 INSULATION MATERIALS A_ Comply with requirements in "Duct Insulation Schedule, General;" "Indoor Duct and Plenum Insulation Schedule," and "Aboveground, Ouldoor Duct and Plenum Insulation Schedule" articles for where insulating materials shall be applied. 09053-00 2307 13 -2 r f B. Products shall not contain asbestos, lead,mercury,or mercury compounds. C. Products that come in contact with stainless steel shall have a Leachable chloride content of fess p` than 50 ppm when tested according to ASTM C 971. 17 Insulatinn materials fnr use on austenitic stainless steel shall be qualifted as acceptable according to ASTM C 795, E. Foam insulation materials shall not use CFC or HCFC blowing agents in the manufacturing process. F. Flexible Elastomeric Insulation: Closed-cell, sponge- or expanded-rubber materials. Comply with ASTM C 534,Type H for sheet materials. .� 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following. a. Aeroflex USA Inc.;Aerocel. b. Armacell LLC;AP Arrnaflex. C. K-Flex USA: Insul-Sheet, K-Flex Gray Duct Liner,and K-FLEX LS_ G. Mineral-Fiber Blanket Insulation: Mineral or glass fibers banded with a thermosetting resin. Comply with ASTM C 553, Type II and ASTM C 1290, Type III with factory-applied FSK jacket. Factory-applied jack el requirements are specified in"Factory-Applied Jackets"Article. 1. Products_ Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following- a. CerlainTeed Corp.; SoftTouch Duct Wrap. b. Johns Manville: Microlite. C. Knauf Insulation, Friendly Feel Duct Wrap. d_ Manson Insulation Inca Alley Wrap. e. Owens Cornim SOFTR All-Service Duct Wraq. 2.2 ADHESIVES A. Materials shalt be compatible with insulation materials,jackets, and substrates and for bonding insulation to itself and to surfaces to be insulated unless otherwise indicated. 8_ Flexible Elastomeric Adhesive: Comply with MIL-A-24179A,Type II,Class I, I. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following. a. Aeroflex USA, Inc.:Aeroseal. b. Armacell LLC:Armaflex 520 Adhesive. C. Foster Brand, Specialty Construction Brands. Inc.. a business of H. B. Fuller Company,85-75.K-Flex USA: R-373 Contact Adhesive. 2, For indoor applications, adhesive shall have a VOC content of 50 g1L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subparl D(EPA Method 24). 3. Adhesive shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small-Scale Environmental Chambers." C_ Mineral-Fiber Adhesive: Comply with MIL-A-33160, Class 2, Grade A. 1, Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Childers Brand Specialty Construction Brands Inc. a business of H. B. Fuller Company:CP-127.Eagle Bridges-Marathon Industries;225. 09063-00 230713-3 b. Foster Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc.. a business of H. B. Fuller Company; 85-60185-70.Mon-Eco Industries. Inc.;22-25. 2. For indoor applications, adhesive shall have a VOC content of 80 g1L or less when calculated according to Oil CFR 59, Subpart D(EPA Method 24). 3. Adhesive shall comply with the testing and product rcquirements of the California Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small-Scale Environmental Chambers." ❑ ASJ Adhesive, and FSK Jacket Adhesive: Comply with MIL-A-3316C, Class 2, Grade A for bonding insulation jacket lap seams and joints, - 1. Products_ Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Childers Brand, Specialty Construction Brands. Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller - Company; CP-82. b. Fade Bridges-Marathon Industries; 225, C. f=oster Brand. Specialty Construction Brands, Inc.,_a business of H. B. Fuller Company,85-50.Mon-Eco Industries, Inc.:22-25. 2. For indoor applications, adhesive shall have a VOC content of 50 g1L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D(EPA Method 24). 3_ Adhesive shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small-Scale Environmental Chambers," 2.3 SEALANTS A. FSK and Metal Jacket Flashing Sealants: 1 Products. Subject to compliance with requirements,provide one of the following; a. Childers Brand—S-pecialty Construction Brands Inc. a business of H. B. Fuller Company;CP-76.Eagle Bridges-Marathon Industries;405. b. Foster Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company,95-44, C_ Mon-Eco Industries, Inc.;44-05, 2. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials.jackets. and substrates. 3. Fire-and water-resistant,flexible, elastomeric sealant. 4_ Service Temperature Range Minus 40 to plus 250 deg F. '• 5_ Color Aluminum_ 6. For indoor applications, sealants shall have a VOC content of 420 g1L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D(EPA Method 24). 7. Sealants shall comp y with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small-Scale Environmental Chambers." w 2.4 FIELD-APPLIED JACKETS A. Field-applied jackets shall comply with ASTM C 921,Type I unless otherwise indicated. �. B. FSK Jacket. Aluminum-foil-face,fiberglass-reinlorced scrim with kraft-paper backing. 09053-00 230713 -4 r 2.6 TAPES A FSK Tape: Foil-face, vapor-retarder tape matching factory-applied jacket with acrylic adhesive; complying with ASTM C 1135. 1_ Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following., a. ABI, Ideal Tape Division;491 AWF FSK. b. Avery Dennison Corporation,Specialty Tapes Division; Fasson 0827. C. Com ac Corporation; 110 and 111. d. Venture Tape; 1525 CW SVT, 1528 CW,and 1528 CW/SQ- 2. Width: 3 inches. 3. Thickness: 6.5 mils. 4. Adhesion: 90 ounces force/inch in width. 5. Elongation: 2 percent. B. Tensile Strength: 40 Ibffinch in width. 7. FSK Tape Disks and Squares: Precut disks or squares of FSK tape. B. Aluminum-Foil Tape, Vapor-retarder tape with acrft adhesive. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide one of the following-- & ollowing:a. ABI, Ideal Tape Division;488 AWF. L Avertir Dennison Corporation, Specially Tapes Division; Fasson 0800. C. Comepc Corporation; 120, d. Venture Tape; 3520 CW. 2, Width: 2 inches. 3. Thickness: 3.7 mils. 4. Adhesion: 100 ounces force/inch in width. 5. Elongation: 5 percent. & Tensile Strength: 34 lbflinch in width. 2.6 SECUREMENTS A. Insulation Pins and Hangers: 1. Capacitor-Discharge-Weld Pins: Copper- or zinc-coated steel pin. fully annealed for capacitor-discharge welding. 0.106-inch-diameter shank, length to suit depth of insulation indicated. a. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following- 1} AGM Industries, Inc_;CWP-1. 2) GEMCO; CD_ 3) Midwest Fasteners, Inc.; CD. 4) Nelson Stud Welding;TPA,TPC,and TPS. 2. Metal, Adhesively Attached, Perforated-Base Insulation Hangers: Baseplate welded to projecting spindle that is capable of holding insulation, of thickness indicated„ securely in position indicated when self-locking washer is in place. Comply with the following requirements: a. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide one of the following: 1) AGM Industries, Inc.;Tactoo Perforated Base I nsul-Ha ngers. 2) GEMCQ Perforated Base. 3) Midwest'Fasteners,Inc.;Spindle. 49053-00 23 07 13- 5 OR 19 b. Baseplate: Perforated,galvanized carbon-steel sheet, 0,030 inch thick by 2 inches square. c, Spindle_ Copper- or zinc-coated, low-carbon steel, fully annealed, 0.106-inch- diameter shank, length to suit depth of insulation indicated. d. Adhesive. Recommended by hanger manufacturer. 'Product with demonstrated capability to bond fnsulatfon hanger securely to substrates indicated without damaging insulation, hangers, and substrates- PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of insulation appbcation. 1. Verify that systems to be insulated have been tested and are free of defects, 2. Verify that surfaces to be insulated are clean and dry. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A Surface Preparation. Clean and dry surfaces to receive insulation. Remove materials that will _ adversely affect insulation application. 3.3 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS .� A. Install insulation materials, accessories, and finishes with smooth, straight, and even surfaces; free of vofds throughout the length 6f ducts and fittings. w B. Install insulation materials, vapor barriers or retarders, jackets, and thicknesses required for each item of duct system as specified in insulation system schedules. C. Install accessories compatible with insulation materials and suitable for the service install accessories that do not corrode, soften, or otherwise attack insulation or jacket in either wet or dry state. D. Install insulation with longitudinal seams at top and bottom of horizontal runs. E_ Install multiple layers of insulation with longitudinal and end seams staggered. F_ Keep insulation materials dry during application and finishing. G. Install insulation with tight longitudinal seams and end joints. Bond seams and joints with adhesive recommended by insulation material manufacturer, H. Install insulation with least number of joints practical. I Where vapor barrier is indicated, seal joints, seams, and penetrations in insulation at hangers, -� supports,anchors, and other projections with vapor-barrier mastic. 1, Install insulation continuously through hangers and around anchor attachments. 2. For insulation application where vapor barriers are indicated,extend insulation on anchor "+ legs from point of attachment to supported item to point of attachment to structure. Taper and seal ends at attachment to structure with vapor-barrier mastic. 09053-00 23 07 13 -6 3. Install insert materials and install insulation to tightly join the insert. Seal insulation to insulation inserts with adhesive or sealing compound recommended by insulation material manufacturer. PP J. Apply adhesives, mastics, and sealants at manufacturer's recommended coverage rate and wet and dry film thicknesses. rK. Install insulation with factory-applied jackets as follows: 1. Draw jacket light and smooth- 2. Cover circumferential joints with 3-inch-wide strips, of same material as insulation jacket. Secure strips with adhesive and outward clinching staples along both edges of strip, spaced 4 inches o.c. 3. Overlap jacket longitudinal seams at least 1-112 inches. Clean and dry surface to receive self-sealing lap. Staple laps with outward clinching staples along edge at 2 inches o.c. a. For below ambient services,apply vapor-barrier mastic over staples. e+ 4. Cover joints and seams with tape, according to insulation material manufacturer's written instructions, to maintain vapor seal_ 5. Where vapor barriers are indicated, apply vapor-barrier mastic on seams and joints and at ends adjacent to duct flanges and fittings. L. Cut insulation in a manner to avoid compressing insulation more than 75 percent of its nominal thickness. M Finish installation with systems at operating conditions. Repair joint separations and cracking due to thermal movement. N. Repair damaged insulation facings by applying same facing material over damaged areas. Extend patches at least 4 inches beyond damaged areas. Adhere, slaple, and seal patches similar to butt joints. 3.4 PENETRATIONS A. Insulation Installation at Roof Penetrations: Install insulation continuously through rQOf penetrations. 1. Seal penetrations with flashing sealant. 2. For applications requiring only indoor insulation, terminate insulation above roof surface and seal with joint sealant. For applications requiring indoor and outdoor insulation, install insulation for outdoor applications tightly joined to indoor insulation ends, Seal joint with joint sealant. 3. Extend jacket of outdoor insulation outside root flashing at least 2 inches below lop of roof flashing. 4. Seal jacket to root flashing with flashing sealant. B. Insulation Installation at Aboveground Exterior Wali Penetrations- Install insulation continuously through wall penetrations. 1. Seal penetrations with flashing sealant. 2_ For applications requiring only indoor insulation, terminate insulation inside waif surface and seal with joint sealant. For applications requiring indoor and outdoor insulation, install insulation for outdoor applications tightly joined to indoor insulation ends. Seal joint with joint sealant. PD 3. Extend jacket of outdoor insulation outside wall flashing and overlap wall flashing at least 2 inches. 4. Seal jacket to wall flashing with flashing sealant. 09053-00 23 07 13-7 C. Insulation Installation at Interior Wall and Partition Penetrations (That Are Not Fire Rated): Install insulation continuously through walls and partitions_ R D, Insulation Installation at Fire-Rated Wall and Partition Penetrations: Terminate insulation at fire damper sleeves for fire-rated wail and partition penetrations- Externally insulate damper sleeves to match adjacent insulation and overlap duct insulation at least 2 inches. 1. Comply with requirements in Section 07 84 13"Penetration Firestopping"for firestopping and fire-resistive joint sealers. E. insulation Installation at Floor Penetrations. 1. Duct: For penetrations through fire-rated assemblies, terminate insulation at fire damper sleeves and externally insulate damper sleeve beyond floor to match adjacent duct insulation. Overlap damper sleeve and duct insulation at least 2 inches. 2 Seal penetrations through fire-rated assemblies. Comply with requirements in Section 07 84 13"Penetration Firestopping." 3.5 INSTALLATION OF FLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC INSULATION A. Seal longitudinal seams and end joints with manufacturer's recommended adhesive to eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated. 3.6 INSTALLATION OF MINERAL-FIRER INSULATION A. Blanket Insulation installation on Ducts and Plenums: Secure with adhesive and insulation pins. 1. Apply adhesives according to manufacturer's recommended coverage rates per unit area, for 100 percent coverage of duct and plenum surfaces. 2. Apply adhesive to entire circumference of ducts and to ali surfaces of fittings and transitions. 3. Install either capacitor-discharge-weld pins and speed washers or cupped-head, capacitor-discharge-weld pins on sides and bottom of horizontal ducts and sides of vertical ducts as follows.- 21, ollows:a. On duct sides with dimensions 18 inches and smaller, place pins along iongitudinal centerline of duct. Space 3 inches maximum from insulation end joints, and 16 inches o.c. b. On duct sides with dimensions larger than 18 inches, place pins 16 inches o.c. each way, and 3 inches maximum from insulation joints. Install additional pins to hold insulation tightly against surface at cross bracing. c. Pins may be omitted from top surface of horizontal, rectangular ducts and plenums. d. Do not overcompress insulation during installation. e. Impale insulation over pins and attach speed washers. f. Cut excess portion of pins extending beyond speed washers or bend parallel with insulation surface, Cover exposed pins and washers with tape matching insulation Facing. 4. For ducts and plenums with surface temperatures below ambient, install a continuous unbroken vapor barrier. Create a facing lap for longitudinal seams and end joints with insulation by removing 2 inches from one edge and one end of insulation segment_ Secure laps to adjacent insulation section with 112-inch outward-clinching staples, 1 inch o-c. Install vapor barrier consisting of factory- or field-applied jacket, adhesive, vapor- barrier mastic,and sealant at joints,seams,and protrusions. a. Repair punctures, tears, and penetrations with tape or mastic to maintain vapor- barrier seal. 09053-00 230713-8 a b. Install vapor stops for ductwork and plenums operating below 50 deg F at 18-foot intervals. Vapor stops shall consist of vapor-barrier mastic applied in a Z-shaped pattern over insulation face, along butt end of Insulation, and over the surface. '! Cover insulation face and surface to be insulated a width equal to two times the insulation thickness, but not less than 3 inches. 5. Overlap unfaced blankets a minimum of 2 inches on longitudinal seams and end joints. At end joints,secure with steel bands spaced a maximum of 18 inches o.c. 6. Install insulation on rectangular duct elbows and transitions with a full insulation section for each surface. Install insulation on round and flat-oval duct elbows with individually W mitered gores cut to fit the elbow. 7. Insulate duct stiffeners, hangers, and flanges that protrude beyond insulation surface with 6-inch-wide strips of same material used to insulate duct. Secure on alternating sides of stiffener, hanger,and flange with pins spaced 6 inches o.c. a 3.7 DUCT INSULATION SCHEDULE,GENEILAL •• A. Plenums and Ducts Requiring Insulation: 1. Indoor,concealed supply and outdoor air. 2. Indoor, exposed supply and outdoor air. 3. Indoor,concealed return located in unconditioned space_ 4_ Indoor,exposed return located in unconditioned space. 5. Indoor, concealed exhaust between isolation damper and penetration of building exterior. 6. Indoor,exposed exhaust between isolation damper and penetration of'building exterior, r B. Items Not Insulated: 1. Factory-insulated flexible ducts. 2_ Factory-insulated plenums and casings. 3_ Flexible connectors. 4. Vibration-control devices. 5. Factory-insulated access panels and doors. 3.8 INDOOR DUCT AND PLENUM INSULATION SCHEDULE rr A. Concealed, round and flat-oval,supply-air duct insulation shall be one of the fallowing: 1. Flexible Elastomeric: 1 inch thick, 2. Mineral-Fiber Blanket: 1-112 inches thick and nominal density 8_ Concealed, round and flat-oval,return-air duct insulation shall be one of the following: 1. Flexible Elaslomenc' 1 inch thick. 2. Mineral-Fiber Blanket: 1-112 inches thick and nominal density_ C. Concealed, round and flat-oval, exhaust-air duct insulation shall be one of the following: 1. Flexible Elastomeric. 1 inch thick. 2. Mineral-Fiber Blanket_ 1-112 inches thick and nominal density. D. Concealed,rectangular, supply-air duct insulation shall be one of the following; 1_ Flexible Elastemeric: 1 inch thick. 2. Mineral-Fiber Blanket: 1-alt inches thick and nominal density. E. Concealed, rectangular, return-air duct insulation shall be one of the following- 09053-00 23 07 13-9 w 1 Flexible Elastomeric: 1 inch thick. 2. Mineral-Fiber Blanket: 1-112 inches thick and nominal density. .t F. Concealed, rectangular, exhaust-air duct insulation between isolation damper and penetration of building exterior shall be one of the following: 1. Flexible Elastomeric: 1 inch thick. 2. Mineral-Fiber Blanket; 1-112 inches thick and nominal density G. Concealed, return-air plenum insulation shall be one of the following; 1_ Flexible Elastomeric: 1 inch thick. 2. Mineral-Fiber Blanket: 1-112 inches thick and nominal density. H. Concealed,outdoor-air plenum insulation shall be the following; 1. Mineral-Fiber Blanket: 1-112 inches thick and nominal density I Concealed,exhaust-air plenum insulation shall be the following: 1. Mineral-Fiber Blanket: 1-112 inches thick and 1.5-lb/cu,ft, nominal density. J Exposed,round and flat-oval,supply-air duct insulation shalt be one of the following: 1. Flexible Elastomeric: 1 inch thick. 2. Mineral-Fiber Blanket 1-112 inches thick and 1.5-lb/cu_11_ nominal density. K Exposed, round and flat-oval,return-air duct insulation shall be one of the following: 1. Flexible Elastomeric: 1 inch thick. 2. Mineral-Fiber Blanket: 1-112 inches thick and 1.5-lb/cu.ft. nominal density. L. Exposed, round and flat-oval,exhaust-air duct insulation shall be one of the following: 1. ' Flexible Elastomeric: 1 inch thick. 2. Mineral-Fiber Blanket: 1-112 inches thick and 1.5-lb/cu.ft. nominal density. M, Exposed, rectangular, supply-air duct insulation shall be one of the following: 1. Flexible Elastomeric: 1 inch thick. 2. Mineral-Fiber Blanket: 1-112 inches thick and 1.5-lb/cu.ft, nominal density. N. Exposed, rectangular,return-air duct insulation shall be one of the following: 1. Flexible Elastomeric_ 1 inch thick. ,. 2. Mineral-Fiber Blanket: 1-112 inches thick and 1.5-Ib/cu. ft_nominal density. D. Exposed, rectangular, outdoor-air duct insulation shall be one of the following: 1. Flexible Elastomeric: 1 inch thick. 2. Mineral-Fiber Blanket: 1-112 inches thick and 1.5-lWcu. ft.nominal density. P. Exposed,rectangular,exhaust-air ducl insulation shall be one of the following: 1. Flexible Elastomeric: 1 inch thick. 2. Mineral-Fiber Blanket: 1-112 inches thick and 1.5-lb/cu. ft nominal density. Q. Exposed, supply-air plenum insulation shall be one of the following: 1 Flexible Elastomeric- 1 inch thick. 09053-00 2307 13 - 10 on on 2. Mineral-Fiber Blanket. 1-112 inches thick and 1.5-Iblcu.ft.nominal density. OP END OF SECTION 23 07 13 An r. as PM a oft a 09053-00 230713-11 no SECTION 23 07 19 - HVAC PIPING INSULATION PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY i A. Section includes insulating the foliowing HVAC piping systems: 1. Refrigerant suction and hot-gas piping,indoors and outdoors. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 23 07 13"Duct Insulation" r* 1,3 ACTION SUBMITTALS w A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include thermal conductivity, water-vapor permeance thickness,and jackets(both factory and field applied if any)_ B. LEED Submittals: me 1. Product Data for Credit IEQ 4.1: For adhesives and sealants, documentation including printed statement of VOC content. 2. Laboratory Test Reports for Credi{IEQ 4: For adhesives and sealants, documentation pq indicating that products comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services` "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small-Scale Environmental Chambers." .• C. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations,sections, details,and attachments to other work, 1. Detail application of protective shields, saddles, and inserts at hangers for each type of .� insulation and hanger. 2. Detail insulation application at elbows, fittings, flanges, valves, and specialties far each type of insulation. 3. Detail removable insulation at piping specialties. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For qualified Installer_ t3. Material Test Reports: From a qualified testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction indicating, interpreting, and certifying test results for compliance of insulation materials, sealers, attachments, cements, and jackets, with requirements indicated_ Include dates of tests and test methods employed. C. Field quality-control reports. 09053-00 23 07 19 - 1 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Skilled mechanics who have successfully completed an apprenticeship program or another craft training program certified by the Department of Labor, Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training. B. Surface-Burning Characteristics; For insulation and related materials, as determined by testing identical products according to ASTM E 84, by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Factory label insulation and jacket materials and adhesive, mastic, tapes, and cement material containers, with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency. t. Insulation Installed Indoors. Flame-spread index of 25 or less, and smoke-developed index of 50 or less. 2. Insulation Installed Outdoors: Flame-spread index of 75 or fess, and smoke-developed index of 154 or less. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND DANDLING A. Packaging: Insulation material containers shall be marked by manufacturer with appropriate ASTM standard designation,type and grade,and maximum use temperature. 1.7 COORDINATION w A. Coordinate sizes and locations of supports, hangers, and insulation shields specified in Section 23 05 29"Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment," B. Coordinate clearance requirements with piping Installer for piping insulation application. Before .� preparing piping Shop Drawings, establish and maintain clearance requirements for installation of insulation and field-applied jackets and finishes and for space required for maintenance. C. Coordinate installation and testing of heat tracing. 1.0 SCHEDULING A. Schedule insulation application after pressure testing systems and, where required, after installiny and lesting heat tracing. Insulation application may begin on segments that have satisfactory test results. B. Complete installation and concealment of plastic materials as rapidly as possible in each area of construction. r PAR'S 2 -PRODUCTS • 2.1 INSULATION MATERIALS A. Comply with requirements in "Piping Insulation Schedule, General," "Indoor Piping Insulation Schedule," "Outdoor,'Aboveground Piping Insulation Schedule," and "Outdoor, Underground Piping Insulation Schedule"articles for where insulating materials shall be applied. B. Products shall not contain asbestos, lead,mercury,or mercury compounds. C. Products that come in contact with stainless steel shall have a leachable chloride content of less than 50 ppm when tested according to ASTM C 874. 09053-00 230719-2 an In D_ Insulation materials for use on austenitic stainless steel shall be qualified as acceptable according to ASTM C 795. 's E. Foam insulation materials shall not use CFC or HCFC blowing agents in the manufacturing process. F Flexible Elastomeric Insulation: Closed-cell, sponge- or expanded-rubber materials_ Comply with ASTM C 534,Type I for tubular materials. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Aerof1ex USA, Inc.;Aerocel. b. Armacell LLC;AP Armattex. C. K-Flex USA: Insul-Lock, Insul-Tube,and K-FLEX LS. 2.2 ADHESIVES A. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials,jackets, and substrates and for bonding insulation to itself and to surfaces to be insulated unless otherwise indicated. r B. Flexible Elastomeric and Polyolefin Adhesive: Comply with MIL-A-24179A,Type ll, Class I. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Aer_oftex USA, Inc.;Aeroseal. b. Armacell LLC;Armaflex 520 Adhesive. c. Foster Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company, 85-75. d. K-Flex USA; R-373 Contact Adhesive. 2. For indoor applications, adhesive shall have a VOC content of 50 glL or less when calculated according to 44 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). 3. Adhesive shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small-Scale Environmental Chambers." PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. e=xamine substrates and conditions for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances ., and other conditions affecting performance of insulation application. 1. Verify that systems to be insulated have been tested and are free of defects. Z Verify that surfaces to be insulated are clean and dry. 3_ Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Surface Preparation: Clean and dry surfaces to receive insulation. Remove materials that will adversely affect insulation application. B Surface Preparation: Clean and prepare surfaces to be insulated- 09053-00 2307 19-3 3.3 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Install insulation materials, accessories, and finishes with smooth, straight, and even surfaces; free of voids throughout the length of piping including fittings, valves, and specialties. B_ Install insulation materials, forms,vapor barriers or retarders,jackets, and thicknesses required for each item of pipe system as specified in insulation system schedules. C. Install accessories compatible with insulation materials and suitable for the service. Install accessories that do not corrode, soften, or otherwise attack insulation or jacket in either wet or dry state. D. Install insulation with longitudinal seams at top and bottom of horizontal runs. E. Install multiple layers of insulation with longitudinal and end seams staggered. F. Do not weld brackets, clips,or other attachment devices to piping,fittings, and specialties. G. Keep insulation materials dry during application and finishing. H. Install insulation with tight longitudinal seams and end joints. Bond seams and joints with adhesive recommended by insulation material manufacturer. I. Instalf insulation with least number of joints practical. J Where vapor barrier is indicated, seal joints, seams, and penetrations in insulation at hangers, w supports, anchors,and other projections with vapor-barrier mastic. 1. Install insulation continuously through hangers and around anchor attachments. 2. For insulation application where vapor barriers are indicated, extend insulation on anchor -� legs from point of attachment to supported item to point of attachment to structure. Taper and seal ends at attachment to structure with vapor-barrier mastic, 1 Install"insert materials and install insulation to tightly join the insert. Seal insulation to insulation inserts with adhesive or sealing compound recommended by insulation material manufacturer. 4. Cover inserts with jacket material matching adjacent pipe insulation. install shields over jacket, arranged to protect jacket from tear or puncture by hanger, support, and shield. K. Apply adhesives, mastics, and sealants at manufacturer's recommended coverage rate and wet acid dry film thickriesses. L. Cut insulation in a manner to avoid compressing insulation more than 75 percent of its nominal thickness. M. Finish installation with systems at operating conditions. Repair joint separations and cracking due to thermal movement. N. Repair damaged insulation facings by applying same fac,ng material over damaged areas. Extend patches at least 4 inches beyond damaged areas. Adhere, staple, and seal patches similar to butt joints. C. For above-ambient services,do not install insulation to the following- 1- ollowing:1. Vibration-control devices. 2. Testing agency labels and stamps. 3. Nameplates and data plates- 09053-01D 23 07 1 9-4 3.4 PENETRATIONS A. Insulation installation at Root 'Penetrations: Install insulation continuously through roof penetrations, 1. Seal penetrations with flashing sextant. �. 2. For applications requiring only indoor insulation, terminate insulation above roof surface and seal with joint sealant. For applications requiring indoor and outdoor insulation, install insulation for outdoor applications tightly joined to indoor insulation ends. Seal joint with joint sealant. B. Insulation Installation at Interior Wall and Partition Penetrations (That Are Not Fire Rated): Install insulation continuously through walls and partitions. C. Insulation Installation at Fire-Rated Wall and Partition Penetralions: Install insulation continuously through penetrations of fire-rated walls and partitions. 1. Comply with requirements in Section 07 84 13"Penetration Firestopping"for firestopping and fire-resistive joint sealers. D. Insulation installation at Floor Penetrations: 1. Pipe: Install insulation continuously through floor penetrations. 2. Seal penetrations through fire-rated assemblies. Comply with requirements in Section 07 84 13"Penetration Firestopping." 3.5 GENERAL PIPE INSULATION INSTALLATION A. Requirements in this article generally apply to all insulation materials except where more specific requirements are specified in various pipe insulation material installation articles. B. Insulation Installation on Fittings,Valves, Sttainers,Flanges,and Unions; 1. Install insulation over fittings, valves,strainers, flanges, unions, and other specialties with continuous thermal and vapor-retarder integrity unless otherwise indicated. 2. insulate pipe elbows using preformed fitting Insulation or mitered fittings made from same material and density as adjacent pipe insulation. Each piece shall be butted tightly against adjoining piece and bonded with adhesive. Fill joints, seams, voids, and irregular surfaces with insulating cement finished to a smooth, hard, and uniform contour that is uniform with adjoining pipe insulation. 3. Insulate tee fittings with preformed fitting insulation cr sectional pipe insulation of same material and thickness as used for adjacent pipe. Cut sectional pipe insulation to fit. Butt each section closely to the next and hold in place with tie wire. Bond pieces with adhesive. 4. Insulate valves using preformed fitting insulation or sectional pipe insulation of same material, density, and thickness as used for adjacent pipe. Overlap adjoining pipe insulation by not less than two times the thickness of pipe insulation, or one pipe diameter, whichever is thicker. For valves, insulate up to and including the bonnets, valve stuffing-box studs, tions, and nuts. Fill joints, seams, and irregular surfaces with insulating cement. 5. Insulate strainers using preformed fitting insulation or sectional pipe insulation of same material, density, and thickness as used for adjacent pipe. Overlap adjoining pipe insulation by not less than two times the thickness of pipe insulation, or one pipe diameter, whichever is thicker. Fill joints, seams, and irregular surfaces with insulating cement. Insulate strainers so strainer basket flange or plug can be easily removed and replaced without damaging the insulation and jacket. Provide a removable reusable insulation cover. For below-ambient services, provide a design that maintains vapor barrier. 09053-00 230719 -5 dM 6. insulate flanges and unions using a section of oversized preformed pipe insulation, Overlap adjoining pipe insulation by not less than two times the thickness of pipe insulation,or one pipe diameter,whichever is thicker. .� C. Insulate instrument connections for thermometers, pressure gages, pressure temperature taps, test connections, flow meters, sensors, switches, and transmitters on insulated pipes. Shape insulation at these connections by tapering it to and around the connection with insulating e, cement and finish with finishing cement,mastic,and flashing sealant. 3.6 INSTALLATION OF FLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC iNSULATION A. Seal longitudinal seams and end joints with manufacturer's recommended adhesive to eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated, 6. Insulation Installation on Pipe Flanges: 1. Install pipe insulation to outer diameter of pipe flange. 2. Make width of insulation section same as overall widti of flange and bolts, plus twice the thickness of pipe insulation. 3. Fill voids between inner circumference of flange insulation and outer circumference of adjacent straight pipe segments with cut sections of sheet insulation of same thickness as pipe insulation. 4_ Secure insulation to flanges and seal seams with manufacturer's recommended adhesive to eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated. C. Insulation Installation on Pipe Fittings and Elbows: 1. Install mitered sections of pipe insulation. 2. Secure insulation materials and seal seams with manufacturer's recommended adhesive -* to eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated. •t]_ Insulation Installation on Valves and'Pipe Specialties: 1. Install preformed valve covers manufactured of same material as pipe insulation when available. 2. When preformed valve covers are not available, install cut sections of pipe and sheet insulation to valve body. Arrange insulation to permit access to packing and to allow valve operation without disturbing insulation. 3. Install insulation to flanges as specified for flange insulation application. 4. Secure insulation to valves and specialties and seal seams with manufacturer's recommended adhesive to eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated. 3.7 FINISHES A. Flexible Elastomeric Thermal Insulation, After adhesive has fully cured, apply two coats of insulation manufacturer's recommended protective coating. & Color: Final color as selected by Architect, Vary first and second coals to allow visual inspection of the completed Work. 3.8 PIPING INSULATION SCHEDULE,GENERAL_ A. Acceplable preformed pipe and tubular insulation materials and thicknesses are ldentified for each piping system and pipe size range. If more than one material is listed for a piping system, selection from materials listed is Contractor's option. 09053-00 2307 19 -6 3.9 INDOOR PIPING INSULATION SCHEDULE A. Refrigerant Suction and Hot-Gas Piping: 1. All Pipe Sizes: Insulation shall be the following: a. Flexible Elastcmeric: 1 inch thick. B. Refrigerant Suction and Hot-Gas Flexible Tubing: 1. All Pipe Sizes: Insulation shall be the following: a. Flexible Elastomeric: 1 inch thick. 3.10 OUTDOOR,ABOVEGROUND PIPING INSULATION SCHEDULE A. Refrigerant Suction and Hot-Gas Piping- 1. All Pipe Sizes: Insulation shall be the following' a. Flexible Elastorneric: 2 inches thick. B. Refrigerant Suction and Hot-Gas Flexible Tubing: 1. All Pipe Sizes: Insulation shall be the following: a_ Flexible Elastomeric: 2 inches thick. END OF SECTION 23 07 19 a 09063-00 23 07 19-7 SECTION 23 09 00 - INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A, Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes control equipment for HVAC systems and components, including control components for terminal heating and coaling units not supplied with factory-wired controls. B. Related Sections include the following. 1. Section 23 05 19 "Meters and Gages for HVAC Piping" for measuring equipment that relates to this Sectlon. 2. Section 23 09 93 "Sequence of Operations for HVAC Controls" for requirements that relate to this Section. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. DDC: Direct digital control. B. 110: Inputloutput. C. LonWorks: A control network technology platform for designing and implementing 'interoperable control devices and networks. D. MSITP. Master slaveitoken passing. E. RC. Personal computer F. 'PID: Proportional plus integral plus derivative G RTD: Resistance temperature detector. 1.4 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE A Comply with the following performance requirements: 1. Graphic Display Display graphic with minimum 20 dynamic points with current data within 10 seconds. 2. Graphic Refresh: Update graphic with minimurn 20 dynamic points with current data within S seconds. 3. Object Command. Reaction time of less than two seconds between operator command of a binary object and device reaction. 4. Object Sean: Transmit change of state and change of analog values to control units or workstation within six seconds. 5. Alarm Response Time: Annunciate alarm at workstation within 45 seconds. Multiple workstations must receive alarms within five seconds of each other. 09053-40 23 0900- 1 B. Program Execution Frequency: Run capability of applications as often as five seconds, but selected consistent with mechanical process under control. 7. Performance: Programmable controllers shall execute DDC PID control loops, and scan and update process values and outputs at least once per second. 8. Reporting Accuracy and Stability of Control: Report values and maintain measured variables within tolerances as follows: a. Water Temperature: Pius or minus 1 deg F. b. Water Flow: Pius or minus 5 percent of full scale. C. Water Pressure: Pius or minus 2 percent of full scale. d. Space Temperature: Plus or minus 1 deg F_ H. Ducted Air Temperature: Plus or minus 1 deg F. t. Outside Air Temperature: Plus or minus 2 deg F. g. Dew Point Temperature: Plus or minus 3 deg F. h. Temperature Differential: Plus or minus 0.25 deg F. i. Relative Humidity: Plus or minus 5 percent. j- Airflow(Pressurized Spaces): Plus or minus 3 percent of full scale. k. Airflow(Measuring Stations). Plus or minus 5 percent of full scale. I. Airflow(Terminal)_ Plus or minus 10 percent of full scale. M, Air Pressure{Space}: Plus or minus 0.01-inch wg. n. Air Pressure(Ducts): Plus or minus 0.1-inch wg_ o. Carbon Monoxide; Plus or minus 5 percent of reading. p. Carbon Dioxide: Plus or minus 50 ppm. q. Electrical: Plus or minus 5 percent of reading. 1.6 SEQUENCE OF OPERATION 11.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS .� A. Product Data: Include manufacturer's technical literature for each control device. Indicate dimensions, capacities, performance characteristics, electrical characteristics, finishes for materials, and installation and startup instructions for each type of product indicated. 1, DDC System Hardware: Bill of materials of equipment indicating quantity, manufacturer, and model number. Include technical data for operator workstation equipment, interface equipment, control units, transducersltransmltters, sensors, actuators, valves, relays/switches,control panels, and operator interface equipment. 2. Control System Software: Include technical data for operating system software, operator interface, color graphics,and other third-party applications. 3. Controlled Systems: Instrumentation list with element name, type of device, manufacturer, model number, and product data Include written description of sequence of operation including schematic diagram. B. Shop Drawings: Detail equipment assemblies and indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field connection. 1. Bill of materials of equipment indicating quantity,manufacturer, and model number. 2. Schematic flow diagrams showing fans, pumps, coils, dampers, valves, and control devices. 3_ Wiring Diagrams: Power,signal,and control wiring. .. 4. Details of control panel faces,including controls,instruments,and labeling. 5. Written description of sequence of operation. 6. Schedule of dampers including sire, leakage,and flow characteristics. 7. Schedule of valves including flow characteristics. 8. DDC System Hardware: a. Wiring diagrams for control units with termination numbers- 09053-00 2309 00 -2 on P• h. Schematic diagrams and floor plans for field sensors and control hardware, C. Schematic diagrams for control, communication, and power wiring, showing trunk In data conductors and wiring between operator workstation and control unit locations. 9. Control System Software: Lis] of color graphics indicating monitored systems, data (connected and calculated) point addresses,output schedule, and operator notations. 10. Controlled Systems' a. Schematic diagrams of each controlled system with control points labeled and control elements graphically shown,with wiring. b. Scaled drawings showing mounting, routing, and wiring of elements including bases and special construction. C. Written description of sequence of operation including schematic diagram_ d. Points list. 1.7 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Data Communications Protocol Certificates- Certify that each proposed DDC system component complies with ASHRAE 135. B. Data Communications Protocol Certificates: Certify that each proposed DDC system component complies with LonWorks. C. Qualification Data; For manufacturer. D. Software Upgrade Kit: For Owner to use in modifying software to suit future systems revisions or monitoring and control revisions. E. Field quality-control test reporls. 1.8 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS i A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For HVAC instrumentation and control system to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. In addition to items specified in Section 01 78 23"Operation and Maintenance Data,"include the fallowing: 1. Maintenance instructions and lists of spare parts for each type of control device and compressed-air station. 2. Interconnection wiring diagrams with identified and numbered system components and devices. 3. Keyboard illustrations and step-by-step procedures indexed for each operator function_ 4. Inspection period, cleaning methods, cleaning materials recommended, and calibration tolerances. 5. Calibration records and list of set points. B. Software and Firmware Operational Documentation- Include the following` 1. Software operating and upgrade manuals. 2. Program Software Backup: On a magnetic media or compact disc, complete with data files_ 3. Device address list. 4. Printout of software application and graphic screens. 5. Software license required by and installed for DDC workstations and control systems. 09053-00 230900-3 1.9 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Replacement Materials: One replacement diaphragm or relay mechanism for each unique controller. 2. Maintenance Materials: One thermostat adjusting key(s). 1.10 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Automatic control system manufacturer's authorized representative who is trained and approved for installation of system components required for this Project. B. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories. Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. C. Comply with ASHRAE 135 for DDG system components. 1.11 DELIVERY,'STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Factory-Mounted Components: Where control devices specified in this Section are indicated to be factory mounted on equipment, arrange for shipping of control devices to equipment manufacturer. 8. System Software: Update to latest version of software at Project completion.. 1.12 COORDINATION A, Coordinate location of thermostats, humidistats, and other exposed control sensors with plans and roam details before installation. B. Coordinate equipment with Section 28 16 00 "Intrusion Detection"to achieve compatibility with equipment that interfaces with that system and with building master clock. C. Coordinate equipment with Section 28 13 00 "Access Control" to achieve compatibility with equipment that interfaces with that system. D. Coordinate equipment with Section 27 53 13 "Clock Systems" to achieve compatibility with equipment that interfaces with that system. E Coordinate equipment with Section 28 46 19 "PLC Electronic Detention Monitoring and Control Systems"to achieve compatibility with equipment that interfaces with that system. F. Coordinate equipment with Section 26 09 43 "Network Lighting Controls" to achieve compatibility with equipment that interfaces with that system. C. Coordinate equipment with Section 28 31 11 "Digital, Addressable Fire-Alarm System" and Section 28 31 12"Zoned(DC Loop) Fire-Alarm System"to achieve compatibility with equipment that interfaces with that system. H. Coordinate supply of conditioned electrical branch circuits for control units and operator workstation. I Coordinate equipment with Section 26 09 13 "Electrical Power Monitoring and Control" to achieve compatibility of communication interfaces. 09053-00 2309 00-4 J. Coordinate equipment with Section 26 24 16"Panelboards"to achieve compatibility with starter coils and annunciation devices. K. Coordinate equipment with Section 26 24 19 "Motor-Control Centers" to achieve compatibility with motor starters and annunciation devices. W t~. Coordinate size and location of concrete bases. Gast anchor-bolt inserts into bases. Gonc-ete, reinforcement, and formwork requirements are specified in Section 03 30 00 "Cast-in-Place Concrete." PART 2-PRODUCTS 2A 'MANUFACTURERS A. in pother Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to .« product selection: 1. Available Manufacturers_ Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, +� manufacturers specified. 2. Manufacturers. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the manufacturers specifred- N 2.2 CONTROL SYSTEM A. I/isnufaclu rer.: 1- kerion inc. 2. American Auto•r,"atrix. 3. Andover Cor:trols Corporadon. 4, Automated Logic Cor(Xoon. 5. Carei, 6. Delte Cc•ntroi= l vc. 7. EUA Controls Cofli. B. Electronic Sy=tenjs JSA, inc. 9. Functiona+ Devices Inc. 10. leaf-Timet Cuq,t r.�un. 11. Honpos!l In{eroalic.nal Inc, Home&Buildii�cl C t+ntr41. 12. Impact_Energy Controls cofo. 13. Inyensys Building Systems. 14. 3chnson Controls, Inc ;Cerftois Groyl� . 15. Kt+ IC Contr❑Isio''.reuter IYlanufactLrtinq Cc{r�r,,, , 16. Luwa 4JGA. 1�c . Tex'i a Air Enqu eerwo. 17. k"AMAC Systems Inc. 18. 11cok,ev interr.1 'o, 7I. 19, PnEWine Controls. 20. Sauler Conlrols C,'oroarr•f:on. 21. Siemens Bu0vinoIec_hnologies. inc. 22. Sol:�.yne Care. 23. S Gl1Ce Lr-g'raEri,, rhy ii!C. 24. Staefa+-,antro+ Sys=ern Ind :5iernens PLO- :��o t-gr hnoloeiec lrc. 25. VAC Arne-rifas. '!il_ 1.,- 28. eiefys- cy5lefrs :'er, 29. 7 er'l tiJ 30. -cur ;nc. 09053-00 230900 -5 31_ Trane Worldwiee Appli_-r+S std ems Grp 32. T_r_Eanole Fr icroSvswi s, lr c. 33. Vo:+ec. Inc. B. Control system shall consist of sensors, indicators, actuators, final control elements, interface equipment,other apparatus,and accessories to control mechanical systems. C. Control system shall consist of sensors, indicators, actuators, final control elements, interface equipment, other apparatus, accessories, and software connected to distributed controllers operating in multiuser, multitasking environment on token-passing network and programmed to control mechanicai systems. An operator workstation permits interface with the network via -� dynamic color graphics with each mechanical system, building floor plan, and control device depicted by point-and-click graphics. D. Control system shall include the following: 1_ Building intrusion detection system specified in Section 28 16 04"Intrusion Detection." 2. Building clock control system specified in Section 27 53 13"Clock Systems." 3. Building lighting control system specified in Section 26 09 43"Network Lighting Controls" 4. Fire alarm system specified in Section 28 31 11 "Digital,Addressable Fire-Alarm System" and Section 28 31 12"Zoned (DC Loop) Fire-Alarm System." 2..3 DDC EQUIPMENT A. Operator Workstation: One PC-based microcomputers)with minimum configuration as follows: «s 1. Motherboard: With 8 integrated USB 2.0 ports, integrated Intel Pro 101100 (Ethernet), integrated audio, bias, and hardware monitoring. 2_ Processor: Intel Pentium 4 3_ Random-Access Memory: 512 MB. 4. Graphics: Video adapter, minimum 1280 x 1424 pixels, 64-MB video memory, with TV out. 5. Monitor: 19 inches, LCD color. 'r 6. Keyboard: OWERTY, 105 keys in ergonomic shape. 7. Hard-Lusk Drive: 80 GB. 8_ CD-ROM ReadlWrite Drive- 48x24248. 9, Mouse: Three button,optical, 10. Uninterruptible Power Supply: 2 kV& 11. Operating System: Microsoft Windows ICP Professional with high-speed Internet access. a. ASHRAE 135 Compliance: Workstation shall use ASHRAE 135 protocol and communicate using ISO 8802-3(Ethernet)datalinklphysical layer protocol. b. LonWorks Compliance: Control units shall use LonTalk protocol and communicate using EIA/CEA 709.1 data linklphysical layer protocol 12. Application Software: a. I10 capability from operator station. .. b. System security for each operator via software password and access levels. C. Automatic system diagnostics;monitor system and report failures. d. Database creation and support. e. Automatic and manual database save and restore. f. Dynamic color graphic displays with up to 14 screen displays at once. g_ Custom graphics generation and graphics library of MVAC equipment and symbols. h. Alarm processing, messages,and reactions. i. Trend logs retrievable in spreadsheets and database programs. j. Alarm and event processing_ k. Object and property status and control. 09053-00 23 09 00-6 f. Automatic restart of field equipment on restoration of power. M. Data collection, reports, and logs. Include standard reports for the following: r 1) Current values of all objects. 2) Current alarm summary. 3] Disabled objects. 4) Alarm lockout objects. 5) Logs. n. Custom report development. C. Utility and weather reports. p, Workstation application editors for controllers and schedules. q. Maintenance management. 13. Custom Application Software: a. English language oriented. b. Full-screen character editorlprogramming environment. C. Allow development of independently executing program modules with debuggingisimulation capability. d. Support conditional statements. ,. e. Support floating-point arithmetic with mathematic functions. f. Contains predefined time variables. B. Control Units: Modular„ comprising processor board with programmable, nonvolatile, random- access memory; local operator access and display panel; integral interface equipment; and backup power source. 1. Units monitor or control each IIG paint; process information; execute commands from • other control units, devices, and operator stations; and download from or upload to operator workstation or diagnostic terminal unit. 2. Stand-alone mode control functions operate regardless of network status. Functions include the following: a. Global communications. b. Discrete/digital, analog, and pulse IIO. C. Monitoring, controlling, or addressing data points. d. Software applications,scheduling,and alarm processing. e. Testing and developing control algorithms without disrupting field hardware and controlled environment 3. Standard Application Programs- a. Electric Control Programs: Demand limiting, duty cycling, automatic time �. scheduling, starVstop time optimization, night setback/setup, on-off control with differential sequencing, staggered stars, antishorf cycling, PID control, DDC with fine tuning,and trend logging. b. HVAC Control Programs: Optimal run time, supply-air reset, and enthalpy e. sMtchover. c. Chiller Control Programs: Control function of condenser-water reset, chilled-water reset, and equipment sequencing. d. Programming Application Features: Include trend point; alarm processing and messaging; weekly, monthly, and annual scheduling, energy calculations; run-time totalization; and security access. e. Remote communications. f_ Maintenance management. g. Units of Measure: Inch-pound and SI (metric). 4. Local operator interface provides for download from or upload to operator workstation or diagnostic terminal unit. 09053-00 23 09 00 -7 5. ASHRAE 135 Compliance: Control units shall use ASHRAE 135 protocol and communicate using ISO 8802-3(Ethernet)datalinklphysical layer protocol. 5. LonWorks Compliance: Control units shall use LonTalk protocol and communicate using EINCEA 709.1 datalinklphysical layer protocol. C. Local Control Units: Modular, comprising processor board with electronically programmable, nonvolatile, read-only memory; and backup power source. -- 1, Units monitor or control each 110 point, process information, and download from or upload to operator workstation or diagnostic terminal unit. 2. Stand-alone made control functions operate regardless of network status. Functions include the following.- a. ollowing:a. Global communications. b. Discreteldigital, analog,and pulse 110. 01� C. Monitoring,controlling, or addressing data points. 3. Local operator interface provides for download from o- upload to operator workstation or dw diagnostic terminal unit. 4. ASHRAE 135 Compliance: Control units shall use ASHRAE 135 protocol and communicate using ISO 8802-3 (Ethernet)datalinkfphysical layer protocol. 5_ LonWorks Compliance: Control units shall use LonTalk protocol and communicate using EIAICEA 749.1 datalinWphysical layer protocol_ D. 110 Interface: Hardwired inputs and outputs may tie into system through controllers. Protect points so that shorting will cause no damage to controllers. 1. Binary Inputs., Allow monitoring of on-off signals without external power. 2. Pulse Accumulation Inputs: Accept up to 10 pulses per second. 3. Analog Inputs: Allow monitoring of IoW-vottage (0- to 10-V dc), current (4 to 20 mA), or resistance signals. 4. Binary Outputs: Provide on-off or pulsed low-voltage signal,selectable for normally open or normally closed operation, 5. Analog Outputs: Provide modulating signal, either low voltage (4- to 10-V dc) or current (4 to 20 mA). 6. Tri-State Outputs: Provide two coordinated binary outputs for control of three-point, floating-type electronic actuators. 7. Universal 11Os: Provide software selectable binary or analog outputs. "+ E. Power Supplies: Z ransforrners with Class 2 current-limiting type or overcurrent protection; limit connected toads to 80 percent of rated capacity. DC power supply shall match output current and voltage requirements and be full-wave rectifier type with the following: 1. Output ripple of 5.0 mV maximum peak to peak. 2. Combined 1 percent line and load regulation with 104-mic.sec. response time for 50 percent load changes, 3. Built-in overvoltage and overcurrent protection and be able to withstand 150 percent overload for at least 3 seconds without failure. F. Power Line Filtering: Internal or external transient voltage and surge suppression for workstations or controllers with the following: 1, Minimum dielectric strength of 1400 V. 2. Maximum response time of 10 nanoseconds. 3. Minimum transverse-mode noise attenuation of 65 dB, 4. Minimum common-mode noise attenuation of 154 dB at 44 to 104 Hz. _ 09053-00 2309 00-8 r� 2A UNITARY CONTROLLERS A. Unillzed, capable of stand-alone operation with sufficient memory to support its operating system, database, and programming requirements, and with sufficient 110 capacity for the application. t, Configuralion: Local keypad and di:splay, diagnostic LEDs for power, communication, and processor; wiring termination to terminal strip or card connected with ribbon cable,- memory able;memory with Bios;and 72-hour battery backup. 2. Operating System: Manage VO communication to allow distributed controllers to share real and virtual object information and allow central monitoring and alarms-Perform automatic system diagnostics;monitor system and report failures. 3- ASHRAE 135 Compliance: Communicate using read (execute and initiate) and write (execute and initiate) property services defined in ASHRAE 135. Reside on network using MSITP datalinkfphysical layer protocol and have service communication port for connection to diagnostic terminal unit. 4. LonWorks Compliance: Communicate using EIAICEA 709.1 datalink/physical layer protocol using LonTaik protocol. 5. Enclosure: 17ustproof rated for operation at 32 to 120 deg F. 6. Enclosure: Waterproof rated for operation at 40 to 1501 deg F 2.5 ALARM PANELS A. Unitized cabinet with suitable brackets for wall or floor mounting. Fabricate of 0.06-inch-thick, furniture-quality steel or extruded-aluminum alloy,totally enclosed,with hinged doors and keyed '" lock and with manufacturer's standard strop-painted finish_ 1 B. Indicating light for each alarm point, single horn, acknowledge switch, and test switch, mounted on hinged cover. 1. Alarm Condition: Indicating light flashes and horn sounds. 2. Acknowledge Switch. Horn is silent and indicating light is steady. 3. Second Alarm: Horn sounds and indicating light is steady. 4. Alarm Condition Cleared. System is reset and indicating light is extinguished. 5_ Contacts in alarm panel allow remote monitoring by independent alarm company, 2.6 ANALOG CONTROLLERS A. Step Controllers: 5- or 101-stage type, with heavy-duty switching rated to handle loads and operated by electric motor, B. Electric, Outdoor-Reset Controllers: Remote-bulb or bimetal rod-and-tube type, proportioning action with adjustable throttling range, adjustable set point, scale range minus 10 to plus 70 r deg F,and single-or double-pole contacts. p C. Electronic Controllers: Wheatstone-bridge-amplifier type, in steel enclosure with provision for remote-resistance readjustment_ Identify adjustments on controllers, including proportional band and authority. 1. Single controllers can be integral with control motor if provided with accessible control readjustment potentiometer. D7 Fan-Speed Controllers: Solid-state model providing field-adjustable proportional control of motor speed from maximum to minimum of 55 percent and on-off action below minimum fan speed, Controller shall briefly apply full voltage,when motor is started,to rapidly bring motor up to minimum speed. Equip with filtered circuit to eliminate radio inlerference 09053-00 230900 -9 E. Receiver Controllers: Single- or multiple-input models with control-point adjustment, direct or reverse acting with mechanical set-point adjustment with locking device, proportional Band adjustment, authority adjustment,and proportional control made. OR 1_ Remote-control-point adjustment shall be plus or minus 20 percent of sensor span, input signal of 3 to 13 psig. 2. Proportional band shall extend From 2 to 20 percent for 5 psig. 3. Authority shall be 20 to 200 percent. 4, Air-supply pressure of 18 psig, input signal of 3 to 15 psig, and output signal of zero to supply pressure. 5. Gages: 1-112 inches in diameter, 2.5 percent wide-scale accuracy, and range to match transmitter input or output pressure. 2.7 ELECTRONIC SENSORS i A. Description: Vibration and corrosion resistant; for wall, immersion, or duct mounting as required. B. Thermistor Temperature Sensors and Transmitters: 1, hlanuiaclLsrers:. a. BEC ''cn!rols Corporation. b. Clatron. Inc- C. Heat-Timer Corporation. d. I.T.M. Instruments Inc. e. IXAMAG Syst€rys, Inc. f. RDF Corporation, 2. Accuracy: Flus or minus 0.5 deg F at calibration point. 3. Wire: Twisted,shielded-pair cable. 4. Insertion Elements in Ducts: Single point, 8 inches long; use where not affected by temperature stratification or where ducts are smaller than 9 sq. ft.. ., 5. Averaging Elements in Ducts: 35 inches long, flexible; use where prone to temperature stratification or where ducts are larger than 10 sq, ft.. 6. Insertion Elements for Liquids: Brass or stainless-steel socket with minimum insertion length of 2-112 inches. 7. Room Sensor Cover Construction: Manufacturer's standard locking covers. a. Set-Point Adjustment: Concealed. b. Set-Point Indication: Concealed, C. Thermometer: Concealed. 8, Outside-Air Sensors: Watertight inlet fitting, shielded from direct sunlight. 9. Room Security Sensors. Stainless-steel cover plate with insulated back and security screws. C. RTDs and Transmitters: w 1. Mai�ufacturers: a. CLEC Con4cls Corp ration. b. MAMAC Svstems. Inc. 2. Accuracy: Plus or minus 0.2 percent at calibration point. 3. Wire- Twisted,shielded-pair cable. 4. Insertion Elements in Ducts- Single point, 8 inches long, use where not affected by temperature stratification or where ducts are smaller than 9 sq, ft.. 09053-00 230900-10 r 5_ Averaging Elements in Ducts, 18 inches long, rigid; use where prone to temperature stratification or where ducts are larger than 9 sq.ft.;length as required. 6. Insertion Elements for Liquids: Brass socket with minimum insertion length of 2-112 inches. T Room Sensor Cover Construction. Manufacturer's standard locking covers. a. Set-Point Adjustment: Concealed. b. Set-Paint Indication: Concealed. C. Thermometer: Concealed. e. Outside-Air Sensors: Watertight inlet fitting,shielded From direct sunlight. 9. Room Security Sensors: Stainless-steel cover plate with insulated back and security screws_ .., D. Humidity Sensors: Bulk polymer sensor element. 1. Manufacturers: +� a. BEC Controls Cc,i ooiahoi+. b_ General Eastern Instrumen s. C, MAMAC Sistems. Ific. d_ ROTRONIC instrumon! ',:ar.;. e. TCSIBasys Controls.. h f. Vaisala. 2. Accuracy: 5 percent full range with linear output. 3. Room Sensor Range: 20 to 80 percent relative humidity. 4. Room Sensor Cover Construction_ Manufacturer's standard locking covers. a. Set-Point Adjustment: Concealed_ b. Set-Point Indication: Concealed. C. Thermometer: Concealed. 5. Duct Sensor: 20 to 80 percent relative humidity range with element guard and mounting plate. 8. Outside-Air Sensor: 20 to 80 percent relative humidity range with mounting enclosure, suitable for operation at outdoor temperatures of 32 to 120 deg F. T Duct and Sensors: With element guard and mounting plate, range of 0 to 100 percent relative humidity. E. Pressure Transmitters/Transducers: 1. Nanufacturers: a. BEC Controls Co£uoration. b. General Castern Inscrunients, c. hMAMAC Systerrs 1-ir_ d. RCTRCNIC Instrument Co,,-.. e. TCS/Bass Comrols. J f. Vaisala. 2, Static-Pressure Transmitter: Nondirectional sensor with suitable range for expected ! input,and temperature compensated_ a. Accuracy: 2 percent of full scale with repeatability or 0.5 percent. b. Output: 4 to 20 mA. c. Building Static-Pressure Range: 0-to 0.25-inch wg. d. Duct Static-Pressure Range: 0-to 5-inch wg. 09053.00 230900 - 11 3- Water Pressure Transducers: Stainless-steel diaphragm construction, suitable for service; minimum f 50-psig operating pressure; linear output 4 to 20 mA. 4- Water Differential-Pressure Transducers: Stainless-steel diaphragm construction, suitable for service; minimum 150-psig operating pressure and tested to 3130-psig; linear output 4 to 20 mA. 5. Differential-Pressure Switch (Air or Water): Snap acting, with pilot-duty rating and with suitable scale range and differential. ,.. 6. Pressure Transmitters: Direct acting for gas, liquid, or steam service; range suitable for system;linear output 4 to 20 mA. F. Room Sensor Cover Construction: Manufacturer's standard locking covers. 1. Set-Point Adjustment: Concealed. 2, Set-Point Indication: Concealed. 3. Thermometer: Concealed. .. G. boom sensor accessories include the following: 1, Insulating Bases: For sensors located on exterior walls. 2. Guards_ Locking;heavy-duty,transparent plastic; mounted on separate base. 3. Adjusting Key: As required for calibration and cover screws. 2.8 STATUS SENSORS A. Status Inputs for Fans: Differenlial-pressure switch with pilot-duty rating and with adjustable range of 0-to 5-inch wg- B. Status Inputs for Pumps: Differential-pressure switch with pilot-duty rating and with adjustable pressure-differential range of 8 to 60 psig,piped across pump. C. Status Inputs for Electric Motors: Comply with ISA 50.00.01,current-sensing fixed-or split-core transformers with self-powered transmitter, adjustable and suitable for 175 percent of rated motor current. D. Voltage Transmitter (100- to 600-V ac): Comply with ISA 50.00.01, single-loop, self-powered transmitter,adjustable,with suitable range and 1 percent full-scale accuracy- E. Power Monitor: 3-phase type with disconnect/shorting switch assembly, listed voltage and current transformers,with pulse kilowatt hour output and 4-to 20-mA kW output,with maximum 2 percent error at 1.0 power factor and 2.5 percent error at 0.5 power factor. F- Current Switches, Self-powered, solid-state with adjustable trip current, selected to match current and system output requirements, G. Electronic ValvelDamper Position Indicator: Visual scale indicating percent of travel and 2- to 10-V dc, feedback signal. 2.9 THERMOSTATS A. Manufacturers- 1. Lire Cam o!s. 2. Dantoss Inc.,Air-Conditianir.R 4nd Refr;4 rGiiari Div- 3. Leas-`timer Coreorati©r.. -- 4. Settler i.ontrols Corprr runt+rn. 5. :el rrar Gon:rol aS11ir`.!cnn4;-1-c. 6. T' even,AG- !urniNe.Cumru:--ac noicc-- ' 08053-00 23 09 00 - 12 B. Combination Thermostat and Fan Switches. Line-voltage thermostat with push-button or lever- operated fan switch. 1. Label switches"FAN ON-OFF 2, Mount on single electric switch box. C. Electric, solid-state,microcomputer-based room thermostat with remote sensor. 1. Automatic switching from heating to cooling, 2. Preferential rate control to minimize overshoot and deviation from set point. 3, Set up for four separate temperatures per day. 4. Instant override of set point for continuous or timed period from # hour to 31 days. 5, Short-cycle protection. $, Programming based on every day of week. 7_ Selection features include degree F or degree C display, 12- or 24-hour clock, keyboard disable, remote sensor,and fan on-auto. 8- Battery replacement without program loss. 9. Thermostat display features include the following: a. Time of day. b. Actual room temperature. G. Programmed temperature d. Programmed time. e. Duration of timed override. f. Day of week. g. System mode indications include"heating,""off, "fan auto,"and"fan on." D. Low-Voltage, On-Off Thermostats: NEMA DC 3, 24-V, birnetat-operated, mercury-switch type, with adjustable or fixed anticipation heater, concealed set-point adjustment, 55 to 85 deg F set- _ point range, and 2 deg F maximum differential. E Line-Voltage, On-Off Thermostats: Bimetal-actuated, open contact or bellows-actuated, enclosed, snap-switch or equ valent solid-state type, with heat anticipator, listed for electrical rating; with concealed set-point adjustment, 55 to 85 deg F set-point range, and 2 deg F maximum differential. 1. Electric Heating Thermostats- Equip with off position on dial wired to break ungrounded conductors. 2. Selector Switch: Integral, manual on-off-auto, 1= Remote-Bulb Thermostats: On-off or modulating type, liquid filled to compensate for changes in ambient temperature; with copper capillary and bulb, unless otherwise indicated, 1. Bulbs in water lines with separate wells of same material as bulb. 2. Bulbs in air ducts with flanges and shields, 3. Averaging Elements: Copper tubing with either single- or muttiple-unit elements, extended to cover full width of duct or unit; adequately supported. 4. Scale settings and differential settings are clearly visible and: adjustable from front of instrument. 5. On-Off Thermostat. With precision snap switches and with electrical ratings required by application 5. Modulating Thermostats; Construct so complete potentiometer coil and wiper assembly is removable for inspection or replacement without disturbing calibration of instrument. G. Fire-Protection Thermostats Listed and labeled by an NRTL acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction-, with fixed or adjustable settings to operate at not less than 75 deg F above normal maximum operating temperature, and the following 1, Reset. Manual 09053-00 23 09 0D-13 s 2. Reset; Automatic, with control circuit arranged to require manual reset at central control panel,with pilot light and reset switch on panel labeled to indicate operation. H. Airstream Thermostats: Two-pipe, fully proportional, single-temperature type; with adjustable set point in middle of range, adjustable throttling range, plug-in test fitting or permanent pressure gage, remote bulb,bimetal rod and tube,or averaging element. I Electric, Low-Limit Duct Thermostat: Snap-acting, single-pole, single-throw, manual-reset switch that trips if temperature sensed across any 12 inches of bulb length is equal to or below set point. 1, Bulb Length: Minimum 20 feet. 2. Quantity: One thermostat for every 20 sq,ft.of coil surface. J Electric, High-Limit Duct Thermostat: Snap-acting, single-pole, single-throw, manuai-reset switch that trips if temperature sensed across any 12 inches of bulb length is equal to or above set paint. 1. Bulb Length: Minimum 20 feet. i 2. Quantity: One thermostat for every 20 sq. ft,of coil surface. K. Heating/Cooling halve-Top Thermostats: Proportional acting for proportional flow, with molded- rubber diaphragm, remote-bulb liquid-filled element, direct and reverse acting at minimum shutoff pressure of 25 psig, and cast housing with position indicator and adjusting knob. 2.10 HUMIDtSTATS A. Manufacturers: 1. r0AMAC S.stems Inc, 2. ROTRONNIC Instrument Carp. 13_ Duct-Mounting Humidistats: Electric insertion, 2-position type with adjustable, 2 percent _ throttling range,20 to 80 percent operating range,and single-or double-pole contacts. 2.11 ACTUATORS A. Electric Motors: Size to operate with sufficient reserve power to provide smooth modulating action or two-position action. 1. Comply with requirements in Section 23 05 13"Common Motor Requirements for HVAC Equipment." 2. Permanent Split-Capacitor or Shaded-Pole Type: Gear trains completely oil immersed and sealed. Equip spring-return motors with integral spiral-spring mechanism in housings designed for easy removal for service or adjustment of limit switches, auxiliary switches,or feedback potentiometer. 3. Nonspring-Return Motors for Valves Larger Than NPS 2-112: Size for running torque of .4 150 in,x lbf and breakaway torque of 300 in. x lbf. 4. Spring-Return Motors for Valves Larger Than NPS 2-112: Size for running and breakaway torque of 150 in.x lbf, 5_ Nonspring-Return Motors for Dampers Larger Than 25 Sq. Ft.: Size for running torque of 150 in. x lbf and breakaway torque of 300 in.x lbf. 6, Spring-Return Motors for Dampers Larger Than 25 Sq, FL: Size for running and breakaway torque of 150 in.x Ibf. B. Electronic Actuators: direct-coupled type designed for minimum 60,000 full-stroke cyctes at rated torque. 09053-00 230900 - 14 1. Manu!acturers: a. Bekmo Aircontro:s{LIST_.,;. lnc. 2. Valves: Size for torque required for valve close off at maximum pump differential pressure. 3. Dampers: Size for running torque calculated as follows: i a. Parallel-Blade Damper with Edge Seals: 7 inch-lb/sq.ft. of damper. b. Opposed-Blade Damper with Edge Seals: 5 inch-lb/sq.ft. of damper. ,10 C, Parallel-Blade Damper without Edge Seals: 4 inch-lblsq.ft of damper. d. [Opposed-Blade Damper without Edge Seals: 3 inch-lblsq.ft.of damper. e. pampers with 2- to 3-Inch wg of Pressure Drop or Face Velocities of 1000 to 2500 fpm: Increase running torque by 1.5. ir• f. Dampers with 3-to 4-Inch wg of Pressure Chop or Face Velocities of 2500 to 3000 fpm' Increase running torque by 2.0. 4. Coupling: V-bolt and V-shaped, toothed cradle. 5. Overload Protection: Electronic overload or digital rotation-sensing circuitry. 6. Fail-Safe Operation: Mechanical, spring-return mechanism. Provide external, manual gear release on nonspring-return actuators. 7. Power Requirements(Two-Position Spring Return): 24-V ac. 6. Power Requirements(Modulating): Maximum 10 VA at 24-V ac or 8 W at 24-V dc. 9. Proportional Signal: 2- to 10-V do or 4 to 20 mA, and 2- to 10-V do position feedback signal. 10. Temperature Rating: Minus 22 to plus 122 deg F. 11. Temperature Rating(Smoke Dampers): Minus 22 to plus 250 deg F_ 12. Run Time: 12 seconds open,5 seconds closed. 2.12 DAMPERS A. Manufacturers: 1. Air Ba:ance Inc. 2, Don Park Inc_,Autodalr�Qrv_ 3. TAMCO (T A. f,1or(1scn_&Co. Inc.)- 4- nc.)_4_ united EnertFcl__Cprp. 5. Vent Products Compal-Inc. B. Dampers: AMCA-raced, opposed-blade design; 0.108-inch- minimum thick, galvanized-steel or 4.125-inch- minimum thick, extruded-aluminum frames with holes for duct mounting; damper blades shall not be less than 0.064-inch-thick galvanized steel with maximum blade width of 8 inches and length of 48 inches. 1_ Secure blades to 112-inch- diameter, zinc-plated axles using zinc-plated hardware, with [nylon] blade bearings, blade-linkage hardware of zinc-plated steel and brass, ends sealed against spring-stainless-steel blade bearings, and thrust bearings at each end of every blade. 2. Operating Temperature Range: From minus 40 to plus 200 deg F. 3. Edge Seals, Standard Pressure Applications: Closed-cell neoprene. 4. Edge Seals, Low-Leakage Applications: Use inflatable blade edging or replaceable rubber blade seals and spring-loaded stainless-steel side seals, rated for leakage at less than 10 cfm per sq_ft. of damper area, at differential pressure of 4-inch wg when damper is held by torque of 50 in.x Ibf;when tested according to AMCA 500D. OSC53-40 23 09 00- is 1} 2.13 CONTROL CABLE A. Electronic and fiber-optic cables for control wiring are specified in Section 27 15 00 _ "Communications Horizontal Cabling." PART 3-EXECUTION t 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verity thatpower supply is available to control units and operator workstation. K Verify that pneumatic piping and duct-, pipe-, and equipment-mounted devices are instafted before proceeding with installation. 3.2 INSTALLATION A Install software in control units and operator workstation(s)- Implement all features of programs to specified requirements and as appropriate to sequence of operation. B. Connect and configure equipment and software to achieve sequence of operation specified C. Verify location of thermostats, humidislals, and other exposed control sensors with Drawings and room details before installation. Install devices 48 inches above the floor. 1. Install averaging elements in ducts and plenums in crossing or zigzag pattern D. Install guards on thermostats in the following locations; — 1. Entrances. 2. Public areas 3. Where indicated. E. Install automatic dampers according to Section 23 33 00 "Air Duct Accessories." F. Install damper motors on outside of duct in warm areas, r-ot in locations exposed to outdoor temperatures. G. Install labels and nameplates to identify control components according to Section 23 45 53 "Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment." H Install hydronic instrument welts, valves, and other accessories according to Section 23 21 13 "Hydropic Piping." Y I. Install steam and condensate instrument wells, valves, and other accessories according to Section 23 22 13"Steam and Condensate Heating Piping." J. Install refrigerant instrument wells, valves, and other accessories according to Section 23 23 60 "Refrigerant Piping." K. Install duct volume-control dampers according to Section 23 31 13 "Metal Ducts" and Section 23 31 16"Nonmetal Ducts-" L. Install electronic and fiber-optic cables according to Section 27 '15 00 "Communications Horizontal Cabling." 09053-00 23 09 00 -116 P 3.3 ELECTRICAL WIRING AND CONNECTION INSTALLATION A. Install raceways, boxes, and cabinets according to Section 26 05 33"Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems." B. Install building wire and cable according to Section 26 05 19 "Low-Voltage Electrical Power n Conductors and Cables." C. install signal and communication cable according to Section 27 15 00 "Communications Horizontal Cabling," 1r 1. Conceal cable, except in mechanical rooms and areas where other conduit and piping ' are exposed. 2. Install exposed cable in raceway.. it 3. Install concealed cable in raceway. 4. Bundle and harness multiconductor instrument cable in place of single cables where several cables follow a common path. 5. Fasten flexible conductors, bridging cabinets and doors, along hinge side;protect against abrasion. Tie and support conductors. 8. Number-code or color-code conductors for future identification and service of control system, except local individual room control cables. 7, Install wire and cable with sufficient slack and flexible connections to allow for vibration of piping and equipment. D. Connect manual-reset limit controls independent of manual-control switch positions. Automatic duct heater resets may be connected in interlock circuit of power controllers. E. Connect hand-off-auto selector switches to override automatic interlock controls when switch is in hand position. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL a A. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect field-assembled components and equipment installation, including connections_ Report results in writing. Pr B. Perform the following field tests and inspections and prepare test reports. 1. Operational Test. After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm proper unit operation. Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest_ " 2. Test and adjust controls and safeties. 3. Leah Test: After installation, charge system and test for leaks. Repair leaks and retest ' until no leaks exist. 4. Pressure test control air piping at 30 psig or 1.5 times the operating pressure for 24 hours, with maximum 5-psig loss. 5. Pressure test high-pressure control air piping at 150 psig and low-pressure control air piping at 30 psig for 2 hours,with maximum 1-psig loss. .4 6. Test calibration of [pneumatic] [electronic] controllers by disconnecting input sensors and stimulating operation with compatible signal generator. 7. Test each point througn its full operating range to verify that safety and operating control set points are as required. 8. Test each control loop to verify stable mode of operation and compliance with sequence of operation. Adjust PID actions. 9. Test each system for compliance with sequence of operation. 10. Test software and hardware interlocks. C. DDC Verification: 1. Verify that instruments are installed before calibration, testing, and loop or leak checks. 09053-00 230900-17 2. Check instruments for proper location and accessibility. 3. Check instrument Installation for direction of flow, elevation, orientation, insertion depth, and other applicable considerations. 4. Check instrument tubing for proper fittings,slope, material, and support. 5. Check installation of air supply for each instrument. 6. Check flow instruments. Inspect tag number and line and bore size, and verify that inlet side is identified and that meters are installed correctly. 7. Check pressure instruments,. piping slope, installation of valve manifold, and self- contained pressure regulators. 8. Check temperature instruments and material and length of sensing elements 9. Check control valves, Verify that they are in correct direction. 10. Check air-operated dampers_ Verify that pressure gages are provided and that proper blade alignment, either parallel or opposed, has been provided. It- Check DRC system as Follows: a. Verify that DDC controller power supply is from emergency power supply, if applicable. b. Verify that wires at control panels are tagged with their service designation and approved tagging system. '• C. Verify that spare Il0 capacity has been provided. d. Verify that DDC controllers are protected from power supply surges. D. Replace damaged or matfunctioning controls and equipment and repeat testing procedures 3.6 ADJUSTING A. Calibrating and Adjusting: i. Calibrate instruments. 2. Make three-point calibration test for both linearity and accuracy for each analog instrument. 3. Calibrate equipment and procedures using manufacturer's written recommendations and instruction manuals. Use test equipment with accuracy at least double that of instrument being calibrated. 4, Control System Inputs and Outputs: a. Check analog inputs at 0, 50, and 100 percent of span. L Check analog outputs using milliampere meter at 0, 50,and 100 percent output. c. Check digital inputs using jumper wire. d. Check digital outputs using ohmmeter to test for contact making or breaking. e. Check resistance temperature inputs at 0, 50, and 100 percent of span using a precision-resistant source. 5. Flow: a. Set differential pressure flow transmitters for 0 and 1100 percent values with 3-point calibration accomplished at 50, 90, and 100 percent of span. L Manually operate flow switches to verify that they make or break contact, 6. Pressure, a. Calibrate pressure transmitters at 0, 50,and 100 percent of span_ b. Calibrate pressure switches to make or break contacts, with adjustable differential set at minimum. 7. Temperature: a. Calibrate resistance temperature transmitters at 0, 50, and 100 percent of span using a precision-resistance source. 05053-00 23 09 00-18 pe PW b. Calibrate temperature switches to make or break contacts. a. Stroke and adjust control valves and dampers without positioners, Milowing the manufacturer's recommended procedure, so that valve or damper is 100 percent open and closed. 9. Stroke and adjust control valves and dampers with positioners, following manufacturer's recommended procedure, so that valve and damper is 0, 50, and 100 percent closed. 10. Provide diagnostic and test instruments for calibration and adjustment of system. 11. Provide written description of procedures and equipment for calibrating each type of instrument. Submit procedures review and approval before initiating startup procedures. B Adjust initial temperature and humidity set points. C. Occupancy Adjustments: When requested within 12 months of date of Substantial Completion, provide on-site assistance in adjusting system to suit actual occupied conditions. Provide up to [three] <Insert number> visits to Project during other than normal occupancy hours for this purpose. 3.6 DEMONSTRATION A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain HVAC instrumentation and controls. Refer to Section 01 79 00 "Demonstration and Training," END OF SECTION 23 09 00 ;rr s 09053-06 230900 -19 SECTION 23 23 00 - REFRIGERANT PIPING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A, Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY r A. This Section includes refrigerant piping used for air-conditioning applications. 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Line Test Pressure for Refrigerant R-41gA- 1. Suction Lines for Air-Conditioning Applications: 300 psig 2 Suction Lines for Heat-Pump Applications- 535 psig 3. Hot-Gas and Liquid Lines: 535 psig IA ACTION SUBMITTALS ps A. Product Data For each type of valve and refrigerant piping specialty indicated. Include pressure drop,based on manufacturer's test data,for the following: 1. Thermostatic expansion valves. 2. Solenoid valves. 3. Hot-gas bypass valves. 4. Filter dryers. 5. Strainers. 5. Pressure-regulating valves. B. Shop Drawings: Show layout of refrigerant piping and specialties, including pipe, tube, and fitting sizes, flow capacities, valve arrangements and locations, slopes of horizontal runs, oil traps, double risers, wall and floor penetrations, and equipment connection details. Shaw interface and spatial relationships between piping and equipment. 1. Shop Drawing Scale- 1/4 inch equals 1 foot 2. Refrigerant piping indicated on Drawings is schematic only. Size piping and design actual piping layout, including oil traps, double risers, speciatties, and pipe and tube sizes to accommodate, as a minimum, equipment provided, elevation difference between compressor and evaporator, and length of piping to ensure proper operation and compliance with warranties of connected equipment. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Welding certificates. B. Field quality-control test reports. 09053-00 23 2300-1 1.8 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For refrigerant valves and piping specialties to include in _ maintenance manuals. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code' Section IX,"Welding and Brazing Qualifications." B. Comply with ASHRAE 15, "Safety Code for Refrigeration Systems." C. Comply with ASME 1331.5, "Refrigeration Piping and Heat Transfer Components 1.8 PRODUCT STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Store piping in a clean and protected area with end caps in place to ensure that piping interior and exterior are clean when installed. 1,9 COORDINATION A. Coordinate size and location of roof curbs, equipment supports, and roof penetrations. These items are specified in Section 07 72 00"Roof Accessories." PART2-PRODUCTS 2,1 COPPER TUBE AND FITTINGS A. Copper Tube. ASTM B 88, Type L B. Wrought-Copper Fittings: ASME 816.22, C. Wfought-Copper Unions: ASME B16.22. D. Solder Fitler Metals: ASTM B 32. Use 95-5 tin antimony or alloy HB solder to join copper socket fittings an copper pipe. R E. Brazing Filler Metals: AWS A5.8. F. Flexible Connectors. 1. Body: Tin-bronze Bellows with woven, flexible, tinned-bronze-wire-reinforced protective jacket. 2. End Connections: Socket ends. 3. Offset Performance: Capable of minimum 314-inchmisalignmenl in minimum 7-inch-ng assembly. 4. Pressure Rating: Factory test at minimum 500 psig 5. Maximum Operating Temperature: 250 deg F 2.2 VALVES AND SPECIALTIES t A. Diaphragm Packless Valves: 09053-00 232300-2 I. Body and Bonnet: Forged brass or cast bronze; globe design with straight-through or angle pattern. 2. Diaphragm: Phosphor bronze and stainless steel with stainless-steel spring. 3. Operator: Rising stem and hand wheel. 4. Seat: Nylon. 5. End Connections, Socket,union,or flanged. 6. Working Pressure Rating: 500 psig 7. Maximum Operating Temperature: 275 deg F B- Packed-Angle Valves: 1. Body and Bonnet: Forged brass or cast bronze. I 2. Packing: Molded stem, back seating,and replaceable under pressure. 3, Operator: Rising stem. 4. Seat: Nonrotating, self-aligning polytetrafluoroethylene 5. Seal Cap: Forged-brass or valox hex cap. 6. End Connections: Sockel,union, threaded,or flanged. 7. Working Pressure Rating: 500 psig .,, 8. Maximum Operating Temperature. 275 deg F C Check Valves: +• 1, Body: Ductile iron,forged brass, or cast bronze; globe pattern 2. Bonnet: Bolted ductile iron, forged brass, or cast bronze;or brass hex plug. 3. Piston: Removable polytetrafluoroethyiene seat. 4. Closing Spring: Stainless steel. 5. Manual Opening Stem: Seal cap,plated-steel stem, and graphite seal, 6. End Connections: Socket, union, threaded, or flanged. 7. Maximum Opening Pressure: 0.50 psig 8. Working Pressure Rating.- 500 psig 9. Maximum Operating Temperature: 275 deg F D. Service Valves: w 1. Body: Forged brass with brass cap including key end to remove core 2, Core: Removable ball-type check valve with stainless-steel spring. 3. Seat: Polytetrafluoroethylene. ve 4. End Connections: Copper spring. 5. Working Pressure Rating: 500 psig E. Solenoid Valves: Comply with ARI 760 and UL 429;listed and labeled by an NRTL 1. Body and Bonnet: Plated steel. 2_ Solenoid Tube,Plunger,Closing Spring, and Seat Orifice: Stainless steel. 3. Seat: Polytetrafluoroethylene. 4. End Connections. Threaded. 5, Electrical: Molded, watertight coil in NEMA 250 enclosure of type required by location with 112-inchconduil adapter, and 24-V ac coil. 6. Working Pressure Rating: 400 psig 7. Maximum Operating Temperature: 240 deg F $. 'Manual operator_ F, Safety Relief Valves: Comply with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code; listed and labeled by an NRTL. 1. Body and Bonnet: Ductile iron and steel,with neoprene O-ring seal. 2. Piston,Closing Spring, and Seat Insert: Stainless steel, 3. Seat Disc: Polytelrafluoroethylene. 4. End Connections: Threaded. 5, Working Pressure Rating: 400 psig 49053-00 23 23 00 -3 E 6. Maximum Operating Temperature: 240 deg F G. Thermostatic Expansion Valves: Comply with ARI 750. 1. Body, Bonnet, and Seal Cap. Forged brass or steel. 2. Diaphragm, Piston, Closing Spring, and Seat Insert: Stainless steel. 3. Packing and Gaskets: Non-asbestos. 4. Capillary and Bulb: Copper tubing filled with refrigerant charge. 5. Suction Temperature: 40 deg F 6. Superheat: Adjustable. 7. Reverse-flow option(for heat-pump applications). 8, End Connections: Socket, flare,or threaded union. 9. Working Pressure Rating: 700 psig H. Not-Gas Bypass Vaives: Comply with UL 429;listed and labeled by an NRTL. 1. Body, Bonnet, and Seal Cap: Ductile iron or steel. 2: Diaphragm, Piston, Closing Spring,and Seat Insert: Stainless steel. 3. Packing and Gaskets: 'Non-asbestos. 4. Solenoid Tube, Plunger,Closing Spring,and Seat Orifice: Stainless steel. 5- Seat: Polytetrafluoroethyiene. 6. Equalizer: Internal. 7. Electrical, Molded, watertight coil in NEMA 250 enclosure of type required by location with 112-inchconduit adapter,and 24-V ac coil. B. End Connections: Socket. 9. Throttling Range: Maximum 5 psig ,R 10. Working Pressure Rating: 504 psig 11. Maximum Operating Temperature: 240 deg F I, Angle-Type Strainers. 1. Body: Forged brass or cast bronze. 2. Drain Plug: Brass hex plug. 3, Screen: 100-mesh morsel_ 4_ End Connections: Socket or flare_ 5. Working Pressure Rating: 500 psig 6. Maximum Operating Temperature: 275 deg F J. Moisture/Liquid Indicators: 1. Body: Forged brass. 2. Window: Replaceable, clear, fused glass window with indicating element protected by filter screen. 3. Indicator: Color coded to show moisture content in ppm. 4. Minimum Moisture Indicator Sensitivity: Indicate moisture above 60 ppm. 5. End Connections: Socket or flare. 6. Working Pressure Rating: 500 psig 7. Maximum Operating Temperature: 240 deg F K Replaceable-Core Filter Dryers: Comply with ARI 730. 1. Body and Cover: Painted-steel shell with ductile-iron cover, stainless-steel screws, and neoprene gaskets. .� 2. Filter Media: 10 micron,pleated with integral end rings;stainless-steel support_ 3. Desiccant Media: Activated alumina. 4. Designed for reverse flow(for heat-pump applications). 5. End Connections: Socket. 6. Access Parts: NPS 114connections at entering and leaving sides for pressure differential measurement. 7_ Maximum Pressure Loss: 2 prig 09053-00 232300-4 8. Working Pressure Rating: 500 psig 9. Maximum Operating Temperature: 240 deg F L. Mufflers: 1. Body: Welded steel with corrosion-resistant coating. y 2. End Connections, Socket or flare. 3. Working Pressure Rating 500 psig 4. Maximum Operating Temperature: 275 deg F M. Receivers: Comply with ARI 495. 1. Comply with ASME Boi'er and Pressure Vessel Code; listed and labeled by an NRTL. 2. Comply with UL 247; listed and labeled by an NRTL. 3. Body: Welded sleet with corrasion-resistant coating. 4. Tappings: inlet, outlet. liquid level indicator, and safety relief valve. 5. End Connections Socket or threaded. 6, Working Pressure Rating. 500 psig 7. Maximum Operating Temperature: 275 deg F N Liquid Accumulators Comply with ARI 495 1. Body: Welded steel with corrosion-resistant coating. 2. End Connections Socket or threaded. 3. Working Pressure Rating: 540 psig 4. Maximum Operating Temperature: 275 deg F 2.3 REFRIGERANTS A. Manufacturers. Subject to compliance with requirements. provide products by one of the following: 1. Atofrna Chemicals, Inc. 2. DuPont Company Fluorochemicais_Div. 3. Honeywell, Inc.; Genetron_Refrigerants. 4. INECS Fluor Americas LLC. B. ASHRAE 34, R-410A: Pentafluoroethane/Diflucromethane. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 PIPING APPLICATIONS FOR REFRIGERANT RA10A A Suction Lines NPS 4 and Smaller for Conventional Air-Conditioning Applications: Copper, Type ACR,drawn-temper tubing and wrought-copper fittings with soldered joints. B. Hot-Gas and Liquid Lines, and Suction Lines for Heat-Pump Applications: Copper, Type ACR, annealed-or drawn-temper tubing and wrought-copper fittings with brazed or soldered joints. C. Safety-Retief-Valve Discharge Piping. Capper, Type AGR, annealed- or drawn-temper tubing and wrought-copper fittings with brazed or soldered joints. 3.2 VALVE AND SPECIALTY APPLICATIONS A. Install diaphragm packless valves in suction and discharge lines of compressor. 09053-00 23 2300- 5 B. Install service valves for gage taps at inlet and outlet of hot-gas bypass valves and strainers if they are not an integral part of valves and strainers. C. Install a check valve at the compressor discharge and a liquid accumulator at the compressor suction connecdion. D. Except as otherwise indicated, install diaphragm packless valves on inlet and outlet side of filter dryers. E. Install a full-sized, three-valve bypass around filter dryers. F. Install solenoid valves upstream from each expansion valve and hot-gas bypass valve_ Install solenoid valves in horizontal lines with coil at top. G. Install thermostatic expansion valves as close as possible to distributors on evaporators. —q 1. Install valve so diaphragm case is wammer than bulb. 2. Secure bulb to clean, straight, horizontal section of suction line using two bulb straps. Do not mount bulb in a trap or at bottom of the line. 3. If external equalizer lines are required, make connection where it will reflect suction-line pressure at bulb location. H. Install safety relief valves where required by ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code_ Pipe safety-relief-valve discharge line to outside according to ASHRAE 15. 1, Install moisture/liquid indicators in liquid line at the inlet of the thermostatic expansion valve or at the inlet of the evaporator coil capillary tube. J. Install strainers upstream from and adjacent to the following unless they are furnished as an integral assembly for device being protected.- 1 rotected:1 Solenoid valves_ 2. Thermostatic expansion valves. 3. Hot-gas bypass valves. A. Compressor. K_ Install filter dryers in liquid line between compressor and thermostatic expansion valve, and in the suction line at the compressor. "• L. Install receivers sized to accommodate pump-down charge_ M. Install flexible connectors at compressors. 3,3 PIPING INSTALLATION A. Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of piping systems; indicated locations and arrangements were used to size pipe and calculate friction loss, expansion, pump sizing, and other design considerations. Install piping as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on Shap Drawings. t3. Install refrigerant piping according to ASHRAE 15. C. Install piping in concealed locations unless otherwise indicated and except in equipment rooms and service areas. D. Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service areas at right a' angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless specifically indicated otherwise. 09053-00 23 23 00 -6 E. Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel removal F, Install piping adjacent to machines to allow service and main,enance. G. Install piping free of sags and bends. H Install fittings for changes in d rection and branch connections. I Select system components with pressure rating equal to or greater than system operating pressure. f J. Refer to Section 23 09 00 "Instrumentation and Control 'or HVAC" and Section 23 09 93 "Sequence of Operations for =HVAC Controls" for solenoid valve controllers, control wiring, and sequence of operation. K_ Install piping as short and direct as possible, with a miniTnum number of joints, elbows, and fittings. L. Arrange piping to allow inspection and service of refrigeration equipment. install' valves and specialties in accessible locations to allow for service and inspection. install access doors or panels as specified in Section 08 31 13 "Access Doors and Frames" if valves or equipment requiring maintenance is concealed behind finished surfaces. M. Install refrigerant piping in rigid or flexible conduit in locations where exposed to mechanical injury. N Slope refrigerant piping as follows: 1. Install horizontal hot-gas discharge piping with a uniform slope downward away from compressor. 2. Install hof izontat suction lines with a uniform slope downward to compressor. 3. Install traps and double risers to entrain oil in vertical runs. 4. 'Liquid lines may be installed level. O When brazing or soldering, remove solenoid valve coils and sight glasses, also remove valve stems, seats, and packing, and accessible internal parts of refrigerant specialties_ Do not apply heat near expansion-valve bulb. P. Install piping with adequate clearance between pipe and adjacent walls and hangers or between pipes for insulation installation. Q. Identify refrigerant piping and valves according to Section 23 05 53 "Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment." R. install sleeves for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, anc floors. Comply with requirements for sleeves specified in Section 23 05 17"Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for HVAC.Piping," S. Install sleeve seals for piping penetrations of concrete walls and slabs. Comply with requirements for sleeve seals specified in Section 23 fly 17 "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for HVAC Piping_" T. Install escutcheons for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. Comply with s requirements for escutcheons specified in Section 23 05 18"Escutcheons for HVAC Piping." 3.4 PIPE JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs. Bevel pla n ends of steel pipe. 09053-00 23 23 I)0 -7 w S. Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipe and fittings before assembly. C_ Fill pipe and fittings with an inert gas (nitrogen or carbon dioxide), during brazing or welding, to prevent scale formation. D. Soldered Joints: Construct joints according to ASTM B 828 or CDA's"Copper Tube Handbook." .. E. Brazed Joints: Construct joints according to AWS's "Brazing Handbook," Chapter "Pipe and Tube." dl 1. Use Type BcuP, copper-phosphorus alloy for joining copper socket fittings with copper pipe. 2. Use Type BAg, cadmium-free silver alloy for joining copper with bronze or steel. F. Flanged Joints: Select appropriate gasket material, size, type, and thickness for service application. Install gasket concentrically positioned. Use suitable lubricants on bolt threads. 3.5 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Hanger, support,and anchor products are specified in Section 23 05 29"Rangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment." B. Install the following pipe attachments: I. Adjustable steel clevis hangers for individual horizontal runs less than 20 feet long. 2.. Roller hangers and spring hangers for individual horizontal runs 20 feet or longer. 3. Pipe Roller: MSS SP-58, Type 44 for multiple horizontal piping 20 feet or longer, supported on a trapeze. 4. Spring hangers to support vertical runs, 5. Capper-clad hangers and supports for hangers and supports in direct contact with copper pipe C. Install hangers for copper tubing with the following maximum spacing and minimum rod sizes: 1. NPS 112. Maximum span,60 inches;minimum rod size, 114 inch. 2. NPS 518: Maximum span,60 inches;minimum rod size, 114 inch. -w 3. NPS 1: Maximum span,72 inches;minimum rod size, 114 inch. 4. NPS 1114: Maximum span, 96 inches;minimum rod size, 318 inch. 5. NPS 1-112: Maximum span,96 inches;minimum rod size, 318 inch. 6. NPS 2: Maximum span,96 inches;minimum rod size, 318 inch. 7. NPS 2-112: Maximum span, 108 inches;minimum rod size, 318 inch. 8. NPS 3_ Maximum span,10 feet;minimum rod size, 318 inch, 9. NPS 4: Maximum span, 12 feet;minimum rod size, 112 inch_ D. Install hangers for steel piping with the following maximum spacing and minimum rod sizes i. NPS 2: Maximum span, 10 feet; minimum rod size, 318 inch. .� 2. NPS 2-112: Maximum span, 11 feet; minimum rod size,318 inch. 3. NPS 3: Maximum span, 12 feet; minimum rod size,318 inch. 4. NPS 4: Maximum span, 14 feet;minimum rod size, 112 inch. E. Support multifloor vertical runs at leas(at each floor. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A, Perform tests and inspections and prepare test reports. 09453-00 23 23 00-8 F tB_ Tests and Inspections: 1. Comply with ASME B3 1,5, Chapter VI. 2. Test refrigerant piping, specialties, and receivers. Isolate compressor, condenser, evaporator, and safety devices from test pressure if they are not rated above the test pressure. ,s 3. Test high- and low-pressure side piping of each system separately at not less than the pressures indicated in Part 1 "Performance Requiremerts"Article_ t. a_ Fill system with nitrogen to the required test pressure. b. System shall maintain test pressure at the manifold gage throughout duration of test. C. Test joints and fittings with electronic leak detector or by brushing a small amount of soap and giyceiin solution over joints. d. Remake leaking joints using new materials, and retest until satisfactory results are achieved_ 3.7 SYSTEM CHARGING A. Charge system using the following procedures: Install core in filter dryers after leak test but before evacuation. 2. Evacuate entire refrigerant system with a vacuum pump to 500 micrometers. If vacuum holds For 12 hours,system is ready for charging. 3. Break vacuum with refrigerant gas, allowing pressure to build up to 2 psig. d. Charge system with a new filter-dryer core in charging line. 3.8 ADJUSTING A. Adjust thermostatic expansion valve to obtain proper evaporator superheat. 6. Adjust high- and low-pressure switch settings to avoid short cycling in response t0 flucluating suction pressure. C_ Adjust set-point temperature of air-conditioning or chilled-wafer controllers to the system design temperature.. D. Perform the following adjustments before operating the refrigeration system, ar.rnrrling to manufacturer's written instructions: rf. Open shutoff valves in condenser water circuit. 2. Verify that corepressor oil level is correct_ 3. Open compressor suction and discharge valves. 4. Open refrigerant valves except bypass valves that are used for other purposes. 5. Check open compressor-motor alignment and verity lubrication for motors and bearings. E. Replace core of replaceable filter dryer after system has been adjusted and after design flaw rates and pressures are established_ END OF SECTION 23 23 00 09053-00 23 2300 -9 t' SECTION 23 31 13 - METAL DUCTS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 REBATED DOCUMENTS A_ Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. r 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes; 1. Single-wall rectangular ducts and fittings_ 2. Single-wall round ducts and fittings. 3. Sheet metal materials. 4. Sealants and gaskets. 5. Hangers and supports. B. Related Sections: 1_ Section 23 05 93 "Testing,Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC"for testing, adjusting, and balancing requirements for metal ducts_ 2. Section 23 33 00 "Air Duct Accessories" for dampers, sound-control devices, duct- mounting access doors and panels,turning vanes,and flexible ducts. 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A, Delegated Duct Design: Duct construction, including sheet metal thicknesses, seam and joint construction, reinforcements, and 'hangers and supports, shall comply with SMACNA"s "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible" and performance requirements and design criteria indicated in"Duct Schedule"Article. B. Structural Performance: Duct hangers and supports shall withstand the effects of gravity loads and stresses within limits and under conditions described in SMACNA°s "HVAC Duct Construction Standards-Metal and Flexible" C_ Airstream Surfaces: Surfaces in contact with the airstream shall comply with requirements in ASHRAE 52.1. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of the following products: k 1, Sealants and gaskets. B. LEED Submittals: 1. Product Data for Prerequisite IEQ 1: Documentation indicating that duct systems comply with ASH RAE 52,1, Section 5-"Systems and Equipment." 2, Product Data for Prerequisite EA 2: Documentation indicating that duct systems comply with ASH RAEPIESNA 90.1, Section 5.4.4 -"HVAC System Construction and Insulation." 09053-00 23 31 13 -1 r 04 3. Leakage Test Report for Prerequisite EA 2: Documentation of work performed for compliance with ASHPAEfIESNA 90.1, Section 6.4.4.2.2-"Duct Leakage Tests." 4. Product Data for Credit IEQ 4.1: For adhesives and sealants, documentation including printed statement of VOC content. 5_ Laboratory Test Reports for Credit IEQ 4: For adhesives and sealants, documentation indicating that products comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile .. Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small-Scale Environmental Chambers." C. Shop Drawings: . 1. Fabrication, assembly, and installation, including plans, elevations, sections, components, and attachments to other work. 2. Factory-and shop-fabricated ducts and fittings- 3. Duct layout indicating sizes, configuration,and static-pressure classes. 4. Elevation of top of ducts. 5. Dimensions of main duct runs from building grid lines. 6. Fittings. 7. Reinforcement and spacing. 8. Seam and joint construction. 9- Penetrations through fire-rated and other partitions_ 10_ Equipment installation based on equipment being used on Project_ 11. Locations for duct accessories, including dampers, turning vanes, and access doors and .. panels. 12. Hangers and supports, including methods for duct and building attachment and vibration isolation, 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Coordination Drawings: Plans, drawn to scale, on which the following items are shown and coordinated with each other, using inpul from installers of the items involved: 1. Duct installation in congested spaces, indicating coordination with general construction, R building components, and other building services. Indicate proposed changes to duct layout. 2. Suspended ceiling components. 3. Structural members to which duct will be attached. 4_ Size and location of initial access modules for acoustical tile. S. Penetrations of smoke barriers and fire-rated constructlon. 6. Items penetrating finished ceiling including the following. a. Lighting fixtures. b. Air outlets and inlets. C Speakers. d. Sprinklers. e. Access panels_ i. Perimeter moldings, 8. Welding certificates. C. Field quality-control reports. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Welding Qualifications., Qualify procedures and personnel according to the following: 1. AWS D1.11D1.1 M,"Structural Welding Code- Steel,-for hangers and supports. 2. AWS 1131.21D1.2M,"Structural Welding Code-Aluminum,"for aluminum supports- 09053-00 23 31 13-2 3. AWS D9.1M/09.1,"Sheet Metal Welding Code,"for duct joint and seam welding. & ASHRAE Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE 62.1, Section 5 - "Systems and Equipment"and Section 7-"Construction and System Start-up." C. ASHRAE/IESNA Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAEIIESNA 90.1, Section 6.4.4 - "HVAC System Construction and Insulation." PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 SINGLE-WALL RECTANGULAR DUCTS AND FITTINGS A. General Fabrication Requirements: Comply with SMACNA's '"HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible" based on indicated static-pressure class unless otherwise indicated. B. Transverse Joints: Select joint types and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards- Metal and Flexible,"Figure 2-1,"Rectangular Duct/Transverse Joints," for static-pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct-Support intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible." C. Longitudinal Seams: Select seam types and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 2-2, "Rectangular Duct/Longitudinal Seams," for static pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct- support intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metat and Flexible," r. D. Elbows, Transitions, Offsets, Branch Connections, and Other Duct Construction: Select types and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Chapter 4, "Fittings and Other Construction," for static-pressure class, applicable r+ sealing requirements, materials involved, duct-support intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's"HVAC Duct Construction Standards- Metal and Flexible," 2.2 SINGLE-WALL ROUND DUCTS AND FITTINGS A. General Fabrication Requirements: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Chapter 3, "Round, Oval, and Flexible Duct," based on rindicated static-pressure class unless otherwise indicated. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: ra. Undau inc, b. 1.%;Gil+A0 low LLC. c. SL.MCC IncoiporateC. d. Sheet Metal Connectors inc_ e_ Sptrai Man uf_:?rtvrng_�r..:.�nc. B. Transverse Joints: Select joint types and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 3-1, "Round Duct Transverse Joints," for static-pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct-support intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and 1 Flexible." 1, Transverse Joints in Ducts Larger Than 60 Inches in Diameter. Flanged. r09053-00 23 31 13 -3 ew A C Longitudinal Seams: Select seam types and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards-Metal and Flexible," Figure 3-2, "Round Duct Longitudinal Seams,"for static-pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct-support # intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible." 1. Fabricate round ducts larger than 90 inches In diameter with butt-welded longitudinal .� seams. 2. Fabricate flat-oval ducts larger than 72 inches in width (major dimension) with butt- welded longitudinal seams. D. Tees and Laterals: Select types and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 3-5, "90 Degree Tees and Laterals," and Figure 3-6, "Conical Tees,"for static-pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct-support intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards-Metal and Flexible." 2-3 SHEET METAL MATERIALS A. General Material Requirements: Comply with SMACNA's"HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible" for acceptable materials, material thicknesses, and duct construction methods unless otherwise indicated. Sheet metal materials shall be free of pitting, seam marks, i roller marks, stains, discolorations,and other imperfections. 6, Galvanized Sheet Steel: Comply with ASTM A 6531A 653M, 1. Galvanized Coating Designation: G90. 2. Finishes for Surfaces Exposed to View: Mill phosphatized. law C. Reinforcement Shapes and Plates: ASTM A 36/A 36M, steel plates, shapes, and bars; black and galvanized. 1. Where black- and galvanized-steel shapes and plates are used to reinforce aluminum ducts,isolate the different metals with butyl rubber, neoprene,or EPDM gasket materials. D. Tie Bods: Galvanized steel, 114-inch minimum diameter for lengths 36 inches or less; 318-inch minimum diameter for lengths longer than 36 inches. 2.4 SEALANT AND GASKETS r A. General Sealant and Gasket Requirements: Surface.-burning characteristics for sealants and gaskets shall be a maximum flame-spread index of 25 and a maximum smoke-developed index of 50 when tested according to UL 723;certifed by an NRTL. B. Two-Part Tape Sealing System: 1. Tape: Woven cotton fiber impregnated with mineral gypsum and modified acrylic/silicone .� activator to react exothermically with tape to form hard,durable, airtight seal. 2. Tape Width- 3 incises. 3. Sealant: Modified styrene acrylic. 4. Water resistant. 5. Mold and mildew resistant. 6. Maximum Static-Pressure Class' 10-inch wg,positive and negative. 7. Service- Indoor and outdoor. 8. Service Temperature: Minus 40 to plus 200 deg F. ^� 9. Substrate; Compatible with galvanized sheet steel(both PVC coated and bare), stainless steel,or aluminum. 09053-00 2331 13 -4 in r. 14. For indoor applications, sealant shall have a VOC content of 250 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). 11. Sealant shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small-Scale Environmental Chambers." ,. C. Water-Based Joint and Seam Sealant' 1. Application Method: Brush on. 2. Solids Content Minimum 65 percent. ar 3. Shore A Hardness: Minimum 20, 4. Water resistant. 5_ Mold and mildew resistant. 6. VOC: Maximum 75 g1L(less water). r 7_ Maximum Static-Pressure Class: 10-inch wg,positive and negative. 8. Service: Indoor or outdoor. 9. Substrate: Compatible with galvanized sheet steel (both PVC coated and bare),stainless steel, or aluminum sheets_ rD. Solvent-Based Joint and Seam Sealant- 1. Application Method: Brush on. 2. Base: Synthetic rubber resin. I 3. Solvent_ Toluene and heptane. 4. Solids Content: Minimum 60 percent. 5. Shore A Hardness: Minim um 60. 6. Water resistant. 7. Mold and mildew resistant. S. For indoor applications, sealant shall have a VOC content of 250 g/L of less when Ncalculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). 9. VOC: Maximum 395 g/L. 10. Sealant shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small-Scale Environmental Chambers." 11. Maximum Static-Pressure Class- 10-inch wg, positive or negative. 12. Service' Indoor or outdoor. 13. Substrate: Compatible with galvanized sheet steel(both PVC coated and bare), stainless steel, or aluminum sheets. E. Flanged Joint Sealant: Comply with ASTM C 920, 1. General: Single-component, acid-curing,silicone, elastomeric_ 2- Type: S. 3. Grade- NS. 4. Class: 25, 5, Use: 0. 6. For indoor applications, sealant shall have a VOC content of 250 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D(EPA Method 24). 7. Sealant shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services` "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small-Scale Environmental Chambers." F, Flange Gaskets: Butyl rubber, neoprene, or EPDM polymer with polyisobutylene plasticizer, G. Round Duct Joint O-Ring Seals: 1. Seal shall provide maximum 3 cfmM00 sq.ft. at 1-inch wg (0.14 Lls per sq m at 250 Pa) and shall be rated for I0-inch wg static-pressure class,positive or negative. 2. EPDM 0-ring to seal in concave bead in coupling or fatting spigot. 09053-00 23 31 13 -5 3. Double-lipped, EPDM O-ring seal, mechanically fastened to factory-fabricated couplings and fitting spigots. 2.5 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Hanger Rods for Noncorrosive Environments, Cadmium-plated steel rods and nuts. B. Hanger Rods for Corrosive Environments= Electrogalvanized" all-thread rods or galvanized rods with threads painted with zinc-chromate primer after installation. C. Strap and Rod Sizes_ Comply with SMACNA's"HVAC Duct Construction Standards-Metal and Flexible," Table 5-1, "Rectangular Duct Hangers Minimum Size," and Table 5-2, "Minimum Hanger Sizes for Round Duct." D. Steel Cables for Galvanized-Steel Ducts: Galvanized steel complying with ASTM A 601 E. Steel Cables for Stainless-Steel Ducts: Stainless steel complying with ASTM A 492. F Steel Cable End Connections: Cadmium-plated steel assemblies with brackets, swivel, and bolts designed for duct hanger service;with an automatic-locking and clamping device. G. Duct Attachments- Sheet metal screws, blind rivets, or self-tapping metal screws; compatible with duct materials. H. Trapeze and Riser Supports: 1. Supports for Galvanized-Steel Butts: Galvanized-steel shapes and plates. 2. Supports for Stainless-Steel Ducts: Stainless-steel shapes and plates. 3. Supports for Aluminum Ducts: Aluminum or galvanized steel coated with zinc chromate_ -a PART 3-EXECUTION' w 3.1 DUCT INSTALLATION A. Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of duct system. Indicated duct locations, configurations, and arrangements were used to size ducts and calculate friction loss for air-handling equipMent sizing and fur other design uunsideratiuns. Install duct systems as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on Shop Drawings and Coordination Drawings. B. Install ducts according to SMACNA's"HVAC Duct Construction Standards-Metal and Flexible" unless otherwise indicated. C. Install round ducts in maximum practical lengths. Q. Install ducts with fewest possible joints. E. Install factory- or shop-fabricated fittings for changes in direction, size, and shape and far branch connections. F Unless otherwise indicated, install ducts vertically and horizontally, and parallel and perpendicular to building lines. G. Install ducts close to walls,overhead construction,columns, and other structural and permanent enclosure elements of building. H Install ducts with a clearance of 1 inch, plus allowance for insulation thickness. 09053-00 23 31 13-6 I. Route ducts to avoid passing through transformer vaults and electrical equipment rooms and enclosures. J Where ducts pass through non-fire-rated interior parlitions and exterior walls and are exposed to view, cover the opening between the partition and duct or duct insulation with sheet metal flanges of same metal thickness as the duct. Overlap openings on four sides by at least 1-112 inches. K. Where ducts pass through fire-rated interior partitions and exterior walls, install fire dampers. Comply with requirements in Section 23 33 00 "Air Duct Accessories" for fire and smoke dampers. L Protect duct interiors from moisture,construction debris and dust, and other foreign materials. 3.2 INSTALLATION OF EXPOSED DUCTWORK A. Protect ducts exposed in finished spaces from being dented, scratched, or damaged. B. Trim duct sealants flush with metal Create a smooth and uniform exposed bead, Do not use two-part tape sealing system. C. Grind welds to provide smooth surface free of burrs, sharp edges, and weld splatter. When welding stainless steel with a No. 3 or 4 finish, grind the welds flush, polish the exposed welds, and treat the welds to remove discoloration caused by welding. 0, Maintain consistency, symmetry, and uniformity in the arrangement and fabrication of fittings, hangers and supports, duct accessories,and air outlets. E. Repair or replace damaged sections and finished work that does not comply with these requirements. 3.3 DUCT SEALING A Seal ducts for duct static-pressure, seal classes, and leakage classes specified in "Duct Schedule" Article according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible." B Seal ducts to the following seal classes according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards- Metal and Flexible". 1. Comply with SMACNA's"HVAC Duct Construction Standards- Metal and Flexible." 2. Outdoor, Supply-Air Ducts. Seal Class A. 3. Outdoor, Exhaust Ducts: Seal Class C. A. Outdoor, Return-Air Ducts' Seal Class C. 5. Unconditioned Space, Supply-Air Ducts in Pressure Classes 2-Inch wg and. Lower: Seal Class B. 6. Unconditioned Space, Supply-Air Ducts in Pressure Classes Higher Than 2-Inch wg: Seal Class A. 7. Unconditioned Space, Exhaust Ducts: Seal Class C. 8, Unconditioned Space, Return-Air Ducts: Seal Class B. �• 0. Conditioned Space, Supply-Air Ducts in Pressure Classes 2-Inch wg and Lower Seal Class C. 10. Conditioned Space, Supply-Air Ducts in Pressure Classes Higher Than 2-Inch wg: Seal Class B. 11. Conditioned Space, Exhaust Ducts: Seal Class B, 12. Conditioned Space, Return-Air Ducts: Seal Class C 09053-00 2331 13-7 3.4 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION A. Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Chapter 5, "Hangers and Supports." B. Building Attachments: Concrete inserts, powder-actuated fasteners, or structural-steel fasteners appropriate for construction materials to which hangers are being attached- 1- ttached.1. Where practical, instal concrete inserts before placing concrete. 2. Install powder-actuated concrete fasteners after concrete is placed and completely cured 3. Use powder-actuated concrete fasteners for standard-weight aggregate concretes or for slabs more than 4 inches thick. 4. Do not use powder-actuated concrete fasteners for lightweight-aggregate concretes or for slabs less than 4 inches thick. 5. Do not use powder-actuated concrete fasteners for seismic restraints. C. Hanger Spacing: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Table 5-1, "Rectangular Duct Hangers Minimum Sale," and Table 5-2, "Minimum Hanger Sizes for Round Duct," for maximum hanger spacing, install hangers and sup-ports within 24 inches of each elbow and within 48 inches of each branch intersection D. Hangers Exposed to View: Threaded rod and angle or channel supports. E. Support vertical ducts with steel angles or channel secured to the sides of the duct with welds. bolts, sheet metal screws, or blind rivets, support at each floor and at a maximum intervals of 16 feet. _ F. Install upper attachments to structures. Select and size upper attachments with pull-out, tension, and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used. 3.5 CONNECTIONS A Make connections to equipment with flexible connectors complying with Section 23 33 qg "Air Duct Accessories." B Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible" for branch, outlet and inlet,and terminal unit connections. 3,6 PAINTING A. Paint interior of metal ducts that are visible through registers and grilles and that do not have duct liner, Apply one coat of flat, black, latex paint over a compatible galvanized-steel primer. Paint materials and application requirements are specif-ed in Section 09 91 13 "Exterior Painting"and Section 09 91 23 "Interior Painting." 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform tests and inspections. B. Leakage Tests: 1, Comply with SMACNA's"HVAC Air Duct Leakage Test Manual." Submit a test report for each test. - 2. Test the following systems- 09053-00 23 31 13-8 a. Ducts with a Pressure Class Higher Than 3-Inch wg: Test representative duct sections totaling no less than 25 percent of total installed duct area for each designated pressure class. 3. Disassemble, reassemble, and seal segments of systems to accommodate leakage testing and for compliance with test requirements. 4. Test for leaps before applying externa{insulation. 5. Conduct tests at static pressures equal to maximum design pressure of system or section being tested. It static-pressure classes are not indicated, test system at maximum system design pressure. Do not pressurize systems above maximum design operating pressure. 6. Give seven days' advance notice for testing. C Duct System Cleanliness Tests: 1. Visually inspect duct system to ensure that no visible contaminants are present D_ Duct system will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. E. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.8 START UP A. Air Balance: Comply with requirements in Section 23 05 93 "Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC." 3.9 DUCT SCHEDULE } A. Fabricate ducts with galvanized sheet steel except as otherwise indicated and as follows- �r B. Supply Ncts: r 1. Ducts Connected to Fan Coil Units, Heat Pumps, and Terminal Units: a. Pressure Class` Positive 2-inch wg. b. Minimum SMACNA Seal Class: A. C, SMACNA Leakage Class for Rectangular: 12. d SMACNA t eakarde Class fnr Poijnd and Fiat Oval 24 2. Ducts Connected to Equipment Not Listed Above: a. Pressure Class. Positive 2-inch wg. b. Minimum SMACNA Seal Class. A. c. SMACNA Leakage Class for Rectangular. 12. d. SMACNA Leakage Class for Round and Flat Oval: 12. r, C. Return Ducts: 1. Ducts Connected to Fan Coil Units, Heat Pumps, and Terminal Units. a. Pressure Class: Positive or negative 2-inch wg b. Minimum SMACNA Seal Class: A. c. SMACNA Leakage Class for Rectangular- 12, d. SMACNA Leakage Class for Round and Flat Oval: 24,. D. Exhaust Ducts. 1 Ducts Connected to Fans Exhausting (ASHRAE 62.1, Class 1 and 2)Air: 49053-40 23 31 13 -9 a. Pressure Class: Negative 2-inch wg. b. Minimum SMACNA Seal Class; A if negative pressure,and A if positive pressure. C. SMACNA Leakage Class for Rectangular: 12. .A d. SMACNA Leakage Class for Round and Flat Caval: 24. 2. Ducts Connected to Equipment Not Listed Above: a. Pressure Class: Positive or negative 2-inch wg, b. Minimum SMACNA Seal Class. A if negative pressure, and A if positive pressure. C. SMACNA Leakage Class for Rectangular' 12. d. SMACNA Leakage Class for Round and Flat Oval: 24- E. Outdoor-Air Not Filtered, Heated,or Cooled) Ducts: 1. Ducts Connected to Fan Coil Units, Heat Pumps, and Terminal units: a. Pressure Class: Positive or negative 2-inch wg. b. Minimum SMACNA Seal Class- A. C SMACNA Leakage Class for Rectangular: 12. d. SMACNA Leakage Class for Round and Flat Oval: 24. 2. Ducts Connected to Equipment Not Listed Above= a Pressure Class: Positive or negative 2-inch wg b. Minimum SMACNA Seal Class: A. C. SMACNA Leakage Class for Rectangular: 12. d. SMACNA Leakage Class for Round and Flat Oval: 12. F. Intermediate Reinforcement: 1. Galvanized-Steel Ducts: Galvanized steel. G. Elbow Configuration: 1 Rectangular Duct: Comply with SMACNA's"HVAC Duct Construction Standards -Metal and Flexible," Figure 4-2,"Rectangular Elbows." a. Velocity 1000 fpm or Lower: 1) Radius Type RE 1 with minimum 0.5 radius-to-diameter ratio. 2) Mitered Type RE 4 without vanes. b. Velocity 3000 to 1540 fpm: 1) Radius Type RE 1 with minimum 1.0 radius-to-diameter ratio. 2) Radius Type RE 3 with minimum 0.5 radius-to-diameter ratio and two vanes. 3) Mitered Type RE 2 with vanes complying with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 4-3, "Vanes and Vane Runners,"and Figure 4-4,"Vane Support in Elbows." c, Velocity 1540 fpm or Higher: 1) Radius Type RE It with minimum 1.5 radius-to-diameter ratio. 2) Radius Type.RE 3 with minimum 1,0 radius-to-diameter ratio and two vanes. 3) Mitered Type RE 2 with vanes complying with SMACNA's `HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible,"Figure 4-3, "Vanes and Vane Runners,"and Figure 4-4,"Vane Support in Elbows." 2. Rectangular Duct- Comply with SMACNA's"HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible,"Figure 4-2, "Rectangular Elbows_" 09053-00 23 31 13 - 10 a. Radius Type RE 1 with minimum 1.5 radius-to-diameter ratio. b. Radius Type RE 3 with minimum 1.0 radius-to-diameter Patio and two vanes. c. Mitered Type RE 2 with vanes complying with SMACNA's "HVAC duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 4-3, "Vanes and Vane Runners,"and Figure 4-4, "Vane Support in Elbows." 3. Round Duct: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible,"Figure 3-4, "Round Duct Elbows." a. Minimum Radius-to-Diarneter Ratio and Elbow Segments; Comply with SMACNA"s "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Table 3-1, "Mitered Elbows" Elbows with less than 90-degree change of direction have proportionately fewer segments. 1) Velocity 1000 fpm or Lower. 0.5 radius-to-diameter ratio and three segments for 90-degree elbow. 2) Velocity 1000 to 1500 fpm- 1.0 radius-to-diameter ratio and four segments for 90-degree elbow. 3) Velocity 1500 fpm or Higher 1.5 radius-to-diameter ratio and five segments for 90-degree elbow. 4) Radius-to Diameter Ratio- 1.5- b Round Elbows. 12 inches and Smaller in Diameter. Stamped or pleated. C. Round Elbows, 14 Inches and Larger in Diameter. H. Branch Configuration: 1. Rectangular Duct- Comply with SMACNA's "MVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 4-6, "Branch Connection." a. Rectangular Main to Rectangular Branch 45-degree entry. b. Rectangular Main to Round Branch' Spin in. 2. Round and Flat Oval. Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 3-5, "90 Degree Tees and Laterals,"and Figure 3-6, "Conical Tees." Saddle taps are permitted in existing duct. a. Velocity 1000 fpm or Lower. 90-degree tap. b. Velocity 1000 to 1500 fpm Conical tap. c. Velocity 1500 fpm or Higher: 45-degree lateral. END OF SECTION 23 31 13 09053-00 23 31 13 - 11 SECTION 23 33 00 -AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. A 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: t. Backdraft and pressure relief dampers. 2. Manual volume dampers. 3. Control dampers. 4, Fire dampers. 5. Smoke dampers. 5_ Combination fire and smoke dampers. 7_ Turning vanes. 8. Remote damper operators. 9_ Duct-mounted access doors. 10. Flexible connectors. 11. Flexible ducts. 12. Duct accessory hardware. B. Related Requirements. 1. Section 23 37 23"HVAC Gravity Ventil6lors"for roof-mounted ventilator caps. 2. Section 28 31 11 "Digital, Addressable Fire-Alarm System" for duct-mounted fire and smoke detectors. 3. Section 28112 "Zoned {DC-Loop} Fire-Alarm System" for duct-mounted fire and smoke detectors. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A, Product Data: For each type of product. 1. For duct silencers, include pressure drop and dynamic insertion loss data. Include breakout noise calculations for high transmission loss casings. B. LEER Submittals: 1. Product Data for Prerequisite IEQ 1: Documentation indicating that units comply with ASHRAE 52A,Section 5-"Systems and Equipment," 2. Product Data for Prerequisite EA 2. Documentation indicating that duct insulation R- values comply with tables in ASHRAEIIESNA 90.1, Section 5-"Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning." C. Shop Drawings; For duct accessories. Include plans, elevations, sections, details and attachments to other work. 09053.00 23 33 00- 1 I. Detail duel accessories fabrication and installation in ducts and other construction. Include dimensions, weights, loads, and required clearances; and method of field assembly into duct systems and other construction. Include the following: a. Special fittings. b. Manual volume damper installations. c. Control-damper installations_ d. Fire-damper, smoke damper,. combination fire- and smoke-damper, ceiling, and corridor damper installations, including sleeves; and duct-mounted access doors and remote damper operators. e. Wring Diagrams: For power,signal, and control wiring. +� 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Coordination Drawings: Reflected ceiling plans, drawn to scale, on which ceiling-mounted access panels and access doors required for access to duct accessories are shown and coordinated with each other,using input from Installers of the items involved. B. Source quality-control reports 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For air duct accessories to include in operation and maintenance manuals. 1.6 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Fusible Links. Furnish quantity equal to 10 percent of amount installed_ ! PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 ASSEMBLY DESCRIPTION A. Comply with NFPA 90A, "Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems," and with NFPA 90B, "Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air Conditioning Systems." B_ Comply with SMAGNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible' for .� acceptable materials, material thicknesses, and duct construction methods unless otherwise indicated. Sheet metal materials shall be free of pitting, seam marks, roller marks, stains, discolorations, and other imperfections. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Galvanized Sheet Steel: Comply with ASTM A 6531A 653M. 1. Galvanized Coating Designation: G90- 2, Exposed-Surface Finisfy Mill phosphatized. B. Reinforcement Shapes and Plates: Galvanized-steel reinforcement where installed on galvanized sheet metal ducts,compatible materials for aluminum and stainless-steel ducts. 09053-00 233300-2 C_ Tie Rods: Galvanized steel, 114-inch minimum diameter for lengths 36 inches or less; 318-inch minimum diameter for lengths longer than 36 inches. 2.3 BACKDRAFT AND PRESSURE RELIEF DAMPERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following 1. Greenheck I=an Corporation. 2. Nailor Industries Inc. O► 3. Pottorff. 4, Ruskin Company. B. Description: Gravity balanced. C Maximum Air Velocity: 2000 fpm, D_ Maximum System Pressure: 2-inch wg. E. Frame: Hat-shaped, 0.05-inch-thick, galvanized sheet steel, with welded corners or mechanically attached. F. Blades: Multiple single-piece blades, off-center pivoted, maximum 6-inch width, 0.025-inch- thick, roll-formed aluminum with sealed edges. G. Blade Action: Parallel. H. Blade Seals: Extruded vinyl, mechanically locked. I Blade Axles: 1. Material. Galvanized steel_ 2. Diameter, 0.20 inch. w J_ Tie Bars and Brackets Galvanized steel. K. Return Spring: Adjustable tension. L. Bearings: Steel ball or synthetic pivot bushings. M. Accessories: 1_ Adjustment device to permit setting for varying differential static pressure. 2. Counterweights and spring-assist kits for vertical airflow installations. 3. Electric actuators. 4. Chain pulls. 5_ Screen Mounting: Front mounted in sleeve. a. Sleeve Thickness: 20 gage minimum. b. Sleeve Length: f inches minimum. 6, Screen Mounting: Rear mounted. T. Screen Material: Galvanized steel_ 8. Screen Type: Bird. 9. 90-degree stops. 2.4 MANUAL VOLUME DAMPERS A. Standard, Steel, Manual Volume Hampers: 109053-00 233300 -3 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following: a. Nailor Industries Inc. b. Pottorff. C. Ruskin Company. d. Trox LISA Inc. 2. Standard leakage rating,with linkage outside airstream. 3. Suitable for horizontal or vertical applications. 4_ Frames: a. Frame: Hat-shaped, 0.494-inch-thick,galvanized sheet steel, b. Mitered and welded corners. C. Flanges for attaching to wails and flangeless frames for installing in ducts. 5. Blades: a. Multiple or single blade. b_ Parallel- or opposed-blade design. C. Stiffen damper blades for stability_ d, Galvanized-steel, 4.D64 inch thick. 6. Blade Axles: Galvanized steel. 7_ Bearings: a. Oil-impregnated bronze- b. Clampers in ducts with pressure classes of 3-inch wg or less shall have axles full length of damper blades and bearings al.both ends of operating shaft. 8. Tie Bars and Brackets: Galvanized steel. 2.5 CONTROL DAMPERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide products by the following: 1. Greenheck Fan Corporation. 2, Nailor Industries Inc_ 3. Pottorff. 4. Ruskin Company. 5. Young Regulator Company. B. Low-leakage rating,with linkage outside airstream, and bearing AMCA's Certified Ratings Seal for both air performance and air leakage. C. Frames: 1. Hat shaped_ 2. 0.494-inch-thick, galvanized sheet steel. 3. Mitered and welded corners. Q. Blades. 1. Multiple blade with maximum blade width of 6 inches. 2. Parallel Opposed-blade design. 3. Galvanized-steel. t 4. 4.064 inch thick single skin. 5. Blade Edging: Closed-cell neoprene_ 5. Blade Edging: Inflatable seal blade edging, or replaceable rubber seals. 09053-00 23 33 00 4 mp E. Blade Axles: 112-inch-diameler; galvanized steel; blade-linkage hardware of zinc-plated steel and brass; ends sealed against blade bearings. r+ 1. Operating Temperature Range. From minus 40 to plus 200 deg F. F Bearings: 1. Oil-impregnated bronze. 2. Dampers in ducts with pressure classes of 3-inch wg or less shall have axles full length of damper blades and bearings at both ends of operating shaft. r3, Thrust bearings at each end of every blade. 2.6 'FIRE DAMPERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following: 1. Greenheck Fan Corporation. 2. NailoT Industries Inc. 3. Pottorff. 4. Ruskin Company. 8. Type: Dynamic;rated and labeled according to UL 555 by an NRTL. C, Closing rating in ducts up to 4-inch wg static pressure class and minimum velocity. rD. Fire Rating: 1-112 hours. E. Frame: Curtain type with blades outside airstream; fabricated with roll-formed, 0.034-inch-thick owl galvanized steel;with mitered and interlocking corners. F. Mounting Sleeve: Factory- or field-instailed, galvanized sheet steel. 1. Minimum Thickness: 0.05 thick,as indicated,and of length to suit application 2. Exception: Omit sleeve where damper-frame width permits direct attachment of perimeter mounting angles on each side of wall or floor; thickness of damper frame must comply with sleeve requirements. G. Mounting Orientation: Vertical or horizontal as indicated H. Blades: Roll-formed, interlocking, 0.024-inch thick, galvanized sheet steel. In place of interlocking blades, use full-length, 0.034-inch-thick,galvanized-steel blade connectors. I. Horizontal Dampers: Include blade lock and stainless-steel closure spring. lip J. Heat-Responsive Device. Replaceable, 165 deg F rated, fusible links. 2.7 FLANGE CONNECTORS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following: 1. . Ductmate Industries, Inc. 2. Nexus PDQ; Division of Shiico Holdings Inc. 3_ Ward Industries.Inc.; a division of Hart&Cooley, Inc. 1 B. Description: Add-on or roll-formed, factory-fabricated, slide-on transverse flange connectors, 1 gaskets,and components. r C. Material, Galvanized steel. 09053-00 23 33 00- 5 D. Gage and Shape: Match connecting ductwork. 2.8 TURNING VANES A. Manufacturers' Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following: 1. Ductmate Industries Inc. 2, Duro Dyne Inc. 3. Eigen Manufacturing. 4, METALAIRE Inc. .� 5. SEMCOIncorporated. 6. Ward Industries, Inc.;a division of Filart&Cooley, B. Manufactured Turning Vanes for Metal Ducts: Curved blades of galvanized sheet steel; support with bars perpendicular to blades set;set into vane runners suitable for duct mounting. C_ General Requirements: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metai and Flexible"; Figures 4-3,"Vanes and Vane Runners,"and 4-4,"Vane Support in Elbows." D. Vane Construction: Double wall. 2.9 REMOTE DAMPER OPERATORS A Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide products by the followings 1, Pottortf. 2, Ventfabrics, Inc. 3. Younq Regulator Company. —, B. Description: Cable system designed for remote manual damper adjustment C. Tubing' Brass, D. Cable: Stainless steel. E. Wall-Box Mounting= Recessed. F Wall-Box Cover-Plate Material: Steel 2AD DUCT-MOUNTED ACCESS DOORS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide products by the following' 1. Ductmate Industries. Inc_ 2. Greenheck Fan Corporation. 3. Nailor Industries Inc. 4, Pottorff. B. Duct-Mounted Access Doors- Fabricate access panels according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible'; Figures 7-2, "Duct Access Doors and Panels," and 7-3."Access Doors- Round Duct." 1. Door: a. Double wall, rectangular. b. Galvanized sheet metal with insulation fill and thickness as indicated for duct pressure class. 09453-00 233300-6 C. Visions panel. d. Hinges and Latches. 1-by-l-inchbutt or piano hinge and tarn latches. e. Fabricate doors airtight and suitable for duct pressure class. 2. Frame: Galvanized sheet steel,with bend-over tabs and foam gaskets. 3. Number of Hinges and Locks: .. a. Access doors Less Than 12 Inches Square' No hinges and two sash locks. b. Access Doors up to 18 Inches Square: Two hinges and two sash locks. c Access [Doors up to 24 by 48 Inches: Continuous and two compression latches with outside and inside handles. d. Access {Doors Larger Than 24 by 48 Inches. Continuous and two compression latches with outside and inside handles. C Pfessure Relief Access Door- 1. oor:1. Door and Frame Material: Galvanized sheet steel. 2. Door: Double wall with insulation fill with metal thickness applicable for duct pressure class. 3. Operation: Open outward for positive-pressure ducts and inward for negative-pressure ducts. 4. Factory set at 3.0-to 8.0-inch wg. 5. Doors close when pressures are within set-point range 5. Hinge: Continuous piano 7. Latches: Cam. 8. Seal: Neoprene or foam rubber. 9. Insulation€ill: 1-inch-thick,fibrous-glass or polystyren=e-foam board. 2AII DUCT ACCESS PANEL ASSEMBLIES A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide products by the following: 1 Ductmate Industries. Inc. 2. Flame Gard, Inc. 3. 3M. B. Labeled according to UL 1978 by an NRTL, C_ Panel and Frame. Minimum thickness 0.052$-inch carbon steel. D. Fasteners: Carbon steel. Panei fasteners shall not penetrate duct wall. E Gasket: Comply with NFPA 96; grease-tight,high-temperature ceramic fiber, rated for minimum 2000 deg F. F. Minimum Pressure Rating. 10-inch wg, positive or negative. t 2A2 FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS a A. Manufacturers. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following: 1. Ductmate Industries, irc. 2. Duro Dyne lnc. 3. El en Manufacturin . 4. Ventfabrics, Inc. 5. Ward Industries, lnc.; a division of Hart& Cooley, Inc. H. Materials: Flame-retardant or noncombustible fabrics. 09053-00 23 3300-7 C. Coatings and Adhesives: Compiy with UL 1$1, Gass 1. D. Metal-Edged Connectors: Factory fabricated with a fabric strip 3-112 inches wide attached to two strips of 2-314-inch-wide, 0.028-inch-thick, galvanized sheet steel or 0.032-inch-thick aluminum sheets_ Provide metal compatible with connected ducts. E. Indoor System,Flexible Connector Fabric: Glass fabric double coated with neoprene. , 1. Minimum Weight: 26 Dz./sq.yd_. 2. Tensile Strength' 480 lbflinch in the warp and 360 lbf)inch in the lalling. 3. Service Temperature. Minus 40 to plus 200 deg F. F_ Outdoor System, Flexible Connector Fabric: Glass fabric double coaled with weatherproof, synthetic rubber resistant to UV rays and ozone. 1. Minimum Weight: 24 oz,/sq,yd.. 2. Tensile Strength: 534 lbflinch in the warp and 440 IbUinch in the filling. 3. Service Temperature: Minus 50 to plus 254 deg F, G Thrust Limits: Combination coil spring and elastomeric insert with spring and insert in compression, and with a load stop. Include rod and angle-iron brackets for attaching to fan discharge and duct. 1. Frame. Steel, fabricated for connection to threaded rods and to allow for a maximum of 30 degrees of angular rod misalignment without binding or reducing isolation efficiency, 2. Outdoor Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of the compressed height of the spring at rated load. 3. Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of the required deflection at rated load, 4. Lateral Stiffness: More than 80 percent of rated vertical stiffness.. 5. Overload Capacity: Support 200 percent of rated load, fully compressed, without �. deformation or failure_ & Elastomeric Element: Molded,oil-resistant rubber or neoprene. 7. Coil Spring: Factory set-and field adjustable for a maximum of 114-inch movement at start and stop. 2.13 FLEXIBLE DUCTS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following 1. Flexmaster U.S.A.,_Inc. 2. McGill AirFlow LLC. 3. Ward Industries Inc. a division of Hart R Cooley, Inc. B. Insulated, Flexible Duct: L1L 181, Class 1, 2-ply vinyl film supported by helically wound, spring- steel wire;fibrous-glass insulation,polyethylene vapor-barrier film. 1. Pressure Rating: 10-inch wg positive and 1.0-inch wg negative. 2. Maximum Air Velocity: 4000 fpm. t 3. Temperature Range: Minus 10 to plus 160 deg F. 4. Insulation R-value: Comply with ASHRAFJIESNA 90.1_ C. Flexible Duct Connectors: 1. Clamps. Stainless-steel band with cadmium-plated hex screw to tighten band with a worm-gear action in sixes 3 through 18 inches, to suit duct size. 2_ Non-Clamp Connectors: Adhesive. 09053-00 233300-8 OW 2.14 DUCT ACCESSORY HARDWARE WW A. Instrument Test Holes: Cast iron or cast aluminum to suit duct material, including screw cap and gasket_ Size to allow insertion of pilot tube and other testing instruments and of length to suit duct-insulation thickness. B_ Adhesives. High strength, quick setting, neoprene based, waterproof, and resistant to gasoline and grease. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install duct accessories according to applicable details in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible" for metal ducts and in NAIMA AH116, "Fibrous Glass Duct Construction Standards,"for fibrous-glass ducts. B. Install duct accessories of materials suited to duct materials: use galvanized-steel accessories in galvanized-steel and fibrous-glass ducts, stainless-steel accessories in stainless-steel ducts, and aluminum accessories in aluminum ducts. C. Install backdraft dampers at inlet of exhaust fans or exhaust ducts as close as possible to exhaust fan unless otherwise indicated. D. Install volume dampers at points on supply, return, and exhaust systems where branches extend from larger ducts. Where dampers are installed in ducts having duct liner, install dampers with hat channels of same depth as liner, and terminate liner with nosing at hat channel. 1, Install steel volume dampers in steel ducts. E. Set dampers to fully open position before testing, adjusting,and balancing. F. Install test holes at fan inlels and outlets and elsewhere as indicated. R G. Install fire and smoke dampers according to UL listing. r H. Install duct access doors on sides of ducts to allow for inspecting, adjusting, and maintaining accessories and equipment at the following locations: 1. On both sides of duct coils. 2. Upstream and downstream from duct filters. 3. At outdoor-air intakes and mixed-air plenums. 4. At drain pans and seals. 5. Downstream from manual volume dampers, control dampers, backdraft dampers, and equipment_ 6. Adjacent to and close enough to fire or smoke dampers, to reset or reinstall fusible links. Access doors for access to fire or smoke dampers having fusible links shall be pressure relief access doors and shall be outward operation for access doors installed upstream from dampers and inward operation for access doors installed downstream from dampers. 7. At each change in direction and at maximum 50-fo©t spacing 8. Upstream and downstream from turning vanes. 9. Upstream or downstream from duct silencers. 10. Control devices requiring inspection. 11. Elsewhere as indicated. I Install access doors with swing against duct static pressure. f09053.00 23 33 00 -9 i J. Access Door Sizes- 1. One-Hand or Inspection Access: 8 by 5 inches. 2. Two-Hand Access. 12 by 6 inches. 3. Head and Hand Access. 18 by 10 inches. 4. Read and Shoulders Access. 21 by 14 inches 5. Body Access: 25 by 14 inches. 6. Body plies Ladder Access' 25 by 17 inches. K. Label access doors according to Section 23 05 53 "Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment"to indicate the purpose of access door. L. Install flexible connectors to connect ducts to equipment. M. For fans developing static pressures of 5-inch wg and more, cover flexibte connectors with loaded vinyl sheet'held in place with metal straps. N. Connect terminal units to supply ducts with maximum 12-inch lengths of flexible duct. Do not use flexible ducts to change directions. O. Connect diffusers or light troffer boots to ducts directly or with maximum 60-inch lengths of flexible duct clamped or strapped in place. P. Connect flexible ducts to metal ducts with adhesive. Q. Install duct test holes where required for testing and balancing purposes. R. Install thrust limits at centerline of thrust, symmetrical on bo".h sides of equipment. Attach thrust limits at centerline of thrust and adjust to a maximum of 1/4-inch movement during start and stop of fans. 3.2 FIELD QUALITY COWROL - A Tests and Inspections: 1. Operate dampers to verify full range of movement. 2. Inspect locations of access doors and verify that purpose of access door can be performed. 3. Operate fire, smoke, and combination fire and smoke dampers to verify full range of movement and verify that proper heat-response device is installed. 4. Inspect turning vanes`or proper and secure installation. - 5. Operate remote damper operators to verify full range of movement of operator and damper. END OF SECTION 23 33 66 09053-00 23 3300 - 10 SECTION 23 34 23 - HVAC POWER VENTILATORS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATE] DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section- 1-2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Centrifugal roof ventilators. 1,3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Project Altitude: Base fan-performance ratings on sea level. B. Operating Limits: Classify according to AMCA 99. r 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include rated capacities, operating characteristics,and furnished specialties and accessories. Also include the following_ 1. Certified fan performance curves with system operating conditions indicated, 2. Certified fan sound-power ratings. 3. Motor ratings and electrical characteristics,plus motor and electrical accessories, 4. Material thickness and finishes,including color charts. 5. Dampers, including housings, linkages, and operators 6. Roof curbs. B. Shop Drawings: Include pians,elevations,sections,details,and attachments to other work. 1. Detail equipment assemblies and indicate dimensions, weights, loads, recuired clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field connection. 7. Wiring Diagrams: For power,signal, and control wiring. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Coordination Drawings: Reflected ceiling plans and other details, drawn to scale, on which the following items are shown and coordinated with each other, using input from Installers of the items involved,- 1. nvolved:1. Roof framing and support members relative to duct penetrations. 2. Ceiling suspension assembly members. 3. Size and location of initial access modules for acoustical tile. 4. Ceiling-mounted items including light fixtures, diffusers, grilles, speakers, sprinklers, access panels, and special moldings. I� 09053-04 233423-1 H. Field quality-control reports. 1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data- For power ventilators to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. 1.7 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. 'Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Belts: One set{s}for each belt-driven unit. 1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. 3. AMCA Compliance: Fans shall have AMCA-Certified performance ratings and shall bear the AMCA-Certified Ratings Seal. C. UL Slandards: Power ventilators shall comply with UL 705. Power ventilators for use for restaurant kitchen exhaust shall also comply with UL 752, 1.9 COORDINATION A. Coordinate size and location of structural-steel support members. B. Coordinate sizes and locations of concrete bases with actual equipment provided. - C. Coordinate sizes and locations of roof curbs, equipment supports, and roof penetrations with actual equipment provided. F PART 2 -RROWCTS 2.1 CENTRIFUGAL ROOF VENTILATORS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the — following: 1. Acme Ennc- in 1)tifrictiJrlao CcTpgratics!1. 2. AerE]vent; a division of Twin City Fan Companies, Llcl, 3. Greenl}eO,I-an Gorr)o aticn. 4. Loren_Gook Cum; ar 5. ryenjiLiarrv_ B. Housing: Removable, spun-aluminum, dome top and outlet baffle, square, one-piece, aluminum base with venturi inlet cone. I Hinged SubbaseGalvanized-steel hinged arrangement permitting service and maintenance. 09053-00 23 34 23 -2 C. Fan Wheels; Aluminum hub and wheel with backward-inclined blades. D. Belt Drives: 1. Resiliently mounted to housing. 2. Fan Shaft: Turned,ground, and polished steel; keyed to wheel hub. 3. Shaft Bearings: Permanently lubricated, permanently seated,self-aligning ball bearings. 4_ Pulleys: Cast-iron, adjustable-pitch motor pulley. 5. Fan and motor isolated from exhaust airstream. E. Accessories: 1. Disconnect Switch: Nonfusible type, with thermal-overicad protection mounted inside fan housing, factory wired through an internal aluminum conduit. 2. Bird Screens Removable., 1/2-inch mesh,aluminum or brass wire. 3. Dampers. Counterbalanced, parallel-blade, backdraft dampers mounted in curb base; factory set to close when fan stops. +� F Roof Curbs_ Galvanized steel; mitered and welded corners; 1-112-inch-thick, rigid, fiberglass insulation adhered to inside walls; and 1-112-inch wood nailer. Size as required to suit roof opening and fan base. 1. Configuration: Self-flashing without a cant strip,with mounting flange 2. Overall Height: 16 inches. 3. Metal Liner, Galvanized steel. 2.2 MOTORS A. Comply with NEMA designation, temperature rating, service factor, enclosure type, and efficiency requirements for motors specified in Section 23 fly 13"Common Motor Requirements for HVAC Equipment." N y 1. Motor Sizes. Minimum size as indicated_ If not indicated, large enough so driven load will not require motor to operate in service factor range above 1.0. B. Enclosure Type: Totally enclosed,fan cooled. 2.3 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Certify sound-power level ratings according to AMCA 301, "Methods for Calculating Fan Sound Ratings from Laboratory Test 'Data-" Factory test fans according to AMCA 300, "Reverberant Room Method for Sound Testing of Fans." Label fans with the AMCA-Cerlifred Ratings Seal. B. Certify fan performance ratings, including flow rate, pressure, power, air density, speed of rotation, and efficiency by factory tests according to AMCA 210, "Laboratory Methods of Testing Fans for Aerodynamic Performance Rating" Label fans with the AMCA-Certified Ratings Seat. PART 3 -FiXECLITION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install power ventilators level and plumb. B_ Support units using elastomeric mounts having a static deflection of 1 inch. Vibration- and seismic-control devices are specified in Section 23 05 48 "Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC Piping and Equipment." 08053-00 233423-3 C. Secure roof-mounted fans to roof curbs with cadmium-plated hardware. See Section 07 72 04 "Roof Accessories"for installation of roof curbs. D. Install units with clearances for service and maintenance. E. Label units according to requirements specified In Section 23 05 53 "Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment." �+ 3.2 CONNECTIONS A. Drawings indicate general arrangement of ducts and duct accessories. Make final duct connections with flexible connectors. Flexible connectors are specified in Section 23 33 00"Air Duct Accessories." B. Install ducts adjacent to power ventilators to allow service and maintenance. C_ Ground equipment according to Section 26 05 26 "Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems_" D, Connect wiring according to Section 26 45 19 "Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Gables." 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A Perform tests and inspections. 1. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections,and to assist in testing. B. Tests and lnspecfions_ 1. Verity that shipping, blocking, and bracing are removed, 2. Verify that unit is secure on mountings and supporting devices and that connections to ducts and electrical components are complete. Verify that proper thermal-overload protection is installed in motors,starters,and disconnect switches. 3. Verify that cleaning and adjusting are complete. 4. Disconnect fan drive from motor, verify proper motor rotation direction, and verify fan wheel free rotation and smooth bearing operation. Reconnect fan drive system, align and adjust belts, and install belt guards. 5_ Adjust belt tension. 6. Adjust damper linkages for proper damper operation, 7. Verify lubrication for bearings and other moving parts. ., 8. Verify that manual and automatic volume control and fire and smoke dampers in connected ductwork systems are in fully open position. 9. Disable automatic temperalure-control operators, energize motor and adjust fan to indicated rpm,and measure and record motor voltage and amperage. +; 10, Shut unit down and reconnect automatic temperalure-control operators. 11. Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest as specified above. C. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. 0. Prepare test and inspection reports. 49053-00 233423 -4 3A ADJUSTING A. Adjust damper linkages for proper damper operation. B_ Adjust belt tension. C_ Comply with requirements in Section 23 05 93"Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC"for testing,adjusting, and balancing procedures. D. Replace fan and motor pulleys as required to achieve design airflow. E_ Lubricate bearings. END OF SECTION 23 34 23 09053-00 233423-5 rm SECTION 23 37 13 -DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, AND GRILLES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections,apply to this Section, 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes_ 1. Rectangular and square ceiling diffusers_ 2. Linear bar diffusers. 3. Linear slot diffusers. B. Related Sections: 1, Section 08 90 00 "Louvers and Vents" for fixed and adjustable louvers and wall vents, whether or not they are connected to ducts. 2. Section 23 33 00 "Air Duct Accessories"for fire and smoke dampers and volume-control +� dampers not integral to diffusers,registers, and grilles. r 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS f A. Product Data: For each type of producl indicated, include the following; 1. Data Sheet- Indicate materials of construction, finish, and mounting delails; and performance data including throw and drop, static-pressure drop,and noise ratings. 2. Diffuser, Register, and Grille Schedule, Indicate drawing designation, room location, quantity, model number,size,and accessories furnished. B. Samples for Initial Selection: For diffusers, registers, and grilles with factory-applied color finishes. C. Samples for Verification: For diffusers, registers, and grilles, in manufacturer's standard sizes to verify color selected. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Coordination Drawings: Reflected ceiling plans, drawn to scale, on which the following items are shown and coordinated with each other, using input from Installers of the items involved: 1. Ceiling suspension assembly members. 2. Method of attaching hangers to building structure. 3. Size and location of initial access modules for acoustical tile. 4. Ceiling-mounted items including lighting fixtures, diffusers, grilles, speakers, sprinklers, access panels,and special moldings. 5. Duct access panels. r13. Source quality-control reports 09053-00 2337 13 -1 PART 2-PRODUCTS 21 CEILING DIFFUSERS A. Rectangular and Square Ceiling Diffusers: 1. Basis-of-Design Product. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product indicated on Drawings or comparable product by one of the following: a. 'Hart& Cooley Inc. b} Krueger. C, METALAIRE. Inc. d. Nailor Industries Inc. e. Price Industries. f. Titus. g_ Tuttle & Bailey. 2. Devices shall be specifically designed for variable-air-volume flows. 3. Material: Aluminum. 4. Finish. Baked enamel,color selected by Architect. 5, Face Size: As indicated on drawings. ti. Face Style: Four cone. 7. Mounting: Surface or T-tray. & Pattern. Adjustable. 9. dampers, As indicated on drawings. 10. Accessories.- a. ccessories:a. Equalizing grid. b- Plaster ring. �. 2.2 CEILING LINEAR SLOT OUTLETS A_ Linear Bar Diffuser 1. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product indicated on Drawings or comparable product by one of the following= a. Hart&Goole Inc. b. Krueger. C. METALAIRE Inc. d_ Nailor Industries Inc. e. Price Industries. f. Titus. g. Tuttle& Baile 2. Devices shall be specifically designed for variable-air-volume flows. 3. Material: Aluminum. 4. Finish: Baked enamel,color selected by Architect. 5. Pencil-Proof Core Spacing Arrangement: As indicated on drawings_ t3. Frame: 1 inch wide. 7. Mounting: Concealed bracket. •. 8. Damper Type: As indicated on drawings. B. Linear Slot Diffuser 1. Basis-of-Desitin Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product indicated on Drawings or comparable product by one of the following: 09053-00 233713-2 r a. Hart&Cooley Inc. b. Krueger. c. METALAIRE. Inc. d. Nailor Industries Inc. e. Price Industries, f. Titus. �. g, Tuttle&Bailey. 2. Devices shall be specifically designed for variable-air-volume Flows. 3. Material-Shell: Aluminum, insulated. r•s 4_ Material-Pattern Controller and Tees: Aluminum. 5, Finish. trace and Shell: Baked enamel,black. 6. Finish- Pattern Controller. Baked enamel, black. 7_ Finish-Tees: Baked enamel,color selected by Architect. 6_ Slot Width: As indicated on drawings. 9, Number of Slots: As indicated on drawings. 10. Length: As indicated on drawings. 2-3 REGISTERS AND GRILLES A. Adjustable Bar Register<Insert drawing designations: 1. Basis-of-Design Product_ Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product indicated on Drawings or comparable product by one of the following.- a. ollowing:a. Hart&Cooley Inc. b. Krue er. C, METALAIRE, Inc. d. Nailor industries Inc. e. Price Industries. f. Titus_ g. Tuttle&Bailey. si 2. Material: Aluminum. 1 Finish_ Baked enamel,color selected by Architect. 4, Face Blade Arrangement: Hodzontat spaced 112 inch apart 5. Core Construction, Integral. 6. Rear-Blade Arrangement, Vertical spaced 112 inch apart. 7. Frame; 1 inch wide. a_ Mounting_ Concealed. 9_ Damper Type:As indicated on drawings. 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Verification of Performance: Rate diffusers, registers, and grilles according to ASHRAE 70, "Method of Testing for Rating the Performance of Air Outlets and Inlets." PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 EX"INATION A. Examine areas where diffusers, registers, and grilles are to be installed for compliance with requirements for insWiation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of equipment. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 09453-00 23 37 13-3 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install diffusers,registers,and grilles level and plumb. B. Ceiling-Mounted Outlets and inlets; Drawings indicate general arrangement of ducts, fiigings, and accessories. Air outlet and inlet locations have been indicated to achieve design requirements for air volume,noise criteria,airflow pattern, throw, and pressure drop. Make final locations where indicated, as much as practical. For units installed in lay-in ceiling panels, locate units in the center of panel. Where architectural features or other items conflict with installation, notify Architect for a determination of final location. C. Install diffusers, registers, and grilles with airtight connections to ducts and to allow service and maintenance of dampers, air extractors,and fire dampers. 3.3 ADJUSTING A. After installation, adjust diffusers, registers, and grilles to air patterns indicated, or as directed, before starting air balancing. END OF SECTION 23 37 33 09053-00 23 37 13 -4 SECTION 23 81 00- HVAC EQUIPMENT PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A- Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section- 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes VRV air-conditioning and heat-pump units consisting of separate evaporator- fan and compressor-condenser components- 8 Section includes DX air-conditioning and heat-pump units consisting of separate evaporator-fan and corn pressor condenser components. C- Section includes self-contained DX Rooftop outside air unit with gas heat. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Far each type of product indicated- Include rated capacities, operating characteristics, and furnished specialties and accessories, Include performance data in terms of capacities, outlet velocities, static pressures, sound power characteristics, motor requirements, and electrical characteristics- B. LEER Submittals: 1- Product Data for Credit EA 4: Documentation indicating that equipment and refrigerants comply- C. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. 1- Detail equipment assemblies and indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field connection. 2. Wiring Diagrams: For power, signal, and control wiring. D- Samples for Initial Selection,- For units with factory-applied color finishes. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Field quality-control reports- 6. Warranty: Sample of special warranty 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A Operation and Maintenance Data. For all HVAC air-conditioning units to include in emergency, operalon, and maintenance rnanuals 09053-00 23 81 00-1 1.6 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective _ covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 3 Filters: One spare set(s)for each air-handling unit. 2. Gaskets: One spare set(s) for each access door. 3 Fan Belts: One spare set(s) for each air-handling unit fan where belt is applicable. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE" A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for Intended location and application. B. ASHRAE Compliance: 1 Fabricate and label refrigeration system to comply with ASHRAE 15, "Safety Standard for _ Refrigeration Systems." 2 ASHRAE Compliance. Applicable requirements in ASHRAE 62.1, Section 4 - "Outdoor Air Quality," Section 5 - "Systems and Equlpment," Section 6 - " Procedures," and Section 7 -"Construction and System Start-up." C. ASHRAEIIESNA Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1. 1.8 COORDINATION A, Coordinate sizes and locations of concrete bases with actual equipment provided. Gast anchor- bolt inserts into 'bases. Concrete, reinforcement, and formwork are specified in Section 03 30 00"Cast-in-Place Concrete." B. Coordinate sizes and locations of roof curbs, equipment supports, and roof penetrations with actual equipment provided. 1.9 WARRANTY A Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of split-system air-conditioning units [hat fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: a. For Compressor: Seven years from date of Substantial Completion_ b. For Parts: One year from date of Substantial Completion. C. For Labor: One year from bate of Substantial Completion. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 DX ROOFTOP OUTSIDE AIR UNIT 09053-00 2381 00-2 A. Packaged rooftop outside air unit including compressors,evaporator coils,filters, supply btowers, dampers,condenser coils,condenser fans, gas heaters,and unit controls. B. Construction: 1. All cabinet walls,access doors and roof shall be fabricated of rigid,impact re- sistant,double wail,high performance composite panels with G90 galvanized steel on both sides and a closed cell polyurethane foam interior core. 2. Foam shall have a minimum density of 2 poundslcubic foot and shall be tested in accordance with ASTM D-1929 for a minimum flash ignition temperature of W 610°F. 3. Panel deflection shall not exceed 1_1240 ratio at 125%of design static pressure, maximum 8 inches of positive or negative static pressure.Deflection shall be measured at the midpoint of the panel height and width. W 4. Cabinet leakage rate shall not exceed 1%when tested at 6 inches of static pres- sure. 5. Insulation shall have an R-value of 13. 6. All cabinet'walls, access doors and roof shall have a thermal break with no metal path to inside to outside. 7. Units with cooling coils shall include double sloped 304 stainless sleet drain pans and a factory provided p-trap, for field installation. 8. Roof of the air lunnel shall be sloped to provide complete drainage. 9. Unit shall have rain break overhangs above access doors. 10. Exterior paint finish shall be capable of withstanding at least 2500 hours,with no visible corrosive effects,when tested in a salt spray and fog atmosphere in ac- cordance ecordance with ASTM B 117-95 test procedure. 11, Access to filters,dampers,cooling coils,controls, corepressors, and heaters shall be through hinged access doors with quarter turn,zinc cast,lockable handles. Full length stainless steel piano hinges shall be included on the doors. 12. All openings through the base pan of the unit shall have upturned flanges of at least 0.5 inches in height around the opening through the base pan. 13. Unit shall include lifting lugs on the top of the unit. 14. Options: a) Unit shall include factory installed, painted galvanized steel condenser coil guards on the face of the condenser coil. C. Supply Fan: 1. Unit shall include direct drive,unhoused, backward curved, plenum supply blower. 2. Blower and motor shall be dynamically balanced and mounted on rubber isolators. 3. Motor shall be premium efficiency ODP with ball bearings rated for 200,000 hours service with external lubrication points, D. Electrical: 1. Options: a) Unit shall be provided with factory installed and factory wired, non-fused �., disconnect switch in the unit control panel. b) Unit shall be provided with factory installed and factory wired 115V, 13 amp GFI outlet with outlet disconnect switch in the unit control panel. E. Cooling Coils: 1. Evaporator Col a) Coils shall be designed for use with R-41 OA refrigerant and constructed of copper tubes with aluminum fins mechanically bonded to the tubes and galvanized steel end casings. Fin design shall be sine wave rippled. b) Coils shall have interlaced circuitry and shall be standard(5 row high) capacity. C) Coils shall be helium leak tested. d) Coil shall be furnished with a factory installed thermostatic expansion valve. F Refrigeration System 09053-00 2381 00 -3 1, Unit shall be factory charged with R41 DA refrigerant. 2. Compressors shall be scroll type with thermal overload protection, independently circuited, and carry a 5 year non-prorated warranty_ 3. Compressors shall be mounted in an isolated service compartment which can be accessed without affecting unit operation. Lockable hinged compressor access doors shall be fabricated of double wall,high performance composite panels with .. an R-value of 13 to prevent the transmission of noise outside the cabinet. 4. Corepressors shall be isolated from the base pan with the compressor manufac- turer's recommended rubber vibration isolators, to reduce any transmission of noise from the compressor into the building area. 5. Each refrigeration circuit shall he equipped with thermostatic expansion valve type refrigerant flow control. 6. Each refrigeration circuit shall be equipped with automatic reset low pressure and manual reset high pressure refrigerant safety controls,Schrader type service fit- tings on both the high pressure and low pressure sides, and factory installed liq- uid line filter driers. 7. Compressors shall include capacity control. a- Options: a) Each refrigeration circuit shall be equipped with a liquid line sight glass. b) Each refrigeration circuit shall be equipped with suction and discharge compressor isolation valves. C) Each capacity stage shall be equipped with a 5 minute off, delay timer to ^ prevent compressor short cycling. d) Each capacity stage shall be equipped with an adjustable, 20 second de- lay timer to prevent multiple capacity stages from starting all at once. e) All refrigeration circuits shall be provided with factory installed hot gas !' bypass for coil freeze protection and to prevent excessive compressor cycling- f) Lead refrigeration circuit shall be equipped with flooded condenser low A ambient head pressure control to allow operation down to©'F. Option in- cludes on/off condenser fan cycling and adjustable compressor lockout- G. Condenser A 1 Air-Cooled Condenser a) Condenser fans snail be vertical discharge axial flow direct drive fans. b) Coils shall be designed for use with R-410A refrigerant and constructed of copper tubes with aluminum fins mechanically bonded to the tubes and galvanized steel end casings. Fin design shall be sine wave rippled C) Coils shall be designed fbr a minimum of 10 degrees of refrigerant sub- cooling. .• d) Coils shall be helium leak tested. H. Gas Heating: R 1. Unit shall include a natural gas furnace. 2. Aluminized steel heat exchanger furnaces shall carry a 15 year non-prorated warranty and stainless steel heat exchanger furnaces shall carry a 25 year non- prorated warranty_ 3. Gas furnace shall consist of aluminized steel heat exchangers with multiple con- cavities, an induced draft blower,and an electronic pressure switch to lockout the gas valve until the combustion chamber is purged and combustion airflow is es- tablished. " 4 Furnace shall include a gas ignition system consisting of an electronic igniter to a pilot system,which will be continuous when the heater is operating, but will shut off the pilot when heating is not required. 5- Unit shall have gas supply piping entrances in the unit base for through-ihe-curb gas piping and in the outside cabinet wail for across the roof gas piping. 6. Options: 09053.00 2361 00-4 P a) Natural gas furnace shall be equipped with modulating gas valves, ad- justable speed combustion blowers,stainless steel tubular heat ex- changers,and electronic controller.Combustion blowers and gas valve shall be capable of modulation. Electronic controller includes a factory wired,field installed supply air temperature sensor. Sensor shall be field installed in the supply air ductwork. Supply air temperature setpcint shall be adjustable on the electronic controller within the controls compart- ment. Filters: 1. Unit shall include 2 inch thick, pleated panel filters with an ASHRAE efficiency of 30%and MERV rating of 13,upstream of the cooling coil. K. Controls: 1_ Standard terminal block: Provide the unit with a terminal block for field installa- tion of controls. L. Smoke Detector: 1. Provide the unit with a terminal block for field installation of a smoke detector which shuts off the unit's control circuit. li D, Roof Curbs: 1. Curbs shall be fully gasketed between the curb top and unit bottom with the curb providing full perimeter support,cross structure support and air seal for the unit. + Curb gasket shall be furnished within the control compartment of the rooftop unit to be mounted on the curb immediately before mounting of the rooftop unit 2. Knockdown curbs(with duct support rails) shall be factory furnished for field as- sembly. 3. Solid bottom curb shall be factory assembled and fully lined with 1 inch neoprene coated fiberglass insulation and include a wood nailer strip. (Curb shall be ad- justable up to 314 inch per foot to allow for sloped roof applications.) r P. Manufacturer: t 1. Manufacturers: Subject to strict compliance with the requirements of this specifi- cation, provide products by one of the following: a. AAON, Inc. b. Thybar c. Owner Approved Equivalent. 2.2 VARIABLE REFRIGERANT VOLUME AIR CONDiTIONING UMTS A. Outdoor Unit: The outdoor unit is designed specifically for use with the Variable Refrig- erant Volume series components. 1. The outdoor unit shall be factory assembled and pre-wired with all necessary electronic and refrigerant controls. The refrigeration circuit of the condensing unit shall consist of scroll compressors,motors,fans,condenser coil, electronic ex- pansion valves, solenoid valves,4-way valve,distribution treaders, capillaries, fil- ters, shut off valves, oil spearators,service ports and refrigerant regulator. High/low pressure gas line, liquid and suction lines must be individually insulated between the outdoor and indoor units. Provide unit using R-41 OA for refrigera- tion circuit. 2. The outdoor unit can be wired and piped with outdoor unit access from the left, right, rear or bottom. 09053-00 2381 00-5 I The connection ration of indoor units to outdoor unit shall be permilled up to 200%_ 4. Each outdoor system shall be able to support the connection of up to 41 indoor units dependant on the model of the outdoor unit. 5. The sound pressure level standard shall be that value as listed in the Daikin en_ .� gineering manual for the specified models at 3 feet from the unit. The outdoor unit shall be capable of operating automatically at further reduced noise during night time_ 6. The system will automatically restart operation after a power failure and will not cause any settings to be lost,thus eliminating the need for reprogramming. 7. The unlit shall incorporate an auto-charging feature and a refrigerant charge �- check function. B. The outdoor unit shall be modular in design and should allow for side-by-side in- stallation with minimum spacing. 9. The following safety devices shall be included on the condensing unit: high pres- sure switch, control circuit fuses,crankcase heaters,fusible plug, high pressure switch, overload relay,inverter overload protector,thermal protectors for com- pressor and fan motors, over current protection for the inverted and anti-recycling timers. 10. To ensure the liquid refrigerant dues not flash when supplying to the various fan ' coil units,the circuit shall be provided with a sub-cooling feature. 11. Oil recovery cycle shall be automatic occurring 2 hours after start of operation and then every 8 hours of operation. 12. The outdoor unit shall be capable of heating operation at 0 degrees F dry bulb ambient temperature without additional low ambient controls_ 13. The system shall continue to provide heat to the indoor units in heating operation while in the defrost mode. B. Unit Cabinet: 1- The outdoor unit shall be completely weatherproof and corrosion resistant. The unit shall be constructed from rust-proofed mild steel panels coated with a baked enamel finish. C. Fan' 1. The condensing unit shall consist of one or more propeller type,direct drive steel fan motors that have multiple speed operation. 2. The condensing unit fan motor shall have multiple speed operation and be of high external static pressure and shall be factory set as standard at 0.12 in W.G. Afield setting switch to a maximum 0.32 in. W-G.pressure is available to ac- commodate field applied duct for indoor mounting of condensing units. 3. The fan shall be a vertical discharge configuration. 4. Nominal sound pressure levels shall range from 58dB(A)to 63dB(A). 5, The fan motor shall have inherent protection and permanently lubricated bear- ings and be mounted. 49453-40 23 81 00 -6 6_ The fan motor shall be provided with a fan guard to prevent contact with moving parts. Pb 7, Night setback control of the fan motor for low noise operation by way of automat- ically limiting the maximum speed shall be a standard feature. Operational sound level shall be selectable from 3 steps. D. Condenser Coil; i The condenser coil shall be manufactured from copper tubes and expanded into aluminum fins to form a mechanical bond. 2. The heat exchanger coil shall be of a waffle louver fin and rifled bore tube design to ensure high efficiency performance. 3. The heat exchanger on the condensing units shall be manufactured from Hl_X seamless copper tube with N-shape internal grooves mechanically bonded on to aluminum fins to an a-Pass Design. 4, The fins are to be covered with an anti-corrosion acrylic resin and hydrophilic film type Ell. 5. The pipe plates shall be treated with powdered polyester resin for corrosion pre- vention. The thickness of the coating must be between 2.0 and 3.0 microns. E Compressor: 1. The scroll compressor shall be variable speed controlled which is capable of changing speed to follow the variations in total cooling and heating load as de- termined by the suction gas pressure as measured in the condensing unit. In addition,samplings of evaporator and condenser temperatures shall be made so that the hightlow pressures detected are read every 20 seconds and calculated. With each reading,the compressor capacity shall be controlled to Pliminate devi- ation from target value. 2, The inverter driven compressor in each condensing unit shall be of highly effi- cient reluctance,hermetically sealed scroll"G-type.' ~ 3. Neodymium magnets shall be adopted in the rotor construction to yield a higher torque and efficiency in the compressor instead of the normal ferrite magnet type_ At complete stop of the compressor,the neodymium magnets will position the ro- tor into optimum position for a low torque start. 4_ The capacity control range shall be as low as 6%to 100°,10. r., 5. Each non-inverter compressor shall also be of the hermetically sealed scroll type. 6. Each compressor shall be equipped with a crankcase heater, high pressure safe- ty switch, and internal thermal overload protector. 7. ail separators shall be spring mounted to avoid the transmission of vibration. 13. The compressor shall be spring mounted to avoid the transmission of vibration. 9 In the event of compressor failure the remaining compressors shall continue to operate and provide heating or cooling as required at a proportionally reduced capacity. The microprocessor and associated controls shall be designed to spe- cifically address this condition- 09053-00 23 51 00 - 7 10. In case of multiple condenser modules,conjoined operation hours of the com- pressors shall be balanced by means of a duty cycling function,ensuring se- quentlal starting of each module at each start/stop cycle, completion of oil return, completion of defrost or every 5 hours. F. Electrical: 1. The power supply to the outdoor unit shall be 208.230, 3 phase,80 Hz +1- 10%fl 2. The control voltage between the indoor and outdoor unit shall be 16VDC non- shielded,stranded 2 conductor cable, 3. The control wiring shalt be a two-wire muttipiex transmission system, making it possible to connect multiple indoor units to one outdoor unit with on 2-cable wire, thus simplifying the wiring operation. 4. The control wiring lengths shall be 15 AWG, 2 wire,non-polarity, non-shielded, stranded 5 Lengths per manufacturer's recommendation. G. Provide units manufactured by Daikin, Mitsubishi, LG, or Owner Approved _ Equivalent. 2.3 BRANCH SELECTOR BOX A. Provide Branch Selector Box designed specifically to be used with a variable refrigerans volume heat recovery system. _ 1, The branch selector boxes shall be factory assembled, wired, and piped, 2. Provide factory run tested branch controllers- 3. These selector boxes must be mounted indoors- 4- When simultaneously heating and cooling, the units in beating mode shall ener- gize their subcooling solenoid valve. 5. The number of connectable indoor units shall be in accordance with manufactur- er's recommendations. 8. Unit Cabinet 1. Provide units with galvanized steel plate casing- 2- Each cabinet shall house multiple refrigeration control valves and a liquid gas separa- tor. 3. The cabinet shall contain a tube in tube heat exchanger. 4. The unit shall have sound absorption thermal insulation material made of flame acrd heat resistant foamed polyethylene. 5. Nominal sound pressure levels shall range from 32-43 dB(A) C. refrigerant Valves' 09053-00 23 81 00 -8 1. The unit shall be furnished with electronic expansion valves to control the direction of refrigerant flow. P0 2_ The refrigerant connections must be of the braze type. 3. Each circuit shall have at least one branch selector box. 4. Multiple circuits may be connected to a branch selector box within the ca- pacity range of the branch selector box. q D Drainage: 1. The unit shall not require any condensate drainage connection. .. E Electrical: 1. The unit electrical power shall be 2081230 volts, 1 phase,60 Hz. is 2. The unit shall be capable of operation within the limits of 187 volts to 255 volts. 3, The minimum circuit amps (MDA) shall be 0.1 and the maximum fuse amps (MFA)shall be 15. 4. The control voltage between the indoor and outdoor unit shall be 16VDC non-shielded 2 conductor cable. F Provide units manufactured by Daikin, Mitsubishi, LG, or Owner Approved Equivalent.. w 2-4 DX INDOOR UNITS(5 TONS OR LESS-NON VRV) A. Wall-Mounted, Evaporator-'Fan Components: 1, Cabinet: Enameled steel with removable panels on front and ends in color selected by Architect, and discharge drain pans with drain connection. 2. Refrigerant Coil. Copper tube, with mechanically bonded aluminum fins and thermal- expansion valve. Comply with ARI 2101240. 3. Electric Coif Helical, nickel-chrome, resistance-wire heating elements; with refractory ceramic support bushings, automatic-reset thermal cutout, built-in magnetic contactors, ., manual-reset thermal cutout, airflow proving device, and one-time fuses in terminal box for cvercurrent protection. 4. Fan: Direct drive, centrifugal. 5_ Fan Motors: a. Comply with NEMA designation,temperature rating, service factor, enclosure type, and efficiency requirements specified in Section 23 05 13 "Common Motor Requirements for HVAC Equipment." " b. Multitapped, multispeed with internal thermal protection and permanent tubrlcation. c Enclosure Type: Totally enclosed,fan cooled. d. NEMA Premium (TM)efficient motors as defined in NEMA MG 1. e. Controllers, Electrical Devices,and Wiring: Comply with requirements for electrical devices and connections specified in electrical Sections. I. Mount unit-mounted disconnect switches on interior of unit. 6. Airstream Surfaces: Surfaces in contact with the airstream shall comply with requirements in ASHRAE 62.1. 7 Condensate Drain Pans- 09063-00 2381 00 -9 a. Fabricated with one percent slope in at least two planes to collect condensate from cooling coils(including coil piping connections,coil headers, and return bends)and humidifiers,and to direct water toward drain connection_ 1) Length: Extend drain pan downstream from leaving face to comply with ASHRAE 52.1. 2) Depth: A minimum of 1 inch deep. b. Single-wall,galvanized steel sheet. c. Drain Connection: Located at lowest point of pan and sized to prevent overflow. Terminate with threaded nipple on one end of pan. 1) Minimum Connection Size: NPS 1. d. Pan-Top Surface Coating; Asphaltic waterproofing compound. 8- Air Filtration Section: a. General Requirements for Air Filtration Section: 1) Comply with NFPA 90A. 2) Minimum Arrestance: According to ASHRAE 52.1 and M'ERV according to .. ASHRAE 52.2. 3) Filter-Holding Frames: Arranged for flat or angular orientation, with access doors on both sides of unit, Filters shall be removable from one side or lifted out from access plenum. ,% 2.6 DX OUTDOOR UNITS(5 TONS OR LESS-NON VRV) A. Air-Cooled,Compressor-Condenser Components: 1. Casing. Steel,finished with baked enamel in color selected by Architect, with removable panels for access to controls, weep holes for water drainage, and mounting holes in base. Provide brass service valves, fittings,and gage ports on exterior of casing. 2. Compressor: Hermetically sealed with crankcase heater and mounted on vibration isolation device. Compressor motor shall have thermal- and current-sensitive overload devices,start capacitor,relay, and contactor. a. Compressor Type: Scroll. b. Two-speed compressor motor with manual-reset high-pressure switch and automatic-reset low-pressure switch. C_ Refrigerant Charge: R-41 OA. d. Refrigerant Coil.- Copper tube, with mechanically bonded aluminum fins and liquid subcooler. Comply with ARI 2101240. 3. Heat-Pump Components: Reversing valve and low-temperature-air cutoff thermostat. 4. Fan: Aluminum-propeller type,directly connected to motor- 5, Motor: Permanently lubricated,with integral thermal-overload protection, „y 6_ Law Ambient Kit: Permits operation down to 45 deg F. 7, Mounting Base: Polyethylene, 2.6 ACCESSORIES A, Control equipment and sequence of operation are specified in Section 23 09 00 "Instrumentation and Control for HVAC" and Section 23 09 93 "Sequence and Operations for ' HVAC Controls." 8. Thermostat: Low voltage with subbase to control compressor and evaporator fan. 09053-00 2381 00- 10 too C. Thermostat: Wireless infrared functioning to remotely control compressor and evaporator fan, with the following features: .. 1. Compressor time delay_ 2. 24-hour time control of system stop and start. 3. Liquid-crystal display indicating temperature, set-point temperature, time sEtting, !„ operating mode,and fan speed. 4. Fan-speed selection including auto setting. D. Automatic-reset timer to prevent rapid cycling of compressor. A E, Refrigerant Line Kits: Soft-annealed copper suction and liquid lines factory cleaned, dried, pressurized,and sealed; factory-insulated suction line with flared fiftings at both ends. W F_ Drain Hose.- For condensate. G_ Additional Monitoring: 1. Monitor constant and variable motor loads. 2. Monitor variable-frequency-drive operation. 3. Monitor economizer cycle. 4. Monitor cooling load. 5. Monitor air distribution static pressure and ventilation air volumes. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A_ Install units level and plumb. B. Install evaporator-fan components using Tnanufacturer's standard mounting deices securely - fastened to building structure. C. Install ground-mounted, compressor-condenser components on 4-inch-thick, reinforced concrete base that is 4 inches larger, on each side, than unit. Concrete, reinforcement, and formwork are specified in Section 03 30 00 "Cast-in-Place Concrete." Coordinate anchor installation with concrete base. D. Install ground-mounted,compressor-condenser components on polyethylene mounting base. E. Install roof-mounted, compressor-condenser components on equipment supports specified in Section 47 72 00"Roof Accessories."Anchor units to supports with removable,cadmium-plated fasteners. F. Install seismic restraints. G. Install compressor-condenser components on restrained, spring isolators with a minimum static deflection of 1 inch. See Section 23 05 49"Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC Piping and Equipment." H. Install and connect precharged refrigerant tubing to component's quick-connect fittings. Install tubing to allow access to unit. 3.2 CONNECTIONS A. Piping installation requirements are specified in other Sections, [Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties 09053-00 2381 00 -11 OR 1. Water Coil Connections- Comply with requirements specified in Section 23 21 13 "Hydropic Piping." Connect hydropic piping to supply and return coil connections with shutoff-duty valve and union or flange on the supply connection and with throttling-duty valve and union}or flange on the return connection. .■ 2. Remote, Water-Cooled Condenser Connections: Comply with requirements specified in Section 23 21 13 "Hydronic Piping." Connect hydropic piping to supply and return connections with shutoff-duty valve and union or flange on the supply connection and with throttling-duty valve and union or flange on the return connection. B. Where piping is installed adjacent to unit, allow space for service and maintenance of unit. C. Duct Connections: Duct installation requirements are specified in Section 23 31 13 "Metal Ducts_" Drawings indicate the general arrangement of ducts. Connect supply and return ducts to air-conditioning units with flexible duct connectors. Flexible duct connectors are specified in Section 23 33 00"Air Duct Accessories." � 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect, test, and adjust components, assemblies,and equipment installations, including connections. B.. Perform tests and inspections. 1. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect components,assemblies,and equipment installations, including connections, and to assist in testing. C. Pests and Inspections; 1. Leak Test: After installation, charge system and test for leaks. Repair leaks and retest until no leaks exist. 2. Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm proper motor rotation and unit operation. 3. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. D, Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest as specified above. E. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.4 STARTUP SERVICE A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to perform startup service. 1. Complete installation and startup checks according to manufacturer's written instructions. 3.5 DEMONSTRATION A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain units. END OF SECTION 23 81 26 09063-DQ 23 81 00-12 SECTION 23 82 39— UNIT HEATERS PART 1 -GENERAL 11 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 1,2 SUMMARY A. Section includes electrical unit heaters with propeller fans and electric-resistance: heating soils. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Include rated capacities, operating characteristics, f'timished specialties, and accessories for each product indicated. B. LEER Submittals.- 1. ubmittals:1. Product Data for Prerequisite IEQ 1: Documentation indicating that units comply with ASH RAE 62.1, Section 5-"Systems and Equipment." C. Shop Drawings: Detail equipment assemblies and indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field connection. 1. Plans,elevations, sections, and details. . 2. Location and size of each field connection. 1 Details of anchorages and attachments to structure and to supported equipment. 4. Equipment schedules to include rated capacities, operating characteristics, furnished specialties,and accessories. 5_ Location and arrangement of integrat controls. 6. Wiring Diagrams: Power,signal,and control wiring. f D. Samples for Initial Selection: For units with factory-applied color finishes. 1A INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Coordination 'Drawings. Floor plans, reflected ceiling plans, and other details, drawn to scale, on which the following items are shown and coordinated with each other, based on inpul from installers of the items involved: 1, Suspended ceiling components. 2. Structural members to which unit heaters will be attached, 1 Method of attaching hangers to building structure. 4. Size and location of initial access modules for acoustical tile. 5. Items penetrating finished ceiling,including the following: a. Lighting fixtures. b. Air outlets and inlets. C. Speakers. d. Sprinklers. 1 09053-00 238239 -1 e. Access panels. 6. Perimeter moldings for exposed or partially exposed cabinets. B, Field quality-control test reports. 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For electrical unit heaters to include in emergency, operation,and maintenance manuals. 1.5 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Unit Healer Filters-- Furnish one spare filler(s)for each filter installed. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A_ Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories.- Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use_ B. ASHRAE Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE 62A, Section 5 - "Systems and Equipment"and Section 7-"Construction and Startup." C. ASHRAEfIESNA 90.1 Compliance. Applicable requirements in ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1, Section 6 "Heating,Ventilating, and Air-Conditioning." PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 UNIT HEATERS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,but are not limited to,the following: i_ Berko Electric Heating;a division of Marley Engineered Products. 2. Chromalox, Inc.;a division of Emerson Electric Company. 3. Reznor. 4. Markel Products;a division of TPI Corporation. 5. Marley Electric Heating;a division of Marley Engineered Products. 5. Ouellet Canada Inc. 7. QMark Electric Heating; a division of Marley Engineered Products, S. Trane. B. Description: An assembly including chassis, electric healing coil, fan, motor, and controls. Comply with UL 2021. Cr Cabinet_ 1, Front Panel: Stamped-steel louver with removable panels fastened with tamperproof fasteners. 09053-00 23 82 319 -2 IN FW 2. Finish: Baked enamel over batted-on primer with manufacturer's custom color selected by Architect, applied to factory-assembled and -tested wall and ceiling heaters before shipping. ` 3. Airstream Surfaces: Surfaces in contact with the airstream shall comply with requirements in ASHRAE 52.1. D. Surface-Mounting Cabinet Enclosure; Steel with finish to match cabinet. E. Fan: Aluminum propeller directly connected to motor_ 1. Motor: Permanently lubricated. Comply with requirements in Section 230513 "Common Motor Requirements for HVAC Equipment." F_ Controls: Unit-mounted thermostat. Low voltage relay with transformer kit. G. Electrical Connection: Factory wire'motors and controls for a single field connection with disconnect switch. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas to receive unit heaters for compliance with requirements For installation p tolerances and other conditions affecting performance. B. Examine roughing-in for piping and electrical connections to verify actual locations before unit heater installation. C_ Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install cabinet unit heaters to comply with NFPA 90A. B. Install propeller unit heaters level and plumb. C_ Suspend unit heaters from structure with ail-thread hanger rods and spring hangers. Hanger rods and attachments to structure are specified in Section 230529 "Hangers and Supports for r HVAC Piping and Equipment."Vibration hangers are specified in Section 230548 "Vibration and + Seismic Controls for HVAC Piping and Equipment." 3.3 CONNECTIONS A. Comply with safety requirements in UL 1995. r B Ground equipment according to Section 260526 "Grounding and Sonding for Electrical Systems." r C. Connect wiring according to Section 260519 "Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables." 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform the following field tests and inspections and prepare test reports: r+ 09053-00 238239 -3 1. Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm proper motor rotation and unit operation. 2. Operate electric treating elements through each stage to verify proper operation and electrical connections, 3. Test and adjust controts and safety devices. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. B. Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest as specified above. 3.5 ADJUSTING A. Adjust initial temperature set points as indicated on drawings. 3.6 STARTUP SERVICE A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to perform startup service 1. Complete installation and startup checks according to manufacturer's written instructions 3.7 DEMONSTRATION A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust,operate,and maintain units. END OF SECTION 23 81 25 09053-00 2382 39-4 FORTWORTH,..', CITY OF FORT WORTH TRANSPORTATION AND PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT ADDENDUM NO, 2 GENERAL AVIATION TERMINAL BUILDING AT MEACHAM INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Request for Proposals Sub mi:tal Date: September 25, 2014 (NO CHANGE) The Request for Proposals for the above project is hereby revised and amended as follows: 1. Pre-Proposal Attendees List, 8 pages, is attached 2. The following general contractor has informed our office that they plan to submit a proposal a, ImperiatConstruction, Maroc Tucker, (817)341-8886, mtuckergimperial onstruction.ccm Acknowledge the receipt of this Addendum No. 2 on your Pro posa DOUGLAS W. WIERSIG. PE 4 DIRECTOR, TRANSPORTATION & PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT By. Dalton Murayama,AIA Architectural Services Manager 817-392-8088, FAX 817-392-8488 " RELEASE DATE: September 10,2014 Addendum Nn,2 Page 1 01 1 General Avialian Terminal Building at Meacham Inlematiarlal Airport September 14,2714 1 � Y LL. + L � V „v . � m aCL �.o LL r +°' ck CL v u L C lB `y C r CL x IL IM t' m0) .� m m r.] CL 0 A, C Ll- r (n 5 Uot� LL 1\411 VVV ttt s Am d , • $ , } ►-' � � zaQ ll� Ir 04 9-L L l NP Lil tip., •° COL a AD i� z a "' to u� o Q4 1° r r ` ntv ,r Va t j La Mw 41 �p q NA ul OL C9 JEJ � � S Vp y J J v' x a Cv u ' � � ti z —c x KD ►� tj J dft80 Q a D 9 4i.1 f �K. rn r ` - [t CL yi r _ 2 c \jA C to Q v a o N C LL 0 rx ca ra lz �-- _ U H �� r ul LL m _ 114 o �. � Q Q o J QLL d0� aS " V ,� fie ' f , (�] ` i`n H+ e]o h LU CL w -N mtQ 0 � a U z � a � ro CL cc z Ks "LL m ID ro 17, 6 U L a w ' 7 _ cl lu y �,_.� ,, � [fig' s..J �!► y --C� Do LFIP N LINx ally LL -° © ; •-_�t.— Kf V7 lzs C LAI V � r A t x , r Y LL po v C e Al t -2L g Qj mcd 6 -4 4 a: ui Z CL .� 0 4 1`� icr U i a C � � VZ, n V` r Y - y -:t oo L � ` L l� Z — � a 1 � _ � _ � �, Y •t„r. + AR7 � x } � � ` g� y ry �, l �\ � p� ` 4 ` � .` '` _; .. ' s � .� .s _• 5 • '1, r - r �� ,� .>� .�� �� " y: F - !(`+.� V _ � •` �: ti ;: �; f - _'� '; - ■► a f- "�U �, V FORT WORTH. CITY OF FORT WORTH TRANSPORTATION AND PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT ADDENDUM NO. 3 GENERAL AVIATION TERMINAL BUILDING AT MEACHAM INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Request for Proposals Submittal Dake: September 25, 2414 (NO CHANGE) The Request for Proposals for the above project is hereby revised and amended as follows; 1 Hahnfeld Hoffer Stanford Addendum No. 3 letter dated September 16, 2014. There are folders for the items addressed in the leiter. 1 2. The project building will be available for a walk through on Thursday, September 18, 2014. Meet at 2.010 PM at the main era trance lab by 4 3. Use the Post Proposal-PreAward Suhmt'ttaI Form for Cost Breakouts for SuFtes f (REVISED)In submitting the documents for the cost breakouts for the suites. Suite L33 was added These cost breakouts de included in the Base Proposal. The Post Proposal— PreAward submittals are due within five business days subsequent to the Proposal submittal i date. Refer to Paragraph 8 of the Instructions to Offerors. 4, Rogers-O'Brien Construction has informed our office that they do not plan to submit a proposal for this project. Acknowledge the receipt of this Addendum No 3 on your Proposal DOUGLAS W. WIERSIG, PE DIRECTOR, TRANSPORTATION & PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT By. Calton Murayama,AIA Architectural Services Manager 817-392.8088, FAX 817-392-8488 RELEASE DATE: September 16,2014 Addendum N4.3 Page 1,01'1 General Aviation Terminal l3Wilding al Meacham lnternalional Airpod Sepaembef 16,2014 EXPANSION AND RENOVATION OF GENERAL AVIA-f iON"TERMINAL BUILDING AT MEACHAM INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT POST PROPOSAL—PREAWARD SUBMITTAL FORM FOR COST BREAKOUTS FOR SUITES(REVISED) The below cast breakouts are Included In the Base Proposal. The breakouts will be used by the C-ity and will not be part of the evaluation crileria. Cost for Suite L10 $ Cost for Suite L22 Cost for Suite L24 Cost for Suite L26 $ Cost for Suite L33 Cost for Suite 110 $ Cost for Suite 122 $ Cast for Suite 124 Gast for Suite 132 Cost for Suite 310 $ Cast for Suite 330 Narne of General Contractor x Addendum No.3,Post Propasal-PmAwafd Subm,tial(Revised) Page 1 of 7 General Awiat+on Terminal Building al Meacham Inlernatlonat Airport September 16.2014 14 Bailey 76107 Hahnfeld 817.921,S928 Office Hc&fer 317mL0692 Fak 0 Staryfordd a•.�rpc[_ �er.[M1er F+rt4rCsa c� On" �E of, 09/16/2014 September 16, 2014 Expansion and Renovation of the General Aviation Terminal Building Meacham International Airport 4201 North Main Street Fort Worth,Texas 76106 PM ADDENDUM NUMBER THREE: Bidders are advised of the following and shall be governed accordingly: GENERAL - . 1. Questions from Bidders and Answers: a. Question:"Spec section 03 31 10 states:Smooth Farm Finish: For formed surfaces exposed to view in the finish work. This is a surface obtained with selected form-facing material,arranged in an orderly and symmetrical manner with a minimum of seams, with defective areas with fins and other projections completely removed and smoothed, • and blended into adjacent areas (page 10)"" This exceeds a class A concrete finish and would be a premium.AGI 347 and 117 establish general standards for form offsets at joints.They are as follows: -Class A-one-eighth inch,either gradual or abrupt.Suggested for prominent architecturally exposed surfaces and exposed surfaces in generally finished spaces. -Class B-one-quarter inch,either gradual or abrupt. Suggested for surfaces receiving plaster or stucco, -Class C- one-half inch either gradual or abrupt. Suggested for exposed surfaces in generally unfinished spaces. -Class D- 1 inch, abrupt or gradual. Suggested for concealed surfaces where roughness is not objectionable_ Please confirm this is the desired scope, or if a class A or B finish is acceptable." Answer. "Class A finish is acceptable_" r wCOLLABURAMN 4 4 b. Question: Drawing A2-4 Material Finish Key Building Core &Shelf:There are two THR designations; one states-THR-3 THRESHOLD:SCHLUTE R SYSTEMS, 'SCHIENE', METAL FLOUR TRANSITION STRIP, 'STAINLESS STEEL'.,and the other states-THR-3 THRESHOLD: JQHNSONITE, EG-XX-W, RUBBER REDUCER STRiP, 'CHARCOAL'. Answer.Change TNR-3 THRESHOLD:SCHL-UTER SYSTEMS, 'SCHIENE', METAL FLOOR TRANSITION STRIP, STAINLESS STEEL'to TNR-6 THRESHOLD: SCHLUTER SYSTEMS, 'SCHIENE, METAL FLOOR TRANSITION STRIP, 'STAINLESS STEEL'. TNR-3 THRESHOLD:JOHNSONITE, EG-XX-W, RUBBER REDUCER STRIP, 'CHARCOAL' no change" C. Question: E2.0- General Note 4 note says coordinate with IT vendor. is 1T equipment = OFCI or OFQI? Answer: All iT equipment and cabling shown on drawings TO.0 through T4.1 are contractor tarnished and contractor installed. General contractor to coordinate between his electrical and telecommunication equipment installers." d. Question: The Geotech report states "Pavement Sections: See GeoTech for light duty, j medium duty and dumpster area (page 12_) 3,000 psi light duty,3,500 psi medium duty and dumpster". However, spec section 03 31 10 states "Concrete Pavement: 4,000 psi, 28-day compressive strength, 5.5 sacks of cement content per cubic yard." Please � clarify. r Answer:Specification Section 32 25 20 Concrete Site Improvements paragraph 2.2.A.1 states all Concrete Pavement shall be 4000 psi, 5.5 sack concrete_ Use a concrete mix that complies with this requirement.' e. Question: Please provide FBO build out drawings to evaluate all scopes of work required under this contract. Answer: "FBO design drawings are not available at this time. FBO design and 1 construction is Not In Contract and will be performed by others. Contractor is to include in his bid only the work shown on the bid documents. I. Question:There is a Suite L33 on sheet TD-OE.1 that is not fisted on the proposal form. Please confirm that this suite should be included can the proposal form, Will, a new farm be uploaded to Buzxsaw? Answer: "Suite L33 has been added to the proposal form. See revised form attached to this addendum." g. Question: Note 02 24 19_P4 on 01-1 states"Maintain sanitary sewer service during y construction or provide temporary holding tank". Please verify this note is not valid since all existing utility services are to be abandoned and there is no need for this line for construction. Answer: "This note is deleted. All sanitary sewer service is to be abandoned or replaced as shown on the civil drawings,plumbing drawings, and demolition drawings. (Contractor's trailer temporary services may utilize these lines at his discretion or option during construction only after notifying the Owner and adjacent site contractors)." 49053-00 ADDENDUM NO.3 Page 2 of 162 h. Question:Are NCTRCA Certified bidders recognized toward MWBE goals? Answer: 'The City of Fort ;North recognizes only those currently certified by the North Central texas Regional Certification Agency(NCTRCA) that are minority owners and located in the six (B) county geographic marketplace that have been accepted by the {City. The City's geographic marketplace includes the counties of: Tarrant, Dal)as, Denton, Johnson, Parker and Wise. If ars Offeror is certified as a DBE, MBR, SRE or WBE firm, the City's Ordinance does not allow a certified company to count itself towards the established MBE goal; the goal represents subcontracting opportunities.'• i Question:With an existing gate entrance to AOA and it requiring security access. This gate part of the IT package? Answer- "Gate and building access controls to be provided by the city Security vendor Sentinel. Buried conduit, and power to be provided by the electrical contractor. Relocate all services with the gate.' j. Question: Where will the existing terminal services be retocated and how wi0 the -. continued operation of these services need to be accounted for during the expansion & renovation project?? Answer: "All tenant spaces will be vacated and all existing Utility services can be disconnected per Pre Rid Conference with COFW on 09110114." k. Question: Is this an ROCIP program? Answer: "No." I. Question.Can we build a safety zone between the AOA and the site to limit exposure of workers inside the AOA? Answer: "A temporary AOA fence is required as part of this contract by the contractor. A safety zone within this fence is the contractor's option so long as it does not interfere with adjoining construction work by others," M. Question: Will we be required to weld shut (TSA) any existing storm drains and or manhole that may have access to the AOA during the project? Answer. "The airport does not require the manholes to be welded shut during construction. All manhole structures are being removed and abandoned storm lines are be filled with flowable fill.' n. Question: Is there an engineer's estimate for the Public side of the work -City of Fort Worth &TxDot work? Answer: "No. The work in the TxDOT RDW will be handled under a parkway permit and does not require an engineer's estimate." o Question: Is the Temporary AOA fence in this project's scope? If so would it be possible to provide the following? Answer' "Yes. See following question for more information- 09053-00 ADDENDUM NO.3 Page 3 of 162 P. Question:Would it be possible to reference us to ar, existing section cut showing the makeup of the temporary ADA fence? _ Answer: "Existing Temporary AOA fence is similar to the chain link AOA fence detail on sheet 01.14" q. Question: Also,would it be possible to provide the details for the temporary ADA security gate? If so would please provide the wiring raceways if they are required? Answer. "Contractor to provide temporary raceways for power to be removed after construction. Sentinel will provide temporary access control. Temporary chain fink fence detail is referenced on sheet 01.14" r. Question:There is an existing SD line on the north side of the building shown to abandon in place, Can the east side of the building there is a note stating the SD line is to be abandoned in place south of the existing FDC that is to be removed. The portion of the SD on the east side of the buitding north of the existing FDC shows to remove the line. Please clarify which parts, if any, of this existing SES line are to be removed, Answer: 'Reference C 1.43, notes 8& 9. the intent was for the SD fine along the "plan" north and west side of the building to be abandoned in place. Some portion might actually need to be removed due to elevation changes around the building." S. Question_ Drawing C1.03 has a nate"Remove Electric Line"for all the services feeding the existing light poles that are to be removed and salvaged. Once the light poles and conductor feeding these light poles has been removed, please verity it is acceptable to abandon the conduit in place. Answer: "Yes, refer to note 8 on sheet C1,03" t, Question:There is a note pointing to 4 of the 13 existing trees stating they are to be removed. Please verify all 13 of these existing trees to the plan north and northwest _ side of the existing building are to demolished, Answer: "Yes, all 13 trees to be removed, u. Question;There is an existing tree west of the of the monument sign, at the northwest corner of Meacham Airport Drive and Main Street, that is not shown on the documents. The notes state the monument sign is to be removed and salvaged but it does not address what is to happen with this tree. Please verify this tree is to be removed. Answer: "Yes, the free identified should be removed" V. Question: 23 09 00- 1.12-F States coordinate equipment with Section 26 09 43 "Network Lighting Controls"to achieve compatibility with equipment that interfaces with that system. Please ve•ify this should reference Section 26 09 23 Lighting. Control Devices. Answer. "This specification section has been replaced in this Addendum_ See attachments for new specification." 09053-00 ACOENDUM NO.3 page 4 of 1162 ON W. Question:23 09 00- 1.12-1 States coordinate equipment with Section 26 09 13 "Electrical Power Monitoring and Control"to achieve compatibility with equipment that interfaces with that system. Please verify the reference to this section should be deleted since section 06 09 13 does not exist. Answer: "This specification section has been replaced in this Addendum. See attachments for new specification." X. Question: 23 09 00 - 1,12-J States coordinate equipment with Section 26 24 16 "Panelboards"to achieve compatibility with equipment that interfaces with that system. Please verify the reference to this section should be deleted. Answer:`Contractor shall ensure if there is any coordination required for his work with the referenced section.' Y, Question:26 24 16-3,2-N = States stub six (6) 1-inch empty EMT conduits from the panelboards in accessible ceiling space or space designated to be ceiling space in the future. Stub six (8) 1-inch empty conduit into raised floor or space below slab not on r grade. Please verify it is acceptable to just take 6 conduit from each panelboard into the ceiling space of the closets adjacent corridor rather than 6 conduit for each future lease space. Answer: "Disregard(6) 1""empty conduit stubbed into space. This requirement is intended for recessed panelboards." Z. Question:23 09 00- 1.12-K States coordinate equipment with Section 26 24 19"Motor s Control Centers"to achieve compatibility with equipment that interfaces with that system. Please verify the reference to this section should be deleted since it does not exist. Answer. 'This specification section has been replaced in this Addendum. See attachments for new specification." aa. Question: 23 09 00- 1.12-B States coordinate equipment with Section 28 16 00 "Intrusion Detection"to achieve compatibility with equipment that interfaces with that system. Please verify the reference to this section should be deleted since it does not exist. P. Answer: "This specification section has been replaced in this Addendum. See attachments for new specification." ab. Question:23 09 00- 1.12-C States coordinate equipment with Section 28 13 00"Access Control"to achieve compatibility with equipment that interfaces with that syster-n. Please verify the reference to this section should be deleted since it does not exist. Answer: "This specification section has been replaced in this Addendum. See attachments for new specificati'on.' ac. Question:23 09 00- 1.12-C States coordinate equipment with Section 27 53 13 "Clock Systems"to achieve compatibility with equipment that interfaces with that system. Please verify the reference to this section should be deleted since it does not exist. 09053-00 ADDENDUM NO. 3 Page 6 of 162 Answer: "This specification section has been replaced in this Addendum. See attachments for new specification.' ad. 0uestion: 23 09 49 - 1.12-E States coordinate equipment with Section 28 46 19"PLC Electruoic Detention Monitoring and Control Systems"to achieve compatibility with equipment that interfaces with that system. Please verily the reference to this section _ should be deleted sine it does not exist. Answer: "This specification section has been replaced in this Addendum. See attachments for new specification_" ae. ❑uesticn, 23 09 00-2.2-D•1 State control system shall include Building Intrusion detection system specified in Section 28 16 00"Intrusion Detection". Please verify the reference to this section should be deleted since it does not exist. Answer: "This specification section has been replaced in this Addendum. See _ attachments for new specification." at, Question;23 09 00-2.2-D-2 States control system shall include Building clock control system specified in Section 27 53 13 "Clock Systems". Please verify the reference to — this section should be deleted since it does not exist. Answer: "This specification,-ection has been replaced in this Addendum. See — attachments for now specific ation." ag. Question:23 09 00- 2,2-D-3 States control system shall include Building lighting control system specified in Section 26 09 43 "Network Lighting Controls Please verify the reference should be to section 26 09 23. Answer: "This specification section has been replaced in this Addendum. See artachments for new specification." 2. Pre-Proposal Meeting nates from the meeting held at 2:00 pm, September 10, 2014 in the Aviation Board Room are attached to this Addendum. 3. Substitutions: See attached document "Approved and Rejected Product Substitutions"for the current list of approved materials, MECHANICAL PROJECT MANUAL I. Specification Section 21 00 10, "General Requirements for Eire Suppression Work', revised the fallowing: A. Delele sub-paragraph 1.5.C.4. in its entirety B_ Delete sub-paragraph 1.5.C.5.b.3 in its entirely. 2. Delete Specification Section 22 13 16, "HVAC Equipment",in its entirety and replace with new Section, attached hereto- 09053-00 ADDENDUM NO. 3 Page S of 162 3. Delete Specification Section 23 09 00, "Instrumentation and Control for HVAC", in its entirety and replace with new Section, attached hereto. 4. Add new Specification Section 23 Q9 93, "Sequence of Operations for HVAC Controls", attached hereto.Add new Section to "Table of Contents". 5, Delete Specification Section 23 81 00, "Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping", in its entirety and replace with new Section, attached 'hereto. 6. Specification Section 26 05 33, "Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems", revise the following: A. Part 2.1..1.2.b, Change from "setscrew" to "compression". B. Part 3.110. Change frorn "setscrew" to "compression". 7. Specification Section 28 31 11, "Digital, Addressable Fire-Alarm System", revise the following: A. Part 2.3.A, Add "Silent Knight"as an approved manufacturer. H, Pari 1-3.F-,VERSA is not required in this facility. C. Part 3.3.A., Install all fire alarm cabling in minimum 3/4" conduit. DRAWINGS 1. Sheet: M2.1 LOWER LEVEL PLAN a. Drawing replaced in entirety 2. Sheet: M2.21 1s' LEVEL PLAN a. Drawing replaced in entirety, 3. Sheet: M2-3 2" LEVEL 'PMN a. Drawing replaced in entirety. 4. Sheet: M2-4 3R°LEVEL PLAN a. Drawing replaced in entirety. 5. Sheet: M2.5 ROOF PLAN a. Drawing replaced in entirety. 6. Sheet: M3.1 PIPING - LOWER LEVEL PLAN a. Drawing replaced in entirety. 7. Sheet: M3.2 PIPING - 1 s r LEVEL PLAN a. Drawing replaced in entirety. 99953-00 ADDENDUM NO.3 Page 7 of 162 8. Sheet: M3.3 PIPING- 2PYR LEVEL PLAN a. Drawing replaced in entirety. _ 9. Sheet: M3.4 PIPING-3p" LEVEL PLAN a. Drawing replaced in entirety. 10. Sheet: M5.2 REFRIGERANT PIPING DIAGRAM a. Drawing replaced in entirety. 11. Sheet: M6.3 REFRIGERANT PIPING DIAGRAM a. Drawing replaced in entirety. 12. Sheet: M5.1 SCHEDULE a. Issued with changes ctouded. FIRE PROTECTION DRAWINGS 1. Sheet: F132.2 FIRE PROTECTION FIRST LEVEL a. Issued with changes clouded. ELECTRICAL - DRAWINGS 1. Sheet: E3-0 ELECTRICAL LEGEND a. Drawing replaced in entirety. 2. Sheet: E1.0 ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN a. Issued with changes clouded. 3. Sheet: E2.0 NEW POWER PLAN LOWER LEVEL a. Issued with changes clouded. a. Sheet: E2.1 NEW POWER PLAN-FIRST LEVEL a. Issued with changes clouded. 5. Sheet: E2.2 NEW POWER PLAN -SECOND LEVEL a. Issued with changes clouded. B. Sheet: E2.3 NEW POWER PLAN-THIRD LEVEL 09063-00 ADDENDUM NO.3 Page 8 of 462 w a. Issued with changes clouded. n 7. Sheet: E2.4 NEW POWER FLAN- ROOF LEVEL a. Issued with changes clouded. a_ Sheet: E4.0 NEW POWER PLAN HVAC-LOWER LEVEL a. Issued with changes clouded. 9. Sheet: E4.2 NEW POWER PLAN HVAC-SECOND LEVEL a. Issued with changes clouded. 10. Sheet. E4.3 NEW POWER PLAN HVAC-THIRD LEVEL a. Issued with changes clouded. 11. Sheet: E4.4 NEW POWER PLAN HVAC- ROOF LEVEL a. Issued with changes clouded. PR 12. Sheet: E6.1 ELECTRICAL SCHEDULES a. Issued with changes clouded. P 13. Sheet: E6.2 ELECTRICAL SCHEDULES a. Issued with changes clouded. A 14. Sheet: E6.3 ELECTRICAL SCHEDULES . a. issued with changes clouded. 15. Sheet: E7.3 ELECTRICAL DETAILS- DOOR HARDWARE a. New drawing added to documents. Contains wiring diagrams for door security. CIVIL DRAWINGS r 1. Sheet: C-1.03 DEMOLITION PLAN a. Issued with changes clouded_ 2. Sheet: 01.06 GRADING PLAN a. Issued with changes clouded. 3. Sheet: C1.16 PAVING DETAILS a. Issued with changes clouded. 09463-00 ADDENDUM NO.3 Page 9 of 162 LANDSCAPE DRAWINGS 1. Sheet: LI A FORESTRY PHASE 1 PLAN - OVERALL a. Issued with changes clouded. 2. Sheet: 1-1-2 LANDSCAPE PLAN OVERALL a. issued with changes clouded. 3. Sheet: L1-4 LANDSCAPE PLAN-N. EAST a. Issued with changes clouded. 4- Sheet: L1-5 LANDSCAPE PLAN-ENTRANCE a. Issued with changes clouded. 5. Sheet: L1-6 LANDSCAPE PLAN-WEST a. Issued with changes clouded, 6. Sheet: L1-7 LANDSCAPE PLAN - EAST a. Issued with changes clouded. 7. Sheet: L1-8 LANDSCAPE PLAN-SO.WEST a. Issued with changes clouded. 8. Sheet: 1-1-9 LANDSCAPE DETAILS a. Issued with changes clouded. 9. Sheet: 1-2-2 IRRIGATION PLAN-N.WEST a. Issued with changes ctouded. 10. Sheet: a. Issued with changes clouded. 11. Sheet: L2-3 IRRIGATION PLAN-N. EAST a. Issued with changes clouded. 12. Sheet: 1-2-4 IRRIGATION PLAN ENTRANCE a. Issued with changes clouded. 09053-40 ADDENDUM NO.3 Page 10 of 162 rf 13. Sheet: L2-5 IRRIGATION PLAN -WEST a. Issued with changes clouded. 14. Sheet: L2-6 IRRIGATION PLAN - EAST a. Issued with changes clouded. p" 15. Sheet: L2-7 IRRIGATION PLAN -SO.WEST mp a. Issued with changes clouded. STRUCTURAL. DRAWINGS _ 1. Sheet: S2-1 LOWER LEVEL FRAMING PLAN a. Issued with changes clouded. 2. Sheet: S2-2 FIRST LEVEL FRAMING PLAN a. Issued with changes clouded. pa 3. Sheet:S2-3 SECOND LEVEL.FRAMING PLAN a. Issued with changes clouded. . fm 4. Sheet:S2-4 EXIST. ROOF-THIRD LEVEL PLAN re a. Issued with changes clouded. 5. Sheet: S2-6 ROOF LEVEL FRAMING PLAN T a. Issued with changes clouded. 6. Sheet: S2-6 HIGH ROOF LEVEL FRAMING pm a. Issued with changes clouded, 7. Sheet: S3-2 CONCRETE SECTIONS a. Issued with changes clouded, B. Sheet:S3-3 CONCRETE SECTIONS/STAIR SECTIONS a. Issued with changes clouded. 9. Sheet: S3-4 CONCRETE SECTIONS a. Issued with changes clouded. 09053-00 ADDENDUM NO.3 Page 11 of 162 10. Sheet: S3-5 CONCRETE SECTIONS a. Issued with changes clouded. 11. Sheet: S4-1 STEEL SECTIONS a. Issued with changes clouded. 12, Sheet: S4-2 STEEL SECTIONS a. Issued with changes clouded_ f 13. Sheet: S4-3 STEEL SECTIONS a. issued with changes clouded. 14. Sheet: S4-4 STEEL SECTIONS a. Issued with changes clouded, 15. Sheet: S4-5 STEEL SECTIONS - a. Issued with changes clouded. 16. Sheet:S4-6 STEEL SECTIONS a. Issued with changes clouded- 17. Sheet: S4-7 STEEL SECTIONS a. Issued with changes clouded. -- ARCHITECTURAL PROJECT MANUAL. 1. Specification Section 05 72 00, "Interior Ornamental Railing System", paragraph 2.1.A., add VIVA Railings, LLC as an approved manufacturer. 2. Specification Section 06 40 20 Interior Architectural Woodwork, paragraph 2.2,A.3.; revise to read: °3. Plywood,0 hardwood, sound veneer core; fiberboard care or particle board not acceptable_" - 3. Specification Section 07 21 13, "Continuous Wall Insulation", paragraph 2.1.A., add The Dow Chemical Company 1HERMAX " ci Exterior Insulation" as an approved product/manufacturer- 09053-00 ADDENDUM NO. 3 Page 12 of 162 A 4. Specification Section 07 61 00, "Metal Wall and Parapet Panels", add the following: A. Add paragraph 2.1.A.3., to read. "3. Centria." B. Paragraph 2.7.A., add "Centria, Style Rib, 24 gauge." C. Paragraph 2.8.A.,change MBCf "M-Panel" to "PBU Panel" and add Centria, BR5-36 panel, 24 gauge_ 5. Specification Section 08 71 00, "Finish Hardware", revise the following: A. Add new Heading Na. 1 as follows: "HEADING NO. 1 Door L01 A.1 shall have: 1 Hinge (Roton) 750-224HD x EPT Prep. 1 Hinge (Raton) 780-224HD 1 Electric Lock (S) U{-RX-L9084EU x 06 1 Power Transfer (VD) EPT-10 2 Door Position Switches (Schlage Electric) 679-05 1 Power Supply (VD) PS900 Series 2 Closers (L) P4111 x Spring Cush x At_x SNB 2 Sweeps (NG) 204NA 1 Threshold (NG) 896/415 1 Set Automatic Flushbolts (DC) 942NH 1 Coordinator (DC) 600 Series x USP x Brackel Required 1 Dustproo# Strike M 3910 2 Card Readers By Security Contractor" 8. Revise original Heading No. 1 to read: r "HEADING NO. 1A Door 101 C.1 shall have:" C. Heading No, 4, 1 Electric Lack, revise to read: "1 Electric Lack (S) LX-RX-L9080EU x 06" 6. Specification Section 10 44 16, "Fire Extinguishers, Cabinets, and Accessories", add paragraph 2.1.A.2., to read: 2. Potter Roemer-" 7. Specification Section 10 51 13, "Metal Lockers", add paragraph 2.1.A.5., to read: "5. ASt Storage Solutions " 09053-00 ADDENDUM NO. 3 Page 13 of 162 S, Specification Section 10 73 1 C "Alurninurn Canopy", paragraph 2.1,A., add "Avadeck" as an approved manufacturer. - 9. Specification Section 31 20 44.14. "Earthwork", add paragraph 2.I,F., to read: "F Base Course (Taxiway): ltern P-249, Crushed Aggregate Base Course; refer to Appendix at end of this section for materials and installation requirements." DRAWINGS 1. Sheet: Al-4 FLOOR PLAIN - LOWER LEVEL a. Issued with changes clouded. 2. Sheet: A1.1 FLOOR PLAN - FIRST LEVEL a. Issued with changes clouded- 3 Sheet: Al-2 FLOOR PLAN -SECOND LEVEL a. Issued with changes clouded. 4, Sheet. Al-3 FLOOR PLAN -THIRD LEVEL a. Issued with changes clouded. 5. Sheet: Al-4 FLOOR PLAN- CLERESTORY PLAN a. issued with changes clouded. 6. Sheet: Al-t; ENLARGED STAIR PLANS a. Issued with changes clouded. 7. Sheet: Al-7 PLAN DETAILS a. Issued with changes clouded. 8_ Sheet: A1-8 PLAIN DETAILS a. Issued with changes clouded. 9. Sheet: A2-4 FINISH SCHEDULE - MATERIAL KEY a. Issued with changes clouded. 14. Sheet: A5-2 WALL SECTIONS a. Issued with changes clouded. l 1. Sheet- AS-4 WALL SECTIONS a. Issued with changes clouded. 09053-04 ADDENDUM NO. 3 Page 14 of 162 12. Sheet: A5-7 WALL SECTIONS a, Issued with changes clouded. 13. Sheet: A5-9 WALL SECTIONS a. Issued with changes clouded. 14, Sheet: A5-12 WALL SECTIONS a. Issued with changes clouded. 15. Sheet: A5-14 WALL SECTIONS a. Issued with changes clouded. 16. Sheet: A6-2 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS a. Issued with changes clouded. 17. Sheet: CVR-1 COVER VOLUME 1 a. Issued with changes clouded. SECURITY DRAWINGS 1. Sheet: BA-1 LOWER LEVEL SECURITY PLAN a. New drawing added.`Issued for information only in preparing bids. Work shown on Security Drawings to be contracted by the Owner under a separate contract. Coordinate electrical work, door hardware work,and site work with the work shown on the Security Drawings. 2. Sheet: BA-2 FIRST LEVEL SECURITY PLAN a. New drawing added. Issued for information only in Dreparing bids. Work shown on Security Drawings to be contracted by the Owner under a separate contract. Coordinate electrical work, door hardware work, and site work with the work shown on the Security Drawings. 3, Sheet: BA-3 SECOND LEVEL SECURITY PLAN a, New drawing added. Issued for information only in preparing bids. Work shown on Security Drawings to be contracted by the Owner under a separate contract. Coordinate electrical work, door hardware work,and site worts with the work shown on the Security Drawings. 09053.90 ADDENDUM NO. 3 Page 15 sof 162 4. Sheet: BA-4 THIRD LEVEL SECURITY PLAN a. New drawing added. Issued for information only in preparing bids.Work shown on Security Drawings to be contracted by the Owner under a separate contract. Coordinate electrical work,door hardware work,and site work with the work shown on the Security Drawings. 5. Sheet: BA-5 ROOF LEVEL SECURITY FLAN a. New drawing added. Issued for information only in preparing bids.Work shown on Security Drawings to be contracted by the Owner under a separate contract. Coordinate electrical work, door hardware work,and site work with the work shown on the Security Drawings. 6. Sheet: BA-6 GAME G01 & G02 SECURITY PLAN b„ a. New drawing added. Issued_for information only in preparing_bids.Work shown on Security Drawings to be contracted by the Owner under a separate contract.Coordinate electrical work, door hardware work,and site work with the work shown on the Security ' Drawings. T Sheet: BA-7 DETAILS PAGE a. New drawing added. Issued for information only in preparing bids.Work shown on Security Drawings to be contracted by the Owner under a separate contract. Coordinate electrical work, door 'hardware work,and site work with the work shown on the Security Drawings, ATTACHMENTS: NUMBER OF PAGES/SHEETS Specification Section 22 13 16, "Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping" 10 Specification Section 23 09 00, "Instrumentation and Control for HVAC" 18 Specification Section 23 09 93, "Sequence of Operations for HVAC Controls" 10 Specification Section 23 81 00, "HVAC Equipment" 13 Appendix to Specification Section 31 20 00.10, "Earthwork" 5 "Pre-proposal Meeting Notes" 2 "Approved and Rejected Product Substitutions" 2 Civil Full Size Drawings 3 Landscape Full Size Drawings 14 Architectural Full Size Drawings 17 Structural Full Size Drawings 17 _ Mechanical Full Size Drawings 12 Electrical Full Size Drawings 15 Fire Protection Full Size Drawings 1 Security Full Size Drawings (issued for Information Only, N.I.C.) 7 A END OF ADDENDUM NO. 3 EXCEPT ATTACHMENTS 09053-00 ADDENDUM NO. 3 Page 16 of 162 00 GaileV Hfer 817,9Z1.5921 offict. Ho Stanford 1 Expansion and Renovation of the General Aviation Terminal Building Meacham International Airport Pre-Proposal Meeting September 10,2014 at 2:OOPM Attendees for the Af E and the City of Fort Worth: Dalton Murayama (City of Fort Worth) Melani Villarreal(City of Fort Worth) Jeff Kloska (City of Fort Worth) Ruseena Johnson(City of Fort Worth) Anne Allen (City of Fort Worth) Eric Hahnfeld (Hahnfeld Hoffer Stanford) Eric Claycamp (Hahnfeld Hoffer Stanford) Cole Lorenz(Hahnfeld Hoffer Stanford) Larry Maynard (Campos Engineering) Dalton Murayama opened the meeting ■ Proposals are due September 25,2014 at 1:30pm �' • Bids will be read publicly on September 25, 2014 at 2:00pm • Additional documents are due from contractors on October 2, 2014 • Last day for questions will be September 17, 2014 " Melani Villarreal addresses MBE requirements + 24%MBE goal • Melani provided appropriate forms for companies to be added to the City of Fort Worth approved MBE list Dalton Murayama opened the floor for questions • A breakout of the prices for the individual suites is for owner accounting purposes only. Prices should be included in total bid price. • Access will need to be maintained to the leases adjacent to the Terminal Building site during construction (i.e ATK, Delta 4ualiflight,etc). • Contractors will need to coordinate with concurrent construction projects on PW adjacent sites(American Aero hangars, taxi-way project). • All non-approved vendors are to submit substitution forms to Eric Claycamp or Alfonso Meza- PR • If the alternate for LE ED is picked up by the owner, Silver will be the lowest accepted level of certification. • All contractors and subcontractors should email Alfonso Meza if they are interested in touring the existing terminal building. • A iist of all contractors submitting proposals will be posted by September 11, 2014 to the city's Buzzsaw website. • There will be a 5%bid bond. ■ Coordination and execution of demolition falls under means and methods of general contractor (i.e.whether to divide demolition responsibilities among sub- contractors). •„ • Abatement will be an owner cost,and thus not fall in the scope of this project. • There will be no separate line item for the public side of utilities. • The AT&T telephone handhole was replaced within last 8-months. • There will be no special safety training or badging required. • There will be no special insurances required;see specifications. Anne Allen from City of Fort Worth Public Arts briefly discussed scope of public art in atrium • The public art sculpture will be suspended from perforated metal ceiling panels F in main building atrium • The artist will be responsible for the engineering and installation • Ideally, the artist would like to see the cables for the sculpture connected to the metal ceiling panels, prior to the panels being installed. The artist would finish assembling the artwork after the ceiling has been completely installed. ■ Ali lighting for the art is included in the base building documents. The floor was reopened for questions • Security gate keypads will be responsibility of Sentinel Security(City of Fort Worth's security contractor) • The contractor will be responsible for installing the conduit and pulling the wire, but the security contractor will be responsible for the termination. ■ All owner work will be a separate cost outside of the project cost. • Only pre-engineering canopy in projec=t is located at the car wash Oil the south side of the building. Canopies shown on Civil site plan at FBO parking lot were removed in Addendum No.l.. • Builder's risk will be held by contractor. • All existing floors to remain;modify as required • Gypsum underlayment will be applied to the existing roof 13'd Level Floor)in order to provided level surface. Contractors and Sub-Contractors were invited to the tour the building if they wished. END OF MEETING 09053-00 F'reproposal Meeting Notes Page 2 o` 2 APPROVED AND REJECTED PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS Expansion and Renovation of General.Aviation Terminal Building at Meacham International Airport Addendum 3- 09-16-2014 APPROVED SUBSTITUTIONS Specification Section 057300 INTERIOR ORNAMENTAL RAILING SYSTEM- ` Viva View Glass Railing System, Carollton,TX, 972.353.8482 Specification Section 071324 PRE-APPLIED INTEGRALLY BONDED SHEET MEMBRANE WATERPROOFING- Precon Blindside/Underslab Membrane, W.R, Meadows, 800.825.5976 Specification Section 071416 FLUID APPLIED WATERPROOFING- Hydralastic 836 Cold Applied, W.R. Meadows, 800.825.5976 Specification Section 072113 CONTINUOUS WALL INSULATION- Dow Thermax ci 1 1/2", Dow Building Solutions Specification Section 076100 METAL WALL_AND PARAPET PANELS- Centria Style Rib 24 ga., &Centria BR5-36 24 ga., Cobra SEC, Inc., Arlington, TX 692.888.2668 Specification Section 104416 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS, CABINETS,AND ACCESSORIES- Potter Roemer, DL Collins Associates, Arlington TX 817.461.1055 Specffication Section 105113 METAL LOCKERS- ASI Storage Solutions, DL Collins Associates, Arlington TX 817.461.1055 Specification Section 107316 ALUMINUM CANOPY- Avadek,Avadek, Websler, TX, 713,944,0988 -, Specification Section 283111 DIGITAL ADDRESSABLE FIRE-ALARM SYSTEM- Farenhyl by Silent Knight, Century Fire Protection, Fort Worth, TX, 817.925.8904 REJECTED SUBSTITUTIONS Specification Section 05500 METAL FAB RICATIONS- TopGuard Precast Bollard Caps,TopGuard LLC., Indianapolis, IN, 317.525-0700 Specification Section 072726 FLUID APPLIED MEMBRANE AIR BARRIER- Air Shield LMP Liguid Membrane, W.R. Meadows, 800.825.5976 Sic Guard Emerald Coat, Sto Corp., Atlanta, GA, 214.660.0967 Specification Section 074244 COMPOSITE METAL PANEL SYSTEM- CPS-2500 Pressure Equalized Rain Screen (2 'A"deep), Ctassic Industries, Forney,TX. 09053-00 Addendum No 3,9/16/14 Page 1 972.564.2192 Metal Design System,Series 20 Dry Joint, MSDI,Cedar Rapids, IA, 319.362.7454 Specification Section 096516 RECYCLED RUBBER FLOOR TILES- Survivor Tile, U-S, Rubber, Lake Dallas,Tat,940.497-4994 Specification Section 102113 TOILET COMPARTMENTS (HDPE)- Accurate Toilet Partitions, DL Collins Associates,Arlington TX 817.461-1055 Specification Section 102800.10 TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES- American Specialties, Inc. (ASI), DL Collins Associates,Arlington TX 8 17.461 1055 -- Specification Section 263213 ENGINE{GENERATORS- AKSA Power Generation, L.J. Power, Inc., Austin,TX,512.699.6890 09053-00 Addendum No 3,9/16/14 Page 2 SECTION 2213 '16 - SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and generai provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY • A. Section Includes: 1. Pipe, tube, and fittings, 2. Specialty pipe fittings. 3. E=ncasement for underground metal piping. B Related Sections.- 1. ections:1. Section 22 13 29"Sump Pumps"for effluent and sewage pumps. 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Components and installation shall be capable of withstanding the following minimum working pressure unless otherwise indicated. 1. Soil,Waste, and Vent Piping: 10-€oot head of water. 2, Waste, Farce-Main Piping: 50 prig. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: For sovent drainage system. Include plans, elevations, sections,and details. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Piping materials shall bear label, stamp,or other markings of specified testing agency. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Interruption of Existing Sanitary Waste Service: Do not interrupt service to facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging 10 provide temporary service according to requirements indicated: 1. Notify Construction Manager no fewer than two days in advance of proposed interruption of sanitary waste service. 2. Do not proceed with interruption of sanitary waste service without Construction Manager's written permission. 09053-00 22 13 16 -1 PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 PIPING MATERIALS A. Compty with requirements in "Piping Schedule" Article for applications of pipe, tube, fitting materials, and joining methods for specific services, service locations, and pipe sizes. 2,2 HUB-AND-SPIGOT,CAST-IRON SOIL PIPE AND FI'TT'ING$ A. Pipe and Fittings: ASTM A 74, Service class(es). B. Gaskets: ASTM C 564, rubber C. Calking Materials: ASTM B 29,pure lead and oakum or hemp fiber. 2.3 SPECIALTY PIPE FITTINGS rt A_ Transition Couplings: *� 1. General Requirements: Fitting or device for joining piping with small differences in OD's J or of different materials. Include end connections same size as and compatible with } pipes to be joined. 2. Fitting-Type Transition Couplings: Manufactured piping coupling or specified piping system fitting. 3. Unshielded, Nonpressure Transition Couplings,- a. ouplings:a. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one �- of the following: 1) Dallas Specialty&Mfg. Co. 2) Fernco Inc. 3) Mission Rubber Company; a division of MCP industries, Inc. b. Standard; ASTM C 1173. C. Description: Elastomeric, sleeve-type, reducing or transition pattern. Include shear ring and corrasion-resistant-metal tension band and tightening mechanism on each end. d. Sleeve Materials: 1) For Cast-iron Soil Pipes: ASTM C 564.rubber. r� 4, Shielded, Nonpressure Transition Couplings: a. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following; 1) Cascade Waterworks Mfg.Co. 2) Mission Rubber Company',a division of MCP Industries, Inc. b_ Standard: ASTM C 1460. c_ Description: Elastomeric or rubber sleeve with full-length,corrosion-resistant outer shield and corrosion-resistant-metal tension band and tightening mechanism on each end. ' 5. Pressure Transitlon Couplings: w 49453-00 22 13 16 -2 a. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1) Cascade Waterworks Mfg.Co. 2) JCM Industries, Inc. 3) Romac Industries, Inc. b. Standard: AWWA 0219. C. Description! Metal, sleeve-type same size as, with pressure rating at least equal to,and ends compatible with,pipes to be joined. d. Center-Sleeve Material; Manu'facturer's standard. e. Gasket Material: Natural or synthetic rubber. f. Metal Component Finish: Corrasion-resistant coating or material. f" B. Dielectric Fittings: 1. General Requirements: Assembly of copper alloy and ferrous materials with separating nonconductive insulating material. Include end connections compatible with pipes to be +* joined. 2. Dielectric Unions: a. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one +" of the following: 1) Jomar International Ltd. 2) Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc. 3) Wilkins;a Zurn company. In. Description: t) Standard: ASSE 1079- 2) Pressure Rating: 125 psig minimum at 180 degF_ 3) End Connections: Solder-joint copper alloy and threaded ferrous. 3. Dielectric Flanges: .. a. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following-- 1) ollowing-1) Capitol Manufacturing Company. 2) Central Plastics Company. 3) Matco-Norca, Inc. 4) Watts Regulator Co_;a division of Watts Water Technologies,Inc. 5) Wilkins;a Zurn company. b. Description: 1) Standard: ASSE 1079. 2) Factory-fabricated, bolted, companion-flange assembly. 3) Pressure Rating. 125 psig minimum at 180 deg F. 4) End Connections: Solder-joint copper alloy and threaded ferrous; threaded do solder-joint copper alloy and threaded ferrous. 4. Dielectric-Flange Insulating Kits: PP a. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1) Advance Products& Systems, Inc. 09063-00 221316-3 2) Calpico,Inc. 3) Central Plastics Company. 4) Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc. b. Description: 1) Nonconducting materials for field assembly of companion flanges. 2) Pressure Rating: 150 psig. 3) Gasket: Neoprene or phenolic. 4) Bolt Sleeves: Phenolic or polyethylene. 5) Washers_ Phenolic with steel backing washers. sit 5. Dielectric Nipples' 0. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the follovAng: 1) Elster Perfection, 2) Grinnell Mechanical Products. 3) Matco-Norca,Inc. 4) Precision Plumbing Products,Inc. 5) Victaulic Company. b. Description: 1) Standard: IAPMD PS 56 2) Electroplated steel nipple. 3) Pressure Rating: 300 psig at 225 deg F. 4) End Connections: Male threaded or grooved. 5) Lining: Inert and noncorrosive, propylene. —9 PART 3-EXECUTION . 3.1 EARTH MOVING A. Comply with requirements for excavating, trenching, and hackf'illing specified in Section 31 20 00.10"Earth Work." 3.2 PIPING INSTALLATION r A. Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of piping systems_ Indicated locations and arrangements were used to size pipe and calculate friction loss, expansion, pump sizing, and other design considerations. Install piping as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on coordination drawings. B. Install piping in concealed locations unless otherwise indicated and except in equipment rooms and service areas. C. Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service areas at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless specifically indicated otherwise, 1). Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel removal. E. Install piping to permit valve servicing. F_ Install piping at indicated slopes 00053-00 22 13 16-4 G. Install piping free of sags and bends.. A H. Install Fittings for changes in direction and branch connections I. Install piping to allow application of insulation. 1 Make changes in direction for soil and waste drainage and vent piping using appropriate branches, bends, and long-sweep bends. Sanitary tees and short-sweep 114 bends may be used on vertical stacks if change in direction of flow is from horizontal to vertical. Use long-turn, double Y-branch and 11B-bend fittings if two fixtures are installed back to back or side by side M� with common drain pipe. Straight tees, elbows, and crosses may be used on vent lines. Do not change direction of flow more than 90 degrees. Use proper size of standard increasers and reducers if pipes of different sizes are connected, Reducing size of drainage piping in direction of flaw is prohibited. K. Lay buried building drainage piping beginning at low point of each system. install true to grades and alignment indicated,with unbroken continuity of invert. Place hub ends of piping upstream. install required gaskets according to manufacturer's written instructions for use of lubricants, cements, and other installation requirements. Maintain swab in piping and pull past each joint as completed. L_ Install soi# and waste drainage and vent piping at the following minimum slopes unless * otherwise indicated: 1- Building Sanitary Drain: 2 percent downward in direction of flow for piping NPS 3 and Pill smaller; 1 percent downward in direction of flow for piping NPS 4 and larger. 2. Horizontal Sanitary Drainage Piping: 2 percent downward in direction of flow. 3_ Vent Piping. 1 percent down toward vertical fixture vent or toward vent stack. M. install cast-iron soil piping according to CISPI's "Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Handbook," Chapter 1V,"Installation of Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings." i 1. install encasement on underground piping according to ASTM A 674 or AWWA C1051A 21.5. N. Install engineered soil and waste drainage and vent piping systems as follows: 1. Combination Waste and Vent: Comply with standards of authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Sovent Drainage System, Comply with ASSE 1043 and sovent fitting manufacturer's written installation instructions. 3, Reduced-Size Venting: Comply with standards of authorities having jurisdiction. 1 O. Install underground, force-main piping according to AWWA 0600. Install burled piping inside building between wall and floor penetrations and connection to sanitary sewer piping outside building with restrained joints. Anchor pipe to wall or floor, lnstalt thrust-block supports at vertical and horizontal offsets. 1. Install encasement on piping according to ASTM A 074 or AWWA C105iA 21.5. P5 Install force mains at elevations indicated. Q_ Plumbing Specialties: r 1. install backwater valves in sanitary waster gravity-flow piping. Comply with requirements for backwater valves specified in Section 22 13 19"Sanitary Waste Piping Specialties." 2. Install cleanouts at grade and extend to where building sanitary drains connect to building w sanitary sewers in sanitary drainage gravity-flow piping. Install cleanoul fitting with closure plug inside the building in sanitary drainage force-main piping. Comply with requirements for cleanouts specified in Section 22 13 19 "Sanitary Waste Piping Specialties." PM 09053-00 221316- 5 an i 3. Install drains in sanitary drainage gravitpflow piping. Comply with requirements for drains specified in Section 22 13 19"Sanitary Waste Piping Specialties." R. Do not enclose, cover, or put piping into operation until it is inspected and approved by authorities having jurisdiction. S. Install sleeves For piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. Comply with requirements for sleeves specified in Section 22 05 17"Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Plumbing Piping." T. Install sleeve seals for piping penetrations of concrete walls and slabs. Comply with requirements for sleeve seals specified in Section 22 05 17 "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Plumbing Piping." U. Install escutcheons for piping penetrations of wails, ceilings, and floors. Comply with requirements for escutcheons specified in Section 22 05 18"Escutcheons for Plumbing Piping." 3.3 JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. Join hub-and-spigot, cast-Iron soil piping with gasket joints according to CISPI's "Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Handbook"for compression joints. B. Join hub-and-spigot, cast-iron soil piping with calked joints according to CiSPi's "Cast iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Handbook"for lead-and-oakum calked joints. C. Join hubless, cast-iron soil piping according to CISPI 310 and CISPI's "Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Handbook"for hubless-piping coupling joints. D_ Threaded Joints: Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads according to ASME B1.20.1. Cut threads full and clean using sharp dies, Beam threaded pipe ends to remove burrs and restore —. full ID. Join pipe fittings and valves as follows: 1_ Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads unless dry sErat - threading is specified. 2. Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are corroded or damaged. Do not use pipe sections that have cracked or open welds. E. Grooved Joints: Cut groove ends of pipe according to AWWA C606. Lubricate and install gasket over ends of pipes or pipe and fitting. Install coupling housing sections, over gasket, with keys seated in piping grooves. Install and tighten housing bolts. y 3.4 SPECIALTY PiPE FITTING INSTALLATION A. Transition Couplings: 1. Install transition couplings at joints of piping with small differences in OD's_ 2. in Drainage Piping: Unshielded,nonpressure transition couplings_ 3_ In Aboveground Force Main Piping: Fitting-type transition couplings_ ,. 4. In Underground Force Main Piping: a. NPS 1-112 and Smaller: Fitting-type transition couplings. b, NPS 2 and Larger: Pressure iransitlon couplings. --� B. Dielectric Fittings: 1. Install dielectric frttings in piping at connections of dissimilar metal piping and tubing 2. Dielectric Fittings for NPS 2 and Smaller: Use dielectric nipples_ 3_ Dielectric Fittings for NPS 2-112 to NPS 4: Use dielectric flanges. 4. Dielectric Fittings for NPS 5 and Larger. Use dielectric flange kits 49053-00 2213 16 -6 3.5 VALVE INSTALLATION A. General valve installation requirements are specified in Section 22 05 23 "General-Duty Valves For Plumbing Piping." B. Shutaff Valves: 1. Install shutoff valve on each sewage pump discharge. 2 Install gate or full-port ball valve for piping NPS 2 and smaller. 3. Install gate valve for piping NP5 2-112 and larger. C. Check Valves: Install swing check valve, between pump and shutoff valve, on each sewage pump discharge. D. Backwater Valves: Install backwater valves in piping subject to backflow. 1. Horizontal Piping: Horizontal backwater valves 2. Floor Drains: Drain outlet backwater valves unless drain has integral backwater valve. 3. Install backwater valves in accessible locations. 4. Comply with requirements for backwater valve specified in Section 22 13 19 "Sanitary Waste Piping Specialties.. 3.6 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION A. Comply with requirements for seismic-restrain) devices specified in Section 22 05 48 "Vibration and Seismic Controls for Plumbing Wiping and Equipment B. Comply with requirements for pipe hanger and support devices and insiNtation specifiers in Section 22 05 29"Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and E=quipment." 1 Install stainless-steel pipe hangers for horizontal piping in corrosive environments. 2 Install stainless-steel pipe support clAmps for vertical piping in corrosive environments_ 3. Vertical Piping: MSS Type 8 or Type 42, clamps. 4, Install individual, straight, horizontal piping runs. a. 100 Feet and Less: MSS Type 1, adjustable, steel clevis hangers. b Longer Than 100 Feet- MSS Type 43, adjustable roller hangers. C. Longer Than 100 Feet if Indicated: MSS Type 49, spring cushion rolls. 5. Multiple, Straight, Horizontal Piping Runs 100 Feel or Longer: MSS Type 44, pipe rolls. Support pipe rolls on trapeze. 6. Base of Vertical Piping: MSS Type 52, spring hangers. C Support horizontal piping and tubing within 12 inches of each fitting and coupling. D Support vertical piping and tubing at base and at each floor. E. Rod diameter may be reduced one size for double-rod hangers,with 318-inch minimum rods. F install hangers for cast-iron soil piping with the following maximum horizontal spacing and minimum rod diameters: 1, NPS 1-112 and MPS 2: 54 inches with 318-inch rod. 2. NPS T 60 inches with 112-inch rod. 3. NPS 4 and NPS 5: 60 inches with 518-inch rad. 4. NPS 6 and NPS 8: 60 inches with 314-inch rod 5. NPS 10 and NPS 12 60 inches with 718-inch rod. 6. Spacing for 10-foot lengths may be increased to 10 feet. Spacing for fittings is limited to 60 inches. 019053-an 22 13 16-7 s G. install supports for vertical cast-iron soil piping every 15 feet. 3.7 CONNECTIONS A. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping,fittings,and specialties. B. Connect soil and waste piping to exterior sanitary sewerage piping. Use transition fining to join dissimilar piping materials. C_ Connect drainage and vent piping to the following, I. Plumbing Fixtures. Connect drainage piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller than required by plumbing code. 2. Plumbing Fixtures and Equipment: Connect atmospheric vent piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller than required by authorities having jurisdiction. 3. Plumbing Specialties: Connect drainage and vent piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller than required by plumbing code. 4. Install test tees (wall cleanouts) in conductors near floor and floor cleanouts with cover flush with floor. 5. Equipment: Connect drainage piping as indicated. Provide shutoff valve it indicated and union for each connection. Use flanges instead of unions for connections NPS 2-112 and larger. D. Connect force-main piping to the following: •r 1. Sanitary Sewer: To exterior force main. 2. Sewage Pump: To sewage pump discharge. E. Where installing piping adjacent to equipment, allow space for service and maintenance of •, equipment. F. Make connections according to the following unless otherwise Indicated: 1. Install unions,in piping NPS 2 and smaller,adjacent to each valve and at final connection to each piece of equipment. 2, Install flanges, in piping NPS 2-112 and larger, adjacent to flanged valves and at final connection to each piece of equipment. 3.8 IDENTIFICATION A A. Identify exposed sanitary waste and vent piping. Comply with requirements for identification specified in Section 22 05 53"Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment" 3.9 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. During installation, notify authorities having jurisdiction at least 24 hours before inspection must .. be made. Perform tests specifier)below in presence of authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Roughing-in Inspection: Arrange for inspection of piping before concealing or closing-in atter roughing-in and before setting fixtures. 2. Final Inspection: Arrange for final inspection by authorities having jurisdiction to observe tests specified below and to ensure compliance with requirements. R. Reinspection: If authoribeR having jurisdiction find that piping will not pass test or inspection, make required corrections and arrange for reinspection. C. Reports: Prepare inspection reports and have them signed by authorities having jurisdiction. 09053-00 221316 -8 W w Q. Test sanitary drainage,and vent piping according to procedures of authorities having jurisdiction or, in absence of published procedures,as follows: 1. Test for leaks and defects in new piping and parts of existing piping that have been altered, extended, or repaired. If testing is performed in segments, submit separate report for each test,complete with diagram of portion of piping tested. 2. Leave uncovered and unconcealed new, altered, extended, or replaced drainage and ventP9 i iPn until it has been tested and approved. Expose work that was covered or concealed before it was tested. 3. Roughing-in Plumbing Test Procedure_ Test drainage and vent piping except outside leaders on completion of roughing-in. Close openings in piping system and fill with water to point of overflow, but not less than 1f}-foot head of water, From 15 minutes before inspection starts to completion of inspection,water level must not drop. Inspect joints for leaks. AID 4, Finished Plumbing Test Procedure: After plumbing fixtures have been set and traps filled with water, test connections and prove they are gastight and watertight. Plug vent-stack openings on roof and building drains where they leave building. Introduce air into piping system equal to pressure of 1-inch wg Use U-tube or manometer inserted in trap of r. water closet to measure this pressure. Air pressure must remain constant without introducing additional air throughout period of inspection. Inspect plumbing fixture connections for gas and water leaks. 5_ repair leaks and defects with new materials and retest piping, or portion thereof, until satisfactory results are obtained. 6. Prepare reports for tests and required corrective action. E Test force-main piping according to procedures of authorities having jurisdiction or, in absence of published procedures, as follows: 1. Leave uncovered and unconcealed new, altered, extended, or replaced force-main piping until it has been tested and approved. Expose work that was covered or concealed before it was tested. 2. Cap and subject piping to slatic-water pressure of 50 psig above operating pressure, without exceeding pressure rating of piping system materials. Isolate test source and allow to stand for four hours_ Leaks and loss in test pressure constitute defects that must be repaired. 3. Repair leaks and defects with new materials and retest piping, or portion thereof, until satisfactory results are obtained. P 4. Prepare reports for tests and required corrective action, i 3.10 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Clean interior of piping. Remove dirt and debris as work progresses. e. Protect drains during remainder of construction period to avoid clogging with dirt and debris and to prevent damage from traffic and construction work. C. Place plugs in ends of uncompleted piping at end of day and when work stops. 3.11 PIPING SCHEDULE A. Flanges and unions may be used on aboveground pressure piping unless otherwise indicated. B. Aboveground, soil and waste piping NPS 4 and smaller shall be any of the following. 1. Service class,cast-iron soil pipe and fittings;gaskets; and gasketed joints. C. Aboveground,soil and waste piping KIPS 5 and larger shall be any of the following: 39053-00 221316 -9 I. Service class,cask-iron soil pipe and fittings;gaskets; and gasketed joints. Q. Aboveground, vent piping NPS 4 ar d smaller shall be any of the following: 1. Service class,cast-iron soil pipe and fittings; gaskets; and gasketed joints. F. Aboveground, vent piping NPS 5 and larger shall be any of the following, 1. Service class,cast-iron sail tripe and fittings; gaskets; and gasketed Points. F. Underground, soil,waste, and vent piping NPS 4 and smaller shall be any of the following 1. Service class, cast-iron soil piping; gaskets;and gasketed joints. G. Underground, soil and waste piping NIPS 5 and larger shall be any of the following: Service class, cast-iron soil piping;gaskets; and gasketed joints. END OF SECTION 22 13 16 99053-00 22 13 16 - 10 SECTION 23 09 00 - INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC PART I -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, Including General and Supplementary Condit+ons and Division 01 Specification Sections.apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes control equipment for HVAC systems and components, including control components fm terminal heating and cooling units not supplied with factory wired controls. B. Related Sections include the following: I Section 23 09 93 "Sequence of Operations for HVAC Controls" for requirements that relate to this Section. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. DDC: Direct digital control. 13. 110: Input/output. C. ?ASITP: Master slave/token passing. D. PC: Personal computer. E. PID: Proportional plus integral plus derivative. F. RTD. Resistance temperature detector j 1A SYSTEM PERFORMANCE A. Comply with the following performance requirements: I. Graphic Display: Display graphic with minimum 20 dynamic points with current data within 10 seconds. 2. Graphic Refresh' Update graphic with minimum 20 dynamic points with current data within 8 seconds. 3. Object Command: Reaction time of less than two seconds between operator command of a Binary object and device reaction. 4, Object Scan. Transmit change of state and change of analog values to control units or workstation within six seconds. 5. Alarm Response Time: Annunciate alarm at workstation within 45 seconds. Multiple workstations must receive alarms within five seconds&each other. 6. Program Execution Frequency: Run capability of applications as often as five seconds, but selected consistent with rnechanicai process under control. 7. Performance: Programmable controllers shall execute DDC PID control loops, and scan and update process values and outputs at least once per second. 8. Reporting Accuracy and Stability of Conlrol: Report values and maintain measured variables within tolerances as follows. 09053-00 23 09 00-i a. Space Temperature: Plus or minus 1 deg F. b. Ducted Air Temperature: Plus or minus 1 deg F. C. Outside Air Temperature: Plus or minus 2 deg F. ..� d. Dew Point Temperature: Plus or minus 3 deg F. e. Temperature Differential: Pius or minus 0.25 deg F. f. Relative Humidity: Plus or minus 5 percent. g. Airflow,(Pressurized Spaces): flus or spinus 3 percent of full scale. .,. h. Airflow(Measuring Stations): Plus or minus 5 percent of full scale. L Airflow(Terminal): Plus or minus 14 percent of full scale. j. Air Pressure(Space): Plus or minus 0.01-inch wg. k_ Air Pressure(Ducts); Plus or minus 0.1-inch wg. 1. Electrical: Pius or minus 5 percent of reading. 1,s SEQUENCE OF OPERATION ^ 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data. Include manufacturer's technical literature for each control device. Indicate dimensions, capacities, performance characteristics, electrical characteristics, finishes for materials,and installation and startup instructions for each type of product indicated. I- DOC System Hardware: Bili of materials of equipment indicating quantity, manufacturer, and model number include technical data for operator workstation equipment, interface equipment, control units, transducerslfransmitters, sensors, actuators, valves, relayslswitches, control panels, and operator interface equipment_ 2. Control System Software: Include technical data for operating system software, operator interface, color graphics, and other third-party applications. 3. Controlled Systems; Instrumentation list with element name, type of device, manufacturer, model number, and product data. Include written description of sequence of operation including schematic diagram. B. Shop Drawings: Detail equipment assemblies and indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required clearances, method of field assembly,components, and location and size of each field connection. 1. Bill of materials of equipment indicating quantity, manufacturer,and model number. 2. Schematic flow diagrams showing fans, pumps, coifs, dampers, valves, and control devices. 3. Wiring Diagrams- Power,signal, and control wiring. 4. Details of control panel faces,including controls,instruments,and labeling, 5. Written description of sequence of operation. 6. Schedule of dampers including size, leakage,and flow characteristics. 7. Schedule of valves including flow characteristics. 8. DDC System Hardware.- a. ardware:a. Wiring diagrams for control units with termination numbers. b. Schematic diagrams and floor plans for field sensors and control hardware. G. Schematic diagrams for control, communication, and power wiring, showing trunk ^ data conductors and wiring between operator workstation and control unit locations. 9. Control System Software: List of color graphics indicating monitored systems, data (connected and calculated)point addresses, output schedule, and operator notations, 10. Controlled Systems' a. Schematic diagrams of each controlled system with control points labeled and control elements graphically shown,with wiring. 09053-00 230900-2 an b. Scaled drawings showing mounting, routing, and wiring of elements including bases and special construction. C, Written description of sequence of operation including schematic diagram, r' d. Points list. 1.7 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Data Communications Protocol Certificates: Certify that each proposed DDC system component complies with ASHRAE 135. wIP B. Qualification Data: For manufacturer. C. Software Upgrade Kit: For Owner to use in modifying software to suit future systems revisions or monitoring and control revisions. D. Field quality-control test reports, 1.8 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For HVAC instrumentation and control system to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. In addition to items specified in Section 01 78 23"Operation and Maintenance Data,"include the following: 1. Maintenance instructions and lists of spare parts for each type of control device and compressed-air station. 2. Interconnection wiring diagrams with identified and numbered system components and devices. r 3. Keyboard iilustre tions.and step-by-step procedures indexed for each operator function, 4. Inspection period, cleaning methods, cleaning materials recommended, and cadbral;on tolerances. 5. Calibration records and list of set points. t B. Software and Firmware Operational Documentation: Include the following: 1. Software operating and upgrade manuals. 2. Program Software Backup; On a magnetic media or compact disc, complete with data files, 3. Device address list. 4. Printout of software application and graphic screens. 5. Software license required by and installed for DDG workstations and control systems. 1.9 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1, Replacement Materials_ One replacement diaphragm or relay mechanism For each unique controller. 2. Maintenance Materials: One thermostat adjusting key(s). s 1.10 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer [qualifications: Automatic control system manufacturer's authorized representative who is trained and approved for installation of system components required for this Project. 09053-00 23 09 00 -3 B. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article i00, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. C. Comply with ASHRAE 135 for DDC system components. 1.11 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Factory-Mounted Components: Where control devices specified in this Section are indicated to be factory mounted on equipment, arrange for shipping of control devices to equipment ^� manufacturer. B. System Software•. Update to latest version of software at Project completion. s 1.12 COORDINATION A. Coordinate location of thermostats. humidistats, and other exposed control sensors with plans and room details before installation. B. Coordinate equipment with Section 26 09 23 "Network Lighting Controls" to achieve � compatibility with equipment that interfaces with that system. C. Coordinate equipment with Section 28 31 11 "Digital, Addressable Fire-Alarm System" and Section 28 31 12"Zoned (DC Loop) Fire-Alarm System"to achieve compatibility with equipment .. that interfaces with that system. D. Coordinate supply of conditioned electrical branch circuits for control units and operator workstation. E. Coordinate equipment with Section 26 24 16"Panelboards"to achieve compatibility with starter coils and annunciation devices. J'_ Coordinate size and location of concrete bases. Cast anchor-bolt inserts into bases. Concrete, reinforcement, and formwork requirements are specified in Section 03 30 00 "Cast-in-place Concrete." PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to .r product selection: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, manufacturers specified. 2. Manufacturers_ Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the manufacturers specified. 2.2 CONTROL SYSTEM A. Manufacturers: -" 1. Honeywell International Inc- 09053-00 230900-4 2. Johnson Controls, Inc. 3. Schneider Electric, Inc. B. Control system shall consist of sensors, indicators, actuators, final control elements, interface Fill equipment,other apparatus,and accessories to control mechanical syslems. C. Control system shall consist of sensors, indicators, actuators, final control elements, interface equipment, other apparatus, accessories, and software connected to distributed controllers to operating in multiuser, multitasking environment on token-passing network and programmed to control mechanical systems. An operator workstation permits interface with the network via dynamic color graphics with each mechanical system, building floor plan, and control device depicted by point-and-click graphics. me D. Control system shall include the following: 1. Building lighting control system specified in Section 26 09 23"Network Lighting Controls." 2. Fire alarm system specified in Section 28 31 11 "Digital,Addressable Fire-Alarm System" and Section 28 31 12"Zoned(DC Loop) Fire-Alarm System." E. The control system shall be connected to and communicate with the City wide energy management system. 2-3 DDC EQUIPMENT A. Operator Workstation: One PC-based microcomputer(s)with minimum configuration as follows: 1. Motherboard: With 8 integrated USB 2.0 ports, integrated Intel Pro 101100 (Ethernet), integrated audio, bios, and hardware monitoring. 2. Processor: Intel Pentium 4. 3. Random-Access Memory: 512 MB. 4" 4. Graphics: Video adapter, minimum 1280 x 1024 pixels, 64-MB video memory, with TV out. 5, Monitor: 19 inches,LCD color_ & Keyboard: QWERTY, 105 keys in ergonomic shape. re 7. Hard-Disk Drive: 80 GB, 8. CD-ROM Read/Write Drive: 46x24x48. 9. Mouse: Three button,optical. 10. Uninterruplible Power Supply: 2 kVa, ill. Operating System: Microsoft Windows XP Professional with high-speed Internet access. a. ASHRAE 135 Compliance. Workstation shall use ASHRAE 135 protocol and communicate using ISO 5802-3(Ethernet) datalinkiphysical layer protocol. b, LonWcrks Compliance: Control units shall use LonTalk protocol and communicate using EIA/CEA 709.1 datalinklphysical layer protocol. 12. Application Software- a. IID capability from operator station. b. System security for each operator via software password and access levels. C. Automatic system diagnostics;monitor system and report faiiures. d. Database creation and support. e. Automatic and manual database save and restore. I, Dynamic color graphic displays with up to 10 screen displays at once. g. Custom graphics generation and graphics library of MVAC equipment and symbols. h, Alarm processing, messages, and reactions. i. Trend logs relievable in spreadsheets and database programs. 09053-00 2309 00 - 5 j, Alarm and event processing. k, Object and property status and control. I, Automatic restart of field equipment on restoration of power. M Data collection, reports,and fogs. Include standard reports for the following: •t) Current values of all objects, 2) Current alarm summary, 3) Disabled objects, 4) Alarm lockout objects, 5) togs. n. Custom report development_ o, utility and weather reports. p. Workstation application editors for controllers and schedules. q. Maintenance management. .■ 13. Custom Application Software: a. English language oriented. b. Full-screen character editor/programming environment. c_ Allow development of independently executing program modules with debugginglsimulation capability. d. Support cond'iti0nal statements. e. Support floating-point arithmetic with mathematic functions. f. Contains predefined time variables. B. Control Units: Modular, comprising processor board with programmable, nonvolatile, random- access memory, local operator access and display panel; integral interface equipment; and backup power source, 1. Units monitor or control each VO point; process information; execute commands from other control units, devices, and operator stations; and download from or upload to operator workstation or diagnostic terminal unit. 2. Stand-alone mode control functions operate regardless of network status. Functions include the following.- a. ollowing:a. Global communications. b. Discrete/digital,analog,and pulse 110. c. Monitoring,controlling,or addressing data paints. d. Software applications, scheduling,and alarm processing. e. Testing and developing control algorithms without disrupting 'field hardware and controlled environment. + 3. Standard Application Programs: a_ Electric Control Programs; Demand limiting, duty cycling, automatic time scheduling, starUstop time optimization, night setback/setup, on-off control with differential sequencing, staggered start, antishort cycling, PID control, DDC with fine tuning,and trend logging. b. HVAC Control Programs: Optimal run time, supply-air reset, and enthalpy switchover. C. Chiller Control Programs: Control function of condenser-water reset, chilled-water reset,and equipment sequencing. d. Programming Application Features: Include Irend point; alarm processing and messaging;weekly, monthly, and annual scheduling; energy calculations; run-time totalization;and security access. e. 'Remote communications. I- Maintenance management. g. Units of Measure: Inch-pound and St(metric)- 09063-00 23 0900 -6 w r+ 4. Local operator interface provides for download from or upload to operator workstation or diagnostic terminal unit. 5. ASHRAE 135 Compliance: Control units shall use ASHRAE 135 protocol and communicate using ISG 6802-3(Ethernet)datalinklphysical layer protocol. 6. LonWorks Compliance: Control units shall use LonTalk protocol and communicate using EIAICEA 709.1 datalinklphysical layer protocol. C. Locai Control Units: Modular, comprising processor board with electronically programmable, nonvolatile, read-only memory; and backup power source. 1. Units monitor or control each Ila point, process information, and download from or upload to operator workstation or diagnostic terminal unit. 2. Stand-alone mode control functions operate regardless of network status. Functions include the following: a. Global communications. b. Discrete/digital, analog, and pulse 1/0- C. Monitoring, controlling, or addressing data points. 3 Local operator interface provides for download from or upload to operator workstation or diagnostic terminal unit. 4, ASHRAE 135 Compliance: Control units shall use ASHRAE 135 protocol and N'r communicate using ISO 8802-3(Ethernet)dalalink/physicai layer protocol. 5. LonWorks Compliance: Control units shall use LonTalk protocol and communicate using EIAICEA 709.1 datalinklphysical layer protocol. D. 110 Interface: Hardwired inputs and outputs may tie into system through controllers. Protect points so that shorting will cause no damage to controllers. 1. Binary Inputs Allow monitoring of on-off signals without external power. 2. Pulse Accumulation Inputs: Accept up to 10 pulses per second. 3. Analog Inputs: Allow monitoring of low-voltage (0- to 10-V dc), current (4 to 20 mA), or resistance signals. r 4, Binary Outputs: Provide on-off or pulsed low-voltage signal,selectable for normally open or normally closed operation. 5. Analog Outputs: Provide modulating signal, either low voltage (0- to 10-V dc) or current (4 to 20 mA). 6. Tri-State Outputs: Provide two coordinated binary outputs for control of three-point, floating-type electronic actuators. 7. Universal IIOs: Provide software selectable binary or analog outputs. •• E. Power Supplies_ Transformers with Class 2 current-limiting type or overcurrent protection; limit connected loads to 80 percent of rated capacity. DC power supply shall match output current and voltage requirements and be full-wave rectifier type with the following: 1. Output ripple of 5.0 mV maximum peak to peak_ 2. Combined 1 percent line and load regulation with 140-mic.see- response time for 50 percent load changes. 3. Built-in overvoltage and overcurrent protection and be able to withstand 150 percent overload for at least 3 seconds without failure. F. Power Line Filtering: Internal or external transient voltage and surge suppression for workstations or controllers with the following: 1. Minimum dielectric strength of 1000 V_ 2. Maximum response tiro a of 10 nanoseconds. 3. Minimum transverse-mode noise attenuation of 65 dB_ 4. Minimum common-mode noise attenuation of 150 dB at 40 to 100 Hz. 49053-00 23 0900 - 7 2.4 UNITARY CONTROLLERS A. Unitized, capable of stand-alone operation with sufficient memory to support its operating system, database, and programming requirements, and with sufficient 110 capacity for the application. I, Configuration: Local keypad and display; diagnostic LEDs for power, communication, and processor; wiring termination to terminal ship or card connected with ribbon cable; memory with bios; and 72-hour battery backup. 2. Operating System: Manage 1/0 communication to allow distributed controllers to share real and virtual object information and allow central monitoring and alarms.Perform .. automatic system diagnostics;monitor system and report failures. 3. ASHRAE 135 Compliance., Communicate using read (execute and initiate) and write (execute and initiate) property services defined in ASHRAE 135. Reside on network using MS/TP datalinkfphysical layer protocol and have service communication pari for connection to diagnostic terminal unit 4. LonWorks Compliance_ Communicate using EINCEA 709.1 dataiinklphysicai layer protocol using LonTalk protocol. 5. Enclosure: Dustproof rated for operation at 32 to 120 deg F. 6. Enclosure: Waterproof rated for operation at 40 to 150 deg F. 2.5 ALARM PANELS A. Unitized cabinet with suitable brackets for wall or floor mounting. Fabricate of 0.06-inch-thick, furniture-quality steel or extruded-aluminum alloy,totally enclosed, with hinged doors and keyed lock and with manufacturer's standard shop-painted finish. 8. Indicating light for each alarm point, single horn, acknowledge switch, and test switch, mounted on hinged cover. 1. Alarm Condition: Indicating light flashes and horn sounds. 2_ - Acknowledge Switch: Horn is silent and indicating light is steady. 3. Second Alarm` Horn sounds and indicating tight is steady. 4. Alarm Condition Cleared. System is reset and indicating light is extinguished. 5. Contacts in alarm panel allow remote monitoring by independent alarm company. 2.6 ANALOG CONTROLLERS A. Step Controllers: 6- or 10-stage type, with heavy-duty switching rated to handle loads and operated by electric motor. 13- Electric, Outdoor-Reset Controliers: Remote-bulb or bimetal rad-and-tube type, proportioning action with adjustable throttling range, adjustable set point, scale range minus 10 to plus 70 deg F, and single-or double-pole contacts. C. Electronic Controllers: Wheatstone-bridge-amplifier type, in steel enclosure with provision for remote-resistance readjustment. Identify adjustments on controllers, including proportional band and authority. I_ Single controllers can be integral with control motor if provided with accessible control readjustment potentiometer. D. Fan-Speed Controllers: Solid-state model providing field-adjustable proportional control of motor speed from maximum to minimum of 55 percent and on-off action below minimum fan speed. Controller shall briefly apply full voltage,when motor is started,to rapidly bring motor up to minimum speed, Equip with filtered circuit to eliminate radio interference 09053-00 230900 -8 E. Receiver Controllers: Single- or muftiple-input models with control-point adjustment, direct or reverse acting with mechanical set-point adjustment with locking device, proportional band adjustment,authority adjustment, and proportional control mode. 114 1. Remole-control-point adjustment shall be plus or minus 20 percent of sensor span, input signal of 3 to 13 prig. 2. Proportional band shall extend from 2 to 20 percent for 5 psig. ~ 3. Authority shall be 20 to 200 percent. 4. Air-supply pressure of 18 psig, input signal of 3 to 15 psig, and output signal of zero to supply Pressure. P1 5, Gages; 1-112 inches in diameter, 2.5 percent wide-scale accuracy, and range to match transmitter input or output pressure. 2.T ELECTRONIC SENSORS A. Description: Vibration and corrosion resistant; for wall, immersion, or duct mounting as required. B. Thermistor Temperature Sensors and Transmitters: 1 Manufacturers: s: a. BEG Controls Corporation. b. Ebtron, Inc. C, Heat-Timer Corporation. d. I.T.M. Instruments Inc. e. MANIAC Systems, Inc. f. RDF Corporation. 2. Accuracy: Plus or minus 0.5 deg F at calibration point. I 3. Wire: Twisted, shielded-pair cable. 4. Insertion Elements in Ducts: Single point, 8 inches long, use where not affected by temperature stratification or where ducts are smaller than 9 sq.ft.. 5. Averaging Elements in Ducts: 36 inches long, flexible; use where prone to temperature stratification or where ducts are larger than 10 sq-ft.. 5. Insertion Elements for Liquids: Brass or stainless-steel socket with minimum insertion length of 2-112 inches. 7. Room Sensor Cover Construction: Manufacturer's standard locking covers. a_ Set-Point Adjustment: Concealed. +� b. Set-Point indication: Concealed. C. Thermometer: Concealed. 8. Outside-Air Sensors: Watertight inlet fitting,shielded from direct sunlight. 9_ Room Security Sensors: -Stainless-steel cover plate with insulated back and security screws_ C. RTDs and Transmitters: 1. Manufacturers: a. BEC Controls Corporation. r b. MAMAC Systems, Inc. C. RDF Corporation. 2. Accuracy: Pius or minus 0.2 percent at calibration point. 3. Wire; Twisted,shielded-pair cable. 4. Insertion Elements in Ducts; Single point, B inches long; use where not affected by temperature stratification or where ducts are smaller than 9 sq. ft.. 09053-00 230900-9 5. Averaging Elements in Ducts, 18 inches long, rigid; use where prone to temperature stratification or where ducts are larger than 9 sq,ft.; length as required. fi. Insertion Elements for Liquids: Brass socket with minimum insertion length of 2-112 , inches. T Room Sensor Cover Construction: Manufacturer's standard lacking covers_ a. Set-Point Adjustment: Concealed. b. Set-Point Indication: Concealed. c. Thermometer, Concealed. 8_ Outside-Air Sensors: Watertight inlet fitting,shielded born direct sunlight. a 9_ Room Security Sensors: Stainless-steel cover plate with insulated back and security screws. O. Humidity Sensors: Bulk polymer sensor element. 1. Manufacturers; a. BEC Controls Corporation. b. General Eastern Instruments. C. MANIAC Systems, Inc. d. ROTRONIC Instrument Corp. e. TCSIBasys Controls. f. Vaisala. 2. Accuracy: 5 percent Tull range with linear output. 3. Room Sensor Range: 20 to 80 percent relative humidity. 4. Room Sensor Cover Construction: Manufacturer's standard locking covers. a. Set-Point Adjustment: Concealed. b. Set-Point Indication: Concealed. l C. Thermometer: Concealed. 5_ Duct Sensor: 20 to 80 percent relative humidity range with element guard and mounting plate. 6_ Outside-Air Sensor: 20 to 80 percent relative humidity range with mounting enclosure, suitable for operation at outdoor temperatures of 32 to 120 deg IF. 7. Duct and Sensors: With element guard and mounting plate, range of 0 to 100 percent relative humidity. E Pressure TransmitterslTransducers: 1. Manufacturers: a. BEC Controls Corporation, b. General Eastern Instruments. c. MAMAC Systems, Inc. d. ROTRONIC Instrument Corp. e. TCSIBasys Controls. f, Vaisala. 2. Static-Pressure Transmitter: Nondirectional sensor with suitable range for expected input,and temperature compensated. a. Accuracy: 2 percent of full scale with repeatability of 0.5 percent- b. ercentb. Output: 4 to 20 mA. C. Building Static-Pressure Range: 0-to 0.25-inch wg. d. Duct Static-Pressure Range: 0-to 5-inch wg. 09053-00 23 09 00 - IC 3. Water Pressure Trahsducers: Stainless-steel diaphragm construction, suitable for service, minimum 150-prig operating pressure, linear output 4 to 20 mA. 4. Water Differential-Pressure Transducers Stainiess-steel diaphragm construction, suitable for service; minimum 150-prig operating pressure and tested to 300-psig; linear output 4 to 20 mA. S. Differential-Pressure Switch (Air or Water): Snap acting, with pilot-duty rating and with _ suitable scale range and differential. 6. Pressure Transmitters: Direct acting for gas, liquid, or steam service, range suitable for system; linear output 4 to 20 mA. F. Room Sensor Cover Construction Manufacturer's standard locking covers. 1. Set-Point Adjustment: Concealed. 2. Set-Point Indication; Concealed, 3. Thermometer: Concealed G Room sensor accessories include the following: 1. Insulating Bases For sensors located on exterior walls. 2. Guards: Locking, heavy-duty,transparent plastic; mounted on separate base. 3. Adjusting Key: As required for calibration and cover screws. 2.8 STATUS SENSORS A. Status Inputs for Fans: Differential-pressure switch with pilot-duty rating and with adjustable range of 0- to 5-inch wg. S. Status Inputs for Pumps: Differential-pressure switch with pilot-duty rating and with adjustable pressure-differential range of 6 to 60 psig,piped across pump. C. Status Inputs for Electric Motors. Comply with ISA 50.00.01, current-sensing fixed- or split-core transformers with self-powered transmitter, adjustable and suitable for 175 percent of rated motor current. D. Voltage Transmitter [100- to 600-V ac]: Comply with ISA 50.00.61, single-loop, self-powered transmitter, adjustable,with suitable range and 1 percent full-scale accuracy. E. Power Monitor: 3-phase type with disco nnectlshorting switch assembly, listed voltage and current transformers, with pulse kilowatt hour output and 4- to 20-mA kW output, with maximum 2 percent error at 1.0 power factor and 2.5 percent error at 0.5 power factor. F. Current Switches: Self-powered, solid-state with adjustable trip current, selected to match current and system output requirements. G. Electronic Valve/Damper Position Indicator, Visual scale indicating percent of travel and 2- to 10-V dc, feedback signal. 2.9 THERMOSTATS R. Manufacturers 1. Erie Controls. 2. Danfoss Inc.;Air-Conditloning and Refrigeration Div. 3. Daikin, Inc. 4. Honeywell, Inc. 5. Johnson Controls, Inc. 6. Theben AG - Lumilite Control Technology, Inc- 09053-00 23 0900 -11 w B. Combination Thermostat and Fan Switches: Line-voltage thermostat with push-button or[ever- operated fan switch_ 1. Label switches"FAN ON-CFF". 2. Mount on single electric switch box. C. Electric, solid-state, microcomputer-based room thermostat with remote sensor. 1, Automatic switching from heating to cooling, 2, Preferential rate control to minimize overshoot and deviation from set point. 3. Set up for four separate temperatures per day. 4. Instant override of set point for continuous or timed period from 1 hour to 31 days. 5. Short-cycle protection. 6, Programming based on every day of week_ 7. Selection features include degree F or degree C display, 12- or 24-hour clock, keyboard disable,remote sensor,and fan on-auto. 8. Battery replacement without program loss. 9. Thermostat display features include the following: a. Time of day. b. Actual roam temperature. c. Programmed temperalure. d. Programmed time. e. Duration of timed override, f. Day of week. g. System mode indications include"heating,""off,""fan auto,"and"fan on" D. Low-Voltage, On-Off Thermostats: NEMA DC 3, 24-V, bimetal-operated, mercury-switch type, with adjustable or fixed anticipation heater, concealed set-point adjustment, 55 to 85 deg F set- point range, and 2 deg F maximum differential. E. Line-Voltage, On-Off Thermostats. Bimetal-actuated, open contact or bellows-actuated, enclosed, snap-switch or equivalent solid-slate type, with heat anticipator; listed for electrical rating; with concealed set-point adjustment, 55 to 85 deg F set-point range, and 2 deg F maximum differential. 1. Electric Heating Thermostats: Equip with off position on Ilial wired to break ungrounded conductors. �r 2. Selector Switch: Integral, manual on-off-auto. F. Remote-Bulb Thermostats: On-off or modulating type, liquid filled to compensate for changes in ambient temperature; with capper capillary and bulb, untess otherwise indicated. " 1. Bulbs in water lines with separate wells of same material as bulb_ 2, Bulbs in air ducts with flanges and shields. 3. Averaging Elements: Capper tubing with either single- or multiple-unit elements, extended to cover full width of duct or unit; adequately supported. 4. Scale settings and differential settings are clearly visible and adjustable from front of instrument. 5. On-Off Thermostat: With precision snap switches and with electrical ratings required by application, B. Modulating Thermostats: Consbuct so complete potentiometer Boit and wiper assembly is removable for inspection or replacement without disturbing calibration of instrument, G. Fire-Protection Thermostats: Listed and labeled by an NRTL acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction; with fixed or adjustable settings to operate at not less than 75 deg F above normal maximum operating temperature, and the following: 1. Reset, Manual. 09053.00 23 09 00-12 2. Reset: Automatic, with control circuit arranged to reeuire manual reset at central control panel;with pilot light and reset switch on panel labeled to indicate operation. H Airstream Thermostats. Two-pipe, fully proportional, single-temperature type; with adjustable set point in middle of range, adjustable throttling range plug-in test fitting or permanent pressure gage, remote bulb, bimetal rod and tube,or averaging element. I Electric, Low-Limit Duct Thermostat: Snap-aciing, single-pole, single-throw, manual-reset switch that trips if temperature sensed across any 12 inches of bulb length is equal to or below set point. 1. Bulb Length; Minimum 20 feet. 2. Quantity: One thermostat for every 20 sq ft. of coil surface. J. Electric, High-Limit Duct Thermostat: Scrap-acting, single-po{e, single-throw, manual-reset switch that trips 4 temperature sensed across any 12 inches of bulb length is equal to or above set point. 1. Bulb Length: Minimum 20 feet. 2. Quantity: One thermostat for every 20 sq f1. of coil surface K. HeatinglCooling Valve-Top Thermostats: Proportional acting for proportional flow, with molded- rubber diaphragm, remote-bulb liquid filled element, direct and reverse acting at minimum shutoff pressure of 25 psig, and cast housing with position indicator and adjusting knob. 2.10 'HUMIDISTATS A. Manufacturers- 1 MAMAC Systems, Inc. 2. ROTRONIC instrument Corp B_ Duct-Mounting Humidistats: Electric insertion, 2-position type with adjustable, 2 percent throttling range,20 to 80 percent operating range, and single-or double-pole contacts. 2-11 ACTUATORS A. Electric Motors: Size to operate with sufficient reserve power to provide smooth modulating action or two-posilion action. 1. Comply with requirements in Section 23 05 13 "Common Motor Requirements for HVAC Equipment." 2. Permanent Split-Capacitor or Shaded-Pole Type: Gear trains completely oil immersed and sealed. Equip spring return motors with integral spiral spring mechanism in housings designed for easy removal for service or adjustment of limit switches, auxiliary switches, or feedback potentiometer. 3 Nonspring-Return Motors for Valves Larger Than NPS 2-112: Size for running torque of 150 in. x lbf and breakaway torque of 300 in. x IN. 4 Spring-Return Motors for Valves Larger Than NPS 2-112: Size for running and breakaway torque of 150 in. x lbf. 5. Nonspring-Return Motors for pampers Larger Than 25 Sq. Ft,: Size for running torque of 150 in, x lbf and breakaway torque of 300 in, x Ibf. 6. Spring-Return Motors for Clampers Larger Than 25 Sq. Ft.; Size for running and breakaway torque of 150 in. x lbf. B. Electronic Actuators: Direct-coupled type designed for minimum 60,000 full-stroke cycles at rated torque. 09053-00 23 09 00 -13 1 Manufacturers: a. Belimo Aircontrals(USA),Inc. 2. Valves: Size for torque required for valve close off at maximum pump differential pressure. 3. Dampers: Size for running torque calculated as follows: a. Parallel-Blade Damper with Edge Seals: 7 inch-Iblsq.ft.of damper. b. Opposed-Blade Damper with Edge Seals: 5 inch-lb/sq- ft. of damper. C, Parallel-Blade Damper without Edge Seals: 4 inch-lb/sq.ft of damper. -. d. Opposed-Blade Damper without Edge Seals: 3 inch-lb/sq.t of damper. e. Dampers with 2-to 3-Inch wg of Pressure Drop or Face Velocities of 1040 to 2540 fpm: Increase running torque by 1.5. f. Dampers with 3- to 4-Inch wg of Pressure Drop or Face Velocities of 2500 to 3040 —+ fpm: Increase running torque by 2-0- 4. Coupling: V-bolt and V-shaped,toothed cradle. 5_ Overload Protection: Electronic overload or digital rotation-sensing circuitry. 6. Fail-Safe Operation; Mechanical, spring-return mechanism. Provide external, manual gear release on nonspring-return actuators. 7_ Power Requirements(Two-Position Spring Return): 24-V ac. 8. Rawer Requirements(Modulating): Maximum 10 VA at 24-V ac or 8 W at 24-V dc. 9. Proportional Signal: 2- to 10-V do or 4 to 20 mA, and 2- to 10-V do position feedback signal. 10. Temperature Rating: Minus 22 to plus 122 deg F. 11. Temperature Rating(Smoke Dampers): Minus 22 to plus 254 deg F. 12. Run Time: 12 seconds open,5 seconds closed, 2.12 DAMPERS �. A. Manufacturers: . 1. Air Balance Inc. 2. Don Park Inc.;Autodamp Div_ 3. TAMCO tT.A. Morrison &Co. Inc.). 4. United Enertech Corp. 5_ Vent Products Company, Inc_ B. Dampers: AMCA-rated, opposed-blade design; 0.108-inch- minimum thick, galvanized-steel or 0.125-inch- minimum thick, extruded-aluminum frames with holes for duct mounting; damper blades shall not be less than 0.064-inch-thick galvanized steel with maximum blade width of 8 inches and length of 48 inches_ 1. Secure blades to 112-inch- diameter, zinc-plated axles using zinc-plated hardware. with [nylon] blade bearings, blade-linkage hardware of zinc-plated steel and brass, ends sealed against spring-stainless-steel blade bearings, and thrust hearings at each end of every blade. 2. Operating Temperature Range: From minus 40 to plus 200 deg F. 3. Edge Seals,Standard Pressure Applications: Closed-cell neoprene. 4. Edge Seals, Low-Leakage Applications: Use inflatable blade edging or replaceable rubber blade seals and spring-loaded stainless-steel side seals, rated for leakage at less than 10 cfm per sq. ft. of damper area, at differential pressure of 4-inch wg when damper is held by torque of 50 in.x Ibf;when tested according to AMCA 500D. 09053.00 23 0900 - 14 2..13 CONTROL CABLE A. Electronic and fiber-optic cables for control wiring are specified in Section 27 15 00 "Communications Horizontal Cabling." PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify thatpower supply is avaalabte to control units and operator workstation. B. Verify that pneumatic piping and duct-, pipe-, and equipment-mounted devices are installed before proceeding with installation. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install software in control units and operator workstation(s). Implement all features of programs to specified requirements and as appropriate to sequence of operation. B. Connect and configure equipment and software to achieve sequence of operation specified. C, Verify location of thermostats, humidistats, and other exposed control sensors with Drawings and room details before installation. Install devices 48 inches above the floor. 1. Install averaging elements in ducts and plenums in crossing or zigzag pattern. D. Install guards on thermostats 'n the following locations: 1. Entrances, 2, Public areas. 3. Where indicated. E Install automatic dampers according to Section 23 33 00"Air Duct Accessories." F. Install damper motors on outside of duct in warm areas, not in locations exposed to outdoor temperatures. G. Install labels and nameplates to identify control components according to Section 23 05 53 "Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment." H. Install hydropic instrument wells, valves, and other accesscries according to Section 23 21 13 "Hydronic Piping." I Install steam and condensate instrument wells, valves, and other accessories according to Section 23 22 13"Steam and Condensate Heating Piping." J. Install refrigerant instrument wells, valves, and other accesscries according to Section 23 23 00 "Refrigerant Piping." K. Install duct volume-control dampers according to Section 23 31 13 "Metal Ducts" and Section 23 31 16"Nonmetal Ducts." L. Install electronic and fiber-optic cables according to Section 27 15 00 "Communications Horizontal Cabling." 09053-00 23 09 00 -1s 3.3 ELECTRICAL WIRING AND CONNECTION INSTALLATION A. install raceways, boxes, and cabinets according to Section 26 05 33 'Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems." B. Install building wire and cable according to Section 26 05 19 "Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Gables." C. Install signal and communication cable according to Section 27 15 00 "Communications Horizontal Cabling." 1. Conceal cable, except in mechanical rooms and areas where other conduit and piping are exposed. 2. Install exposed cable in raceway, 3. Install concealed cable in raceway. + 4. Bundle and harness multiconductor instrument cable in place of single cables where several cables follow a common path. 5. Fasten flexible conductors, bridging cabinets and doors, along hinge side; protect against abrasion. Tie and support conductors. 5. Number-code or color-code conductors for future identification and service of control system, except local individual room control cables, 7. Install wire and cable with sufficient slack and flexible connections to allow for vibration of piping and equipment, D. Connect manual-reset limit controls independent of manual-control switch positions. Automatic duct heater resets may be connected in interlock circuit of power controllers. E, Connect hand-off-auto selector switches to override automatic interlock controls when switch is in hand position. w 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect field-assembled components and equipment installation, including connections. Report results in writing. B. Perform the following field tests and inspections and prepare test reports: 1. Operational Fest: After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm proper unit operation, Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest. 2. Test and adjust controls and safeties, 3. Leak Test: After installation, charge system and test for leaks. Repair leaks and retest until no leaks exist. 4. Pressure test control air piping at 30 prig or 1.5 times the operating pressure for 24 hours,with maximum 5-psig loss_ 5. Pressure test high-pressure control air piping at 150 psig and low-pressure control air piping at 30 psig for 2 hours,with maximum 1-psig loss. 5_ Test calibration of [pneumatic] {electronic] controllers by disconnecting input sensors and stimulating operation with compatible signal generator. 7. Test each point through its full operating range to verity that safety and operating control set points are as required. B. Test each control loop to verify stable mode of operation and compliance with sequence dft of operation. Adjust PID actions. 9. Test each system for compliance with sequence of operation. 10. Test software and hardware interlocks. C DDC Verification: 1. Verify that instruments are installed before calibration,testing,and loop or leak checks, 09053-00 230900-16 2. Check instruments for proper location and accessibility. 3_ Check instrument installation for direction of flow, elevation, orientation, insertion depth, and other applicable considerations. 4. Check instrument tubing for proper fittings,slope, material,and support. 5. Check installation of air supply for each instrument. 6. Check now instruments. Inspect tag number and line and bore sire, and verity that Inlet side is identified and that meters are installed correctly. 7. Check pressure instruments, piping slope, installation of valve manifold, and self- contained pressure regulators. B. Check temperature instruments and material and length of sensing elements. 9. Check control valves. Verify that they are in correct direction. 10. Check air-operated dampers. Verify that pressure gages are provided and that proper blade alignment,either parallel or opposed, has been provided. 11. Check DOC system as follows: a. Verify that DDC controller power supply is from emergency power supp:y, if applicable. b. Verify that wires at control panels are tagged with their service designation and approved tagging system. c_ Verify that spare UO capacity has been provided. d_ Verify that DDC controllers are protected from power supply surges. F9 D. Replace damaged or malfunctioning controls and equipment and repeat testing procedures. 3.s ADJUSTING A. Calibrating and Adjusting: 1. Calibrate instruments, 2. Make three-point calibration test for both linearity and accuracy for each analog instrument. 3. Calibrate equipment and procedures using manufacturer's written recommendations and - instruction manuals. Use test equipment with accuracy at least double that of instrument being calibrated_ 4. Control System Inputs and Outputs: a, Check analog inputs at 0,50,and 100 percent of span. b. Check analog outputs using milliampere meter at 0, 50, and 100 percent output. C. Check digital inputs using jumper Wre. d. Check digital outputs using ohmmeter to test for contact making or breaking. e. Check resistance temperature inputs at 0, 50, and 100 percent of span using a precision-resistant source, 5, F low: a. Set differential pressure flow transmitters for 0 and 100 percent values with 3-point calibration accomplished at 50, 90, and 100 percent of span. b. Manually operate flow switches to verify that they make or break contact. 5. Pressure: a. Calibrate pressure transmitters at 0, 50,and 100 percent of span. b. Calibrate pressure switches to make or break contacts, with adjustable differential set at minimum. 7. Temperature: a. Calibrate resistance temperature transmitters at 0, 50, and 100 percent of span using a precision-resistance source. 09053-00 230900-17 i b. Calibrate temperature switches to make or break contacts. 8. Stroke and adjust control valves and dampers without positioners, following the manufacturer's recommended procedure, so that valve or damper is 100 percent open and closed. 9. Stroke and adjust control valves and dampers with positioners, following manufacturer's recommended procedure,so that valve and damper is 0,50, and 100 percent closed. 10, Provide diagnostic and test instruments for calibration and adjustment of system. 11, Provide written description of procedures and equipment for calibrating each type of instrument. Submit procedures review and approval before initiating startup procedures. B. Adjust initial temperature and humidity set points. C. Occupancy Adjustments: When requested within 12 months of date of Substantial Completion, provide on-site assistance in adjusting system to suit actual occupied conditions. Provide up to *� [three] <Insert numbers visits to Project during other than normal occupancy hours for this purpose. 3.6 DEMONSTRATION A, Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain HVAC instrumentation and controls. Refer to Section 01 79 00 "Demonstration and Training" ENO OF SECTION 23 09 00 09053-00 23 09 00-18 SECTION 23 09 93—SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS FOR HVAC CONTROLS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS X Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 41 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes control sequences for HVAC systems,subsystems, and equipment, S. Related Sections include the following: 1. Section 230900 "Instrumentation and Control for HVAC" for control equipment and devices and for submittal requirements. C. List of Control Sequences included; 1. OAHU-1 — 100% Outside Air Energy Recovery Air Handling Unit DX RTU System_ 2. VRF FCU—Variable Reingerant Flow Fan Coil Units. 3. AHU-#-Independent DX Split Air Handling Units. 4. EF-1 —Exhaust Fan. 1.3 CONTROL SEQUENCES A. OAHU-1 (Typical of 11 Run Conditions- Scheduled; The u0itshall run based upon an operator adjustable schedule. Freeze Protection: The unit shall shut down and generate an alarm upon receiving a freezestat status. Smoke Detection: The unit shall shut down and generate an alarm upon receiving a smoke detector status. Optimal Start: The unit shall start prior to scheduled occupancy based on the time necessary for the suu ply air dis- charge to reach its occupied setpoints_The start time shall automatically adjust based on changes in out- side air temperature and return air temperature. Outside Air Damper: The outside air damper shall open anytime the unit runs and shall close anytime the unit stops_ The supply fan shall start only after the damper status has proven the damper is open.The outside air damper shall close 4sec(adj.)after the supply fan stops. Alarms shall be provided as follows: Outside Air Damper Failure:Commanded opens, but the status is closed. Outside Air Damper in Hand:Commanded closed, but the status is open Supply Fan: The supply fan shall run anytime the unit is commanded to run. To prevent short cycling, the supply fan shall have a user definable (adj.)minimum runtime,unless shutdown on safeties. Alarms shall be provided as follows: 09063-00 2309 93 -1 Supply Fan Failure: Commanded on, but the status is off. Supply Fan in Hand. Commanded off, but the status is on. Supply Fan Runtime Exceeded Status runtime exceeds a user definable limit(adi.). Supply Air Duct Static Pressure Control: The controller shall measure duct static pressure and modulate the supply fan VFD speed to maintain a duct static pressure setpoint.The speed shall not drop below 30% (adj_). The static pressure setpoint shall be reset based on zone cooling requirements The initial duct static pressure setpoint shalt be 1,51n H2O (ad).). As cooling demand increases, the setpoint shalt incrementally reset up to a maximum of 1.8in H2O (adj.). As cooling demand decreases,the setpoint shall incrementally reset down to a minimum of 1.3in H2O(adj.) . Alarms shall be provided as follows: High Supply Air Static Pressure: If the supply air static pressure is 25`!0 (adj.)greater than setpoint, Low Supply Air Static Pressure: If the supply air static pressure is 25%(adj.) less than setpoint. • Supply Fan VFD Fault. Supply Air Temperature setpoint - Fixed: The controller shall monitor the supply air temperature and shall maintain a fixed supply air temperature setpoint of 55"F {adj.}. Cooling Stages: The controller shall measure the supply air temperature and stage the cooling to maintain its cooling set- point. To prevent short cycling, there shall be a user definable{adj.}delay between stages, and each stage shalt have a user definable(adj.) minimum runtime. The cooling shall be enabled whenever: Outside air temperature is greater than 60*F (adj.). • AND the supply air temperature is above cooling setpoint. AND the fan status is on. Hot Gas Reheat. The controller shall measure the supply air temperature and modulate the hot gas reheat valve to main- _ tain its discharge setpoint. The hot gas reheat shall be enabled whenever: Outside air temperature is greater than 607 (adj.). • AND the supply air temperature is below heating setpoint. AND the fan status is on. Gas Heating Stages: The controller shall measure the supply air temperature and stage the heating to maintain its heating set- point. To prevent short cycling,there shall be a user definable (adj.)delay between stages, and each stage shall have a user definable (adj) minimum runtime, The heating shall be enabled whenever- 09053-00 23 09 93 - 2 In Outside air temperature is less than 65°F (adj.). • AND the supply air temperature is below heating setpoint. AND the Fan status is on. The heating stages shall run for freeze protection whenever: Supply air temperature drops from 40°F to 35°F (adj.). AND the supply fan status is on_ Alarms shall be provided as follows: Low Supply Air Temp: If the supply air temperature is 5°F(adj.)less than setpoint. On mode change,the compressor shall be disabled and remain off until after the reversing valve has changed position. Alarms shall be provided as follows: .. Compressor Runtime Exceeded:The compressor runtime exceeds a user definable limit (adj.). Final Filter Differential Pressure Monitor: The controller shall monitor the differential pressure across the final filter, Alarms shall be provided as follows: Final Filter Change Required: Final filter differential pressure exceeds a user definable limit (adj.). Outside Air Filter Differential Pressure Monitor: The controller shall monitor the differential pressure across the outside air filter_ Alarms shall be provided as follows: • Outside Air Filler Change Required: Outside Air filter differential pres'sure exceeds a user r. definable limit(adj.). Return Air Temperature: The controller shall monitor the return air temperature and use as required for setpoint control or econo- mizer control(if present). Alarms shall be provided as follows.- High ollows:High Return Air Temp:It the return air temperature is greater than 90°F (adj.). .. • Low Return Air Temp: If the return air temperature is less than 45`F (adj.). Supply Air Temperature: IF* The controller shall monitor the supply air temperature. Alarms shall be provided as follows: • High Supply Air Temp; If the supply air temperature is greater Ihan 1207 (adj). • Low Supply Air Temp: If the supply air temperature is less than 45°F (adj,), A Hardware Software Points Points w A Alar Show On Point Name Al 0 BI 0 AV 8V Loop Schell Trend m Graphls 090553-00 230993-3 Hardware Software Points Points A B Alar Show On Point Name Al D 81 O AV BV Loap Schad Trend m Graphic Outside Air Temp x x x Exhaust Air Temp x i x x ~ Heat Wheel Discharge Air Temp x x x Return Air Temp x x x Final Filter Differential Pressure x x x Outside Air Differential Pressure x x x Supply Air Static Pressure x x x Supply Air Temp x x x Outside Air Humidity x x x s Supply Fan VFD Speed x x x Exhaust Fan VFD Speed x x x Freexestat x x x x Smoke Detector x x x x Outside Air Damper Status x x x Heat Wheel Status x x x Supply Fan Status x x x Supply Fan VFD Fault x x x Exhaust Fan Status x x x Exhaust Fan VFD Fault x x x Outside Air Damper x x x Heat Wheet Start/Stop x x x Heat Wheel Bypass pampers x x x Supply Fan Start/Stop x x x Exhaust Fan Start/Stop x x x Cooling Stage 1 x x x Cowling Stage 2 x x x Heating Stage t x x x Heating Stage 2 x x x Pleating Stage 3 x x x Heating Stage 4 x x x Hot Gas Reheat x x x Supply Air Temp Selpoint x x x Schedule x Outside Air Damper Failure x Outside Air Damper in Hand x Heat Wheel Rotation Failure x 09063-00 2309R3-4 li Hardware Software Points Points A B Alai, Show On Point Name Al 0 B! ❑ AV BV Loop Schad Trend m Graphic Heat Wheel in Hand x Heat Wheel Runtime Exceeded x Supply Fan Failure x Supply Fan in Hand x Supply Fan Runtime Exceeded x Supply Fan VFD Fault x High Supply Air Static Pressure x x Low Supply Air Static Pressure x x Exhaust Fan Failure x rExhaust'Fan in Hand x Exhaust Fan Runtime Exceeded x Exhaust Fan VFD Fault x Compressor Runtime Exceeded x Final Filter Change Required x x Outside Air Filter Change Re x quired High Supply Air Temp x Low Supply Air Temp x High Return Air Temp x Low Return Air Temp x Totals 9 2 8 12 1 0 0 1 32 24 35 Total hardware(31) Total Software(58) B. VRF Fan Coll Units Run Conditions-Scheduled: The unit shall run according to a user definable time schedule in the following modes: • Occupied Mode:The unit shall maintain A 747 (adj.)cooling setpoint • A 74`F(adj.) heating setpoint. • Unoccupied Mode(night setback):The unit shall maintain A 85'F(adj.)cooling setpoint. • A 55'F (adj_)healing setpoint. Alarms shall be provided as follows: High Zone Temp: If the zone temperature is greater than the coaling setpoint by a user definable amount(adj.). Law Zone Temp: If the zone temperature is less than the heating setpoint by a user definable amount(adj.). Zone Setpoint Adjust: 09053-00 230993-5 The occupant shall be able to adjust the zone temperature heating and cooling setpoints at the zone sen- sor_ Zone Optimal Start: .. The unit shall use an optimal start algorithm for morning start-up.This algorithm shall minimize the unoc- cupied warm-up or cool-down period while still achieving comfort conditions by the start of scheduled oc- cupied period. Zane Unoccupied Override: A timed local override control shall allow an occupant to override the schedule and place the unit into an occupied mode for an adjustable period of time.At the expiration of this time,control of the unit shall au- .. tomatically return to the schedule. Smoke Detection: The unit shall shut down and generate an alarm upon receiving a smoke detector status(FCU-3 only). Supply Fan: The supply fan shall run anytime the unit is commanded to run, unless shutdown on safeties.To prevent + short cycling,the supply fan shall have a user definable{adj,) minimum runtime. Alarms shall be provided as follows. • Supply Fan Failure: Commanded on, but the status is off. ^ • Supply Fan in Hand. Commanded off,but the status is on. • Supply f=an Runtime Exceeded: Status runtime exceeds a user definable limit(adj.). Cooling Stage: ' The controller shall measure the zone temperature and stage the cooling to maintain its cooling setpoint, To prevent short cycling,the stage shall have a user definable(adj.)minimum runtime The cooling shall be enabled whenever- • Outside air temperature is greater than 60'F(adj.). • AND the zone temperature is above cooling setpoint_ AND the supply fan status is on. • AND the heating is not active. Mixed Air dampers: The mixed air dampers shall open to provide minimum outside air ventilation anytime the unit is occu- pied. The mixed air dampers shall close 5sec(adi_)after the supply fan stops. If Optimal Start Up is available,the outside air damper shall close and the return air damper shall open. Minimum Outside Air Ventilation- Fixed Percentage: f The outside air dampers shall maintain a minimum position(adj)during building occupied hours and be closed during unoccupied hours_ Prefilter Differential Pressure Monitor: The controller shall monitor the differential pressure across the prefilter. Alarms shall be provided as follows: • Prefilter Change Required: Prefilter differential pressure exceeds a user definable limit(adj.), i Supply Air Temperature: The controller shall monitor the supply air temperature, Alarms shall be provided as follows: • High Supply Air Temp: If the supply air temperature is greater than 1207 (adj). Low Supply Air Temp. If the supply air temperature is less than 454E (adj ) 09053-00 230993 -6 PM Hardware Points Software Paints �. Point Name At AO Ell Ba AV SV Loop Sche Tren Alar Show On d d m Graphic Zone Temp x x x r+ Zone Setpoint Adjust x x Prefilter Differential Pressure x x Supply Air Temp x x x Zone Override x x x Supply Fan Status x x x Supply Fart Start/Stop x x x Cooling Stage x x x Mixed Air Dampers x x Schedute x Heating Setpoint x x Cooling Setpoint x x FW High Zone Temp x Low Zone Temp x Supply Fan Failure x Supply Fan in Hand x Supply Fan Runtime Exceeded x Compressor Runtime Exceeded x Prefilter Change Required x x High Supply Air Temp x Low Supply Air Temp x Totals 4 Q 2 3 0 :0 .0 1 9 12 11 Total Hardware(9) Total Software(22) F I 09053-00 230993-7 I "1 I C. AHU-#Itypicall of 7) Run Conditions- Continuous: The unit shall run continuously and shall maintain: A 72°F (adj_) cooling setpoint A 50-F (adj.)heating setpoint. Alarms shall be provided as fellows. • High zone Temp: If the zone temperature is greater than the cooling setpoint by a user definable amount (adj.). Low Zone Temp: if the zone temperature is less than the heating setpoint by a user definable amount (adj.). Zone Setpoint Adjust. v The occupant shall be able to adjust the zone temperature heating and cooling setpoints at the zone sen- sof- Freeze Protection: The unit shall shut down and generate an alarm upon receiving a freezestat status. Supply Fan: The supply fan shall run anytime the unit is commanded to run, unless shutdown on safeties. To prevent short cycling, the supply fan shall have a user definable (adj.)minimum runtime. Alarms shall be provided as follows: Supply Fan Failure: Commanded on,but the status is off. Supply Fan in Hand: Commanded off,but the status is on. Supply Fan Runtime Exceeded: Status runtime exceeds a user definable limit(adj.). Cooling Stage: The controller shall measure the zone temperature and stage the cooling to maintain its cooling setpoint. To prevent short cycling,the stage shall have a user definable (adj.)minimum runtime The cooling shall be enabled whenever. • Outside air temperature is greater than 607 (adj). • AND the zone temperature is above cooling setpoint. AND the supply fan status is on. AND the heating is not active. Electric Healing with SCR: z- The controller shall measure the zone temperature and modulate the heating to maintain its heating set- point- The heating shall be enabled whenever • Outside air temperature is less than 657 (adj.). AND the zone temperature is below healing setpoint. AND the supply fan status is on. AND the Cooling is not active. 09053-00 23 09 93 -8 On mode change,the compressor shall be disabled and remain off until after the reversing valve has changed position. Alarms shall be provided as follows Compressor Runtime Exceeded:The compressor runtime exceeds a user definable limit (ada.J. Hardware Software Points Points A Alar Show On Point Flame Al O BI O AV BV Loop Schell Trend m Graphic Zone Temp x x x Zone Setpoint Adjust x x Return Air Differential Pressure x x x Return Air Temp x x x Supply Air Temp x x x Heating Output x x x Freezestat x x x x Supply Fan Status x x x Supply Fan Start/Stop x x x Cooling Stage x x x Heating Enable x x x Heating Setpoint x x Cooling Setpoint x x High Zone Temp - x . Low Zone Temp x Supply Fan Failure x High Return Air Temp x Low Return Air Temp x F lgh Supply Air Temp x Low Supply Air Temp x Totals 7 Z 2 d 1 3 0 0 0 17 16 19 Total Hardware(15) Total Software(36) R. Exhaust Fan(EF-1) The exhaust Fan shall run whenever the OAHU-1 supply fan runs,unless shutdown on safeties. Alarms shall be provided as follows: FExhaust Fan Failure; Commanded on,but the status is off. Exhaust Fan in Hand: Commanded off,but the status is on. /r Exhaust Fan Runtime Exceeded: Status runtime exceeds a user definable limit(adj.). R 09053-00 230993-9 PART 2-PRODUCTS jN©t Applicable) PART 3-EXECUTION(Not Applicable) END OF SECTION 23 09 93 09053-00 230993-10 SECTION 23 01 00— HVAC EQUIPMENT PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY FA. Section includes VRV air-conditioning and heat-pump units consisting of separate evaporator- fan and compressor-condenser components. B. Section includes DX air-conditioning and heat-pump units consisting of separate evaporator-fan and compressor-condenser components. rC. Section includes self-contained DX Rooftop outside air unit with gas heat. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTAL'S A. Product Data; For each type of product indicated. Include rated capacities, operating characteristics, and furnished specialties and accessories. Include performance data in terms of capacities, outlet velocities, static pressures, sound power characteristics, motor rrequirements, and electrical characteristics. B. LEER Submittals, 1 Product Data for Credit EA 4, Documentation indicating that equipment and refrigerants comply lr" C. Shop Drawings, Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. 1. Detail equipment assemblies and indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required ciewartices, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field connection. ir 2. Wiring Diagrams: For power, signal, and control wirirg. D. Samples for Initial Selection- For units with factory-applied color finishes. IP 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS �► A. Field quality-Control reports. B. Warranty: Sample of special warranty. 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUSMMALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For all HVAC air-conditioning units to include its emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals 09053-00 23 81 00 - 1 1.6 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Filters: One spare set(s)for each air-handling unit. 2. Gaskets: One spare set(s)for each access door. 3. Fan Belts: One spare set(s)for each air-handling unit fan where belt is applicable. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. B_ ASHRAE Compliance. 1. Fabricate and label refrigeration system to comply with ASHRAF 15,"Safety Standard for Refrigeration Systems." " 2_ ASHRAE Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE 62.1, Section 4 - "Outdoor Air Quality," Section 5 - "Systems and Equipment," Section 6 - " Procedures," and Section 7 -"Construction and System Start-up." C. ASHRAEIIESNA Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAEIIESNA 90.1, 1.8 COORDINATION A. Coordinate sizes and locations of concrete bases with actual equipment provided, Cast anchor- bolt inserts into bases. Concrete, reinforcement, and formwork are specified in Section 03 30 40"Cast-in-Place Concrete_" 13. Coordinate sizes and locations of#oof curbs, equipment supports, and roof penetrations with actual equipment provided. 1.9 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of split-system air-conditioning units that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: a. For Compressor: Seven years from date of Substantial Completion_ s b. For Parts'One year from date of Substantial Completion. C. For Labor: One year from date of Substantial Completion, PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 DX ROOFTOP OUTSIDE AIR UNIT "■ 09053-00 238100-2 r no A. Packaged rooftop outside air unit includtng compressors, evaporator coifs, filters, supply blowers, dampers, condenser coils, condenses fans,gas healers, and unit controls. B. Construction: 1. All cabinet walls, access doors and roof shall be fabricated of rigid, impact re- sistant,double wall, high performance composite panels with 22 Gage G90 gal- vanized steel on both sides and a closed cell polyurethane foam interior core. 2. Foam shall have a minimum density of 2 pounWcublc foot and shall be tested in accordance with ASTM D-1929 for a minimum flash ignition temperature of PIP 610°F. 3_ Panel deflection shall not exceed U240 ratio at 125% of design static pressure, maximum 8 inches of positive or negative static pressure. Deflection shall be measured at the midpoint of the panel height and width. " 4. Cabinet leakage rate shall not exceed I%when tested at 6 inches of static pres- sure. 5. Insulation shall have an R-value of 13. 6. All cabinet walls, access doors and roof shall have a thermal break with no metal or path to inside to outside. 7. Units with cooling coils shall include double sloped stainless steel drain pans and a factory provided p-trap,for field installation. 8. Roof of the air tunnel shall be sloped to provide complete drainage. 1P 9. Unit shall have rain break overhangs above access doors, 10. Exterior paint finish shall be capable of withstanding at leas! 1000 hours,with no visible corrosive effects,when tested in a salt spray and fog atmosphere in ac- cordance with ASTM B 117-95 test procedure 11. Access to filters,dampers,cooling coils,controls, compressors,and heaters shall be through hinged access doors with quarter turn, zinc cast, lockable handles. Full length stainless steel piano hinges shall be included on the doors. 12. All openings through the base pan of the unit shall have upturned flanges of at " least 4.5 inches in height around the opening through the base pan. 13. Unit shall include lifting lugs on the top of the unit. 14. Options: a) Unit shall include factory installed, painted galvanized steel condenser coil guards on the face of the condenser coil. C. Supply Fan: 1. Unit shall include direct drive,unhoused,backward curved,plenum supply blower. 2. Blower and motor shall be dynamically balanced and mounted on rubber isolators. 3. Motor shall be premium efficiency ODP with ball bearings rated for 200,000 hours service with external lubrication points. D. Electrical: 1 Options: a) Unit shall be provided with factory installed and factory wired,non-fused disconnect switch in the unit control panel. b) Unit shall be provided with factory installed and field wired 115V, 15 amp GF1 outlet with outlet disconnect switch in the unit control panel. E. Cooling Coils_ 1. Evaporator Coil a) Coils shall be designed for use with R-4 ICA refrigerant and constructed of copper tubes with aluminum fins mechanically bonded to the lubes and galvanized steel end casings. Fin design shall be sine wave rippled. b) Coils shall have interlaced circuitry and shall be standard(6 row high) capacity. C) Coils shall be helium leak tested. d) Coil shall be furnished with a factory installed thermostatic expansion valve. F. Refrigeration System 09053-00 23 81 00 • 3 1_ Unit shall be factory charged with R-410A refrigerant. 2. Compressors shall be scroll type with thermal overload protection,independently circuited,and carry a 5 year non-prorated warranty_ 3, Compressors shall be mounted in an isolated service compartment which can be accessed without affecting unit operation, Lockable hinged compressor access doors shall be fabricated of double wall, high performance composite panels with an R-value of 13 to prevent the transmission of noise Outside the cabinet. 4, Compressors shall be isolated from the base pan with the compressor manufac- turer's recommended rubber vibration isolators,to reduce any transmission of noise from the compressor into the building area. 5. Each refrigeration circuit shall be equipped with thermostatic expansion valve type refrigerant flow control_ 6. Each refrigeration circuit shall be equipped with automatic reset low pressure and manual reset high pressure refrigerant safety controls,Schrader type service fit- +� tings on both the high pressure and low pressure sides,and factory installed liq- uid line filter driers. 7. Compressors shall include capacity control. & Options: a) Each refrigeration circuit shall be equipped with a liquid line sight glass. b) Each refrigeration circuit shall be equipped with suction and discharge compressor isolation valves. C) Each capacity stage shall be equipped with a 5 minute off,delay timer to prevent compressor shod cycling. d) Each capacity stage shall be equipped with an adjustable, 20 second de- lay timer to prevent multiple capacity stages from starting all at once. e) Lead refrigeration circuit shall be equipped with flooded condenser low " ambient head pressure control to allow operation down to 0°F. Option in- cludes onloff condenser fan cycling and adjustable compressor lockout. G. Condenser: i 1, Air-Cooled Condenser a) Condenser fans shall be vertical discharge axial flow direct drive (ans. b) Coils shall be designed for use with R-410A refrigerant and constructed of copper tubes with aluminum fins mechanically bonded to the tubes and galvanized steel end casings. Fin design shall be sine wave rippled C) Coils shall be designed for a minimum of 10 degrees of refrigerant sub- cooling. d) Coils shall be helium leak tested. H. Gas Heating: 1. Unit shall include a natural gas furnace. 2. Aluminized steel heat exchanger furnaces shall carry a 25 year non-prorated warranty and stainless steel heat exchanger furnaces shall carry a 15 year non- -� prorated warranty. 3. Gas furnace shall consist of 409 stainless steel heat exchangers with multiple concavities,an induced draft blower,and an electronic pressure switch to lockout the gas valve until the combustion chamber is purged and combustion airflow is established. 4. Furnace shall include a gas ignition system consisting of an electronic igniter to a pilot system,which will be continuous when the heater is operating, but will shut Ism off the pilot when heating is not required. 5. Unit shall have gas supply piping entrances in the unit base for through-the-curb gas piping and in the outside cabinet wall for across the roof gas piping. 6. Options 179453-00 238100 -4 r a) Natural gas furnace shall be equipped with modulating gas valves, ad- justable speed combustion blowers,stainless steel tubular heat ex- changers,and electronic controller. Combustion blowers and gas valve shall be capable of modulation. Electronic controller includes a factory wired,field installed supply air temperature sensor. Sensor shall be field installed in the supply air ductwork. Supply air temperature setpoint shall be adjustable on the electronic controller within the controls compart- ment. Filters: 1. Unit shall include 4 inch thick, pleated panel filters with an ASHRAE efficiency of 90%and MERV rating of 13,upstream of the cooling coil. K. Controls, 1, Standard terminal'block: provide the unit with a terminal block for field installa- tion of controls. L. Smoke Detector: 1. Provide the unit with a terminal block for field installation of a smoke detector which shuts off the unit's control circuit. 0. Roof Curbs: 1. Curbs shall be fully gasketed between the curb top and unit bottom with the curb providing full perimeter support,cross structure support and air seal for the unit. Curb gasket shall be furnished within the conlrol compartment of the rooftop unit to be mounted on the curb immediately before mounting of the rooftop unit 2. Knockdown curbs(with duct support rails)shall be factory furnished for field as- sembly. 3. Solid bottom curb shall be factory assembled and fully lined with 1 inch neoprene coated fiberglass insulation and include a wood mailer strip. (Curb shall be ad- justable up to 314 inch per foot to allow for sloped roof applications.) 4P P. Manufacturer: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to strict compliance with the requirements of this specifi- cation, provide products by one of the following: a. Valent b. AAON, Inc. C. Munters Dalkin d. Owner Approved Equivalent. 2.2 VARIABLE REFRIGERANT VOLUME AIR CONDITIONING UNITS A. Outdoor Unit: The outdoor unit is designed specifically for use with the Variable Refrig- erant Volume series components. �. 1. The outdoor unit shall be factory assembled and pre-wired with all necessary electronic and refrigerant controls. The refrigeration circuit of the condensing unit shall consist of scroll compressors,motors,fans, condenser coil,electronic ex- pansion valves,solenoid valves,4-way valve,distribution headers,capillaries,fil- ters,shut off valves, oil spearators,service ports and refrigerant regulator. High/low pressure gas line, liquid and suction lines must be individually insulated between the outdoor and indoor units. Provide unit using R-410A for refrigera- tion circuit. 2_ The outdoor unit can be wired and piped with outdoor unit access from the left, right, rear or bottom.. ©9053-00 23 81 00 -5 d" dft 3. The connection ration of indoor units to outdoor unit shall be permitted up to 200%. 4. Each outdoor system shall be able to support the connection of up to 56 indoor units dependant on the model of the outdoor unit. 5. The sound pressure level standard shall be that value as listed in the Daikin en- gineering manual for the specified models at 3 feet from the unit. The outdoor unit shall be capable of operating automatically at further reduced noise during night time. 6. The system will automatically restart operation after a power failure and will not cause any settings to be lost,thus eliminating the need for reprogramming. 7_ The unit shall incorporate an auto-charging feature and a refrigerant charge —� check function. 8. The outdoor unit shall be modular in design and should allow for side-by-side in- stallation with minimum spacing. 9. The following safety devices shall be included on the condensing unit;high pres- sure switch,control circuit fuses,crankcase heaters, fusible plug, high pressure switch,overload relay, inverter overload protector,thermal protectors for com- pressor and fan motors,over current protection for the inverted and anti-recycling timers. 10. To ensure the liquid refrigerant does not flash when supplying to the various fan coil units,the circuit shall be provided with a sub-cooling feature, 11. ail recovery cycle shall be automatic occurring 2 hours after start of operation and then every 8 hours of operation. 12. The outdoor unit shall be capable of heating operation at 0 degrees F dry bulb ambient temperature without additional low ambient controls. 13. The system shall continue to provide heat to the indoor units in heating operation while in the defrost mode. B. Unit Cabinet: 1. The outdoor unit shall be completely weatherproof and corrosion resistant. The unit shall be constructed from rust-proofed mild steel panels coated with a baked enamel finish. C. Fan: 1. The condensing unit shall consist of one or more propeller type, direct drive steel fan motors that have multiple speed operation. 2. The condensing unit fan motor shall have multiple speed operation and be of high external static pressure and shall be factory set as standard at 0.12 in W_G. Afield setting switch to a maximum 0.32 in.NU_G. pressure is available to ac- commodate field applied duct for indoor mounting of condensing units. 3. The fan shall be a vertical discharge configuration. 4. Nominal sound pressure levels shall range from 58dB{A}to 63dB{A} 5. The fan motor shall have inherent protection and permanently lubricated bear- ings and be mounted. 09053-00 23 81 00 -6 6. The fan motor shall be provided with a fan guard to prevent contact with moving parts_ i. Night setback control of the fan motor for low noise operation by way of automat- ically limiting the maximum speed shall be a standard feature. Operational sound level shall be selectable from 3 steps. D Condenser Coil. 1. The condenser coil shall be manufactured from copper tubes and expanded into aluminum fins to form a mechanical bond. 2. The treat exchanger coil shall be of a waffle louver fin and rifled bore tube design to ensure high efficiency performance. 3. The heat exchanger on the condensing units shalt be manufactured from Hi-X seamless copper tube with N-shape internal grooves mechanically bonded on to aluminum fins to an a-Pass Design. n. The fins are to be covered with an anti-corrosion acrylic resin and hydrophilic film type E1. 5. The pipe plates shall be treated with powdered polyester resin for corrosion pre- vention. The thickness of the coating must be between 2.0 and 3.0 microns. E. Compressor: 1. The scroll compressor shall be variable speed controlled which is capable of changing speed to follow the variations in total cooling and heating load as de- termined by the suction gas pressure as measured in the condensing unit. In addition, samplings of evaporator and condenser temperatures shall be made so that the highllow pressures detected are read every 20 seconds and calculated. With each reading, the compressor capacity shall be controlled to eliminate devi- ation from target value. 2_ The inverter driven compressor in each condensing unit shall be of highly effi- cient reluctance, hermetically sealed scroll"G-type.' 3. Neodymium magnets shall be adopted in the rotor construction to yield a higher torque and efficiency in the compressor instead of the normal ferrite magnet type. At complete stop of the compressor, the neodymium magnets will position the ro- tor into optimum position for a low torque start. 4. The capacity control range shall be as low as 4% to 100%. 5. Each non-inverter compressor shall also be of the hermetically sealed scroll type. 6. Each compressor shall be equipped with a crankcase heater,high pressure safe- ty switch, and internal thermal Overload protector. 7 Oil separators shall be spring mounted to avoid the transmission of vibration 8. The compressor shall be spring mounted to avoid the transmission of vibration. 3. In the event of compressor failure the remaining compressors shall continue to operate and provide heating or cooling as required at a proportionally reduced capacity. The microprocessor and associated controls shall be designed to spe- cifically address this condition 09053-00 23 81 00 -7 10 In case of multiple condenser modules, conjoined operation hours of the com- pressors shall be balanced by means of a duty cycling function, ensuring se- quential starting of each module at each start/stop cycle,completion of oil retum, completion of defrost or every 8 hours. F. Electrical 1 The power supply to the outdoor unit shall be 205-230,3 phase, 60 Hz+d- 10% 2. The control voltage between the indoor and outdoor unit shall be 16VDC non- shielded, stranded 2 conductor cable. 3. The control wiring shall be a two-wire multiplex transmission system, making it possible to connect multiple indoor units to one outdoor unit with on 2-cable wire, thus simplifying the wiring operation. 4 The control wiring shall be 16 AWG,2 wire, ran-polarity, non-shielded, stranded. 5. Lenqths per manufacturer's recommendation. G. Control: 1. The unit shall have controls provided by VRV manufacturer to perform input functions necessary to operate the system. 2. The unit shall be compatible with interfacing with a BMS system via optional Lon- Works or BACnet gateways. 3. The unit shall be compatible with a multi-zone controller or system manager customi- zable BMS. H. Provide units manufactured by Daikin, Mitsubishi, LG, or towner Approved Equivalent, 2.3 BRANCH SELECTOR BOX A. Provide Branch Selector Box designed specifically to be used with a variable fefngerant volume heat recovery system- 1- ystem.1. The branch selector boxes shall be factory assembled,wired, and piped. 2. Provide factory run tested branch controllers. 3. These selector boxes must be mounted indoors, 4 When simultaneously heating and cooling, the units in heating mode shall ener- gize their subcooling solenoid valve. 5. The number of connectable indoor units shall be in accordance with manufactur- er's recommendations. B. Unit Cabinet I. Provide units with galvanized steel plate casing. 2. Each cabinet shall house multiple refrigeration control valves and a liquid gas separa- tor. 09053-00 2381 00-8 I The cabinet shall contain a tube in tube heat exchanger. 4. The unit shall have sound absorption thermal insulation material made of flame and heat resistant foamed polyethylene. 5. Nominal sound pressure levels shall range from 32-43 dB(A) G. Refrigerant Valves- 1, The unit shall be furnished with electronic expansion valves to control the direction of refrigerant flow. 2. The refrigerant connections must be of the braze type. 3. Each circuit shall have at least one branch selector box. 4. Multiple circuits may be connected to a branch selector box within 1he ca- pacity range of the branch selector box. D. Drainage: 1_ The unit shall not require any condensate drainage connection. E. Electrical: 1. The unit electrical power shall be 2081230 volts. 1 phase,60 Hz. 2, The unit shall be capable of operation within the limits of 167 volts to 255 volts. 3. The minimum circuit amps (MCA) shall be 0.1 and the maximum fuse amps MFA}shall be 15 4. The control voltage between the indoor and outdoor unit shall be 16VDC non-shielded 2 conductor cable. F Provide units manufactured by Daikin, Mitsubishi, LG, or Owner Approved Equivalenl. 2.4 DX INDOOR UNITS J5 TONS 0R LESS-HON VRV) A Wall-Mounted, Evaporator-Fan Components: 1 Cabinet: Enameled steel with removable panels on front and ends in color selected by Architect, and discharge drain pans with drain connection. 2, Refrigerant Coil: Copper tube, with mechanically bonded aluminum fins and thermal- expansion valve. Comply with ARI 2141240. 3, Electric Coil: Helical, nickel-chrome, resistance-wire heating elements with refractory ceramic support bushings, automatic-reset thermal cutout, built-in magnetic contactors. manual-reset thermal cutout, airflow proving device, and one-time fuses in terminal box for overcurrent protection. 4. Fan: Direct drive,centrifugal. 5. t=an Motors: a. Comply with NEMA designalion, temperature rating, service factor, enclosure type, and efficiency requirements specified in Section 23 05 13 "Common Motor Requirements for HVAC Equipment." b. Multitapped, multispeed with internal thermal protection and permanent lubrication. c. Enclosure Types Totally enclosed, fan cooled. 09053-00 23 81 00-9 d. NEMA Premium (TM)efficient motors as defined in NEMA MG 1.. e. Controllers, Electrical Devices,and Wiring: Comply with requirements for electrical devices and connections specified in electrical Sections. dft f. Mount unit-mounted disconnect switches on interior of unit. 6. Airstream Surfaces: Surfaces in conlact with the airstream shall comply with requirements in ASHRAE 62.1. _ 7. Condensate Drain Pans: a. Fabricated with one percent slope in at least two planes to collect condensate from cooling coils(including coil piping connections,coil headers, and return bends)and �. humidifiers,and to direct water toward drain connection. 1) Length: Extend drain pan downstream from leaving face to comply with ASHRAE 82.1, dw 2) Depth: A minimum of 1 inch deep. b. Single-wall, galvanized steel sheet, c. Brain Connection: Located at lowest point of pan and sized to prevent overflow. "+ Terminate with threaded nipple on one end of pan. 1) Minimum Connection Size: NPS 1. d. Pan-Top Surface Coating: Asphaltic waterproofing compound 8. Air Filtration Section: a. General Requirements for Air Filtration Section: 1) Comply with NFPA 90A, 2) Minimum Arrestance. According to ASHRAE 52.1 and MERV according to ASHRAE 52.2. • 3) Filter-Holding Frames: Arranged for feat or angular orientation, with access doors on both sides of unit. Filters shall be removable from one side or •. lifted out from access plenum, 2.5 DX OUTDOOR UNITS (5 TONS OR LFSS-NOH VRV) '■ A Air-Cooled, Compressor-Condenser Components. 1_ Casing. Steel, finished with baked enamel in color selected by Architect,with removable panels for access to contra#s, weep holes for water drainage, and mounting holes in base. Provide brass service valves,fittings,and gage ports on exterior of casing. 2. Compressor: Hermetically sealed with crankcase heater and mounted on vibration isolation device. Corepressor motor shall have thermal- and current-sensitive overload devices,start capacitor, relay, and contactor. a. Compressor Type: Scroll. b. Two-speed compressor motor with manual-reset high-pressure switch and automatic-reset low-pressure switch. c. ' Refrigerant Charge: R-410A. d. Refrigerant Coil: Copper tube,with mechanically branded aluminum fins and liquid •. subcooler. Comply with ARi 2101240. 3. Heat-Pump Components: Reversing valve and iow-temperature air cutoff thermostat, 4. Fan. Aluminum-propeller type,directly connected to motor, 5. Motor. Permanently lubricated,with integral lhermal-overload protection. 6. Low Ambient Kit: Permits operation down to 45 deg F. 7. Mounting Base: Polyethylene- 09053-00 23 81 00-10 2.6 ACCESSORIES A. Control equipment and sequence of operation are specified in Section 23 09 00 "Instrumentation and Control for HVAC" and Section 23 09 93 "Sequence and Operations for HVAC Controls." B. Thermostat. Low voltage with subbase to control compressor and evaporator fan. C. Thermostat: Wireless infrared functioning to remotely control compressor and evaporator fan, with the following features: 1. Compressor time delay. 2. 24-hour time control of system strip and start. 3. Liquid-crystai display indicating temperature, set-point temperature, time setting, operating mode, and fan speed. 4 Fan-speed selection including auto setting, D. Automatic-reset timer to prevent rapid cycling of compressor. E. Refrigerant Line Kits Soft-annealed copper suction and liquid lines factory cleaned, dried, pressurizer!, and sealed; factory-insulated suction line with flared fittings at both ends. F. Drain Hose. For condensate. G Additional Monitoring: j 1. Monitor constant and variable motor loads. 2. Monitor variable-frequency-drive operation, 3. Monitor economizer cycle_ 4. Monitor cooling load. 5. Monitor air distribution static pressure and ventilation air volumes. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install units level and plumb. B. Install evaporator-fan components using manufacturer's standard mounting devices securely fastened to building structure. C_ Install ground-mounted, compressor-condenser components on 4-inch-thick, reinforced concrete base that is 4 inches larger, on each side, than unit_ Concrete, reinforcement, and formwork are specified in Section 03 30 00 "Cast-in-Place Concrete." Coordinate anchor installation with concrete base. D. Install ground-mounted,compressor-condenser components on polyethylene mounting base. E. tnstall roof-mounted, compressor-condenser components on equipment supports specified in Section 07 72 00"Hoof Accessories."Anchor units to supports with removable, cadmium-plated fasteners. F Install seismic restraints. G. Install compressor-condenser components on restrained, spring isolators with a minimum static deflection of 1 inch, See Section 23 05 48"Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC Piping and Equipment." 09053-00 23 81 00 -11 H. Install and connect precharged refrigerant tubing to component's quick-connect fittings. Install tubing to allow access to unit, 3.2 CONNECTIONS A_ Piping installation requirements are specified in other Sections. Drawings indicate general _ arrangement of piping,fittings,and specialties. 1. Water Coil Connections: Comply with requirements specified in Section 23 21 13 "Hydropic Piping." Connect hydronic piping to supply and return cod connections with shutoff-duty valve and union or flange on the supply connection and with throttling-duty valve and union or flange on the return connection. 2. Remote, Water-Cooled Condenser Connections: Comply with requirements specified in Section 23 21 13 "'Hydronic Piping_" Connect hydropic piping to supply and return connections with shutoff-duty valve and union or flange on the supply connection and with throttling-duty valve and union or flange on the return connection. B. Where piping is installed adjacent to unit,allow space for service and maintenance of unit. dM C. duct Connections: Duct installation requirements are specified in Section 23 31 13 "Metal Ducts." Drawings indicate the general arrangement of ducts. Connect supply and return ducts to air-conditioning units with flexible duct connectors, Flexible duct connectors are specified in Section 23 33 QO"Air Duct Accessories." 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect, test, and adjust components, assemblies,and equipment installations,including connections. B. Perform tests and inspections, 1- Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to � inspect components,assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections,and to assist in testing, C. Tests and inspections: 1, Leak Test: After installation, charge system and test for leaks. Repair leaks and retest until no leaks exist. 2. Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, start umits to confirm proper motor rotation and unit operation. 3. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. D. Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest as specked above. E. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.4 STARTUP SERVICE A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to perform startup service. 1. Complete installation and startup checks according to manufacturer's written instructions. 09053-00 2361 00-12 3.5 DEMONSTRATION A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain units. END OF SECTION 23 81 25 D9053-00 23 81 00 -13 - !! Sol 91 SVX31 ,. D, II.; | , m .� aIM q | § w �_m111011,£D2 ] | � [ | a nadr#nor¥! Na£m A,N� � | IN §w . % $ = qme m91VNmH31NOR IAW 1GI,3� § 22 �. AS WDUVAONIH an NO]_VdX3 | ' | • � i � !|i Zi | ` ! || ■�§| g@ � � � � 4 F, | | � § / w -. / . ^ & ■• | \ . , . /( � � | | � - � . | � � � !( 9019L SVX31'114180MV IV03 I t I 133VAS RIVIN H1k0M lon thiel j'111 dy31 111111 IWMI M1a01A.MA A"13kill IN� I% '� a IF- :� 1HOdHIV UNG11VNH31N1 WVH�V3W _' D €�' �� S I ON1011H IVNIWH31 NOIIVIAV MUM �� =8 10 MOl1VAOM3tl dMv MOfSMV4IX3 S err i e z r r z r. rr � r � i � ~ QHi W : 2i j yr � t t t t = rr N} k I f z3r � i i 8 - - - ----- -- - - - a r I d I • d w , r � r � 1 � m � x � f ilibl Ali •t� �7c e x lit = i EXPANSION AND RENOVATION OF 1 GENERAL AVIATION TERMINAL BUILDING .� �. . a t y o a s: ll MEACHAM INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT s ' `d� ' �' � :oma h1 �II , � ., ,j) 'a , 3 fill 2 CITY OF FORT WORTH ,u IT • I¢ 1 4 1 R¢ f } 4201 NORTH MAIN STREET $: 4� �:# I . ; ; $ ,n c' •+ �N I I FORT WORTH,TEXAS 75105 r � - _ r R 1p � Fl. � m . |.| _ k . ) . | � : . . It , �.. . \�R § 2. / l� | � $ � ! � )| EXP AXS m■e,.E.■, m■O, .xx 2B ;_, u � [ ■ENERALAIAta TERMINAL BUILDING , . , , • C- | % MEACHAM INTERNATIONAL AIRF RT , | | . d | | A , a . CITY o FORT WORTH K\ R � | , m,| !| ■ § [ | H NORTH■�.,r . . % § |■ . , f Nn ArKTEXAS,■#& j A 4014[sun'RHOM IN 01 11 k 3 3 133VIS NJVW HUGN 90ZV $ 5 H1U01M 180110 u12 •� ; . 1HOdHIV l►N01MM31111 WVH3V3v# A s N C 1 3r1�3 t#r± Fp : lop flop rr naw 1 �= � e t 01111111t191VNIWH31 R011VIAV 1 HURP rr 1fl A011V110N311 ONY NOISNVdx3 i lr d ;�gAll 1 m,m to g r � a ulk _V 2 ar 4E All R 10 _ 1 n m�z&�'«m! o■ , n! n3&■■m MOON logy � | &#aa Ak e, | ! - a ■' §| aWill, /[ � g��,� ,1 ■BIN�3 . , . h ala m■2mW 1 UVIAV BUD � ■! GJ | ■�Aa 9a s�g | . . � - I|§ ) 1IT 5|§ p�R� �\, . . . . . .. � | ! ) - ` ( - ' . | J .t �| K � m ! � - - - - � � E r E E + _ ,R YL-1 El rt � x - E E 1F•4 Ili+rI 'I I I z II I EXPIMSION ANO RENOVATION OF ,• yxY I GENERAL AVIATION TERMINAL BUILDING v4111 MEACHAM INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT ' z■■� I CITY OF FORT WORTH 4201 NORTH MAIM STREET` fII FORT WORTH,TEXAS 76106 ° 3� � 9oI91 SYX3t`H11[alh�t[a� �,} r g i33HIS 111 IM HAON kOn i HIIIRM 18ad A All llladuiv 1v11fll1vMVII 11 WVHDV3W _ $ r� forsma111181VNIWV31 NO11V1AV"1'V113N30 is MOUVAGON ONY Na[SNUX3 c, N Ik FIR 5 'k I � I � k j 3 i a x N t a� Ls a i -1 i1 f I A Ali . . . . . § � | r dJ | � i | . | � | \ 1 � | , . . � � � 7\i/ hq§!� >�§ �\� R . j{ E« AND.m#Amo §! GENERAL AVIATION TERMINAL BUILDING g� @ ! r§ ' l §§ ; « mE CHS INTERNAfI AL AIRPORT �) - | !� | FORT ; . .1 -% I" a a■FORT A■, R a T NORTH OTH,T �6,0. _ \ ` ! _ ! 1 Q ! ZA I .. k 5 i 4 Ir Iy ly J a P= 1 0 'I i EXPANSION AK0 RENOVATION OF GENERAL AVIATION TERMINAL BUILDING fj , + }9� 8 MEACHAM INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT ■ CITY OF FORT WORTH `- S7 c! S_ P I 47 IZ " , } I& A 0 f t 4201 NORTH I4 m STREET �i Is ; ° II{ FORT WORTH,TEXAS 76106 OfT 71r-- Ef I ! f R r■ I 1 1 f 1 3 I t EXPANSION AND RENOVATION OF GENERAL AVIATION TERMINAL BUILDING MEACHAM INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT f + Y CIT►OF FORT WGRTNCL 1205 NORtH MAIN STREET a a .� !{ FORT WORTH.TEXAS 75106 � s mil I �m9no, Maio I I 11 REIS i9 90909EE6EEEpp �EEf��6�9�E�96 �i C�G[EE6E�[tIGE €E6 �9uff� 9f�E B�91E�IYIIII 9E97E9ECG6119E 9 �0���9� INIlI�IIII �� E0 9E ABB I'l, �R Q E 690EE9E D IMENE U11 RN P� i 6 - eLSlM31eMA aD ni E ± , �� 1113■IVW&,#IOU [ OM § � | ,! A■a£bb =�-f ■ - # k/ | \ } 1 UNNI ■Q![ �H21m w!H3,2w t ! !4 !a| W - �� ]m■�NINH ■m! ,�n Tv�mo � ] 4 s.� Qu | � • #¥7#w■2 a,w�N, e 11 ��• ® | OF it � � Oil§ � . , - � •��� �� � k _ k : �--------� < | | | - � | | | | E �$ I � � . � � � � �` „ s 9D19L TVX31'k1HOM 1€N?# }4 F € 133HIS MIYW HIMON MIF it 11114 HamlEt4d ja uta ��� ° ' � 1 ,. 14 �# 3 1 ids lboJa:,u 1VNii}1VN1i31N1 WVx3V3W 3 t ONI011R9IVNIWH31NOIIV1AVIYU31139oil 3' SIN @F ! s 10 NDIIVADMU OXV Ma1SHUX3 IN c I f� I ;• € [� � 1 FT t! � � � d 11 4 1 {}1t =k!R,I r• ,' f I ; t '� i4 3t [!lI .1.l w 6 li 1(�16�!rEE ; g141�'i r{�,�� 9�Frr�i l's �' T � 1 t €}l{,+`{ [ i t[►�1 I+ 11[rf 3'+� i 1 1�tl�f [ ! }i �{ r $ 1:_ r [e t1!I i ij1 [ I s tRrl� ` 1 €4�lll'�i E `� •=I yet E > �1 a 11{f sl }4 aEr���5x a €,e, i .1�i' i]>e.f! s i.1� � O tl••�i � i° 3 !*.! a i d (�-f o I;�r el es;1€� I�f �+,1�1 I� ��� � s� }iry,�• T�;,lI ���� € I;[ 1 � I 1�+ iT1� as• � slla 3l [I ys.E{�r }•1 1 1 �s �{ I� tl r it��4 r- 1�; .Il � F�I l# , 1 1.� � �� ,' w { } {r [ rr [`11 ;t Ili y r' I ❑ tR '[r 1 . r ase 1 r�•#1,3 1 I•. I�� 1 e f� ``t. 1 �' ; i 1"T I I � �t I a�� 1 t1 j t It�b I{`d � �' ❑ } ��� ll ix I 1 ] 1a 1�I!•,-�. t } �..i Fit e �.1 !� ��l'1 �' I I 1 1r 1 C I' z rsi s ��` 1�L '�� � Z Ts'••��( rt � � f��r#3 ,r I { � �� ��.� r! {1 ?��� i y ! i?�.}� t sr t� }s TI 1 I •� 1�a z'F�i€ 1 '11�is��! r41 �3'`ii; i 1=i�''• a'�sT i F1+i� i cr�°F�'•� $: �I1:[;� a1 11ti: ua Y::a r I PFI r 3 t f rl r [r1 I.T�!s€ r Put = . � ! {I {• i E 1 1' 144 - i;•5iT! .. 017: 1! if 1 1 2` 0 0 ` 1t gg Z a€l.1rsall it 1 001 € 1 ►� jIT; ; � 1. "tyr _��E ff�sf : s � I I� $t .�. ;Iij a 1r9i 1` W s r x r z 1 a e e r y I I e I t e 'Ii F; S F 4 e f ! 1 r 'e £ r 3 1 1 1 li ti{ Sir j ] t T a e n . ! f T 3 ICY I• 1 b F F g r t 1 ■g s S 7! C1.p M I} m !f r;t • n n,L .,.�i.n 13 i. rn! 1 F pp .Wi I lit y, } ? it r• ?1 3 { 1 l,.Ir 1 9 3 ti i � ! � � t FI � ; 1 � 1 I r � 1 t ';;1•, l ii{`-'1 sM jE ( �}� � ,¢E� ! eN€i ! y� i1!j a e i f # � � # � � F f c l � i j f 6 f j � ' E F t 1hal gill ���iff# `ihal s1a), y[j q�'F}�f� jj..i e{i�: I p p yd li ` 1 1St(4 j t I rl I,ll1 �i T31I�lF i 1114 1.111 111"a e'�i� z ,: [ ' t `+?'3i .li4illeYrTftSlillik rel l{rel :.rr.e!11421 rfE,eK-!i.: ,-r§ .rt4.e.1 1.4.. o Ml # rl ry I €r Ff Ei ' t11 ftt ]! 11-1 f 1 a 3 i ! 1.t1 1[111 [F' � llri`fa1��]^. {ai1l,',Il.. 1 ;titi111 I .e{F Jir rr rr. rr 11 1y � is "hu;, ..1! — — L r IF 90191 SVX31'HlV(WA INN I;l L33HIS NIM H1NON 1t1Ef }i; ■ r e r#yy ! 1 ;1 ' . ,t MOM 1N d0 U13 � z 141 of _ +! 1HOdHIV 1VNOIIVNH31NI WVH'9V3W o s= ! ar II # ON101}(191VNIWV31 NOIIVIIIV 1VH3N39 SSfq $1:1 Y F 30 NOUVAONIS 0NV NOISNMd)M • f }I ! �y' C7c?1�riF* I !1 i.! 1` ` �¢ #if 1 ; ��� � r iiI ;�'� { ��, �r rrIk �• }t. !I!� yi F �€ f � I � a.,I= I. s 1 FF ir FF I`�`{� 1' �!:� � �.1 F 1 Ix �it as i� ii� {� 1r1 �{• 'y q�i!.f�� P� Of i i�•n t#=�.�I ? �4F �#� � t fF II 13 f:{ � I { � 'f I �f 4 f�6s r fy !! I I 1 { g�¢¢aa3�{ F !1#It ' Fq 1e I i i }�. �!3 _• Y. 1 f F{ 3i11 E'F I.,f �I I.` 6 I�f hf p!I 8.,f'Fll i= 1 III I. F•I +ra 9rg E Illijl i I `f �` �' {{ F S ! II fI 11Fii• 1 i 3;• IR F}} III � #iff:i Ftt_'a �I IIItII:1;111 111 El� 1; i af�:s�i#i Eei?ti��I[IFI f {i i3� 11 di 11 t e i ! I t � I I xi J I � � r f ' � z � qq0 i O l3 Y C IF 6°- 4 w; C'a f 0019L SYX31'HIN0115 1H OA Iii} aE Q b Ai ",- 133HIS NIM 141HON IOU R; ill 7Il: HIHOM 1809 3O 1115fi x j 1aoaaiv ir►+arartHa31rrr wvH3d3wN aHrairna Idr�rwaat worivrKv 7vaaHaa j s zsin# �F2! $ s Ir �011o1111AO#I�a OMY M01SMCd]f3 ! 1 12 E ►`. � F! tai i : i. qtr rel dd k, t # e 1.; ,1 ; yyj � r {! � ��'i i L s 1i 1 s � �• o r� r ;d it� �} f i i4 t> f.rEl _ ! s _ . y s ! .i" ; .. rg s r ok,19, 9 n x; 4L z I ROL91 SYI31'}L.LILOM IN04 )t 1 y iI� 133VIS NIYW H1aON LDZV t # iz I # r 'a I8 c 'fill�ii ilii I�x g; F 6tl H1H0111180i 30"13 , :pSpL IgIr iHOdVIV 1VNOIIVNH31NI WVH9V3W _ p MOM� 3 r- 's_ s ! ��; f; ? ��� S�1i 9NIO1109 IVNIW831 NOIIVIAV 1V83N39 30 NOIIMMU ONY NOISHVd%3 F.I !jj ((r w {1[ f I � �6 I�f{ � ���{ I 't:1= L� e'•�y � I - w I!I jj•!r�Ff�` E i�ij rr- yyyr�r�` ❑' E �1+�!1 !��IL;� Fp": I � ki 7 1F•�l�i 1# l k i ftsRj E IT { 3� I!�gI4=C ,) rqs IF IIi E# if#kl tr!L!j i IiLc ra4�!:tt}+�[ #€I€Ij 0 ¢! rs . M E S - g�3� �'•ra�� I a 10. 1 W•'z gSSO pn • I I 14 ��II u i 90191 svxar'Nidam xvoi ' 1331113 NIVYY Hivoll IUEt 'iS Ilt NSNOM lid 0.4 40 1119 . ; �_ a :: :. s, . :: 1 -. 11�UHIV 1VNDIIV H31NI WUHDV39 p 7! !• E r3 C f o M IE s •I � = r �6 g ONODIM9 IVNIWH31 NORMA'1MR39 30 N0UVAUN30 aVV R01SNtldx3 I t .2 wi !p �! �• F l.Ss �; C,L L;f IIl Iq M i i•p,I! Lj' - /"1 ji 'l�.jl�I�� , 3 Q �r 3 zs i W 2 q T�f r ,; J 6p r 90191 SYlI3i H1aOM YitO� Ili I d lq to i 131VIS NJYW HIVON LOIS 10 n f } }F; iFli3 1 }! t4 r�i �- I 3� !1 '"I Hia0A1 ia03!©Alla r, 1 i Sr: :_ lei lttDdlilTl IUNUIiai�831N1 WYHa113W + 1 s [ t bo« : ., " _ Ip ! 9NI�11[19 IbNIW831 NQIl711�Y l'� 3N39 , I { ��:i } J NOIIVAON3a ONSJ NOISNYdX1 I{ Jl Ix sq �f A l YS �': , 3 ! •� o. t� l�,1�� [ elf � ��!� r, t� ! �:� [l! 1ti�1� t''� l{a€`# 3 I� �f lFr Ht:�[#e S i�$3 s E E iii f E� �+ i; 1 fit€ rt t1#8 a�� lf�r�ll�i i���`; ►I;f i!if siC �: x i \~ Akl— r' �y e k g x z . �,i f f'1 sl'• � ��f� z 7 IIYYJJ G1� l� Ms�. �x -, 1 Ira kmi SVX31,Him m 190A H! , AMS W1 MON tOZI g■H#a,�2 , 2a ���rI¥■■�mHRw C. Oma ■ 1o11, V1"as.a . I� i�.... # 30 NOUVAORM on KOISNVdX3 , . ■ �` � ! A UJI Z \gym k| _ - - - ow � . , 1 ! . � - ƒ z IF - , � § w 2 = / . • 2 - � ! � � � � ., � � � � � 6- s.. Ilk in ! m ice' LuxF G I I I r i I I u iF ' I; EIIPANSIdN AND RENOVATION 6F a $,• *_ GENERAL AVIATION TERMINAL BUILDING MEACHAM INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT ! t � f ■ CTT OF FORT WORTN C °'j. i§ $ E }9 l e S1(s ! $N & _; m,m #I; 4201 NORTH NOUN STREET it#� a it I'F : $ s4 a a f!f FORT woRrN,TExAS 76100 i f d l ! . 9OilSYX31'HI am■0181 . 133■!,■ w&WNL■ # Iz . ■ |k .* �) ms m t■t , IVHMS S #NOIIVACN3Ha,x d §I h | � | � §| no [ILI pa | � - \ . ILI " l \ r ; ! i . ow - 90[91 SVX31'HI HM VIDJ I s: Ia 133HIS NIVW HAOM WD a s; I =1t tf,r� d s ;�tl 1 N1aaM1a��ao I11a 190dVIV IVN011YNV31NI WVN3V3W UNIGIM9 IVMIWIJ31 NO]MAY IMM39 JOMDIIVADN3a ANY NOIS>+Ydx3 ;;1 i dX fE a1 t i aril t � v J 1 I T a o a I - gr - wq I I e +4 1 i Ilk i J • ' r x ' s e s �e 0 0 m � I ��Q � m � a 3 F i I EXPANSION AND REKOVATIUN OF a } I GENERAL"IATIOM TERMINAL BUILDING MEACHAM INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT cm OF FORT WORTH a III 4201 NORTH MAIN STREET �!f FORT WORTH,TEXAS 76106 f .r t r x I 1 ' Cilia IIIMIIEIMInM i11 ��������► I`ry�{�������III ��������!��������� I�1 pi CF116nB1� FflIe11:I1111 n6101K.1 Gtr 111111III1E `''_ 111III' III Rule III EMIR, HIIllllrl1iF �� °�Iil�l ililliirdo 1 fx861II1nM1 I IIIM 111 t01 ill loll r xL ItMINI 1 fila ill :�:,ZIn1n11t01 9:IC1C II IL1111 1 Q.II�SIE'1M�LI191�1�.Ip QiCICIR!I IC7Cl7tl Ml is 111°.CI.. A°I II aa®ali�l R ' Il1 ■ '. 'E3ii1111M1/Igor!=ll 111 Crlll 1 III QuulUlglllllMilCM,111 Ilr e( riEsl in11!lnNtls 111 :1I1i1i kllnllMl IIMlq DO IE1111?R1ni11111 rl !liliGl![il It7f71 #1_fi IDrEIICfIC 71 t cIJJM 1mEE'C61ll6C1lllBMIl1 I1 12 11 311 MIF IDi�ly IIEIF1tf111I!$ II 51111n111I1M 11I1110f11 IrI mile Ij�[I1l'IrlI11IIlI 91 to I �:11F 1ld3117Fir! 39MAa: m19��1i3f�9# gl f�til91i111111111N111 i1' 11111re11 � �1I1,u11I1:1.1 l l SLCGGH#IllillMllnFlll Il CCIO■ 1111#1 fCC711ClitllllMiln4111. 11 'Evil■ I#Niofhi 12,o p !igloo a EXiliii fif1111111111 i>C9I aei17MCI1a2ei0Op 7 of C:. 1. 7:CsoN:lY0Ii0rlQ.gzlilm �`a4rlls If CC011ffillMrnnYl Be ft'i�on 1m1fil1,all 111K.11 f7:w6Gt111lnMlllll n tl Cia Y"LCIIlnHMIn11L11 11 rLm{ egoll !r LMC M mo!III'#1 it 4iOrMillAil i �;i611�11=I1Ef11171r@ 6: ilrclumali611# i y:71ktI1�1iE11G�171161 3E! 7AI�IR91191 S.A311,P9':.�716'IEII �13 IC211'�ltolAt1 Qr® �l�11111an�11111111 11 11111171CICi1 EilIIrlMrll 1IIIMnI U I7CI1[Ii:BlMlliilln M1 C11IIIllltlrr! nail /1 li���I!j,�»�� F Ii.l.i1 ����I�VIII I�Tell, IIF f L 11 i4 llell511fJllcrlSlttl 1 E rLeleli�ll�l iil1 fill" I3 �111l0Ml1iA1!6lr 13!II'rlp ®nHflii11161[Gt171 MlE lCacll I 1! 111EE�R3i Al ID71I61i1rG11.lfc`Mlll Eon f�lifi11r111i11111�1 ; 111111111f 11�11AI11 113 057111 n11111rirli 111 Im N willing M1 rE11111111111�11p 111 'M��lilll'MI11111111Illllllllllll 11 L,ulMnunn4Mln 111 <MigMw a. 37.at1111M111 GCit�4g#oAOnlll II�C:C:CI nllnllllill 00 ff111119"1'nl�z'1'DEC' 1�i�+llllllfflllll �I �liog!°pl'Iln!'LS'=�Ia1 fl lii 4i1;e�Cp:p p� 11 �lomm dC MN.:00 11 itLtEll ::�114111r11t1 Gsc di�IIC.0"'111,11 '- 1 .Co:totooslollull1I `C0 �i x..our+uglur'es� t1 t7lrMgag7lgf ^ppIIIpI1tl11110. 111 II 1£�1111ffi1111111111�i' Emmmr 4 q 1.P.1rGlllrnllltll rl I I fFl•amm F r[�61111#IIa3111iiM11 Ili Noll 11 �lllll�lllllll� �1!�1 IIS1 �-II1�II�I�1I �l�I��1��1 2111Ir Mull 11a1611F421nF13 iuE 13,1119 1 19119111p119! Ip■ 361121I111 ' � 11MINEI.1TJ�Fe6 1 [11111#C1111 c M 1.1 to 11 MI me II I N 11EI■ IlrlI 111 DIM. 11111�!1111 11111�II ¢! PUMP I!I I ill lolIT 1titGllEllAFrt�1611311 IDML I1_UN 111tllH i ,1 H 11fI i1lil r 111 ®3r1'fl&MEr1611Cr1i�1 11 6.nal'E�1^111.11 -11� ff1;lldnlM�1 711 X117■Etl! CL111311:■■t1n111 Ill!MI 111H, 11111111�I�Hill 4I MINI1nM1t11111141M Ill MAIdIr3■EIIIlIIIIt1i.M1 fiG3! 1 !11 lice n !Ell IIrIMrll111111M.Ill rc rsli ailllililliin i FLU �u11u1t#lilr`iilli -Mil11,111 llll11i11 r 'l11 E u1111MIf IM111"llihool ELI I$eleylilniii�ili 11 i il�ioli i�lj'ls aeo mil tp o® a^Mlow l a i�ii�„ff 111111 iff,ifU11 HI:CW0111--[G0617HIM one 711!:01 l'lllolli l' Q'IRlllllliliilll➢ll 1i M411113111111111,111111 n1111M"III �If ] M,lll fol ll;s11 11lllllo: ugl:lu"I111111�11 II EDI°,11'�■■■ 111'1t'111 11l 101 �l ��•1 611�r17 i5 IlpM 11[11nfC it IlI [rillnl�M110I 1 M IEE 11 F 11 11/3/31161 1 MIUSI n IFRII 1 11 a. [EI Vil�a"Mill IgM IpI illi ix"IllilrMl1 11111ili mi111111 11 '1111:111 fl i111,1111 III �lfhll 116 1111E11i11�fE111E i1�! 1!� I'1 ,� ll/Ig1e11111u111a. 1 1 1 E 1 11111111 ��! dill MaRlil1011'a1Rb3i oil ■Llr9myu8!31Eu_I} Ct3! [11,H31112E1131/ n 111311l nCllm?J it 1'Aall7liEl[ml@071 531[ 21511111.119t,1`•Ir79lf mitiilllaeall Ea35 amy t1 IC■i1rB11R1A[f6]y 1111 111 1Cilln'aa31rL[} IRr Cha a° tr�.4 CI@@1'��: aCC9ra•"y".ase me HIS,,lellIIIIIHlC'71 IRI�1111�IIEIIlIlE11� Be11 -L22=1sEC911! maF959Z�316171 RIM m/Itlfllael111llICCR1 111 a111ffelpleg 1a,111Ii11Rr:lI 1i COC jr, 1f ie �1i1i1i1o1ME!ICM:,�111 me WC olo',Il1lalla'Hafti1l11] I11� e1� �.It 111m11e1 elurm 11a■nuartalaaal■aa 121- tqC nC CaITC 9aa CC1maElt 7m2lmlalat IS 4Et1 II.PH1.a1 UPON^l9::Npi 11 ll C�q CI1 903MO 9a9at9m a l- C47a7'-0IafLda'"tamp 9E9 taaeleaFiat alan411le0 iiiil t1i1�1 EIa ntrlleaeteIIeennee �� 11i�riill111�i9i Clo a:CS CR a• 7ai'tC.Cas on o`CL'"sjL ;1'pIzz t I`{ it, oa9 et4..tQ� do< � i's19t " " �.iiillliiiill�� ��a 11i i1P�•l it, Daeullu. E"_^ + t7a7^ 1 III■,lieu It ml la7 ''`{1 DEa9C"r� 1L^r° w*�Cf�3 r.00�++ pp alit 2et1f11fHIC7lL 111 eR1Efelnllllm,ll lil C�aCE]^91S9�1C'S tlTe99 9Eeel1&B 'S. ■i IRlrin#lrttllellcmr Ill 11,191 A+1 /111Rf11M//i tk1 !1111131 aaarlQl lel t {A1lalal_M far IIErl'2Ee1311?mIIllem ali_1111a�4I13{telau771 71Ct .1 leis, .1 C En ItlI 711$113~� !in t"11Noel'llpp111331 111 117191{E IR RE313 2EIt rrarld o-1r31.1lt1lEt�kIS1 1111 el an Elie111a5i1s011rIBM, :.n l lonl+lakks + III I�f li'# SII�111-21-ii i r iV l ii l Iii me LI l��l III li��i�i�l 1 �i Ir Ilrr�l�lll■1l111l1llal1lllll/11n 1111 l rllfrraenu�nule■ Ilk■EIIIMitl�l 11Ii1 lir lIl■Irrrllil n111 1 it tuelliltle f 1tf p r Ilr+loon 1111x1 Ir11] 11^4o91aEr117r1s11 11 113111!l 9! 11I"g7 111'1111 1Al 11g111[�1i 3let in Billie' 1mI-133 it,i111��11tHIN.Ha .1& I 11'� 1111 9 80,1i 113111 e� let 199i21111iEii itti a�mrig��j Rm 11!nllelaulll�C9aa_.c �s^11 111.114■1171 1 111 tin[milli11l3ICIF9YJ 1 ApiF]i j + ul normo+nrl9reD 1917 Cal C,:miY!is:•a � •. 1 �:ttta HIM11111H isilia.I1 1 iii ill'p!t■Ili 1l aas rte{raae4e3ar3sa4;a ul ta:6a tr a CCr tCCEC1.aa.}. r� Irl a ttm:iCmu a. EI4 _.x 3 CSCCa LCr3 In L.aEs� a elaFE04 t t• •ueee� lEt:Tatem •�•cau It30 nE •ES a eQ::a C7C Eltattu!liaEtr 77atrl1it111i 1mi1�IRI#1 11a a!!!■miima:eRInE S ii`+ p 11 Ral lam a 7 C3Qunl:ai; a N:aa`.r7 err C~C[malriFaRllat CE dB 11i111i1r9911i1eii 30 sei? In Iuipoe ff," RG �Nr i u�111111 R1�11i11 Iii IIIi1lff§� t! IICii11 IE7l1Ei7f[1!!131/°RA dl71a11'1[Cro d11'IEEE1 Bell,�11 IUM lBe r�1r111Er R911c9 Oil 1@1191311 EI^x1311��ir1/3ar11Er1'llErl"13;1 51:1 11 31,5111119 tE[1!11 iEal ! 311 ?r+ HQ/uAICi17liesI 1l011SIRIVI. Ll('l 511 EEIC 7 9 1 1 0 101101 11[l:0 au'.Il g11�11Q. i�� I�� 141,11111 Itl 1n!■llnlluintent lllnnnn llll l 4 rlll■I mal In i lu III[ 1[nllllf■l[>E I 11111migiimiltififil i I Iii i iiiiltna 111111 11C nal'air , l u ■urr4nlr' al/ 1E.Enor1e11eaI1rl3l i i 11�1111�1t.u.lEa10 1111,111 011 1x7[ Qr161'lStl kBrlQlRr 0110 1 HE,11111, IL!1=011a11XIa11en7I]7 1 :=44 It':■3lr:rs37trrr°lC 13 rI18a7E11d r9ky� 1911 3RIam6116m 1111191 _ L3II41'l13 llldi1r111� in ul■111I1ru1erru■��73a�lln 7d79 a i1 Tao "4 iii 1 ii: iii m� I., 0717 11.111111 1�$+ 1 �ll' a 1 1i�+ 1 111��11e aa� r 11 al I'DRI'�+.�51H 7 % El aaeln1111111Ill a?12 min E,.aiGt31 1..11 ■1 ]! 1 a:a�a[''ie°7G Cr13 7 ° a a•` C••C Cx 7 a a C L H-B r7' 1Cl CIC Il 711 a m•_CC CS7"C"'1 i8ilCiRRr4r!■43i:nm 41ElItiilS'ar a 1 1 1111 ioCr i lr 711 1u C1llllrneeiiali: tI a m C"CCCC C Cao .: s.t Lr t791Y1 ll S Ctir: ta.Nell X ■I E7..a FC;G.tt7itf8 l!a77L1S i CCaCC4 Cad r Ea tS t tEa:Sl ■1 9a�C• a A ['4• 8a3 0111 w�piiFiiplu�l�ia3slilI�c�i�iiq.�1 !1�HIM 111111111 ,aa raair a•r�l1i1 as M 1I IM fi:a1C G 709 C•0111110 CC•Ca iiilellii1l1i1iii1ili'��13€��I1�itS;is 111'11111 ,1 Ilf 1111 111kAs Hurl■°] 3917➢91``911 pp��gg9 111 121991 Ct8 '�C 3; gee+7^a7] CaL'��� lir Ir 1�111R111+11111■a9[7��191nE0"ECra3 i g �i RC'S."C�Ce91�E h.^_L 16 1 411111111 it it it HAIR Gli!!lr7a 1:1� 1�j� 1 RcIIIlo�r119rI:`air Ir=� 31;4 a11EFINIDI1c1i.riull 22aT1 IlElao- ]) 1 1 1 f t•s1 Em!fQllEl������� =i� � +u�`�M ' 11 41r11r1Elnntllrn■ti11411■Iulltllutp HIM 111■ill■ililP ![ li��le I Jf i� !, 9115 HIS E°ll A 81Y 1 9 31, I'll ]Ra9i/i/UP air 1Ca71 ES11e 11: a3 i 11 11uiialcii=1 1IM 'it 1111111 11iaii3ll}n 11111a11911E it 11 1 1x11 af■IDa16l�5 1 Igr r Ilt 1lIIIDaMt^e7�114 irl nlnum�ul}■ulul�lN�lt9m1 2 IEI I llln7 r 9L Ill ll'in[l d;° e irrl nliuu1EI111mnrurr Inl I"•IIii37Q art I.11nlllW➢➢IteQM.-o 111 IIlieu M@Ii�5 1 11�Q 1 1 1114lIllmiluaI11I111■Ilrtal DeaWN !1l�1■InIn9nC1��Cefl3f El 11 lin■aCL"dcad la i+ rrunl IElnr■nf ,ala■r 9unac II 701! 313,sol sea l�° t�1i0 ai0 Mill iaStaril=�i1 Fero-tsata6anaE� rt1��: aao:ee�E1 �1p 1Q 1 rl�a19':�i1914S E 9111 €ekne 111111 Iltl pppa ips •.ax 1111,11 1 9 tie as a tx?ca s 4e ra n C 9Gd �al�l 1.ra�1 aaIIarn n a. 4 Wacros3 :11Sr1a I at r III C a [ E I'M 4 1 1 11 t g1i11j ora rta:�tl4:Etl1 EE fro 1gels arit�ii'gii'1 ni J �` ei°�inesyQTr7� Illlrllllalal■ IEt 1ala;al! ...Mill RE Ex /rr urul^.ex�e,°32 c111 r 1 unllalluau{ln of i ul leuu�i��rd =v ll 1ul1CCCEDC.§7r[aCi7 f 11111111■Iram111l�1 1u1�ill! Ell 1�'Illp7t'41 z 1111 tNill6iIF11141r3#61� A Il111113a 11129^ C11cm/{,Gear,11:11?�1 410°tiI11C1Ea11 Irlr:'4 1�1• 1131111010■It1 1161E I II1ESu1� 11� a3e1 W9ilEliBlrC fR181.5' @]IR 117x181+mr51llu[l133 3 f!t ala I fl 1 1! rE �1 11 i3 1iI 11HIa, 41IR'Si 11at4E111131111111ll1,1il1 4■IInRR++++f 11 III111111■ftlka111111,mnn■ntlailul[" fa!leagrn 1■nl la Ell F I I1InNOI a 11111#i'1111 �!1 Gi111151 I11 In 1n1 tll�i111r11►lLmP. 11�iiGl�iiiilA iii:l:p i���slel ggi�p 11�111r1�1O• 611 1111111=20 1 111 1111111i1f1 111 111111.111111131 " in, l 113 rC11E1111 lI 151IM!Ina, 1 111 lies nil III I�1111111�11� E�M E�11 11:'PI[B 111- M��■�-71 114 ■<w<t0 055 a0000 111 777 U21:1S�71 mli`(PLItPRi Rill. DID in It77.ITO Ill:rlllrlNilfl]1 111 11111111111131 1130 111 1111111111117] Illi�Y101 'fC Ili Ililllil�lll iii �ICl1'III c y 1 11 ii111r1t111 s IIIIIIi�111111�11111111FJ ,Id1r31151[51d1 51 HIf®`� ll1 11 1{11.115 rppII.IISI fi .ielfl l 11 1 539 SiG1 Ell In 1Cr1511511011211111119r17r3111 1� f1r 1 1131 r Ql�191IdtIfi1f.11liii■5i ul�db rCtl IlallCltfi1111L1I�1't19■i HBO,■Crl 1137 ^a[! C11Er11r11115111i13115i1C[11111021111[1917 Ill Itllh,. C can eE1C 13 II"JCC^9 CI7 "1�g;�g9E€C®555EEa39I3 Ill 1111111MOCCOMOCCC9 1�■ Hii'ELT02214 ll "CCS Q�a � xcC®C CECQ931 111 IIIIIIE01H2OHIOgE13MM50■i18i10E3 t,33 l rrs rCQ xC nnenCCCir9 E • 3D . 1111111�CtlGypa,�C�1pG�E[IQ©■BICE�EI111 11M11Y�11�4i0rie�iG�i�i�il1�� �Y� QQQ. 111111: 731a pqqp��,�pppp�����poo����®�CC�;4Qp��s6p]xlpl r`�GG IIP IIIIIIIIH7111C7C;C'J1Sm11;0191111 Il[C131' Il 'elPlrrlE�C37f �C l�d`7�CiG�;71!iCCC� llm:amaC97CCa•ooasl.Q a"a=xEra•nT 11 C lEi17:77C1m77:C:.PS:71 1QQ 1111111iL11 11PEInam11PELPP IP■ICPdPS'fl Gm 1m11S111113H, IP ImBLm7:ALL®SPolmlo713 mQ6 I!illli a'Ca7GC000Ci7cCEC u'C7aCCCflS"1113 QQ v7C,� H aC g :a taa EEEE111 7a CC i1F .111+ f a 1C.ECGd1C1�CBrO FEd®m'cCCCQ73 11 ugGSpa�4��i rN�3:il,�CC'J��000®a dlE1G. 111 IA111111d11BnQ"rnalE�iC9r00Q:C'J[aPIQ 0Q33 Ar QCH EDC aix 9'?SQCliJ]QCC1�]]^T^w llF 1 li Q r�f1C ��� pp3CC^Q^_Q3�36 9�Qr^l1 li C9a39',,CC 77^EQ0 "CL r Ffg]'] 11:2! !r1 11Ill!119QCPCQ� CCffl1�1L99C09?CCIiCCE�S�17 1i CBC9JiQ3�i95]R CC�fl 1`COM7 OHIC371 511ti l51l E1164 151 0 111 113131111111", Si1sI111r➢IIl1 � IC1ILE[1:18�f7 Irmo 2 I1 ClInTIS1INVAr911�11 115li-linttiltl T il! I JulC■tl111111Luht s111111Ei1I711 o �YI�IIIIf�111111111� Ill 11111111[lill lull■!■lith till[110 1 1lluluuut1�11PI111lriul■Nluiliu l 111 oily 1 SMIZIM 111111111, 91111111!1192 ■■ s mnni�ltilnlr■Fau■ i�I ICil.11u I3tI"II*Il`1 ■rliltl■Il■IIl13311ti111■1'fis 111 illi 1 ri1Ip9E719EE 1111111 lE■li■liF1 ItNlll■111■ " 11t 11111dn9 ���1E �1111111111111i�1111f1��l1 u nen®n�;1 s E. aon ixa � s o. 11 II �3 933 113 3]:l '173]�T rill ca�]:..1iC�a s111 1■IiRii111ar�F77�1�1�i�aP�`Is�x� al [uk •co eu • 1 le 3E111imLe[oalS� Sa•�zL: �I!m■t1aa]. �a�] a .: l ii! I lii 1� 1iei 4-;fi0� N!1■1■!! If1IFIlI11fII� C� 1 1 ! IS pg3aaEEe: 11 R lfl it 1 IIA Ilri11C7C�°E3]1189:C alin 13 llifl1Ell1illI 1 11011111g1 �C■l■it 1111:112:13:1 ['. lull 1:11111M IN= it 111 lllllllr1111r11t13is II NIIIIIIIA llilplt� 1 � rte• r 90194 SYX31'E11Er0M 1U04 I i E 13311S NiYw H1a0N EGL1y ' Miles 11-4 1131 , 1I "190M 11103 40 u!a {_: trg A 1 Wti i9Fe; ;r I 81N1 wvH�a3w F " ejj : 411,; t1 �- I �. 9NI011119 IVNIWH31 NCIIIVIAV 14113#39 30 NUIIYAOM GNU XGiSNYdX3 '�� ���! � }6 �• P i w p t �Ti f � ;rn , ir] EI�i P�€r� E•i Epi 1l yi! w1 i f i q y # i t g !s ? ,r ',�; C I 1 f s t I 3E `sp t•t ,r}F x i!! °� [j#Ert i 3 iI i i f F r ii if a r lk i ldiiSi oilit iii WN N 1.19 i Tial it [ t = I i , E I+ -k Ilk Li Q � ii Eli r—Ir (v eI APPENDIX TO SECTION 31 20 00.10, "EARTHWORK" AC 15015370-10F 9130f2011 ITEM P-209 CRUSHED AGGREGATE BASE COURSE DESCRIPTION 209-1.1 This item consists of a base course composed of crushed aggregates constructed on a prepared course in accordance with these specifications and in conformity to the dimenslons and typical cross sections shown on the plans. MATERIALS 209-2.1 AGGREGATE. Aggregates shall consist of clean, sound, durable particles of crushed stone, crushed gravel, or crushed slag and shall be free from coatings of cisy, sift, vegetable matter, and other objectionable materials and shalt contain no clay balls. Fine aggregate passing the No. 4 (4.75 mm) sieve shall consist of fines from the operation of crusting the coarse aggregate. If necessary, fine aggregate may be added to produce the correct gradation. The fine aggregate shall be produced by crushing stone, gravel, or slag that meet the requirements for wear and soundness specified for coarse aggregate. The crushed slag shall be an air-cooled, blast furnace slag and shall have a unit weight of not less than 70 pounds per cubic foot(11.02 Mg/cubic meter)when tested in accordance with ASTM C 29. The coarse aggregate portion, defined as the material retained on the No. 4 (4.75 mm) sieve and larger, shall contain not more than 15 percent, by weight,of flat or elongated pieces as defined in ASTM 0 4791 f4 and shall have at least 90 percent by weight of particles with at least two fractured faces and 100 percent with at least one fractured face. The area of each face shall be equal to at least 75 percent of the smallest midsectional area of the piece. When two fractured faces are contiguous,the angle between the planes of fractures shall be at least 30 to count as two fractured faces. The percentage of wear shall not be greater than 45 percent when tested in accordance with ASTM C 131. The sodium sulfate soundness loss shall not exceed 12 percent, after 5 cycles, when tested in accordance with ASTM C 88. The fraction passing the No, 40 (0.42 mm) sieve shall have a liquid limit no greater than 25 and a plasticity index of not more than 4 when tested in accordance with ASTM D 4318. The fine aggregate shall have a minimum sand equivalent value of 35 when tested in accordance with ASTM 0 2419, a, Sampling and Testing. Aggregates for preliminary testing shall be famished by the Contractor prior to the start of production. All tests for initial aggregate submittals necessary to determine compliance with the specification requirements Mil be made by the Engineer at no expense to the Contractor. Samples of aggregates shall be furnished by the Contractor at the start of production and at intervals during production. The sampling points and intervals will be designated by the Engineer. The samples will be the basis of approval of specific lots of aggregates from the standpoint of the quality requirements of this section. In lieu of testing, the Engineer may accept certified state test results indicating that the aggregate meets specification requirements. Certified test results shall be less than 6 months old. Samples of aggregates to check gradation shall be taken by the Engineer at least two per lot. The lot will be consistent with acceptable sampling for density. The samples shall be taken from the in-place, compacted material. Sampling shall be in accordance with ASTM a 75, and testing shall be in accordance with ASTM C 136 and ASTM C 117- b. Gradation Requirements. The gradation (job mix)of the final mixture shall fall wlthin the design range indicated to Table 1, when tested in accordance with ASTM C 117 and ASTM C 136. The final P-209-1 AC 15015370-1 0F 9130/2011 gradation shall be continuously well graded from coarse to tine and shail not vary from the low limit on one sieve to the high limit on an adjacent sieve or vice versa- Where environmental conditions (temperature and avallability of free moisture)Indicate potential damage due to frost action,the maximum percent of material by weight of particles smaller than 0.02 mm shall be 3 percent when tested in accordance with ASTM O 422. TABLE 1. REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADATION OF AGGREGATE Sieve Size Design Range Job Mix Tolerances Percentage by Weight Percent Percentage by Weight 2 In 50.0 mm 100 0 1-112 37.0 mm 95.100 +1-5 7 in 25.0 mm 70-95 +1-8 314 In 19.0 mm 55-85 No.4 4.75 mm 30-60 +1 8 No.30 0-50 mm 12-30 +1 5 No.244 4.075 mm 0.8 +1- 3 The job mix tolerances in Table 1 shall be applied to the jab mix gradation to establish a rob control grading band. The full tolerance skit will apply if application of the lclerances results in a job control grading band outside the design range. The fraction of the final mixture that passes the No. 200 J0.075 mm)sieve shalt not exceed 60 percent of the fraction passing the No- 30(0.60 mm)sieve. CONSTRUCTION METHODS 209-3.1 PREPARING UNDERLYING COURSE. The underlying course shall be checked and accepted by the Engineer before placing and spreading operations are started. Any ruts or soft yielding places caused by Improper drainage conditions, hauling, or any other cause shall be corrected at the Contractor's expense before the base course is placed thereon. Material shall not be placed on frozen subgrade. 209-3.2 MIXING. The aggregate shall be uniformly blended during crushing operations or mixed in a plant. The plant shall blend and mix the materials to meet the specifications and to secure the proper moisture content for compaction- 209-3.3 PLACING. The crushed aggregate base materia$shall be placed on the moistened subgrade in layers cf uniform thickness with a mechanical spreader. The maximum depth of a compacted layer shall be 6 inches (150 mm). If the total depth of the compacted material is more than 6 inches (150 mm), it shall be constructed in two or more layers. In multi-layer construction,the base course shall be placed in approximately equal-depth layers. The previously constructed layer should be cleaned of loose and foreign material prior to placing the next layer. The surface of the compacted material shall be kept moist until ccvered with the next layer. 209-3.4 COMPACTION. Immediately upon completion of the spreading operations, the crushed aggregate shall be thoroughly compacted. The number, type, and weight of rollers shall be sufficient '.o compact the material to the requfred density. The moisture content of the material during placing operations shall not be below, nor more than 2 percentage points above,the optimum moisture content as determined by ASTM D 1557. P-209-2 AC 15015370-10F 9/3012011 209-3.5 ACCEPTANCE SAMPLING AND TESTING FOR DENSITY, Aggregate base course shall be accepted for density on a lot basis, A lot will consist of one day's production where it is not expected to exceed 2400 square yards (2000 square meters). A lot vulll consist of one-half day's production where a day's production is expected to consist of between 2400 and 4800 square yards(2000 and 4000 square meters). Each lot shall be divided into two equal sublots. One test shall be made for each sublat. Sampling locations will be determined by the Engineer on a random basis in accordance with statistical procedures contained in ASTM D 3665. Each lot will be accepted for density when the field density is at least 100 percent of the maximum density of laboratory specimens prepared from samples of the base course material delivered to the job site. The specimens shall be compacted and tested in accordance with ASTM D 1557. The in-place field density shah be determined In accordance with ASTM D 1556 or D 2167. If the specified density is not attained, the enfire lot shall be reworked and/or recompacted and two additional random tests made. This procedure shall be followed until the specified density is reached- In lieu of the core method of field density determination,acceptance testing may be accomplished using a nuclear gage in accordance with ASTM D 5938. The gage should be field calibrated in accordance with Section 120 and ASTM standards. Calibration tests shall be conducted on the first lot of material placed that meets the density requirements. When using the nuclear method ASTM D 6938 shall be used to determine the moisture Content of the material. The calibration curve furnished with the nuclear gauges shall be checked in accordance with ASTM standards.The calibration checks shall be made at the beginning of a job and at regular intervals. If a nuclear gage is used for density determination, two random readings shall be made for each sublat. 209.3.6 FINISHING. The surface of the aggregate base course shall be finished by blading or with automated equipment especially designed for this purpose. In no case will the addition of thln layers of material be added to the top layer of base course to meet grade. If the elevation of the top layer is 1/2 inch (12 mm) or more below grade, the top layer of base shall be scarifed to a depth of at least 3 inches (75 mm). new material added, and the layer shall be blended and recompacted to bring it to grade. If the finished surface is above plan grade, it shall be cut back to grade and rerolled. 209-3.7 SURFACE TOLERANCES. The finished surface shall not vary more than 318 inch(9 mm)when tested with a 16-foot (4.8 m) straightedge applied parallel with or at right angles to the centerline. Any deviation in excess of this amount shat}be corrected by the Contractor at the Contractor's expense, 209-3.8 THICKNESS CONTROL. The completed thickness of the base course shall be within 1/2 inch (12 mm)of the design thickness. Four determinations of thickness shall be made lar each lot of material placed. The lot size shall be consistent with that specified in paragraph 3.5. Each lot shall be divided into four equal sublots. One test shall be made for each sublet. Sampling locations will be determined by the Engineer on a random basis In accordance with procedures contained in ASTM ❑ 3665. Where the thickness is deficient by more than 1/2 Inch (12 mm), the Contractor shall correct such areas at no additional cast by excavating to the required depth and replacing with new material. Additional test holes may be required to identify the limits of deficient areas. 249-3.9 MAINTENANCE. The base course shall be maintained in a condition that will meet all specificatlon requirements until the work is accepted. Equipment used in the construction of an adjoining section may be routed over completed portions of the base course, provided no damage resutts and provided that the equipment is routed over the full width of the base course to avoid rutting or uneven compaction. P-209-3 AC 15 1537©-1DF 9134/2811 The Contractor shall remove all survey and grade hubs from the base courses prior, to placing any bituminous surface course. _M al.101)lir lll>•A CIf RF=MbNr o 616 09 GTAY +I'ENT. TESTING REQUIREMENTS ASTM C 29 Unit Weight of Aggregate ASTM C$8 Soundness of Aggregates by Use of Sodium Sulfate or Magnesium Sulfate ASTM C 117 Materials Finer than 7 5p(No_200)Sieve in Mineral Aggregates by Washing ASTM C 131 Resistance to Degradation of Small-Size Coarse Aggregate by abrasion and impact In the Los Angeles Machine ASTM C 136 Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggreg ales ASTM D 75 Sampiing Aggregate ASTM D 422 Particle Size Analysis of Soils ASTM 9 693 ASTM D 698 Moisture-Density Relations of Soils and SoWAggregate Mixtures Using 5.5-lb (2.49-kg)Rammer and 12-1fn(306mm)Drop ASTM D 1556 Density of Soil In Place by the Sand-Cone Method ASTM D 1557 Test for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soii Using Modified Effort ASTM D 2167 Density and Unit Weight of Soil in Place by the Rubber Ballon Method ASTM 0 2119 Sand Equivalent Value of Soils and Fine Aggregate ASTM D 6938 In-Place Density and Water Content of Sail and Soil-Aggregate by Nuclear Methods ASTM Q 3017 Water Content of Soil and Rock in Place by Nuclear Methods ASTM D 3665 Random Sampling of Construction Materials P-209-4 AC 950/5370-10F 9/30/2011 ASTM D 4310 Liquid Limit,Plastic Limit,and Plasticity index of Soils ASTM D 4791 Standard Test Method for Flat Particles, Elongated Particles, or Flat and Elongated Particles in Coarse Aggregate END OF P-209 P-los-5 i x 1 L 99191 S'1i][31'HIM D^1a81 ¢ 13381S RIVIN H1tl911 IRS* k �.a� �� � � �;fie •11 #1 �i�@I:}�I€9p �� �6 '} �. H1aa*xaoi 40 11I9 m„ $};a E � Ifor �, q r. • �� ., I 1aOd81111kIi1011VNH31NI MUM r =1 I.s $I} I amminv IVNIM31 NOUVIAV 1VUHIS v° * +E s =3 £ 1 in 4DUVAON3V©NY NOISNMdx3 III pt r.� I r tit {I}f!t IFlY III up op 'CII. t �•+•1�. -- _ _-.. � a r Ce •g 4,11 I �iM ! 4 ` r � 'r I ik ri I g PON Y at i al !j I' �p I.,•k! � , 1 4 kI1T�i1 i!f} r� � i LI k� 3�i it IK r :#�4 ' I°rl+! 111 IF ; sit to CIS ili �0* I 1 1 l , I r. I. -, I i r I 1 i I I k `� 1I e I I I I "I K � Y JL7�'y « ���riik ► = "` long I �"�'�",�-,'mss �� �. ������� 1.=�" � ■�� �M WE rmm- IATII IRI - ly X11 �'�i�`;r�.,�a�'��..�• �����i+�`F ��'!.� �,t. '' ���oF ���� ry �. �i ' ti � -i�9. '�Irfriull�lr�7� I�. - mac- �4�•���{ .•.ti BD19L SVx31'H1tlDM.1HDi =I L i x P el331118 VIVW MIMaN}OP 11; 11"11 }}bllij1111 HiNUM M4 A0 ku7e4 !l + a _ � 1IN 1ucauIV WN011VN831M WHOMM S® JN101MB 1VNIWU31 N01V1AV NUMB 10 NOUVAUN3a t1NV NOISNVdX3 �1`a1 ..y I 3 Y , e tjs @ea I 4 i Irl 1E -F F d . I^ N } fill F a TT�tt s Q all- IL a fill v NOW 4►II31'N1af0AA 1801 z.s - 9 s s -'�, p4 ( " :'�k � 1331us NIVA"loom kozv { ; r va n { }: ;1��� 1e14f Ji 11 d X11 MOAA1984JoA113 ■ in sK xxaa #:c3 a s 9�110711ke 711N1W Mau TQN381oNY H� 1RfEVVJ13 a t a # t 3 Ili��9Hill rz i 00(D MI 4 s�� e�e ■ in I rALUf ------ w C X44 { w l� 1 r � > F w I en A rn i in l+1 x i P r A w _ .w V lw I. 1 1 }li i i c - 4 i 90M SVX31'H1HOM 1HO1 sl, FFiia 133kLU NQVW H1HON 1029 H.I HOA{1Q�O3 A0 LUO 0 s4 F IM UM 1VNOIiVN'd31Ni WVH3V3W !"I �o. � S�yel e9 Fre . Ir3 #rt 9Ntaim 1VNIWV31 NOLLVIAV I"3#39 30 NQ11VAOR"ON7 NDaSNVdti3 1 Ill E� t I fill � F Goo 0' OE C CL i i z 111 3 €IS ! fill'14 1 �'•s1 a i E IIiF JJ t 'f 7i?Sil hili I L, w � `v 9 1 ! ! 11H 1 si. �i i ` i e 5 sit is s iii fe:1 ` # w I Q •Q F i 90 I9 SY131,NIH 0M IV03 - .. e1#I � � 9# 133VIS NIVW WHOM loan ! i II Till �� §�l;r MOM 11903 30 1iI9 r b" rF ` 1aodary Ivrruriall1131Nl wtillav3w ! r Aar ; ?= i t 9NId11f181VNIWM31 MOLLV1AV 11>'UMS �±' �•J 230 NOUVAON3H ONY NOISNV413 i+Nr 1 [[ srr 1I I F 9 >>: t:� � (D .C) Ems WILI ! 1 3 � s3t:ii ?r 3 , iUl s se j (DO e311;i� I i HillI I s I,kvIfl ITT E ` w + 4 � ■■ f w N - w Q J Q to y 1 _ — _ _ — _ — E- -77m 5 335�N1"i MalFIW SQM SY%31'H1UOM IVOA Sli 133a1S NIVW H1NDN lon git �� €s it Hlaa,n laaA ja 1110 I _ �:A� ��§k I i��i�r; ���ioa ����" L'���� � �.; 1HOd>•ilY 1YR011YRN31Nl WYH3Y3W Mallfl8IVNIMal WOUVIAW 1Y4 H301 k'r xzw i 85 t a JO MORYAONO aNV NOISNYM , ilk �I F �\ r i S `r o {v �m a �U flwi >>>_{{,: 1lllli t i n 4—+ D J _ a U v= a CD- 0 O L .a t 90191 Sux31'Nivam lifOd � I E 11. Ig 131VIS KIM N18ON 1010 Ids All NillOM ISO is Allo {D 1112i. gIwf3d81V iiiNQIlVNHUM WVNDV3W Ram UN1011A8 IVNIWV31 NDLLVIAV I{IIi3N30 ; J ;z°�§ s:' S r } 40 NOUVAONIH 0NY NOISNVdX3 €1! ( -@EP 4 i �1 n.'.*— Nl w, \ — �iM �/.mss i I po I f k I i I x 1 I f` I _ w w Sul li E4Ili �xx I �E' zl rrrrr.is oll IRP1111 R i lilbI I JLJ Y � I I _ I I 1 IY I I I �, I I soI9e SYX31 9180114 IVDA Iit 1 M 133111s xrrw"ISDN tsar # 3 x ! }'I 1#m }$ 1:1 HiMO M 1903 is wa �; •y ®c i 1,19! .p :, �' err 6 is 11 AIV 1VROLLVNV31NI Jh1VH9V3W r Rom 4 1F � 1! ' ON1011119 IVNIWV3i NOIIVIAV 1V'N3N3'O x9Ata 30 MOUVAON311 RIM NOISNYM it I 1 fl 3 j of 11J� 1 a � 1 X11 � Z 9 (Doc) t. a ri j1 it ,IM k �.,-�.�..............x..;_._:. '� -•.! + '; � sari��� #i-i��l I � � r � r F• w J/ I A �! 9-O iHS 33S 31411 HZ)IVW .� 6 k i 9%LSL M31 4HIVOM M4 Ilion 133WS NIM NIHON Mt F¢ il ¢� 1 b _ k lil>30M 1k03 30 A117 °'a( � �k a i ' r3 jc5 9rr Tin 1N[] cc AIR 1VNB]iVNV31Nl WVH3V3W f* rx■ Ott � � t ���$ �_ � ���' 91r1O11081VNFW1l31 N011VFAV IMN39 I[F J =SCtq ks:! r 30 MOUVAGN3H DOW NOISNVdX3 � t r lit- I i X13 � 1 F �{l3�i CJ , i 4>l is (300�J r 1 - F U I k + + o q � 4 A I L + I L\ $ sols[SVX31'"nom 18133 a j 131M NIM HEREIN IM �# HIM - �a � � '4 $�� !i H1MOM 1Ntl!a0,wa IMM'IVNOLLVi~1H31NI WVH3V3W � r MEMO UNIMIUM.NOIIVIAV 1VH31439 A NOIIVA©W311 ONr NOFSHWIG 1 ! a p A 1 F x € e � I1 L II IE rtl ! r, gg {p44444 �s Ola 1 Y hf dm SAO fill it C-11 c 16e 1cr6� g:rgl�ca It 1 E B s I g S 34 1 � fill I t m ■ ax r t Id HEM � a - a 51H, i ' e � ��fq Yt ION LI It � � � S � � � { � ��i � in I9j"449 � ' k 0 o L r• � 9mlg�SV1[31'Ml�1a►A 1,flOd :�r ' 133HIS MFV1V RMON IOZO Naomi"CA AO A413 N IHOJ IV 1VNOILVNH31NI WVH3V3}N P' ON191MIS 1VNIWV31 NOIIVIAV MUD ,A A0 NOUVAOWIN OVV N013NVJ13 aw it IN � 4 ;fill f E t iHs 33S 3!Ln LcuvA 1• r1 rT 1 �FaFi��e I 1 r I 9 I 4::l;;riwe ttrr_r � � �YR# __ �, ",jl 1 ��i �"V g ixSCl•cg�aG ry gS �;._�,- S pjd ,-_ r•,. SS Idl�wul±3 11S!�} all ro Ow ellit I , p } Z ,Oz 1 I �II ,elfll ; 90t 9L SYX31 141IPOMY An 3; t�t Milk 133M1S NIYW WHOM IOZYlit$ 7' Fd}�Y,� iaadald ZtiNnutrr�a31NI wvHOr3fA! r N� (y•� `ez � ��• 9�FIi111f18Y�11WH31H0111fIAlIlY�13N3'J �' J #O NOUVAUM3N GO NOISHWAX3 lit I., j�i��i�5�±� f k t r �� � 1; 1 ��¢ �� f�� e_�. �� � t �f �i��� i•Ii �� ; } � I°� ;t� � 6I ol�l '�.'±.I F f��l1 g�'_Pl� �`'�•'l�¢j C3 4 F�I��l� a!•� 13 ! 3 tiFRIF f{ - -- - ------------------------------------------------------_ -- I R V I If; I I• } 1 — I .. _ 1 � F.Flf1�S�'rl 'I -° Jill 41W I s::sa s [:Sa=P� T ttltw tE1.i a tett. i- Fii t+I d &� ngz MUt LIJ Z-'Cl LHS 33S 3NIl HO1tlW i iEc�F�lf3�i§i r w ! 90L9L SYX31`H.L1Y[tM 17103 7 133VIS WV VI Hlylom Lan, t� m tF �� sii� #S, 1'at� i�1a Nll1p7R 11104 1O U! 1Hfl M IVNOILVNH31NI WVH9d3W _, c== � N s �r. ' smai s`1VNmun NORWAV 1VV3N39 x3N S ..3 f 3U 1i011UAON39 QNV 1144SNV4X3 W, I 1 z---------------- pw Y 8 s t wzLU7Z7, w r WQ� -_ i1333`s zU w inimi 77777n mw rl 3: � I .... F- z U 0 a � O CL O Q mw alu�EE X _. r �i ` w a $ � � E Ulu ;5;73'.x:95 '7357 1 I V II{{ I r w8 Ytts: !!Y5 Y!LLf,i O l i H� iY. i:i $ si994• � Z f I 3!!I Itis: 1!_Yi- p a z 90191 SVX31'111wom 11109 3 c 3 ; �3 II 133111.5 NIMH H180I!LOU A a! '; E;€, € +IlIAtli HISOM1909 9D UM 1Im(x ;vI • I da p a§ e°e I �v; 1 [)i 329 5 ` � 190JU1VIVNOIIVNV31NI WVNOM ft m .6 � ;E [, F!{ ommiil9 IVNIWV31 N01MAV 7"UH ..l =x°H I: 10 ADUVAGN90 DNV NOIS MUM �3 S s MRS f B R-Zl IHS 33S 3N11 HOIVW pig VI 17 W� P . f+ 'll•s� it ��. Wuj •- -- _ 9111.1111 P1111 9 Pfi 4 ripe,[ eI. � L i p Mu t 11e5!3 I r r� Pif�f � � r•� 1i !j.i 11,C 14 P i 9019L SYX31'9AHOIM AHOi •.9 133HIS MR MON 1029 { illi ji1 €$ tI �' LD l 1 1 i` w1Hon►1au�is wa ��Yi tN0d81V 1VNQ1tVN1131![I WVHOv3w N �=m sf '•y '1 �¢I e� Y 9NIU11n87VNIM1101NOUVIA11IMP13a L 33 0 N011YAON3H OMV NOI$WVdX3 a lii 5 I P �d f 1 'F Ii f%Fr {t �I CIO Ile LLP LU F f t ' iitt r !��Eae:4'�i�s j •e aa'Z�jf �1 ��� �� �. � y�{S!�{iF�i It �� {�� �ii'�� f i4i�iziQi ! 4 Iv I Q :3355 `5 J l;ilLti" il, k J Ii ilei!iii!! is:I+ � 3 �• � .p. _ :::��f,>i i..is 4.- z- lip, 11ti11 i I Ytlii'siiii Y F, S-ZI IHS 33S 3NI'I H31VW } 9019E SVX31 ALVO 611103 rk y @ L33N1S Nrnw 111HON tact, p al gypp• F[ Sx1u Ft1 $g+=• €Tito � 1UVDM 11104 40 AM It 18Qd=1VNUI1VNN31NI NYHOM t:C I `� � t 4rP �!y p '�Fi �yes € ��C7 IJF• _ Aar• � ; ' .,I I ONIMIn81VNIW931 1011V1AV 1Y831139 xx6n I $ da NautlhON31 OXV J1OJ3NVd13 s I lfl it �CkiY ttkY kkkk�I � i � 1�l1111 1� � [!{f!•Y�l! � ktlil �1��t111 1 ��� �� 3!!!!F! 1 777 1 3m Ffi9lti s gag g t11i1tF171 � 1F�111'S 1�11�e}� IEi !! p 1tL±r;19±±s Ytiis,! g iin. !6 .. _ LM wLU ii i 2 CM f 1� ---'--- ------'-,- i Ii lir ' 4 a t L� 7 ..... . ------- . .......... @>- r L pg t OL i k ----------- -<35 A_j-------- EXPANSION AND RENOVATION OF GENERAL AVATIOR TERMINAL BUILOING j"I Id MEACHAM INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT CITY OF FORT WORTH Ili 4201 NORTH IMAIN STREET if FORT WORTHTE , XAS 16106 t A d A6t9t SYl(3S`}tiaOM SSOd r�o! g, �,I,•. ��i3#[# I! a I' I II! }uauA 1900 30 rola ISOMY 1VNOIIVNH3iKl WHOMI N s ss Ar 1 Him � � !� Y� � ��$�� ��� � Mt1111191YRmun N011VIAW"!V93H30 ear AORVAnk38 ON NOI3RVdM ;1 A J y i I I I I I I p....» I P � I � f k p r I Rom DO # I 1. I 1 ,✓/ Iw I k�yT I k � P� �'!1 � I `•� die 1 F — 1 4 � Mrt : a; .`ISI I:.� —r � � �! �1 •I i I '�# s {1 �l tl 1 j',y a 2 i ry# —I.#f p 1 f A I I j i Ij ,�. it I /f I�x jl 2 a: 1 g 90191 SVX3l'HLHUM 11103 '1 it lfi S 4 tL 1 3111E 11 A VDJJHIM LBO yy y 1 11P Ir �1� � HSa0Ml1f031011t� f� -lit �'�1<< �IrA� �b,. I ■ a it I t laadgiv 1UKOLLYN931MI wvx3v3w 9NI0111181 NIFY931 NOUVIAV IVV31139 I s e 10 MOUVA0113V OXV 1101SNVd]L3 ej �.1 I I I I I I 4 I^•I I A 1 1 I I i I I Y i r I 1 i 1 r I r i i 6 i i I I I I I I I I i I i i i i i i Ll • I i 1 i i i I I L 1 19 I � i 1 � 'll' til l � i {tt 1 TT -p jig i P F r------------ ---------- - ------------ I---A I I HH ... ..... .. J;Z EXPANSION ANn RENOVATION OF GENERAL AVIATION TERMINAL BUILDING I Hill I "a.IlIg 11illii poliif l-t! CITY OF FORT WORTH if MEACHAM INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Jya 4201 MONTH MAIN STREET FORT WORTH,TEXAS 78108 1ED- Olin P I I p 4 A —Lj F— FI on( —T R ------------------- pun— FL list JI- 4mn fill rl .2 rv1, L 1-4 Ail- 11c 4- L ---------- I kll pi I P I j Jill EXPANSION AND RENOVATION OF Ir, GENEPW AVIATION TERMINAL BUILDING MEACHAM INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT UZI to CITY OF F OFIT W ORrk CL M1,11 Jill, 1,111 4201 MONTH MAIN STREET FORT WORI`H,TEXAS 76106 40 Ste' 4) Q T-T4-1 I • I — 1 I� I I A a } T'n 4 �j it I 1 6 i II 1 a i i I v v I I l i j I 1 I i I I j 1 1 Y I I I I I f i I im i I ti Ip I I i i I I F L I i V I F k I t ! I 1 i I 11 I 1 i I l Y I I i I i I i r i �1, i I I i i i F 1 I i i I i r r i r t;J - -- - - -a---- i-----_:�------i-- _'_-1- -i--- ---- ---i----- -------an i i i i j i I I q I I I I V A I ! 1 ! I I 9 I 1 t I t I I I i I 1 I I t I I I ! ! 1 1 i i i I i I q i i I I i i Y I it I, 3 _ R A :I'I EXPANSION AND RENOVATION OF y y g I9' GENERAL AVIATION TERMINAL BUILDING 1 I 10t-i Ail q. '# �°,``' ?ll I• ii}r i�'` iii Iai4jy '41 �L ms I TALI' 1 MEACNAM INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT { ,,I. FSI°991 ,-II ! ;�F � l:'-'I ! asf� ! a. a # CITY OF FORT WORTH iiigE� I@ iI} s`#'� :+� f a 4201 NORTH MAIN STREET FORT WORTH,TEXAS 18108 e I 3 9Di9L SVX31 IUVDN1INCA 133NLS NIVW MON ICZ? NINCIA IN01 iR Alla I N 1110dHIV 1VN[111VN031N1 WHOM smin na 1VMIW1131 MO1IVIAV MUM AC NCUVADWAV CNV NOISXVdx3 �f I oil. rr I d 11 ^�` F� r •k; i F NW _ � I Hill on 11 r mt A. r $ 90191 sllll'31'N111OAA ill DI � 1d9Y1s Wvw H1YON Iozv F1111a1e 1VQJ dO Alla ISR 18UMIVNOliVN83JAI MHOM 3iq �'IF! 3 i`,F ° 3 Ile' ` I�r' I �JIYI�'lIR9�11IiImu NOIIVIAV IVH:IN39 dO NOItYA01i3a i1NY 11O1SMYe11Q iii t - — - q � w I i —y s i I f -f 4 �i�Fi ii; � •` �! 1 t {i iFl J-u-------- 49 F IF i 11 11{ ,�'n• ; � �' it E� r ! i i 13311S WIVW HIMOM lots £ f :f ! ! E` c i 11I RLVOIAI1Iod-0 W3 d's •�•1i� ��1 ��! � . L Jad81d 1dHa11tiHU31H1 WdHov3W D� ! 9HI171119 IVNIWV31 Hl}11VIAV WOMB .30 MOUVWN38 GMr MOISNYd)U }I[ ----- ---- --- 05 C �t ss h F ti �i l�fl ; 3T � sif� Ip i 1 _ e 1 � l 7 ��ps i4 l s i L ;6s{i j st h 4' 133N1S N1vW NINON tOZY S[ j i. HIN01N 1110:130 AU2 { r g° ' i •_ d 3r t : t - I 1 1HQ4dvld 1VNQ11VNHUNI WVHDV3W , L7 Lai �i �` ! '"� i F�rx ,g� r� 1{4' 1 UNIG11RI IVNIWV31 NOI1VIAV 1VH3N3H F= E H s I F:f t i ii z iU NOLLVAON3V ONY NOISNVdX3 18 �; FF I k I 1 #i1 F kiilii Cl- s 'r ki e � ` !g ili Psi B !1 O. 4M, I JI L i;1FR in1i! z. yra a � I lit III !iiC r'•s�l� u a1: i � so i at s►rx��.`1uaaM taai [ : � ��F � � k3A11�!RIV1f}11.a0R iflt4 f i� I 4 111.1101A ANDA 30 Alla r MUM MOLL fNISIN;WVH3V3W R 3a# 71f�F3FFz� j8it S � 3FY �i�= f 9Nlailna Iv�NlWa��.NOildInv IvH3xM) N sVi l§;3 I ! l 30 NOUVAON3114NV Ii015NW03 r .T, I I ll�11 A �i l R s ' ifI - j, l f H ! R ' LL s TO I F = + lii Tlln ;� Jill it }I rill 3 � i e .� ., • � { � ., �_;is I • y I I R� _ +� • _ � 1 � _ r P�f ��i ; � r e= - iT� i iT I tit'. i i d i `I a�i� FI s ��P� � i - � �+ - •- I = lit ji 77 n S}i 1�1-141 lipi Jill i EXPANSION AMC RENOVATION OF k GENERAL AVIATION TERMINAL BUILDING '011 A MEACHAM INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT i I' a;l�jEe r = ,trli CITY OF FORTIkDaTH IiIIL� iF11 iIr gS1yF i1 ��31 ° ii k x ' 420t MORO MAIN STREET � II r�� � � I FORT WORTH,TEXAS 79106 Q = _ _ '>� F II i i I # .___ _._._ I 1 1 r I I I I r 1 —._-----_ _— _ ......... � i I r i r i 1 I M 9 6 � � f 1 I Q w q I()� F7 I h h AD 4 s ' r` EXF1NSION AN RENOVATION OF y e• M> y GENERAL AVIATION TE[IMINAL BUILDING ��� � �:�#� I � ! MEACHAM INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT � � t=� ) A {y } 'q CITY OF FORT WORTH `s li IIq #� f I lit, l i�: 3 4201 NORTH MAIN STREET 1 1I! ` FORT WORTH,TEXAS 76106 s I r -a is � ► � � �_ Rr i ar= s �tai t Its 1 #' a.. if �[ i r 1 i _ ? EXPANSION AMC RENOVATION OF T r# GENERAL AVIATION TERMINAL BUILDING MEACHAM INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT alIII i 3 s cm of FORT WORTH � Il 4Y71 NORTH MAIN MEET '— 6 FART MIIIRTN,TEXAS 761OB My.. m a 4--------------- IF I Ll H, -a) z1 11 91 ul; Ma 1 u fit of 4 EXPANSION AND AENOV&nON OF GENERAL AVIATION TERMINAL BUILDING MEACHAM INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT CITY OF FORT WORTH 4291 NORTH MAW$TREETail F OFT WORTH,TEXAS 78108 i � 9f1i91 sYx31'fua6M laaa DIMS NIVYI RIDON IM HJMOAk 1904 AO u13 a �E„ Iq 1VOdNIV 1VNOI1VNH31NI WVH3V3VII �ei 9f#lUllfl9 7VNlW831 NOIiV1AV 1V83NA9 �# �' [ 3n xolianaM3ti fFrir Efuisxvax� Evils � � t I I as } !i! f �r� t Q x I 3! I I f [ I ff 17-� T- r fI .r k i l; NI rF i t � I E I i � e 6 of I ! t—. T Iir!is 4: r 1 i If- is tt a , sf !t# !i :e 9 'f r k [1si Y7 1 pp pr, i 7 I i`0' ri j '! 's 011 It irl rl : I tit r I #; 0 d +; EXPANSION AND RENOVATION of ` 'N1 w •�I GENERAL AVIATION TERMlHA4.f31[ILOINf "1 MEACHAM INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT CITY OF FORT WORTH } 1133�I � lE�j � {lief 4201 NORTH MAIN STREET 1 FORT WORTH,TEXAS 76106 r 13bAas�eGgiSW�1-i�p� l��. - 4 1 v Ia1F�i�564493#L��R1Si' + i i9eMiFF7.+ •�� Roll 3A3rtliS�Hii4`� 1 ' k 7r-Emig 111B$ ���1i3ia.'2 ION �3tip . NM u eep�i r. - ••�. �. it u.' - ` v �'f v � to+�r<�[:.�► �,�•\'��'�\�'.� �\\\"'��\r.3z:',\\'��°tea"`r,i�:� �J, �.r. �,s,��, lig °i-1^ ��``��.', G• I �. 9r I D a D , Its'�� .�.-t.-* - y �• •k ! I 1 f a I 7 ii pp�+ �, [ 4 irsk• err��`ur�r��►�� nn ?� ,r�I1��Yrrrrrrsl � V ' {■ FI C3 �tao M U v F � 9d19L Y11M'KIN OM 18Ad l r k r 133us NIVY4 H186M lonHIM INOA f 're lHod!!IVMollVNIMINl ViVH3V3W #F r Ir Wall AV WRIM91 NOIAVIA 11"3H39 sxH un; t 30 NOLLVAOM3V(IRV HOISHtl'dB #s g 1 I I I •; I �� I f I 71 F _ I I I I I ! I 1 r 1 1 j F r ! I r { ! I I T C '- it t l tL d t& 9019L SO 31'HI 0O A IV0A y , 133HSS M104 HIVON IOn FyQ f F,q1 ��'1�1 � I I yla Ips f NSYoM 1NO3 jo km i c l t R �f +e� [ res Blvd Ilii 11'v? 1a0d3f11T 1VNUIIVN>j31Hl WVI1aY p11 I i =ao 1 #a= E [ W 1 !6 I 9NI01inG 1VNIWH31 MOUVIAV 71d MM) �° *=H 1 oil. s !0 MOUVA0M38 ONY N015NVd)3 its �Z 3 {:9 i I i:iii: 1 L'11f'lf I illln i . S f— t�t C7 _ _.. d .. !r. f Ems♦ fs / _ G 's � fir; 3.5 ♦ �„ �'�F♦ .:: +f?'%• �' ':: I L41 / r C.7 C.3 � •U j PTS 90 191 S1F][31`HltlOM ltlOd a s o t I11 ►: 133813111 M MOM 10Zf MIUMINOi 104110 I 1HOdVIV IVROIIVNV31KI WVH3V3W r e i " � Ye r1 iii�s! ■��rl e`F ��ie? 9Nimin81VNIW031 NU1MAV 1V83NE) AU KORV1441131f M NDISPIVJ13 ! 1 r ! F I r FF ii F t E 1 lil Jl flfF1F{19E l ,l �il'i,� ; A !r�r111�F111�!iiJ[��Jlli�tl11�i41f IN ji Gy"i C 1117 i !i:if F ii:3;ii I ' � C3 F I J I I Q I I -- --- - ------ - -I I F Moo 9GI9L snl3a lsxuos a�oa ,' IA391S NIYMI NINON IOZF �a� x } - ; 1 ,�: I s•: p IbOdaIV 1VNOIIVMU31NI Wl H3V3W n o;°. s e ��f�� [:� � ra., • ���` ?��� 9NIGIIAR IVNIWH31 NOUVIAV"IMN39 , x y I Ir pi I - I � t s ! 6k IV d [ ` - .. r ... I I I I p I 1 I I :Tv I ; � , ' a T = ! k k MLI U G- 4 r i a►' ' 1 1 e r i i C _ R 1Ef NMI � MI WWI 01R " 1 �'� �►�• Ali�,� �� �` � � R a I man pall" a 0 Mal ir lwfm Mimi a 4 1 S 1 ! Al NI Pj wig IMLFW e . .MAIR i iliaWIN e Jul ■ar�rr.�:�lr 111►����+ acv Alli v�v SEPI 1 � �® a '7�.� '�r��.■.:. `'� � � a i`.`= -- v HE 11 IN �9IaIII6��99�909��9�,��0�999��9��91E99�� TEEIIIIIIEIIIo0111E139ElElll ;IBIC �O�IIII �III�II �� ���II IIYI�F� II �ill���lll ��v00000000000eveeeeve0000vooS�000ege000vo 9�000000�B�l evo�� goo ��e�e��� oA E���IIGa�C�90�B311E9�C9B�9��9000G9���791 ���GEC 9E� 19 I� CIESNIN M C111111 99���11 IN liN 1:1 311111111111111111112 111111111 uoamoou000000 joe�000000�000s00000 �ooaoou00000 oQ�o ���m m� �IIIIIIIIIIIEEIIEII9iII6111111911191E� gg �ov00000�Cll " J MIIF�AI 111111 1 Hilo 9�9�9III��99»9�9��917�1 �E������ 99I I� 9�G39EIEi 211 1111' 11211111; 11 111111,4 111:11111111111111 5991939�991�3� �11 G� �991�99�9f9�0�999III3�E�a90�����9��9��9116���n�9�9999� ''99 I� �I911r�rE�99996E�111 � '99E1 1:11,11 E�l9E19�� r r hllpl� 1� Will Q - ..:. .� i�j��� �� I I,�w�w'll1a,� r���s'�r�w�� ■��I� yy f; ` �.e: � LeeeEF n•l n-e, All V r .. �l■r one r Its fl M19 ��,+ r"Lsss aiEi: s►fi�@�E,ti�1�.�yea ■�� i\i� �j '��-, _ Ijf4� C�• ®� CD y �I�r�i� f-��n�� 9o�e fl-11� ;rasa fY1-E1-11�L ,� u,1 11 II.11�II=1iw� r _ nil a 4Nf:IRpI�.IS1T�".��1r��� iF wt��+a crF,Ytc_. S+ SEMI faayil�r v `.... _---- a� 7J+.— •� =;:� ... IP NO F7�, E; ;llf 6 1 I 4r. J 1 ' I � I - I R I �� I ° • � � ,fL ------ ------ - - - ZI 4-1 — 1� 4 ' � � I 4 e i 60 W � & � Itf 1;1 tills 1 °Ei;::'f I il;miiu`r;il f?4 ".i 2 1 IMPANSION AND RENOVATION Of i p° � 602 ' ,I GENERAL AVIATION TERMINAL BUILDING :d➢I � 3FI��; •311 g "All 1.41111 I Ul MEACHAM INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT {- ie f3��•i - E: �I = l ! _ CITY OF FORTWORI7I j y u lij 11�I � IFS+ Ilji�i =i� � �� I�'• 1 'V 4201 NORTH MAIN SrREFT I I a ! I s a s 1 ' FORT WORTH.TEXAS 76106 '1 I I r i �9h f I 1 {. LI I r r r e �any y1. rrrv�, .•Vials 1r R ..I: Im Wr +1 r ►�E`li a ( =1 — �1�-' ---------- 9 r�! 1 � _ �I —� �ri�* "' II111Jf�p�Il linll.il�iSzlgl�l��1 • = i yI - II'=II-11�16g1�1 I II=II EI fl I��'ll�i�i= [I Il�l�ll I 1 ti I° i r, ri I 4I 49 ,1 � S, a z15•. w,lllMM IP ll1ll� ' p ylGlI.11. �.■■� � I 3{}' 11,11— !'ii l-x1"11 1.-R I !ITi 11 R—r—II—r'—II—, ��� �' L. _± -��cw.��crrrr.�� II rl=Ylr�ll RELY— == i4 ', IN �•. %�3i�.I .............1 FMA .0 1: .1 F € yi C3 To� II ■ all II��IIfilm-If ,� .!I�� LY t �!'�.�•�17; 11=sd-`=nI ?tl=11=Or R I moll MI= II n II- 11 11 I IIrIIIIrIIRi[1411.1�.1I �'� — !I II—I,—II-1rr=11—P —>i 11 kik�1�f i,l it II�I s , �I a Is ■ ■: _ -� _ E..: lTM Ips *� ► 1, r ,7Il � ' I „..«.«. ._.».., .....W W... ............................._.......,_...._. _ 1 I 4 1 1 D 1 1 i n rllirripr Irk-1-;II Ir tli' � t n_ -- - - - '? i. . lrlr�.3��l C� �. �'•`� 5t■iii TIIlr 9 .-4 yr/�• "•�,._.;� � I�j�1�s���, � " �� �� �! roti `► �,� I� I% r� [i-�11 IHr 11=I1-II II" I��r". IV !r r!� II l[ II [I 1L II I II[[7 lill��r,Il Il�iI�IIIVI U I I. Il�6�II�p��lppf Ill; -•--� I��Illi'lllll �I�I�IIIIII Ill�III:III1Nl I, _ �A o f�Iffl�I��Ifll{f�l�l�Ilffl�fllil�l�llfflllllf K' � f !1111111111 MIRM-11111111IN 1t=11111111111a 0111111111III 1 JIM fi rl-It=tl�rllllr�il� �.�s �1 !� f "il, lr n II=1pAw2-7-Pt� 9 T C T -- - �t� -- � 1��111�I �_ __ lllIIIIIII�III��llllll�l �l�ll�llll��'1"111 �1: ��� flfffffflll�� I�Iffflf!!fl� ��III1f�lll �" IIIIf4fflffll�� � � , ""��� - "��111111111!��Illillllllll��{Il l�l"�111111f111111����=�I � . � � �� =11—h [3311 1= CIIiIUIIN..LI_Ilfli= •..- + 1� aTti I71 c5 7 r I r r I F r r r r. 9919!SVM'l11801N IVOI =i t t a { lEl A31111 NIVN NINON too i i t p 1 b x. F��11 elf �I'll d� I![ HIVOM loot lO 1113 F 1 } .` for trl t�IOd81V 1VNOIiVHIl31NI W11H3V3W f tC1 +ri or if ! ! ,4 !• 9NI011011VNIWV31 ROUVIAV 1V13H39 I I Q a dO MOIlVAON3V ONV NOISRV4X] i 1 I t ii�Ssll#i I : a � I I T—r. s� F 'f �T i �E I®' I pw R� R 0 r :L s�■� 4 g p� p Q I ll 111H H+��Hlllll -11111 11,111 R� is 71, 'VNT Oil? — — WWI i - A4— 9 D � � @Raw 1 r r m !111 fill m at IM� 6fry 7-7 jig r p 3 9 :will PW i p■i •; ; + N a 1` 1LL WED _ i o i All 5f 1 I 8 C w i I g �a r Itzi .=jt k a ' 1 Ic+ , s e s lot 7 Rh mlil xi �lf _ IS) .tiall ���b�ara(Qa Jdaraa� �rBrrrm� B4B 8�e rrrre 111 t ep cpa - r — 3 N- C Q d k� S� 5 X r a z Vd I ! 1 ski flit J( CD r I +i� 15, 1rA1 fill y fl f a n R a I I�'i1�3"�tyla i P II �Ilii;f;!hl i I Oft x 41m 21 Is F IMM I I — I l l i lil I� F Hill I if IR III a � �� 4 i1t i�nil�+�-r�iy+it,il �11 FORT WO RUL, CITY OF PORT WORTH TRANSPORTATION AND PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT ADDENDUM NO. 4 GENERAL AVIATION TERMINAL BUILDING AT MEACHAM INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Request for Proposals Submittal Date: September 25, 2014 (NO CHANGE) The Bequest for Proposals for the above project is hereby revised and amended as follows: 1 On the Construction Contract (Lump Sum)form (bottom of Page 1 of 4). DELETE the paragraph: "The construction performance period must be no longer that 293 calendar days and must be completed to obtain at least a temporary Certificate of Occupancy by December 1, 2015 or sooner.The selected Alternates must be completed within this construction performance period." 2 For clarification, the General Contingency Allowance amoLnt will be included in the executed construction contract. 3_ Hahnfeld Hoffer Stanford Addendum No.4 letter dated September 22,2014. There are folders for the items addressed in the letter. Acknowledge the receipt of this Addendum No. 4 on your Proposal. DOUGLAS W. 1MERSIG, SPE DIRECTOR,TRANSPORTATION & PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT By Dalton Murayama,AIA Architectural Services Manager 817-392.8088, FAX 817-392-8488 RELEASE DATE: September 22,2014 Addendum No.4 Page 1 011 Gengral Aaialion Terminal Building al Meaoioarn lnternalional Airport September 22,2014 200 P Hahnfeld 817,921.5928 Office "Offer ell?'302AS92 FIV 0 Startifvrd D VMS DE 09/22/2014 September 22, 2014 Expansion and Renovation of the General Aviation Terminal Building Meacham International Airport 4241 North Main Street Fort Worth,Texas 76106 ADDENDUM NUMBER DOUR: Bidders are advised of the following and shall be governed accordingly: GENERAL 1, Questions from Bidders and Answers: a. Question:With regards to the roof.Is there a known structure makeup? If so what is it? Answer: "The existing roof structure is 2 112"concrete fill over 3"composite metal deck with steel beams at 11.5°o.c. breams in frames are moment connxs." b, Question:With regards to the opening in the 02 24 19 W2 wall cuss. Will there be a need to add a stiff plate at all these openings as required by Section 4 on 53-4? Section 7 on P� 53-2 does not require the stiff plate along openings required on the existing B between grids 4 & 8? Nor are there any section cuts Grid 2 between B & D? Answer: "See revised drawings in Addendum 3 issued September 16, 2014, and the attached drawings in this Addendum.' C. Question: In the Instruction to Offerors, part 1A.3 it notes that the construction schedule *� shall be in the range of 420-480 days_ Page 1 of the Construction Contract form, bottom paragraph, notes that the schedule shall be 293 days with a temporary C.O. by December 1,2415. Please advise which is correct. ? Answer: "Please see in this addendum a change to the Instructions to Offerors." CULIABURAIRON d. Question: After reviewing the demo plans it is unclear if the beams at the underside of the first floor level in quadrants B2, 84, D2 & D4 are to remain or be removed. Please clarify, Answer: "Please see the structural drawings, Sheet S2-2 for the beams to remain and to be removed." e. Question: On sheet D1-1 columns GIO & F10 are noted to remain per tag B19. However, plan D1-2 these columns are noted to be removed per tag B22. Please clarify if these remain or are to be removed. Answer. "These columns are to be removed.Also see structural drawings, Sheet S2-2" f. Question: The Finish Schedule calls out single manual shades only. The specs call out for manual shades motorized shades. Please show the locations where each is required. Answer: "MS-2 electric dual shades are called out at room 306A on sheet A2-4. MS-1 manual shades are typical. g. Question: E1.0: Drawing shows a dashed line going south from the utility transformer (Key Note #18)for about 19 ft. What does that line represent? Answer: "Dashed line is part of the primary loop feed. Refer to Keynote #3 on Sheet E7.0_ h. Question: E1.0: Key Note #8 requires a new in-ground concrete pullbox to "_..backfeed existing secondary feeders from location shown to the new utility owned transformers". Please provide the number of conduits and wire sizes for the secondary feeders that will go from the utility transformer to the pull box, and confirm that conductor splices in the " pull box are acceptable. If splices are not acceptable, please provide the final destination of the existing secondary feeders;new conductors will have to be pulled. Answer: "Splice is acceptable. Extend(2) 2"Conduit and 4#110, #6G Conductors." i. Question: E1.0: Key Note #10 shows Telecom conduits entering an existing Telecom pull box, but Key Note #2 on drawing Tf-1 shows conduits capped below grade. Should conduits penetrate the Telecom pull box or be capped? Answer. "Conduits should penetrate existing telecom box. Telecom,box should already '• be installed. Coordinate with civil for exact location" j. Question: E1.0 Key Note #11 and TQ-1 Key Note #2 reference the Civil Drawings for additional information and continuation of telecom conduits to property fine or to nearest service provider's access point; but the current civil drawings do not show have any information regarding telecom conduits. Please provide the additional information_ Answer: "The telecom box and conduits from the telecom box to the property line have already been installed. Reference to civil drawings on sheet E1,0 is to inform contractor to verify exact location of telecom box before trenching the installation of conduits from w building to telecom box. D9053-00 ADDENDUM NO.4 Page 2 of 114 k Question: 02.01: Demolition Plan Detail on upper right hand corner requires removal and relocation of an existing light pole. Will the light pole be relocated by the City, the utility company,or a City approved electrical subcontractor? Answer: "Tire contractor will be responsible for relocation of light pole, which is served by overhead power. The relocation and reconnection of service should be performed by a City approved electrical subcontractor" I Question: E3.0 Key Notes #1, #2, #3; Please provide catalog number and specifications for the ceiling mounted and in-ground mounted sculpture fight fixtures as well as their associated power supplies. Answer: "Sculpture Light Fixtures and power supplies Owner Furnished Contractor Installed{OFCi). See attachment to this addendum, "ARTIST SCULPTURE DRAWINGS- FOR INFORMATION ONLY,"with information about lighting fixtures and power supplies" M. Question: E8.3: Provide pale specifications and pole height to mount fixture type EX-A Answer: "LITHONIA# SSS 23 4G DM19AS)=- FOR SINGLE HEAD LITHONiA# SSS 23 4G DM28AS XXX -FOR DUAL- HEAD - VERIFY FINISH WITH ARCHITECT. 23'POLE WITH 3' BASE' n. Question: A5-10 -Please refer to the canopy fascia locations on details 1,21A510 at Bridge. An integral gutter/gravel guardltascia trim is depicted in these sections. Refer to enlarged details 4,51A5-10 in reference to these locations where a different condition is shown. Pfease clar4y if an integral gutter is desired as the plumbing drawings in the area also reference roof drains from these locations. AnSwer: "Section 41A5-10, and Section 51A-10 are correct. Delete drawing reference to an integral gutter in Section 11A5-10 and 21A5-10" 1 a. Question: Refer to details 6,71A8-2 - Roof Details. Please provide manufacturer and model information for the stair access ladders depicted on this sheet. Answer: "Please see specification section 05 50 00, "Metal Fabrications", for manufacturer of the roof ladder and roof stair crossover" P, Question: Refer to drawing Ad-1 - Architectural Site Plan and drawing E1.0 - Electrical Site Plan. Parking control gates are shown at the south (plan) parking area. A A specification section for these gates has not been provided. Please advise if they are by the G.C. or Owner and provide specification section if necessary. P Answer.- "Swing arm parking contra)gate is Not In Contract and is to be provided by the FBO owner and installed by the FBO Interiors contractor. The concrete island and empty conduit to that location are in this project contract.' q. [question- Refer to drawing AO-1 -Architectural Site Plan. Only two key note call-outs for 32 31 19.81 - "New security fence in this contract"and 32 31 19.82 - "New security gate in this contract" are shown to the (plan) west of the building_ Please clarify the permanent and temporary construction perimeter fencing scope to be included as part of the G.C.`s scope as well as verify existing fence is to be removed on drawing 01.03 - Dernolition Plan. 09053-00 ADDENDUM NO-4 page 3 of 114 Answer: "For further clarification, refer to 01.04. Permanent AOA fence and temporary (chain link)AOA fence sections are identified on sheet Cir.14. All temporary and permanent AOA fenceslgates are to be included in GC scope. This includes the removal of temporary ADA near the end of construction, when the permanent ADR fence is installed." r. Question: Refer to elevation 71'A6-2 - Interior Elevations and section 11/A6-3 - Interior Sections & Details. A note on 111A6-3 states to provide blocking and lighting system to backlight resin panel as required. Electrical lighting plan E3.3 does not show lighting at these recessed panels. Please clarify the lighting requirements at these locations. Answer: "Lighting for the Resin Panels has been deleted from this project. Delete the note on 111A6-3." S. Question: Refer to drawing E3.0 - New Lighting Plan - Lower Level. Key notes 1, 2, & 3 show locations of sculpture light fixtures. These notes reference `IbfPA' lighting plans which cannot be found within the current set of contract documents. Please provide catalog number and specifications for the ceiling mounted and inground mounted sculpture light fixtures as well as their associated power supplies. Answer: "Sculpture Light Fixtures and power supplies Owner Furnished Contractor Installed(OFC!). See attachment to this addendum, "ARTIST SCULPTURE DRAWINGS- FOR INFORMATION ONLY,"with information about lighting fixtures and power supplies" I- Question' Refer to Specification Section 26 05 19, "Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables", 3.3, G, which references "Section 26 05 36, "Cable Trays for Electrical Systems". This specification has not been provided. Please advise. Answer: "Refer to new specification section 27 13 00, "Communications Backbone Cabling", attached to this addendum" U. Question: is the existing type of lower level slabs known (i.e. slab on carton, slab on grade, etc.)? If so, please advise Answer: "See answer for bw below." V. Question: Refer to drawings D1-1 and D1-2 for contrasting notes related to demolition. — Plan D1-1, columns located at G-10 and F-10 are noted to remain (note 02 24 19.B19). On plan D1-2, these same columns are noted to be removed (note 02 24 19.822); Please clarity Answer, "These columns are to be removed.Also see structural drawings, Sheet S2-2" W. Question: Can drawing P1.0 there is a note at the carwash that says- NEW AREA DRAIN ' WITH NEW SAND/OIL SEPARATOR. We cannot find a specification or schedule for these items, please provide. Answer: "Refer to #21P6.1 for the schedule and detail. Also see new Specification Section 22 13 23, "Sanitary Waste Interceptors", attached to this Addendum." 09053-00 ADDENDUM NO.4 Page 4 of 114 X, Question: Electrical Site Plan, Sheet E1.0, tote # 19 (two locations) says to extend primary conduit to existing loop feed. Please confirm exact location of existing loop feed, Answer: "The Oncor Switchgear and puilbox that are indicated by Note #19 are located along the,primary conduit loop feed, which is based upon rancor's existing loop feed drawings. Oncor, however, only has a basiclpreliminary drawing does not have an exact location of the loop feed (only general location). Therefore, the extension to the primary loop must be field verified." V Question: Electrical Site Plan, Sheet El-0, Note # 22 says to provide Oncor Switchgear to intercept existing primary loop feed. Please confirm if this switchgear is provided by Oncor. Answer: "Oncor will provide switchgear. Contractor shall provide pad and all work associated to facilitate installation" Z. Question: Can you provide the primary contact into P Oncor for this p(oject? Answer: "Tim Dolan from Oncor Electric can provide information related to switchgear, primary loop feed, etc, His number 817-624-6063 aa. Question: "Sheet A,31 Door Schedule: 1)Door type 1A illustration indicates a vision lite of 4" x 24" The door schedule indicates door lues to be 4" x 48". 2) Door Marks 1 ST _ 2.2 and 1 ST 3.2 are marked as door types 1 A, door schedule indicates these doors do not receive vision lites, are they 1A or 1? 3) Door Mark 4ST2.1 is door mark #3 and is a 90 minute rated door. Please clarity if this is the correct door information. Answer: "?..) All door lues are 4x24". 2.) Doors 7 ST2.2 and 1 5T3.2 are Type 1 doors_ 3.) 4 ST2.1 is a Type 1 door. See Addendum drawings for revised Door Schedules. ab. Question: "Interior Fit up at space L26, Door # L02.1 , (TD-OD.1 )references detail 51TD.001 . This detail illustrates a door jamb with sidelight glazing, please identify the corresponding frame elevation or if there is one. Answer: "Does not reference 5AD.001. Shows frame type F14 which refers to 48 and 3AITD_001." ac. Question: Interior fit up space L33 (I[TD-0E-1) Door L02.1 indicates a steel door. Is this a steel door and it appears this is to have two large sidelights. Please confirm the corresponding frame elevation and glazing type required. Answer: "See Note 1.1 on drawing 11TD-OF.1. The partition and door are wire mesh as specified in specification section 10 22 13, "Wire Mesh Partitions". C ad_ Question- The interior framing that is included in the mase price , does it need to have a F break out price as well? ie... space L22 the framing and door are referenced in the building drawings as frame 56 and door L05.1_ Answer; "These doors should have costs reflected where door number is noted, i,e.; this door should only be noted in base building drawing." 09053-00 ADDENDUM NO.4 Page 5 of 114 ae. Question: Specification Section 23 81 00, `HVAC Equipment This specification references an alternate Specification 23 09 93, "Sequence-and Operation for MVAC Controls" that does not exist. Please verify this reference is to be removed or issued specification section 23 09 93. Answer: "See new specification section 23 09 03, "Sequence and Operation for HVAC Conlrols" which was added in Addendum 3, September 16, 2074" at, Question: Specification Section 23 81 00, "HVAC Equipment": This specification references an alternate Specification 23 21 13, "Hydropic Piping", that does riot exist- Please verify this referer}ce is to be removed or issued Specification} Section 23 21 13. Answer. "The paragraph is deleted in this Addendum." ag. Question: Specification Section 23 33 00, "Air Duct Accessories". Various portions of the specification references duct security Bars. Please specify where these are required �. or if the reference to there in the specification can be deleted. Answer- "The security gars are deleted in this Addendum-' ah. Question: Corridor L08 an sheet A2-0 shows VCT on the floor and the finish schedule on sheet A2-4 indicates CPT-1. Please clarify which detail is correct. Answer.- 'A2-0 L08 floor finish is correct, Change A2-4 Finish Schedule floor column to VCT-7 at LOB." ai. Question: Lease L15 on sheet A2.0 shows SC-1 on the floor and the finish schedule on sheet A2-4 indicates VCT-1 & RB-2. Please clarify which detail is correct. Answer: "A2-0 L 75 floor finish is correct. Change A2-4 Finish Schedule floor column to SC-7 at L15. Delete RB-:r in Mase column and PT-7 on all walls in same column." al. Question: Corridor 101F on sheet A2-1 shows TRZ-1 on the floor and the finish F schedule on sheet A2-4 indicates CPT-1 & Rf3-2. Please clarify which detail is correct. Answer: "A2-0 L 15 floor finish is correct. Change A2-4 Finish Schedule floor column to _ SC-7 at L15. Delete RB-T in base column and PT-7 on all walls in same column. alk, Question: Vestibule 101G on sheet A2-1 shows TRZ-1 on the floor and the finish schedule on sheet A2-4 indicates VCT-1 & RB-2. Please clarify which detail is correct. Answer: 'A2-7 707E floor finish is correct. Change A2-4 Finish Schedule floor column to TRZ-1 and change base column to RD-7 at 707G" ai Question: Corridor 10IJ on sheet A2-1 shows TRZ-1 on the floor and the finish schedule on sheet A2-4 indicates CPT-1 & RB-2. Please clarify which detail is correct. Answer: "A2-1 101J floor finish is correct. Change A2-4 Finish Schedule floor column to TRZ-7 and change base column to RB-1 at 107G." 09053-00 ADDENDUM NO.4 Page 6 of 114 am. Question: Lease 106 on sheet A2-1 shows SC-1 on the floor and the finish schedule on sheet A2-4 indicates VCT-1 & RB-2. Please clarity which detail is correct. Answer: A2-1 105 floor finish is correct. Change A2-4 Finish Schedule floor column to SC-1 at 1016. Delete RB-1 in base column and PT-1 on all walls in same column." an. Question: Corridor 20113, C, D & E on sheet A2-2 shows CPT-1 on the floor and the finish schedule on sheet A2-4 indicates VCT-1 & RB-2. Please clarify which detail is correct. Answer: "A2-2 201 B, C, D, and E floor finishes are correct. Change A2-4 Finish Schedule floor column to CPT-1 and base column remains RB-2 at 201 B, C, D, and E." ao. Question. Lease 246 on sheet A2-2 shows SC-1 on the floor and the finish schedule on sheet A2-4 indicates VCT-1 & RB-2. Please clarify which detail is correct. Answer: A2-2 206 floor finish is correct. Change A2-4 Finish Schedule floor column to SC-7 at 206, Delete RB-1 in base column and PT-1 on all walls in same column," ap. Question: Stair 3-ST-2 and Stair 3-ST-2 on sheet A2-3 shows SC-1 on the floor and the finish schedule on sheet A2-4 indicates VCT-1 & RB-2. Please clarity which detail is correct. Answer. "A2-3 3-S T2 and 3-S T3 floor finishes are correct. Change A2-4 Finish Schedule floor column to exposed concrete and base column remains AB-2 at 3-ST., and 3-ST3." { aq. Question: Corridor 309 on sheet A2-3 shows VCT-1 on the floor and the finish schedule on sheet A24 indicates CPT-1 & RB-2. Please clarify which detail is correct. Answer. "A2-3 309 floor finish is correct. Change A2-4 Finish Schedule floor column to CPT-1 and base column remains RB-2 at 309." ar. Question-. Specification Section 07 81 00, "Spray-Applied Fire Resistive Materials": This specification section indicates not only new steel but existing steel is to receive fireproofing. For fireproofing of the existing steel please indicate the following: locations of existing steel to be fireproofed; size of existing members to be fireproofed; whether the existing steel is unpaintedlunprimed Answer. "Contractor to verity location of existing fireproofing and steel condition to receive fireproofing. Existing steel member sizes can be found on the Structural drawings." as. Question: Drawing {71-1 has note G.34 pointing to an area within the one story building at the north end of the terminal that states "Remove Entire Building and Foundations". Answer. "That is correct. The one story portion of the building is to be completely removed, including slab on grade_ This is a free standing addition separated from the remaining building by an expansion joint." 09053-00 ADDENDUM N4.4 Page 7 of 114 at. Question: On drawing D1-1 note 0204 19.1319 is indicated at columns F-10, G10& H10, On drawing D1-2 nate 02 24 19.819 is indicated at columns D-1, E-1, F-1, G-1 H-1, H-2, H-3, H-4, H-5, H-6, H-7, H-8, H-9 and H-10. Please clarify which columns are to remain and which ones are to be removed. Answer: "See answer "e"above. Columns D-1, E-1, F-1, G-1 H-1, H-2, H-3, H-4, H-5, H-8, - H-7, H-8, and H-9 are to remain.' au. Question: Specification Section 21 12 00, "Fire-Suppression Standpipes°" This specification section indicates that a flow test is located on the plans. Please specify where this can be found_ Answer. "Refer to General Note #2 of FPO,0. The specification section will be clarified accordingly in this Addendum.' ay. Question: Specification Section 21 12 00, "Fire-Suppression Standpipes": This specification section indicates 100 psig for hose valves, if a pump is required to achieve this, what are the specifications of the pump? Will an emergency generator be required for the pump? Where would the pump be located in the building. Answer. "it appears that the fire pump is not needed by selecting Class l manual Dry standpipe system per NFPA 14 subpare 5.4.1.t. The spec section will be modified accordingly in this Addendum" aw. Question: We are currently seeing intumescent fireproofing (07 81 00 131) called detailed on horizontal tube steel all the way up the building shown on 2fA502 and 11A505. We also have three columns that are on gridlines 2B, 3B and 2C. Please confirm it there are any other areas that need intumescent fireproofing? Answer: `Columns H2, 83, C2, and the horizontal tubes connecting those columns shall E` have intumescent fireproofing. New Columns H1'0, H9, G 10, F10, and El from the First Level up to bottom of 2'Level steel, shall also have intumescent fireproofing. " ax. Question: Will the soffit or sides of the canopies as referenced on A1-2 require air barrier to be applied to the sheathing behind the metal panels Answer: "Yes." ay. Question: Specification Section 07 27 26, "Synthetic Fluid-Applied Membrane Air Barriers, Vapor Permeable", appears to sole spec Tremco Exo Air 230. Please confirm this is the only air barrier acceptable for the project. Answer: "See attached to this addendum an updateo list of approved manufacturers for ., Section 07 27 26.' az. Question: Specification Section 07 27 26, "Synthetic Fluid-Applied Membrane Air s Barriers, Vapor Permeable", 2.4.1 references ETA flashing by Tremco. The window details do not appear to indicate to utilize this type of flashing. Please advise if`his type of flashing is required and provide locations on the plans. .s Answer: "Note 072726.A2 on the drawings indicates this flashing. See Sections and Section Detail drawings" 09053-00 ADDENDUM NO,4 Page 8 of 114 ba. Question: Stairs on Level 3 calls for RST-1 which isn't even a listed finish. What is supposed to go here? Answer: `See answer `ap", above. bc. Question: The Water fountains next to the restrooms, the ID plans say to use ST-1 but the detail 3fA6-1 says to use PCT-2. Which is correct? Answer. "31A6-1 shows correct finish at typical water tountam wall. Change A2-0, A2-1, A2-2, and A2-3 ST-1 callout at water fountains to PCT-2." bd. Question: Restroom wall tile, finish schedule says East and South walls for the women's and the elevations 20 & 211A6-1 show the North & South walls? The men's rr on the finish schedule say North & East waifs but elevations 18 & 191A6-1 show North and South. Which is correct? Answer: "Restroom wall elevations are correct. Change A2-4 rooms L06, L07, 103, 104, 203, 204, 303, and 304 to show PCT-21PT-2 for aft wall columns." be. Question: Corridors 201 B, C, D and E are hatched for carpet on the ID plan 2,2, the room finish says VCT and on the floor plan there is verbage next to the stairs that say terrazzo. What product goes in these areas Answer: "See answer"art", above-" bf. Question: Room 106 is calling for VCT and (ease, this is a lease space which is hatched for sealed concrete. Please clarify. Answer: 'See answer "am", above." tag. Question: Rooms 1 01 F, 101 G, and 101J are hatched for terrazzo on A2-1, but the room finish says carpet or VCT. Please clarity. Answer: "See answers "a], ak, and al",above" bh. Question: CT-1 on the room, finish description says to stack horizontal, but the elevations show it stacked verlical. Please clarity Answer. —"Change CT-1 install description to read 'install vertical'." _ bi. {question: Corridor L08 says carpet on the room finish but is hatched for VCT. Please clarify. Answer. "See answer ah." bi. Question: L15 is calling for VCT and base, but is a lease space and hatched for sealed concrete. Please clarify. Answer: "See answer"ai", above." 09053-00 ADDENDUM NO.4 Page 9 of 114 bk. Question: RR L14C & L13C the elevations show the file at two waft to 7' 1.5" but the room finish says full height at all wall.Please clarify. Answer. "Elevations for restroom L 14C and L 13C are correct. Change A2-4 wainscot column to C T-1 and wainscot height column to T' 1-112'at L 14C and L 13C." bl. Question: General Demolition Note GD.06 states "Some steel columns and beams have i been fire proofed with non-asbestos containing materials" Are we to assume that all existing structure has already been fireproofed? if fireproofing is required there is no way for bidders to quantify what is required untll the structure is exposed. We would suggest that an allowance be established and unit prices supplied for this scope. Answer.- "No. Only portions of the building have been fireproofed in the past with materials that replaced asbestos containing fireproofing. The existing fireproofing may nut meet the requirements of the current specified UL rating, or existing fireproofing may be damaged during demolition. The contractor shall verify the existing fireproofing and bid the project accordingly. No unit price will be established in the bid documents." bm_ Question:Will contractors be allowed to park onsite. Answer. "See architectural site plan AO-1 for contractor laydown and trailer areas. Parking for the contractor's employees and subcontractors vehicles can be parked onsite at his discretion and location. Note:no parking spaces are available on adjoining sites outside the construction area limits." bn. Question: Alternate No. 2 is to provide a PVC coated roof in lieu of a Modified Bitumen P, Roof. Are details available to indicate where the PVC coated flashing would be required? Answer- "No. Use the base bid roof details to determine which manufacturer's required "^ flashing materials and details shall be used." bo. Question: Specifications call for weekly progress photo's, can these be provided in digital format only, or are hard copies required. Answer: "Please see Specification Section 0132 00, "Construction Progress Documentation", for our requirements." bp. Question: Can submittals for shop drawings, product data, etc. be provided in electronic format only or will hard copies be required? Answer. "Please see Specification Section 0133 00, 'Submittals", for our requirements." +y bq. Question: Demolition plans include a general note GD.07 that requires a Registered Structural Engineer to be onsite during demolition. is this engineer to be contractor provided and do they need to be onsite full time? Answer. 'The structural engineer shall be provided by the contractor and shall be Onsite during the removal of structural partitions, structural foundations, and steel framing. The structural engineer shall also be responsible for the design, and supervision onsite of any temporary shoring required during demolition and initial steel erection.' 09053-00 ADDENDUM No.4 Page 10 of 114 br. Question: Is the existing fire protection piping system to remain operational throughout the demolition and construction process? Answer: "No. It is not the intent for fire protection systems to remain operational daring construction, The contractor may choose to have all or portions of the system available during construction to meet his requirements by city codes for fire protection during construction" _ bs. Question: Sheet L1-9 Detail d shows a permeable paving system, please advise as to where this system is utilized on the project, Answer: "A permeable paving system will not be used on this project. See RC 1.12 for location of mortar set unit pavers." bt. Question: Sheet A1.0 Details 3,4,5 & F indicate the rigid insulation system mounted directly to the existing concrete foundation wall that will be uncovered in this project. The detail does not appear to provide any tolerance for potential variance in the existing wail, has this been considered for alignment of the metal wall panels both above and below grade? Answer. "That is correct_ Minor adjustments in dimensions may be required atter the existing foundation walls are uncovered and measured." bu. Question: On sheet D1-1 columns G10 and F10 are noted to remain(note B19), on sheet 01-2 these same columnsare noted to be removed. Please clarify. Answer: "See answer "e', above." lay. Question: What is the existing foundation? " Answer: "According to existing drawings the basement walls and floor are 12"reinforced concrete with a 5"slab on grade on a waterproofing membrane and 2"of porous fill. Basement walls at the perimeter continue to 12"below finish slab. Elevator pit walls are 8"reinforced concrete and 8"reinforced slab on grade. Steel interior columns are embedded 11"to bearing on piers. Exterior porch slabs under the colonnade roof are 5" reinforced concrete slabs with thickened edges, on waterproofing membrane and 2' porous fill. bw- Question. Do you know the pole heights for the site lighting? I didn't see any heights listed on the spec sheet that has the fixture schedule Answer: "See answer "m"above_'. bx_ Question: Power Plans, Sheet E=2.1 & E2.2 reference FB©drawings. is this work to be furnished by others or will additional plans be issued? Answer: "The FBO drawings are being prepared by another architect and are not r/ currently available for review. All work in rhe FBO lease space not shown on the bid docuements will be by the FB©Owner's con rractor and are not pari of this contract. The successful contractor will be required to coordinate activities between his contract work and the FBO contractor. D9063-00 ADDENDUM N©_4 Page 11 of 114 loop by. Question: With regards to Stair # t is there a detail showing how the new pier at the door opening along Grid EG between E5 to EB at the new stair?At the door opering being cut into the existing wall for stair#1? Answer. "Section 11151-1 denotes underpinning pier construction." bz. Question:Sheet E1.0 General Note G states there is an option"B"for the FBO parking lot lighting. Please specify if this add alternate is to be carried in the specifications and on the bid form. Answer: "Contractor shalt NOT carry this add alternate in the specifications and on the bid form. Option B on sheet E1.0 shall be removed and disregarded. The pole lights option shown on the base bid drawing shall be the only option." M Question:Alternate#1 is for the cost to implement documentation side of the LEER designed project. Spec section 32 01 30,"Operation& Maintenance- Building & ., Exterior Site (Alternate #1)", appears to be in conflict with the specified alternate #1. Please advise it the Spec for extended maintenance should be alternate #3, rolled into alternate #1 or deleted entirely? Answer. Delete section 32 0130, "Operation&Maintenance-Building&Exterior Site (Alternate 1') in its entirety.'Remove from "Table of Contents'. cb. Question: In regards to Specification Section 32 01 30, "Operation & Maintenance- Building & Exterior Site (Alternate #1)", how are we to quantity the scope for preemptive deicing &post icing deicing? I can throw some money at this but honestly how can anyone put a valid number on this?All of the numbers you receive on this scope will be tied to the service that the subcontractor would perform. Lower bids = less man hours and less actual work... Just a heads up as we see this trend in the market frequently.? Answer. "De/efe section 32 0130 Operation&Maintenance-Building&Exterior Site (Alternate 1)in its entirety."Remove from "Table of Contents". 2. Substitutions: See attached document "Updated Approved and Rejected Product Substitutions"for the updated current list of approved materials, previously issued in Addendum #3. MECHANICAL PROJECT MANUAL. 1. Specification Section 23 81 00, "HVAC Equipment",delete paragraphs 3.2.A.1 and 3.2.A.2 in their entirety. DRAWINGS 1. Sheet: M2.1 MECHANICAL - LOWER LEVEL FLUOR PLAN a. Issued with changes clouded A 09053-00 ADDENDUM NO.4 Page 12 of 114 00 so 2. Sheet: M2.2 MECHANICAL- 1 ST LEVEL PLAN a. Issued with changes clouded 3. Sheet: M2.3 MECHANICAL-2ND LEVEL PLAN a. Issued with changes clouded 4. Sheet: M2.4 MECHANICAL-3RD LEVEL PLAN a. Issued with changes clouded 5. Sheet: M3.1 PIPING - LOWER LEVEL FLOOR PLAN a. Issued with changes clouded i 6. Sheet: M3.2 PIPING - 1ST LEVEL PLAN a. Issued with changes clouded 7. Sheet: M3.3 PIPING -2ND LEVEL PLAN a. Issued with changes clouded 8. Sheet: M3.4 PIPING-3RD LEVEL PLAN a. Issued with changes clouded 9. Sheet: M5.2 REFRIGERANT PIPING DIAGRAM a. Issued with changes clouded 10. Sheet: TM-OD.1 SUITE L25- MECHANICAL PLAN a. Issued with changes clouded t 1_ Sheet:TM-3A.1 SUITE 330- MECHANICAL PLAN a. Issued with changes clouded 12. Sheet:TM-38.1 SUITE 310- MECHANICAL PLAN ,. a. Issued with changes clouded ` FIRE PROTECTION PROJECT MANUAL I. Specification Section 21 12 00, "Fire-Suppression Standpipes", revise the following: 09063-00 ADDENDUM NO.4 Page 13 of 114 v a. Delete sub-paragraph 1.4.A in its entirety and replace with the following paragraph: "Manual Dry-Type, Class l Standpipe System: Includes NPS 2-112 (ON 65) hose connections. Does not have permanent water supply. Piping is dry. Water must be pumped into standpipes to satisfy demand." R_ b. Delete sub-paragraph 1.5.8.1. and 1.5.8.1.a. in its entirety and replace with the following paragraph: "Refer to General Note #2 can Sheet FO.0 for fire flow test." C_ Delete sub-paragraph 1.5.C.1, and 1.5.C.1.a. In its entirety. d. Delete sub-paragraph 1.5.C.2. and 1.5.C.2.a. in its entirety. e. Delete sub-paragraph 3-3.J in its entirety. PLUMBING PROJECT MANLIAL 1. Delete Specification Section 22 13 23, "Sanitary Waste Interceptors", and replace with new section, attached hereto. ELECTRICAL PROJECT MANUAL 1. Specification Section 29 05 19, "Low Voltage Electrical Bower Conductors and Cables', paragraph 3.3.G., replace reference to Section 26 05 19 with "27 1100 Communication Equipment Boom Fittings." DRAWINGS • 1. Sheen E1.0 ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN - Remove General (Vote G and Option I3 from Contract Documents. Contractor shall only bid on the base bid (Pole Lights) A LANDSCAPE DRAWINGS 1. Sheet L1-3 LANDSCAPE PLAN N. WEST a. Issued with changes clouded. STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS I Sheet_ S2-1 LOWER LEVEL FRAMING PLAN a. Issued with changes clouded. 09053-00 ADDENDUM NO.4 Page 14 of 114 2. Sheet:S2-2 FIRST LEVEL FRAMING PLAN a. Issued with changes clouded. 3. Sheet: S2-3 SECOND LEVEL FRAMING PLAN a. Issued with changes clouded. 4. Sheet: S24 EXISTING ROOF-THIRD LEVEL FRAMING PLAN a. Issued with changes clouded. 5. Sheet: S4-4 STEEL SECTIONS r a. Issued with changes clouded. 6. Sheet:S4-8 STEEL DETAILS a. Issued with changes clouded. ARCHITECTURAL PROJECT MANUAL 1. Delete Specification Section 07 22 00, "Lightweight Insulating Concrete Roof Insulation", in its entirety and replace with new Section,attached hereto. DRAWINGS 1. Sheet: Al_0 FLOOR PLAN- LOWER LEVEL a. Issued with changes clouded. 2. Sheet: Al-1 FLOOR PLAN -FIRST LEVEL a. Issued with changes clouded. 3. Sheet:Al-2 FLOOR PLAN ,SECOND LEVEL a. Issued with changes clouded. 4. Sheet: Al-3 FLOOR PLAN-THIRD LEVEL a. Issued with changes clouded. 5_ Sheet: A1-7 PLAN DETAILS a. Issued with changes clouded. 09053-00 ADDENDUM NO.4 Page 16 of 114 6. Sheet: Al-8 PLAN DETAILS a. Issued with changes clouded. 7. Sheet: A2-0 FINISH PLAN LOWER LEVEL a. Issued with changes ctouded, 8. Sheet. A2.1 FINISH PLAN - FIRST LEVEL a. Issued with changes clouded. 9. Sheet: A2-2 FINISH PLAN -SECOND LEVEL a. Issued with changes clouded. 10. Sheet: A2-3 FINISH PLAN -THIRD LEVEL a. Issued with changes clouded. 11- Sheet:A2.4 FINISH SCHEDULE- MATERIAL KEY a. Issued with changes clouded. 12_ Sheet: A3-1 DOOR SCHEDULES AND DETAILS a. Issued with changes clouded. 13. Sheet: A3-2 DOOR AND WINDOW ELEVATIONS a. Issued with changes clouded. 14. Sheet: A3-3 DOOR AND WINDOW ELEVATIONS a. Issued with changes clouded. 15. Sheet: A3-5 DOOR AND WINDOW DETAILS a. Issued with changes clouded. 16. Sheet: A4-1 EXTERIOR ELE AFIONS a. Issued with changes clouded. 17. Sheet; A4-2 EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS a. Issued with changes clouded. 18. Sheet: A8-1 WALL SECTIONS a. issued with changes clouded. 09053-00 ADDENDUM NO.4 Page 16 of 114 19. Sheet: A5-8 WALL SECTIONS r a. Issued with changes clouded. 20. Sheet-A5-10 WALL SECTIONS & DETAILS a. Issued with changes clouded. 21- Sheet:A5-11 WALL SECTIONS a. Issued with changes clouded. 22. Sheet: A6-3 INTERIOR SECTIONS AND DETAILS a_ Issued with changes r1mirieri. 23_ Sheet: A7-1 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN-FIRST LEVEL a. Issued with changes clouded. 24. Sheet:A7-3 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN-THIRD LEVEL a. Issued with changes clouded. 25. Sheet:TD-00.1 TYPICAL DETAILS a. Issued with changes clouded. 26. Sheet:TD-1 DA SUITE 132 FLOOR PLANS AND SCHEDULES a. Issued with changes clouded. ,. TECHNOLOGY PROJECT MANUAL 1. Add new Specification Section 27 05 00, "Common Work Results for Communications attached hereto. Add to "Table of Contents". 2, Delete Specification Section 27 11 00, "Communications Equipment Room Fittings", in its entirety and replace with new Section,attached hereto. 3. Add New Specification Section 27 13 00, "Communications Backbone Cabling", attached hereto.Add to "Table of Contents". I 09053-00 ADDENDUM NO.4 Page 17 of 114 A ATTACHMENTS: NUMBER OF PAGES/SHEETS Updated APPROVED AND REJECTED SUBSTITUTIONS 2 Specification Section 07 22 00, "Lightweight Insulating Concrete Root Insulation" 6 Specification Section 22 13 23, "Sanitary Waste Interceptors" 3 Specification Section 27 05 00, "Common Work Results for Communications" 5 r Specification Section 27 11 00, "Communications Equipment Room Fittings" 11 Specification Section 27 13 00, "Communications Backbone Cabling" 10 Landscape Full Size Drawings 1 Architectural Full Size Drawings 26 Structural Full Size Drawings 6 Mechanical Full Size Drawings 12 "ARTIST'S SCULPTURE DRAWINGS. ISSUED FOR INFORMATION ONLY" 14 END OF ADDENDUM NO, 4 EXCEPT ATTACHMENTS 09053-00 ADDENDUM NO.4 Page 18 of 114 UPDATED APPROVED AND REJECTED PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS Expansion and Renovation of General Aviation Terminal Building at Meacham International Airport Addendum 4 09/22/2014 APPROVED SUBSTITUTIONS Specification Section 057300 INTERIOR ORNAMENTAL RAILING SYSTEM - Viva View Glass Railing System, Carollton, TX, 972.353.8482 Specification Section 071324 PRE-APPLIED INTEGRALLY BONDED SHEET MEMBRANE _ WATERPROOFING- Precon Blindside/Underslab Membrane, W-R. Meadows, 800.825.5976 Specification Section 071416 FLUID APPLIED WATERPROOFING- - Hydralastic 836 Cold Applied, W.R. Meadows,800.825.5976 Specification Section 472113 CONTINUOUS WALL INSULATION- Dow Thermax ci 1 t/2", Dow Building Solutions Specification Section 072200 LIGHTWEIGHT INSULATING CONCRETE ROOF Celcore, Celcore Incorporated, Black Mountain, NC,386.569.1261 Specification Section 074244 COMPOSITE METAL PANEL SYSTEM Metal Panel Only, Larson, Alucoil North America, Manning, SC 803.505.6543 Specification Section 076100 METAL WALL AND PARAPET PANELS- Centria Style Rib 24 ga., & Centria BR5-36 24 ga., Cobra BEC, Inc., Arlington,TX 692.888,2668 Specification Section 088000 GLAZING SafliFirst SuperLite I, PYRAN Plainium F, SafliFirst, 888.653.3333 Specification Section 104416 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS, CABINETS, AND ACCESSORIES- Potter Roemer, DL Collins Associates, Arlington TX 817.461.1055 Specification Section 105113 METAL LOCKERS- ASI Slorage Solutions, DL Collins Associates, Arlington TX 817.451.1055 Specification Section 107316 ALUMINUM CANOPY- Avadek, Avadek, Webster, TX, 7 13.94 4.098a Specification Section 283111 DIGITAL ADDRESSABLE FIRE-ALARM SYSTEM- Farenhyt by Silent Knight,Century Fire Protection, Fort Worth, TX, 817.926.8900 OgG53-04 Addendum No 4, 9/22/14 Page 1 REJECTED SUBSTITUTIONS Specification Section 033110 CAST-IID-PLACE CONCRETE L2 Lithium, Chem-Coat industries, Garland, TX, 972.485.8648 — Specification Section 05500 METAL FABRICATIONS- TopGuard Precast Bollard Caps,TopGuard LLC., Indianapolis, IN,317.525.0700 Specification Section 072726 FLUID APPLIED MEMBRANE AIR BARRIER- Air Shield LMP Liguid Membrane,W.R. Meadows, 800.825.5976 Sto Guard Emerald Coat, Sto Corp., Atlanta, GA, 214.660.0967 Specification Section 074244 COMPOSITE METAL PANEL SYSTEM- CPS-2500 Pressure Equalized Rain Screen (21/4" deep), Classic Industries, Forney, TX 972.564.2192 Metal Design System, Series 20 Dry Joint, MSDI, Cedar Rapids, IA,319.362.7454 Specification Section 096516 RECYCLED RUBBER FLOOR TILES- Survivor Tile, U.S. Rubber, Lake Dallas, TX, 940.497.4994 Specification Section 102113 TOILET COMPARTMENTS (HDPE)- Accurate Toilet Partitions, DL Coffins Associates, Arlington TX 817.461.1055 Specification Section 102800.10 TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES- American Speciale ies, Inc. (ASI), DL Collins Associates, Arlington TX 817.461.1055 Specification Section 263213 ENGINE GENERATORS- AKSA Power Generation, L.J. Power, Inc„Anstin, TX, 512.699.6890 09053-00 Addendum No 4,9/22/14 Mage 2 } B 909L M31'HIHO*IMOA 133B1Y VIVA HIM 01 LOZIP RUDAI1aa110All- � =at � � €��; ,• I } -�•; + �� LVOdVIV 1VNOLLUMLNl INVH3V3W "_ ty ONI13111191VNIWV3t NOUNAV 1VI3N3O xxrn? @I;f t F 40 NOUVAON38 QNY NOiS%Vdx3 Al SII }ls LUIi$I 4 on J .F, Aj _ � W 1 4 F r • L �N .F � - L F - i r FP 3 �L l � I 9019E STYWHIHOAA 1WO1 !a f If, 11 133HIS N1UFF1".[HQN 1026 j f N. ills 1Q� Y3 ! E[� z H1HOM 1!!Vi 10 Alli `• ■ HUM 1VNOI1VNH3iNf WHOM f � Wei, # g= ; '• I � E f ON101Il181VNIWV31 NOI1V1AV 1VV3N30 xx�►i f'si + 30 MOUVAOMM OXV PIOISN1sax3 I Es fy N F1I I � ift a xT'i}1� : 49 } l=} f; a r _ rr- a I Lu J ws un I . I 1 �J 1 r r 90191 SVX3L"k180M 1801 �I f ! M1 [11, 133919 VIVW HLSON IOn f � ;� � MI � R1831M lupi 3O x113 �• ; LHOd111V 1VN311VN831N1 WVHov3W F N �eF �ri r• a: . elre Ice ' 3N1411fl8 1VNIW831 NORV1hV 1VU3N39 1 8 40 NO11VAGN3V ONV N01SNVdX3 1 S as"S i i! W Q fit r IIall :. LLF ytill, �tE 11 1 j►t r e 1 go a r w V] II = 9019L SY131'RAU om IV 01 1 I t R1MQ1MlHOAd0A113 +t 180d y � I � d � R IVNOIIVMV31NI wvHav3w qt�A I I � ,1p. .��Ier ��,�p. wa1ms lvmiwu31 Ra1MAY MUD xSw §�A 10 MOIIVAOM3it QMV HOISRVJX3 . P i ■ `r 0 Polk Iva �. , Ar N J ■ k n N � sass�svx31'ylaoA11�04 Ist +. 1�aa1s++sysM 1aaoN soar r._ !s ;} Hta0A11104 4o A113HI Na 1HOdHIV 1VNO11ti �.LRI wvH�v3W s �} ON1011091tlNIWl33.1 N4ilVIAV 1MH30 40 N011VAON3H ONV ROISNVdX3 i 3 ff � !S I rl F I ji ry�!I i7 ys 17(+li r a 6 f � � n s s s } $ W W �I Q r � 2 i e I Y I , , rem t a i1fi x r I EXPANSION ARO SEMOVATIOK Of '�-4g k ip y 3 C i GENERAL AVIATION T�=RMINRL BUILDING I •'Wry.' ' 1 I i . ta�till �4�, M,INTERNATIONAL Rf$PDRF dru lit�' .$�,Cin DF FORT WORTH ! 11 4201 NORTH MAIN STREET I I FORT WORTH,TEXAS 76106 9019L SVX31'RLWO1M 1i10! �yy � Ear 133HIS KIM NIHON LOZf ��! o \/_ 11 I, HIHOM 1104 a41.[IO ._ ; ix�I �� • If���[, a� �f. `������•_� ; � �; . �� laodaiv ldlla�lv1la31�1�wvll�v3w ;� ,� � am](111 l811110IW831 NiNiNJiY lYamo zz;1 U I [ d0 NOUMN311 OMtl MOIStfMM i 5 t I f� t y f Il fJ i� ;Fi� fl i x Ls N r it l. SDIOL SVX31'k184M INA I; ;x 0), 133815 NVW MON IDU E 3 ! 'it'lltif it N18aM 1Y0i iv uua1HOMY 1VXOIIVN11311 I IIyVHOII�WI �" rrpr I ,{ 9N101in9 1VNIWHII NOUVIAV 1V83N3D xx °; da NOUIIACM OMV NOISNVJX3 P i i furs e � =I !�• I#� ' s I u I ' I I I •� W I v n� 'a V b l - � :I e 4 �w I Y V Lo a s I tl 16L 11. it 1 41 Ali EXPANSIONAND RENOVATION Q GENERAL AVIATION rERMFNAL BUIIUING zjil MEACHAM INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT C ITT OF FORT WORTH ! v 420O NORTH MAIN STREET FORTWaam TEXAS 76106 -- °`° 1331113NIVW NINON WO v °� YrE e± 4 _ '-c+ ci r► YagdWIVlVN01YVNV3YNI WVHOV3K ! SSM� �e�.� t s 9Ni011R8 7VNI1Ytl3I NCIlYVIAY 711N3N38 l gn iLuns 90i UAdn 1N"31 M3N M5 3 a t � ff: ;f_ W 'SRM" fY 3.f i � RO � �■ 'e ■■ m | l « .\ �a ■HMON tM ■ )| ,! | !n | |� wwam,mVNH 31 mNv■ mpn iVNIWV31■r ate, ■ �{ 2| wg • ' a■2m e�m�a�l�. � f �!; � •�! | ||���| . � �! �� �� | • ■ � � � � � � !« • � 4 « q 1 me- vie,k - - kN- FIE % $ 4 �U �— � � ■ ■ �° � ■ - � � � � � L33a1S NI1V W MYON IM ' 1V0411IY 11 ollwMANI WY11MN w e:9 5 9N1U7rnp 7vN1Na31 NOIlYIAY 7VIl3N3e1 xxH. t.:1 � olr 31ms ana tlidn LNg313!lM3N �i3! »� i t #.I if 6ttrli�l, !I H _ .� .r � I ;z + r- • r 3 l U z M sf - zS N®� SECTION 22 13 23 -SANITARY WASTE IN-rERCEPTO RS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary �•' Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1 Sand-Oil interceptor. P 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. FRP_ Fiberglass-reinforced plastic.. B. PP: Polypropylene plastic. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A, Product Data: For each type of interceptor indicated. Include materials of fabrication, dimensions, rated capacities, retention capacities, operating characteristics, size and location of each pipe conngclion, furnished specialties,and accessories. & Shop Drawings: For each type and size of precast-concrete interceptor indicated. 1. Include materials of construction, dimensions, rates capacities, retention capacities, location and size of each pipe connection,furnished specialties,and accessories. 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A_ Coordination Drawings: Interceptors, drawn to scale, on which the following items are shown and coordinated with each other, based on input from Installers of the items involved: 1. Interceptors. 2. Piping connections. Include size, location, and elevation of each_ 3. Interface with underground structures and utility services_ 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Interruption of Existing Sewer Services: Do not interrupt services to facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide temporary sewer services according to requirements indicated: 1. Notify Construction Manager no fewer than seven days in advance of proposed interruption of service. 2_ Do not proceed with interruption of sewer services without Construction Manager's written permission- 09053-00 Addendum No. 4 22 13 23-1 PART 2-PRODUCTS +a 2.1 SAND-OIL INTERCEPTORS A. Oil interceptors: Precast concrete compty with ASTM C 913. 1. Include rubber-gasketed joints,vent connections,manholes,compartments or baffles,and piping or openings to retain grease and to permit wastewater flow. 2. Structural Design Loads: a. Heavy-Traffic Load: Comply with ASTM C 890,A-16(ASSFITO HS20-44). 3. Resilient Pipe Connectors: ASTM C 923 (ASTM C 923M),cast or fitted into interceptor walls,for each pipe connection. 4. Grade Rings Reinforced-concrete rings,6- to 9-inch total thickness, to match diameter of manhole frame and cover. 5. Manhole Frames and Covers: Ferrous; 24-inch ID by 7- to 9-inch riser with 4-inch- i minimum width flange and 26-inch-diameter cover. a. Ductile iron: ASTM A 536,Grade 60-40-18,unless otherwise indicated. b. Include indented top design with lettering cast into cover, using wording equivalent to"TNTERCEPTOR." 2.2 PRECAST-CONCRETE MANHOLE RISERS A. Precast-Concrete Manhole Risers: ASTM C 478 and ASTM C 913,with rubber-gasket joints. 1 Structural design Loads. a. Heavy-Traffic Load: Comply with ASTM C 890,A-16(ASSHTO HS20-44). - - 2. Length: From torp of underground concrete structure to grade. 3. Riser Sections: 3-inch minimum thickness and 36-inch diameter. 4. Top Section, Eccentric cone, unless otherwise indicated. Include top of cone to match grade ring size. 5. Gaskets: ASTM C 443(ASTM C 443M),rubber. R Grade Rings Reinforced-concrete rings, 6- to 9-inch total thickness, diameter matching manhole frame and cover, and height as required to adjust the manhole frame and cover to indicated elevation and slope. C. Manhole Frames and Covers: Ferrous; 24-inch ID by 7- to 9-inch riser with 4-inch-minimum width flange and 26-inch-diameter cover. 1. Ductile Iron: ASTM A 536, Grade 60-40-18, unless otherwise indicated_ 2. Include indented top design with lettering cast into cover, using wording equivalent to the tollowing_ a_ Oil interceptors in Sanitary Sewerage System: "INTERCEPTOR " PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 EARTHWORK A. Excavating,trenching, and backfilling are specified in Section 31 20 00"Earth Moving." 09053-00 Addendum No. 4 221323-2 �e 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install precast-concrete interceptors according to ASTM C 891 Set tevel and plumb B. Install manhole risers from top of underground concrete interceptors to manholes and gratings at finished grade. C Set tops of manhole frames and covers flush with finished surface in pavements. Set tops 3 inches above finish surface e!sewhere, unless otherwise indicated. D. Set taps of grating frames and grates flush with finished surface. E. Set interceptors level and plumb, F. Set tops of metal interceptor covers flush with finished surface in pavements Set taps 3 inches above finish surface elsewhere, unless otherwise indicated. 3.3 CONNECTIONS A. Piping installation requirements are specified in Section 22 13 18 "Sanitary Waste and Hent Piping." Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping. fittings, and specialties. B. Make piping connections between interceptors and piping systems. 3.4 IDENTIFICATION A. Identification materials and installation are specified in Section 31 20 00 "Earth Moving." Arrange for installation of green warning tapes directly over piping and at outside edges of underground interceptors. 1. Use warning tapes or detectable warning tape over ferrous piping. 2. Use detectable warning tape over nonferrous piping and over edges of underground structures. END OF SECTION 22 13 23 09053-00 Addendum No. 4 22 13 23- 3 I III-it 9O 19L svm'FIINONF 11103 `ii d I I�Iir 133H1S N6MflY NiBON IOU I� Y � �� , I}#� _ I H18OM 180#d0 ADO 11IIldIlFV 7VNOUVIt]l31N1 WVH3V3W r :1!!I# ins 1VNINU31 NDHVIAV ITUM35 d0 NOIIMAON3N ONY N0ISNMd1[3 I Fk' s t z - - — - - - - - - — - - - 9.11 IHS LAS ANI1 H31VW HIM oa n li al 7g 01, ! F URI I a F•�FFk i _ 7■ ■M❑ ! _ ----------------------------------------------------------------- a ' 0 r 00 a r 90L2L SVX3L'XI HUM LYOA 1331115 NIYMi WIN ON LUES yx r 5 I L8UM1Y0330111.13 1H0AW IVNOIIVNH31NI WVHOUR i IN MOTH IVNIW931 N011VIAV IMN3O 10 NOIIYAON3V 0NY 1101SNYJX3 r Ci i i I i i i i I 1 I I I 1 i i I 1 I I it I i I I I 1 I I i i S i i 1 I ------ --.__ ,—. ----- _.- 1�i yu3 1 I I I �rl� If- it I I 1 •c+ I�, -- _F n a � } i i � � • i 1 i I i t r i i I 1•� i� jl i � „i i L�f f I I I I •�-� 1 I I I 1�4i �I� i • 1. I I - k� kk����' 11 � I 1 I p a _._._.� •.��� ii= I --------- —L7 �f PE ----------a i , r r 1 sa P i OCR I Ill _ _ I I I -------- fto i i p ` ------ — —Q —. j P 0. t t # i r • Y gi x � AWN 'ter - ..i � k I ._._. ------ -- __ fl � I I- + I l I b • j I 41 [}--•--------•-- ------—i— —i ——— — —— — —— - ——— [� j i i i {�► ! tip, ;�RI# i � i I ° I f kiaaif f r L q { � EXPARSION AND RENOVATION Of � (GENERAL AVIATION TERMINAL BUILDING I All I'll, r� i ! I MEACHAM INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT sr-Ii I " a -� I.4� � a 11 fill, �! r CITY Of FORT WORTH20 NORTH MAIN STREET � ti I�� .r � Ii{�,� �:�I1�� .�'��i �� #fi FORT WORTH,TEXAS 7E106 T 4t ---------- iTv- 7 I I4 MR, ------ e i i �J; LA ...... 44) ------- ------ L-4----- - -- sit EXPAMON AND RENOVATION OF =r GENERAL AVIATION TERMINAL BUiLDING MEACHAM INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT a99 -11- gill MY OF FORT WORTH I 4201 MONTH MAIN STREET FORT WORTH,TEXAS 79106 it Ria r T --L 4-4-- ----------- t f ------------ -4t. 11 .......... 61 ---------- ---------- ----------a. . ____ - _._._._._. i i i j r 1`1 i ii i- ---- ----------- s 4 EXPANSION AND RENOVATION Of GENERAL AVIATION TERMINAL BU ILnING MEAITY OFCHFORT WORTHAM INTERCL NATIONAL AIRPORT I Cj 3 4201 NORTH MAIN STREET FORT WORTH,TEXAS 75108 90 19C 37x31%IIIOA1INA 1r + f1 { + 1331r1S Reim 1111ow lair d; IP 4 _� ! �3� }FI 1p 111h,a i14�1 wit � 1 ` k111pA1 1HQi 30 a113 VIA 0,; M •I H111f• r• i 1r• JHodHjVIVNOUVNI13IN1WVR3,V 591111311139 MIMI NQIIVIAV 1V83N39 i B 5:f , _ z ,# — io Oa117aoM oN711aesrtiax3 PM k; IE 1 A 1 ?, f!F 1 65 ci -° ! it _ tSi i ' lit k a,s P r .01 � r - t '• as i iE e• �F;� et I; i sS` iE ;i r �! a r" � -- -ii•� � ®. 49 iz 117+� xH if 1 -* 9 MR ST131`Nitli91161tlR3 +I r i 4 I99143 xirw fi.ttleN ioir �1 o a y D F f & 9 ��1{[' �btl 1!["I: t: MIND!/IVDA a0"y' ■ F e. r i 4[;; tri{$`�1J I;� �II 1 b„ 1UpdUIV WN011YwHai111 WVH3v3w d' aq� 3r `s_ #tiiii; {1r! sslj"'� [I" 91114111191ti#1#W831?IQ#lft#Atl 1Y1#31139 MUM #as ! } > +e A0 No11YAON3W OHY 901SWVJX3 1 '� I 1_ On 4LMI� EI 3➢ p li _ _ iiiii �}.lt u O r # �Ilr 1 i1 f�1E� i1 1 - t��l�- z �] I 1 E � •+ f 1 � t 1 lx� i [ � � �► � I 3s i I I PM SECTION 07 22 00 - LIGHTWEIGHT INSULATING CONCRETE ROOF INSULATION PART 7 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Divisions 00 and 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SECTION INCLUDES: A. Lightweight Insulating Concrete Application to Prepared Substrate 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01 40 00, "Testing Laboratory Services". B. Section 06 10 53, "Miscellaneous Carpentry ". C. Section 07 52 17, "Modified Bitumen Roofing". D. Section 07 54 19, "Polyvinyl-Chloride Roofing ;PVC;' (Alternate No. 2). E. ,Section 07 62 00, "'Flashing and Sheet Metal". iw 1.4 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. References in these specifications to standards, test methods and codes, are implied to mean the latest edition of each such standard adapted. The following is an abbreviated list of associations, institutions, and societies which may be used as references throughout these specifications. - 1. ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials Philadelphia, PA 2. FM Factory Mutual Engineering and Research Norwood, MA 3. UL Underwriters Laboratories Northbrook, IL 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. All submittals which do not conform to the following requirements will be rejected. B. Submittal of Equals: Submit lightweight insulating concrete systems to be considered as equals to the specified roof system no less than 10 days prior to bid date. Submittals shall include the following: 1. Submit manufacturer's instructions for proper placement of the proposed lightweight insulating concrete roof insulation system. 2. Submit documentation confirming compliance with FM 1-90 Windstorm Resistance Classification utilizing the specific foot membrane system proposed for use on this project. ii 09053-00 Addendum filo.4 072200 - 1 a) Submit documentation confirming that the specific expanded polystyrene proposed for use on this project is approved by Factory Mutual for use in conjunction with the proposed lightweight insulating concrete system. a 3. Submit a letter from the supplier of the proposed lightweight insulating concrete system confirming that the expanded polystyrene used as a component in the lightweight insulating concrete system is to be furnished by the supplier of the proposed lightweight insulating concrete system. 4. Submit shop drawings including a roof plan, roof slopes, and thickness of insulation. 5. Submit a sample copy of the warranty covering the proposed lightweight insulating concrete system. 6. Submit a sample copy of the roof system guarantee covering the proposed lightweight J insulating concrete system and roof membrane system. 7. Submit a letter from the roof membrane manufacturer confirming the intention to issue the *� roof system guarantee covering the proposed lightweight insulating concrete system and roof membrane system at project completion. 8. Submit a letter from the proposed lightweight insulating concrete system supplier confirming that the Contractor is approved to install the proposed lightweight insulating concrete system. 1.6 ❑UALITY ASSURANCE A. Acceptable Contractor: The contractor must be certified in writing prior to bid by the supplier to install the proposed lightweight insulating concrete system. f B. Agency Approvals: The proposed lightweight insulating concrete system shall conform to the following requirements. No other testing agency approvals will be accepted. 1. Underwriters Laboratories: Tested by Underwriters Laboratories in accordance with the procedures of ASTM E 119 and listed in the most recent Underwriters Laboratories Fire Resistance Directory. Lightweight insulating concrete roof insulation components are defined by Underwriters Laboratories under sections CCVW fof foamed plastic and CCOX for floor or roof - topping mixture in the latest edition of the Underwriters Laboratories Fire Resistance Directory. 2. Factory Mutual: Tested by Factory Mutual Research and listed in the most recent Factory Mutual Approval Guide as non-combustible or Class 1, and for 1-90 windstorm classification utilizing the specific roof membrane system proposed for use on this project. 1.7 PRODUCT DELIVERY,STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Delivery: Deliver materials in the supplier's original unopened packages, fully identified as to manufacturer, brand or other identifying data and bearing the proper Underwriters Laboratories label. B. Storage, Store Insulcel concentrate at temperatures between 527 and 807. Expanded polystyrene board should not be stored in areas of standing water ,prior to application but can be exposed to rainwater before application. Boards must be clean and free from foreign substances. 091353-00 Addendum No. 4 07 2200 - 2 - 1.8 PROJECTISITE CONDITIONS A. Requirements Prior to Joh Start 1. Notification: Give a minimum of 5 days notice to the Owner and manufacturer prior to commencing any work and notify both parties on a daily basis of any change in work schedule. 2. Permits: Obtain all permits required by local agencies and pay all fees which may he required for the performance of the work. r3. Safety: Familiarize every member of the application crew with all fire and safety regulations recommended by OSHA, NRCA and other industry or local governmental groups. rB. Environmental Requirements 1. Precipitation: Do not apply materials during precipitation or in the event there is a probability of precipitation during application, Take adequate precautions to ensure that materials and building interiors are protected from possible moisture damage or contamination. 2, Temperature Restrictions: When air temperatures of 40°F or above are predicted to occur within the first 24 hours after placement, normal mixing and application procedures may be used_ When air temperatures of 32°F to 401F are predicted to occur within the first 24 hours after placement, the Contractor may opt to increase the Portland cement quantity 15% by weight. Do not install the lightweight insulating concrete system when air temperatures are below 32°F. 1.9 WARRANTY IGUARANTEE A. Insulation System Warranty; Upon successful completion of the project, and after all post installation procedures have been completed, furnish the Owner with the insulation system manufacturer's 14 year labor and materials warranty. The insulation system warranty shall include the composite roof deck system consisting of pregenerated foam and polystyrene insulation panels. All repair or replacement costs covered under the guarantee shall be borne by the insulation system manufacturer. The guarantee shall be a term type, without deductibles or limitations on coverage amount, and be issued at no additional cost to the Owner. Specific items covered during the term of the insulation system warranty include- 1. nclude:1. The actual resistance to heat flow through the roof insulation will be at least 80% of the design thermal resistance, provided that the roofing membrane is free of leaks. 2. The roof insulation will remain in a reroofable condition should the roof membrane require replacement !excluding damage caused by fastener pullout during removal of the old membrane.) 3. The Insulating Concrete Warranty will not limit, by geographic location, the owners rights for claims, actions, and/or proceedings. 4. The roof insulation material will not cause structural damage to the building as a result of expansion from thermal or chemical action. a. Siplast Ior approved equal) Ten Year Roof Insulation Performance Warranty *P 09053-04 Addendum No. 4 07 2200 - 3 f 1 13. Roof System Guarantee: Upon successful completion of the project, and after all post installation procedures have been completed, furnish the Owner with a labor and materials endorsement to the roof membrane manufacturer's guarantee confirming that a single guarantee covers both the lightweight insulating concrete system and the roof membrane/flashing system. The roof system guarantee shall include both the roofing and flashing membrane, and the specified new lightweight insulating concrete system consisting of pregenerated foam, patented- pre-formed polystyrene panels, base sheet, and base sheet fasteners. All repair or replacement e costs covered under the guarantee shall be borne by the roof membrane/flashing manufacturer. The guarantee shall be for a 10 year term, without deductibles or limitations on coverage amount, and be issued at no additional cost to the Owner. Specific items covered under the roof system guarantee include: 1. The actual resistance to heat flow through the roof insulation will be at least 80% of the design thermal resistance, provided that the rooting membrane is free of leaks; 2. The roof insulation will remain in a reroofable condition should the roof membrane require replacement (excluding damage caused by fastener pullout during removal of the old membrane.) 3. The roof insulation will remain in place even if the roof membrane sustains wind damage covered by the guarantee. 4. The base sheet, base sheet fasteners and polystyrene panels will be covered by the guarantee. 5. The roof system guarantee will not limit, by geographic location, the Owner's rights for claims, actions, and/or proceedings. 6. The roof insulation material will not cause structural damage to the building as a result of expansion from thermal or chemical action. a- Siplast (or approved equal) ten year Roof System Guarantee PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Acceptable Manufacturer: Provide a lightweight insulating concrete roof insulation system incorporating pregenerated foam and expanded polystyrene board supplied by a single manufacturer. ** 1. Insulcel hoof Insulation System by Siplast/leopal, Inc., Irving, TX, or approved equal. 2. Celecore Roof Beck Insulation by Celecore, Incorporated, Black Mountain, North Carolina. 2.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ..o A. Lightweight Concrete System Description: Provide materials used In the lightweight concrete roof insulation system conforming to the following to achieve a minimum (R-30). 1. Galvanized Metal Deck: Corrugated steel decking incorporating a pre-applied galvanized coating conforming to a minimum Class 0-60 as specified in ASTM A 525. Refer to general notes on the structural drawings and Specification Section 05310 for metal deck specifications and attachment requirements. 09053-00 Addendum No. 4 07 2200 -4 2_ Portland Cement: Portland cement conforming to Type I, II, or III as defined by ASTM C ISO. •9 3. Foam Concentrate: Protein based team concentrate conforming to ASTM C 869 and ASTM C 796, 1, insulcel PS Foam Conceniraie by Siplastilcopal. Inc., Irving, TX 2. Celecore MF Foam Concentrate by Celecore, Incorporated, Black Mountain, North Carolina. 4. Expanded Polystyrene Insulation Board: Expanded polystyrene (EPS) insulation board having a nominal density of 1 pcf defined as Type I by AS rive C 578 and containing approximately 3% open area. Each bundle of board shall be delivered to the iob site with clear identification as to manufacturer and shall carry the Factory Mutual approval label and the Underwriter's Laboratories Classified label on each bundle. I. lnsulperm Insulation Board by Siplastllcopal, Inc_, Irving. TX 2. Celecore EPS holey hoard insulation as manufactured by a Celecore approved manufacuturer. 5. Water: Potable water that is clean and free of deleterious amounts of acid, alkali and organic materials. 2.3 MIX DESIGN A. Density: Mix Portland cement ane pregeneraled foam with water to achieve a wet density ranging from 38 to 48 pcf, resulting in a minimum dry density of 30 pcf and minimum compressive strength of 200 psi. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. General: Ensure that all surfaces to receive lightweight insulating concrete are free of oil, grease, paintslprimers, loose mill scale, dirt, or other foreign substances. Where necessary, cleaning or other corrections of surfaces to receive lightweight insulating concrete is the responsibility of the party causing the unacceptable condition of the substrate. B. Substrate Acceptance: With the general contractor present, examine surfaces to receive the roof insulation system and determine that the surfaces are acceptable prior to placement of the lightweight insulating concrete system. 3.2 PREPARATION A. General; Remove water or any other substance that would interfere with bonding of the lightweight concrete system. 3.3 APPLICATION A. General; Provide equipment and application procedures conforming to the material supplier's application instruclions. 09053-00 Addendum No. 4 07 2200 - 5 B. Applications Not Incorporating Expanded Polystyrene Panels: Place lightweight insulating concrete in a 2 inch minimum thickness over the top corrugation of metal decks, over the surface of a prepared substrate. C. Applications Incorporating Expanded Polystyrene Panels: When the specified expanded polystyrene insulation panels are to be incorporated into the lightweight insulating concrete system, place a 118 inch minimum thickness of insulating concrete slurry coat over top of the prepared substrate or for metal deck applications, fill the flutes and place a 118 inch minimum slurry over the top corrugation of metal deck before embedding the expanded polystyrene insulation panels. Place the thickness of expanded polystyrene insulation panels shown in the approved shop drawings within 30 minutes of applying the insulating concrete slurry coat to the ` substrate. When metal deck substrates are used, place the expanded polystyrene insulation panels in a brick-like pattern. The maximum allowable panel step in a stair-step design is 1 inch. Fill the holes in the expanded polystyrene insulation panels and place a 2 inch minimum w thickness of insulating concrete over top of the expanded polystyrene insulation panels within 4 hours after application of the expanded polystyrene insulation panels. D. Thermal Resistance.- Install the specified lightweight insulating concrete system to provide for -a an minimum thermal value of R-30 insulation panels as requested to meet R-value) and as shown on the architectural details/drawings. E. Slope: Install the specified lightweight insulating concrete system to provide for a minimum positive roof slope of 114 inch per foot. See the structural drawings for slope provided by the roof framing system. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Protection: Avoid roof-top traffic over the roof insulation system until one can walk over the surface without creating surface damage. + B. Compressive Strength Testing: The Architect has the option to select an independent testing laboratory to randomly sample the top placement of insulating concrete to verify the thickness and density. and to secure and test compressive strength cylinders in accordance with ASTM C 495. The Owner will be responsible for the cost and engagement of the independent testing laboratory services. C. Application Monitoring: Monitor the thickness and wet density of the lightweight insulating concrete at the time of placement to determine conformance to the manufacturer's requirements. Monitor the placement of proper thickness of polystyrene insulation board in accordance with the contract documents. D. Fastener Withdrawal Testing: Conduct a base ply fastener pull test 3 or more days following the application of the lightweight insulating concrete to ensure a minimum withdrawal resistance of 40 pounds per fastener. 3.5 PATCHING A, Patching: Perform all patching and repairing of insulating concrete using Zono-Patch, Celecore Think Patch, or other materials approved by the lightweight insulating concrete supplier. - END OF SECTION 07 22 00 - 09053-00 Addendum No. 4 07 2200 - 6 - eo 0 0 o e o v n ti■ � ��®�ed��riili��ii�M �� �' g � Q ly Ia'�e» ss4i+vsR ui ! �� ME d �aFi�iTi>E'Sl9GE'JIS[C�l/CP�f� •�x- -yiC"' � V r ■,y v ft r� Q i mr WNW Ira � v If_ ar�rr�ri�ii s� 1 , 1 , I I •1 e 1 1 tJ 1 r i ! r r 1 1 s Q Q 1=111111 ■ jig i� 4tr �1 ■ CE �. � � ���rs• fl kl'�IIk1�►�! a INN Cls _y, e�• '� ,_, G3 �Y 1 *'Hyl■ ..� � J HIM � u �Hr �. •aQ 4E' }� • 4fr 1 =� _ . 171!•^'+r r-� rll., f.o� �1#.� 3 3 ���•. ., - - ,� --���� mak, � � o I'.�ir�r��lra�e���aa �►r �� �a �;��I"� _.��;;k1rr1■G�Ie 4� • -73 I a 1 I I TI r- - - R1 ' I I S I I I I § 3 I r r , fl r aI EXPANSION Alla RENOVATION OF q GENERAL AVIATION TERMINAL BUILDING I ply 1 �• TETE r In I iTIS d "11g1�fill CITY OF FORT WORTH d■ �# -# 1 �� MEACIIAM INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT ao�' � g IfI li r o■� f . s I ` #I`a :r 42.01 NORTH NfAlll STREET I i F I FORT WORTH,TEXAS 76106 e� so 191 seal`"Islam I110 I1t �a 1331US MIVW RIVOff 1OZIF i = F�4se ��3f � ►i! �' i !1 t1 I HIYOM IVOA 301119 c7 i ef: � � ��� ' ��, 1y/� °- � f�a: �!-• ° I dHtldllf'd 1tiH0I1ti11831N!W7HJV3W r: �0t J PR i 1 9NIQllflB iVNIWU3I Ha111fIAY iV113N39 r d0 11E111Y1V9N38 77RY M01SMYdY,3 �:!, r I ! !�f i JQ ! y! I I ! f 1� �: � /%''. ,r� 7lc y A f, /,rr /! f r'f �r'' .�:/ ir: •� ' r � r ii �. F 1 If` j I r 1 I 1 �� e w �.: ���liR!A!►I w ����I Q oil al I all KIM P16 Mimi 0 Im rr�Rt•r C O � tpil, � w1■■�II � O *IN ilia !11`�r�.1��1��1�;!! ■1 1.t�1�F! - I -si/#I�PRfta� R��!•�rl � �� I� epi ""fie E kJ� €3 0 4 _ Y• 1 i 1 I i 1 1 i r S ;_.�►.:DRi � , �� � -��a ,� � ���i�� � � _� �� �-� I I ' R•Mi e e "Flak tm Him Awl o a fel .41 r�y ° !. 111},�43•.�� - R�� ii�� 1..,l. N aiSi►rwuil�aa��� ��,1 i MW oil T,MIN aw IN 1 � yr �7 ir[:-wiryilwe �! j rai . azf �:.. I !1N -- Will IUM SYX31'N1eoMfatld „e }' I ��r ( 133S1d5 MIYia NINON LOU aR �� i 11 11 1 l €fsr K1ao►r4Ivoaao A113 0 E 4 HIP. {. ieDd8ltl 3tlN011tlNN31Ni HitlH�tl3Yii i�s �t ! i € 9NIOiino ivmiw831 N01MAY lVV3N35 ZSa9 S E:! I 40 MOIIVAONIV 4Na IDISM013 1 3 w � � I t v", -. � � r���1y,�t.;•t li-ti-yr �?^,�°f%7°i�ct., "f'� T� r�. ori. ,., � - 'a�c.•#�.,i �,��•+�, � � ,�yrs ;�. t I w�• a At r ®F4 MD I � r s ! 9p191 S'Y131`YU�IaM 1%Od i��� i I MW`yJs, � W NIVW HIM01r k©zV 1 yS# �Fr1!!+iFlY � s 1 �•}`5 @ �IYI �' iuvom INGO 30"kJ p s rm..►G j.R� 9Fil j Eli k �j - 2 1aadal><11fN17I1tlNa31Nl wvHaUw � 1,r= 9NICIMB 1VNIWa31 NOUVIAV IMN39 xxw R s Y fu MOUVAo 3a aNr NaISNxdX;t I ek MIR si �il� �:Irr 6s rqI tp:�:yryG���fgqp �S I g `I�f1A 3 LD Rr •raq,..+ `� fit! $;'' w.-" S�` n7l., ' 4Y�S:a��Y,��. J�s�� L..i�'• w�4�����L�4+u-���rA"#.yy�-, gg 5Yy�94- }�.I y1.Y�'y}i �94.. L• 1 �e� ti j i u. X, a�y��y.�-� 'vL r• `�1'• rte-' � ..� ,F ��°�+,,�,'. _•gig �;- � L �L ��'y SCS{r E"► C'Fl1 r Mll ,iw'1 1 � � �xt � , yy sols lrX3f31'tuaoM lro� � I 133NU NIVN RIVO 1 193i< v ti x ;tl�II. !f!{ :' i t; i H180A61801 10 Ally N 4 I'dodum lvmollYNH3ml wvmo 13w l -1 * Maims lvujw83i NOUVIAV lvv3N39 n SSW i � :! Y x 30 FOUVA0r30 0rtl walsol1dX3 i Lw �I S}r iT �4�i����`��ifs r ► 1 E i � a t e i 9i w - II In sa.Ar f� ti f '[ �I.JY i t Ff}•'- r r.T•'!"' �� - � `moi.': 'a3` �-'17,�'`K��'Y.-•�'«, � _ ......� .NZ.ta�+ �.45��.1� t' F~Y� �yf�'•Z` �{F 1', 7i�i^'t„7. nrt`� � �� C r .;ate -+E t„z t� ri� � ♦T'rr"t .,.;,�r.;•;;•�°y � ..r.�r° .i is ] r E.t.a� f £J � L7 � K•r:y',¢ h 3-�6 ST' �'a�kp``�`ids r rrTr� r..r ' s z. E7ti�9 �ri ��2-4.�i w z•r e;�.E:�i..;y�.:^.'�r,ar•..Ir.. �}.!},•:,-r ;.� :•1��, y,..�..��.i n'',.y.a�re�Sar.0 - s of�ifnlrSir¢S.1F„;$ r I 3sa s�•;k.R. ,a•� lir...��..+� s,. �� •i r' �a,. y}. 7 n:�l O e }} ff e041 srx31`N,IkUM►aui a n ` Ir 1i3 l l� �1'll 133 US NIYW RIVON IM �i�� a (? MOM 119130 LIM s `�€ 2 I 1�ai }" ,�l��r UN101IF181VNIWV31 N011VIAV 1YUND xxoa °.9 1 Ix da kW1YAON3a UWV 201SNVJX3 ►i+1+liT Z�r g : i i i � : . F i l E i ill+�ile�i.l� 3E1f���M9C71�11�8 E � - ^ - is.�Ki�t'F- `�'t_:_,:s':..'F•.,t�- - w; rr s t_ r •i .�� ,te � r i� iwa54r.T t� s ��'r4r}" L x¢�> � ; r d k � ✓.M.rL 1 S 3 h �s �r ,+s t '_���`t.�k�,a��`� tt�r.f�7����a*r•v�Lp��a:"3 41�r�ti���r�� d IV, Lg,� qq a x+fl k'1P( R F}�I �.� 'k s'w�,"�f ; •L}, S+.I � c.z`{�.�'i y,r;•i ksv�"y �, i-ti •F r i' f �..aS a y'S.F. yti 1 T 7 i L �'t ��f'>' .. Ws ets. •'r. z; } tis.�;r L dy n t ; $ 1 J�.v„'l's�•'�Ssr*+ Y'� '�v C +i`FP+�.rt�.. tr3{.:,.k: k JS^4 r r S'v 1 }1 N d S � :T C. 'fir �Id:i h. Jr�11�)�.�•�s i� 5 �z� WIN � ���EE00�699Ca@ L'�i LII11EIC�D,��E@QQz�E�I 1IIINIIIIII1111HI milli 1111 q I � A II�IIIIIIlllllllf �I �IIIIEEEEIEUIE �ICIE01 1■�11 1 Alll9�lUl �9�OIIIIII�EIII � ��€1 �000v�00000000g000000 mo� � �emvneir ' � �mo�ono� 000a00000000u000N �a3n�s��IM�0� �� a �.o o0�oa��000moo � I�D�GC9,GIIIIIII�� E0� 1111111111114111119 1� I. � � AOIINIIAI 11 �IEIE�IIII E91EI oovv0000000000000���� o 6999999�E9E999�79ERJ'99 ��G: i�7993��9EE90�9G�� � v ion ' Q o fe .� Fryer µl �a ! a �p�}q-� a'r •6pE r USEIle1@1�11�1:1,1R1 �lt�l.l�ll�l�lltrll@l;lk1l#1@11 IIII1111J11 IlllJll+2ll�1rF1W1111u�1.�1�1a1 �f I�lpl�lplll�l1�lel�l �[ C..4J■ErLyydd7 : WOMEN EWE a� 101 [�t� ��� �� o =1 MIMIMI Mimi"to I�.1 MIMI �a � IISI SO UZA@i, o®o, �� _ mai �. INWO NMI �� ��, .QMIMSOS IN NO,MR Oaf■ ,� 00 ���Qi��l I ro I =!Mimi NMI Atli M.PA ■�©■ t © EMIR t�]■ cs aD 9Q D Sl ---.. .r ■ a V Y ■ — r t ,, • 1 1 ■ t if k t - ....� y � - r t F ■ ■ SI ; � R.y R � ■ ; .. R ■ ■ ■ i- a !f ' 1 4 R C7 � a ■ i, . b a a a R r I i i E • i � • + � R a _ 3 k E + � 1 yF t R Ile R - IL R Y CD Y Y Ak ■ Y a 4 g ► s a r it f Q ' iI k R It ► a i k rl � I ■ r r �1� I - , s - ■ ■ � I a a 1• � i. ■ I t k � � I i 1 'k ■ iii 7� i _ ■ 1 r R t If ` t R f R b 4 I Y i r z a t Rmi s t ,rl1 k a a R �pF I Y it k R �] ri 40a l Y r r ; •• r t 1 14c i� i t ■ ■ _ l ]] { I k r R R , k ■ ■ a t ■ ■ Y R ■ ±� ` � It Y a a , I t 1 r ■ Y F t • � Y Y �� ■ I R r iii ■ R ' t ` 4 i a _ - 1 ! EXPANSWR ANO RER9YAT19119F g iii GENERAL AVIATION TERMINAL BUILDING n,ll �e��' t+i` i MEACHAM INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT 1 , ¢� `• .r -;� �,' , MY 9FFORT W0RTR i iia Him i�l�j� illt�� ii•� � .� f a a 4291 aril mAim STREET ° FORT WORTH,TEXAS 76106 ° s� �6 90 L91 SYM'}1 LVDA IVOI M. L33TU NIM N18QN:Oz4 Ln . y , sKdTlQM ttstQ�3Q sl7 . sme 1HOdHIV 7VHOIIVIIH31H1 WVH3V3W CV)- Wate waiins 7VNIWH31 NOI1VIAV 1"3N31 tsrs In; d9 IDIIVAO93W GNV NO1SMAD Rai L—_z: rEl�i[ir�€�ii.Milliiit�i�il{i61;li,Sitr?€{l�tll��t t _. _ e i . r s t S t iL y .. U e slip I r i y 90t91 SYX31'IUVCM 11103 P q 133}115 MITW NINON Mlo HISO1M 1VOd 30 A110 4 1MUM WHUIMMINI INvHov3W b'E tt C ��Esg4r PElt 61lP FE° 1 mei1 ��#� � ! E� �- �,• !' JN1G71R9 IiINIW831 H01lvIAV lYH3ND rrVl 111 :1 JO 11011YAORM ONY NOESNTdX3 Jill �1"1li�l�ia?il�llliisi�l$dsl�l ; I s i II jl j AL � � F i I li I I 1 II i I I II I ! 1 f 1 1 b 6 a ° ! IE I - I I � I �_''•��'� i I I I I I. I,ipi ..I ifll ESfPA vom AND[REKOVATIOK OF =s GENERAL AVIATION TERMINAL BUILDING I 9' t #- g fill jvim=o w € 1 MEACHAM INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT t: y,: I . 'I d i � II i4§ � f clTr aF FORT :. p $ � p F 4201 NORTH MAIN STREET L a� ° a FORT WORTH,TEXAS 76106 1 a E �I old f rI` 1 : S' i i 4 _Iy�Fiil� � 1 II it li_II- 1-11= aursk! .I 7=ii 11=4i-11-II-I�'11= i?s�3iF�■ 'I. d ii� �.., � ���I{i�II1�E'I��E[�Ill�Ilr� SII iont—n— �::i" ilcl�f.� 11=1f log �f a -4000 rr, led 'i i=•I ROO I ± 'i1 1 �i;a•n I� —log�Q�._ i I -1C II If�ll-�l�I ➢- .F fYLff tl.1C 11=1 i j �_ r�i��.tli.�llqi[IildilitiT_t11YRi[11[�S.IIYIIiI[41N�ritllllii[Jll�ll� s II li rr .d©t me O OWN� F; oil r ru '� II i�-ems'-�' +4..'e`"a_" 1-- T 1 -:t a � --�:,�;. Q _ - u' RAF th•ZI-�iBsg �� O Ei�{—y��fz• MOS IITII III • -' i' =ju IRC� I i�I•=1V 1 11=1• �� y EI� � d T� r ,�. i'.�•r...'E. r!I I!11}I 1=11-w� SEMI, 0=01� _ i111i I II d` 1 `� ■I -t: 1-ll j-�►NO rll=113,1 tl-II^{r"Ay i T L=II-VI-•k 1 �1�n���� v:�l II-II-H-ji1 d 1 I[[[x*. .. v jplplljS•q� k C7 � ._. ��SD E1�RII111 tlff} 1=lfall-.il-6k'. 11=11a11�ltst •••••• 11= Ih�1►�, ll �iiiiiii. 1-H-II-,all If II i1=P - il— { rti u=11= rl�n�q ,II=15=1 1F-tf'I{ tall (1114 Ik Il .I� ' I�Ilkllftf R' �� 11J ' 1:. ra -• 1 nlf�llll llF JJIIIII % 1 1 � s. f I t I i 1. I .1 1 I 1 r 1 1 p 1,,� �„ � ���J:©�Ilr�'���■��a'�� ���_� ' rTfi �rr�} ��nsn "a—rr r ,luu� nnl u I� 11r�r•�YI! I ' {' � 4 ��� �•ililElf�llllr!lrirdBll l�Ir11}n 11 drl4N WIN: __ 41 ;• •s ''ill lf.�ll,�l��llrk�ll�lllllf a llllllir ia�...,'_� Yyll"IlI. }I_z II II III�F tl Il 11= N 3 � e!=kl N 13 li=n 111=17 3 Irlkd a I Itl zr u�l n r�Jl 11=11 L. ll n II fl 11 II 8 � ,� a .� �nlluyar�kn°11I°rlllfkl�kllllr11u! ��11_It=1I--�-.1=11=11=t1=1P' VI�11 ii� � �r� — —— — ■ E=ft�& I ' i a[� 1 � I� �f. /, ri 41,. 11=1 w .e Itifl/'r s�r:� � --au.::-r �srk�;l1q ss � �1 _ ���- ,pl � i 11= § 'i�u�us�a!llkr fr rl Il�n II I €. III G�'�iisi� z�s�l l�sl� ■_.'� r� I Itlll SII �� 11=1 Aa�I��f.�:r:1►,. �� �. � 191ll !rla Q PJI�� Alm. I11 i! ll�l t III�lI 41 k��ll a mea {I 11= ff 9'ry � pp 11.11 II Id II III � I. � Y cin ��■ ; Iflall , , !E r.r:1r Ir:.� •� - �i �c 111 � n e ����- 'i i�lf•iiTl1 II 11=II If: C• '?': [1=11 II II II II P !1' r rf I II II II TT 11=1f 11 � � - E Il�rl P II I k=11—II 7 II} r jjN I fa _il. II �� II—II=R 11. i � —..•'s'^r.r."'_'rs—`—�—- il=^=l�=il--:i 11=11=II=1Ir � — IIC•1'v�l_�:._.rl�.l'=.If=bill=.11ml i! y 1� �• _"rim �r 1rF�fCCk,, V� � a _h C t I ,: 90lj§1SVX31'KIVOMlaoi �!I 133WIS NIM WINUM ton NIBUTA IHOA IG A119 0. # �a 1BOdNEV 7VIibI1VHa3JJil W{fHaV3W Lrt asoR ;!�'' fe! #}e= smia ns 1ViMIWMU WOUVIAV 1VV3H39 Q dU NOUYAON39 UN1 MUI3NUM Il,.i„1„��!„1tl! 11'1 illil!{i y v! :!€}idly}111 I! H I non! err • • t � Q t s 71 E I 17F- or c ,7r! Q R I OR � 4Di9L SYI�l`}IlBaNV 111ad , 3 Its [� 13 mu 2 NtY1Y N1Y0N Ian, 11190M 1110a 10 AJ19 9 G'1: � t r rpa .fi �. - 1., l r.a THUNK IVVDIIVNH31NI WVH3V31 � r►� Ir I I .F I . 1 ' 11P 9NI97H s IVRIWV311 NDIIVIAV 11IN309 i•o Q 1 u 10 N011VAaN3Y 0NY NOISNYM f It I qq t r E iii [ 1 H11 Ii! � •� � � I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 ® A 3 A � L II 0 I 1 I k I I I I r - L � ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? AW , - - - - - � -\ tit f I I. \ } . . : : \ . , \ ° < \ , a � ' • � � . 9---- . -- ] _ - . • � I © . . . } 1 fik < :\ I � - � --. . .- - - -- -----�-- -- I r �|| • | � | ! . . . � /� • � ` � | | � � � � � � q ]| EXPANSIONaDRE,#■m■¥ GENERAL AVIATION 2RMIKAt BUILDING , ' ��©• Al;y MEAC■AMINTER■AT INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT |y ■ 2 ! m § ®�� ! � | un«Nr m r! g� �||\� N |■ IL* 4201■r■MAINinE . FORT WOBTIf,TEXAS 76106 / _ 90L9L SVM'MIVOIR 1809 , n 133VIS NIYW NIHON IM JtE RivoILl111oi do dila pp r .a 1VDd81V IVNOI1VN931NI WVN3V3W ` 0 iaN 1 g ' 6# � �`I �� a 01i1011AV 1'IfHIMUR 11011VIAV Iu1131130 { i =rq 5 P 3 E :10 11011"01130 ONY N01SNVdX3 S T s � ei 1 LS 1 i�fi , j i #(ii� � INi[�l�i�� /4 117.1HIIri3�iALlilllill �lilt]731r#.r� �a7 ass f7afid SS:Sl5797�7".7!7777L 7787 7l77 t 7 X I3� L`! k 77 l o i o TTE v j i Ua 7 PRO 77 �= k I f �•�ttt! i t,:1 f LI - IS ps 01 a ; 41IR7 QD e ' i f � � i of• ,L il, r i1 8' � �Li�' �� ; i �•01 k 4� I E 9019L M31'NIVDA%ldOd •, r a � �E 1 �p ik- 3E, f� � 133d1S NIMIAI M1NON l0ia � � 1 ± iSir l�l1�1 a#�k; ilg '� 119 rav"Idol 10 Alto " Q I •• 1HOdHIY IYN0I1VN1l311t1 WYH3tl3W 9NIOIMS 1YNlWH31 NOUVIAV IVE ME, Sicv 4 t:s a 3 i0 NOUTAUM3N 0Nd NOISM13 # F ;,° el t no { i ; a o s r a � r 0 0 ° � � z Y Y w� a a Ili � J � e \ a € ! =pI 0 ,. s T �a�hh 1. �f 6i a [� _ � ¢ A-Ml fl s SECTION 27 05 00 - COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR COMMUNICATIONS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED 'DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 and Division 26 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Communications equipment coordination and installation. 2. Sleeves for pathways and cables. 3. Sleeve seals. 4. Grout, 5. Common communications installation requirements 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. EPDM: Ethylene-propylene-diene terpolymer rubber. 6. NBR: Acrylonitrile-butadiene rubber. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data. For each type of product indicated. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles. Include rated caracities, operating characteristics, electrical characteristics, and furnished specialties and accessories, 1.5 COORDINATION A_ Coordinate arrangement, mounting, and support of communications equipment- 1. quipment-1. To allow maximum possible headroom unless specific mounting heights that reduce headroom are indicated. 2. To provide for ease of disconnecting the equipment with minimum interference to other installations. 3. To allow right of way for piping and conduit installed at required slope. 4. So connecting pathways, cables, wireways, cable trays, and busways will be clear of obstructions and of the working and access space of other equipment, B. Coordinate installation of required supporting devices and set sleeves in cast-in- place concrete, masonry walls, and other structural components as they are constructed. C. Coordinate location of access panels and doors for communications items that are behind finished surfaces or otherwise concealed. Access doors and panels are specified in Division 08 Section "Access Doors and Frames." D. Coordinate sleeve selection and application with selection and application of firestopping specified in Division 07 Section "Penetration Fires topping."." i 09053-00 Addendum No. 4 27 0500-1 PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 SLEEVES FOR PATHWAYS AND CABLES A. Steel Pipe Sfeeves: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type E, Graefe B, Schedule 40, galvanized steel, plain ends. S. Cast-Iron Pipe Sleeves: Cast or fabricated "wall pipe." equivalent to ductile-iron pressure pipe, with plain ends and integral waterstop, unless otherwise indicated. C. Sleeves for Rectangular Openings-, Galvanized sheet steel. 1- Minimum Metal Thickness: a. For sleeve crass-section rectangle perimeter less than 50 inches 11270 mm) and no side more than 16 inches (4001 mm), thickness shall be 0.052 inch (1.3 mm). b. For sleeve cross-section rertangie perimeter equal to, or more than, 50 inches (1270 mm) and 1 or more sides equal to, or more than, 16 inches (400 mmf, thickness shalt he 01.138 inch 13-5 mm)- 2.2 SLEEVE SEALS A. Descriptiom Modular sealing device, designed for field assembly, to fill annular space between sleeve and pathway or cable. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers _. offering products that may be incorporated into I-re 'Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Advance Products & Systems, Inc. b- Calpico, Inc. c. Metraflex Co. d. Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc. 2, Sealing Elements. EPDM or NOR interlocking links shaped to fit surface of cable or conduit. Include type and number required for material and size of pathway or cable. 3. Pressure Plates: Carbon steel or Stainless steel. Include two for each sealing element. 4. Connecting Balls and Nuts: Selected to match pressure plates, Carbon steel with corrosion-resistant coating or Staintess steel of length required to secure pressure plates to sealing elements. Include one for each sealing element- 2.3 GROUT A, Nonmetallic, Shrinkage-Resistant Grout: ASTM C 1107, factory-packaged, nonmetallic aggregate grout, non-corrosive, non-staining, mixed with water to consistency suitable for application and a 30-minute working time. 2.4 FIRESTOP FOR CONDUIT AND SLEEVES OR SLOTS A. Comply with requirements in Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping." 05053-00 Addendum No.4 27 05 00-2 PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 COMMON REQUIREMENTS FOR COMMUNICATIONS INSTALLATION A. Comply with NECA 1. B. Measure indicated mounting heights to bottoms of unit for suspended items and to center of unit for wall-mounting items. C. Headroom Maintenance: if mounting heights or other location criteria are not indicated, arrange and install components and equipment to provide maximum possible headroom consistent with these requirements. D. Equipment; Install to facilitate service, maintenance, and repair or replacement of components of both communications equipment and other nearby installations. Connect in such a way as to facilitate future disconnecting with minimum interference with other items in the vicinity. E. Right of Way: Give to piping systems installed at a required slope. 3.2 SLEEVE INSTALLATION FOR COMMUNICATIONS PENETRATIONS A. Communications penetrations occur when pathways, cables, wireways, or cable trays penetrate concrete slabs, concrete or masonry walls, or fire-rated floor and wall assemblies. B. Concrete Slabs and Walls: Install sleeves for penetrations unless core-drilled holes or formed openings are used. Install sleeves during erection of slabs and walls. 1. If any penetrations are required after the erection of slabs the Telecommunications Contractor must meet with Architect and Owners representative prior to drilling any new penetrations. C. Use pipe sleeves unless penetration arrangement requires rectangular sleeved opening. D. Fire-Rated Assemblies: Install sleeves for penetrations of fire-rated floor and wall assemblies unless openings compatible with firestop system used are fabricated during construction of floor or wall. E_ Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces of walls. F. Extend sleeves installed in floors 3 inches �76 mm) above and below finished floor level. G. Size pipe sleeves to provide 114-inch (6.4-mm) annular clear space between sleeve and pathway or cable, unless indicated otherwise. H. Seal space outside of sleeves with grout for penetrations of concrete and masonry 1. Promptly pack grout solidly between sleeve and wall so no voids remain. Tool exposed surfaces smooth; protect grout while curing. 1. Interior Penetrations of Non-Fire-Rated Walls and Floors: Seal annular space between sleeve and pathway or cable, using joint sealant appropriate For size, depth, and location of joint. Comply with requirements in Division 07 Section "Joint Sealants." J. Fire-Rated-Assembly Penetrations: Maintain indicated fire rating of waits, partitions, ceilings, and floors at pathway and cable penetrations. Install sleeves and seal pathway and cable penetration sleeves with firestop materials. Comply with requirements in Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping." 09053-00 Addendum No. 4 27 05 00-3 a K. Roof-Penetration Sleeves- Seal penetration of individual pathways and cables with Flexible boot-type flashing units applied in coordination with roofing work. L. Aboveground, Exterior-Wall Penetrations: Seal penetrations using steel or cast-iron pipe sleeves and mechanical sleeve seals. Select sleeve size to allow for 1-inch (25-mm) annular clear space between pipe and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals. M. Underground, Exterior-Wall Penetrations. Install cast-iron pipe sleeves. Size sleeves to allow for 1-inch (25-mm) annular clear space between pathway or cable and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals. 3.3 SLEEVE-SEAL INSTALLATION �* A. Install to seal exterior wall penetrations. B. Use type and number of sealing elements recommended by manufacturer for ,T pathway or cable material and size. Position pathway or cable in center of sleeve. Assemble mechanical sleeve seals and install in annu•ar space between pathway or cable and sleeve. Tighten bolts against pressure plates that rause sealing elements to expand and make a watertight seat. 3.4 FIRESTOPPING A. Apply fitestopping to penetrations of fire-rated floor and wall assemblies for communications installations to restore original fire-resistance rating of assembly. Firestopping materials and installation requirements are specified in Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping." B. Comply with requirements in Division 07 Comply with TIAIEIA-569-B, Annex A. "Firestopping." C. Comply withBICSI TDMM, "Firestopping Systems" Article. D. Seal with the appropriate Firestopping systern all telecommunication penetrations through fire-rated building structures (wails and floors). 1. Seal all through penetrations (complete penetration). 2. Seal all membrane penetrations (through one side of a hollow fire rated structure). 3. Any penetrating item i.e., riser slots and sleeves, cables, conduit, cable tray, and raceways, etc, shall be properly fire-stopped. E. The Firestopping system shall restore the fire rating integrity of any fire rated structure that is breached during the cable installation. Firestop all telecommunication sleeves and conduits along with any vacant (spare) sleeves or ++ conduits in the equipment room, F. Provide Firestopping composed of components that are compatible with each other, the substrates forming openings, and the items, if any, penetrating the Firestopping under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by the Firestopping manufacturer based on testing and field experience. G. Provide components for each Firestopping system that are needed to install fill material. Use only components specified by the Firestopping manufacturer and approved by the qualified testing agency for the designated fire-resistance-rated systems. H. Do not use materials that contain flammable solvents 09053-00 Addendum No, 4 27 05 00-4 I. Scheduling 1. Schedule installation of cast-in-place firestop devices after completion of floor formwork, metal form deck, or composite deck but before placement of concrete_ 2. Schedule installation of other Firestopping materials after completion of penetrating item installation but prior to covering or concealing of openings. Verify existing conditions and substrates before starting work. Correct unsatisfactory conditions before proceeding. 3. Weather conditions: Do not proceed with installation of firestop materials when temperatures exceed the manufacturer's recommended limitations for installation printed on product label and product data sheet. 4. During installation, provide masking and drop cloths to prevent Firestopping materials from contaminating any adjacent surfaces. - END OF SEC'T'ION 27 05 nil - 1r i 09053-00 Addendum No.4 27 05 00-5 00 ram SECTION 27 11 00 COMMUNICATIONS EOUIPMENT ROOM FITTINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. This Section includes the following: 1. Requirements for new Communication Equipment Room. + 2- Materials and installation for new Communications Underground Bbuilding Service Entrance. 3_ Materials and installation of telecommunications equipment in Main Equipment .� Rooms (MERs) and Telecommunication Roorns (TRs). 4. Install equipment as described in Statement of Work in its entirety. 1.2 REFERENCES + A. American National Stanoards Institute/Telecommunications Industries Association {ANSIlTIA) 1. ANSI(TIA-56B-C.1, Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabling Standarc PV 2. ANSIlTIA-568-C.2, Balanced Twisted-fair Telecommunications Cabling and Components Standards 3. ANSIlTIA-568-C.3, Optical Fiber Cabling Components Standard 4. ANSNTIA-569-8, Commercial Building Standard for Telecommunications Pathways and Spaces. B. International Standards Organization/International Electromechanical Commission (ISOIIEC) 1. ISO/IEC 1 1801:2002, Information technology—Generic cabling for customer premises. , C. Underwiriters Laboratories (UL) 1. Cable certification and Follow UP Program D. National Fire Protection Association (NEPA) 1. NFPA 70—National Electrical Code )NEC) E. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) 1 . 29CRF Part 1910, Permit-Required Confined Spaces for General Industry, Final Rule. F. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA). G. American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM). H. Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE). 1. National Electrical Safety Cade (NESC). i. Underwriters Laboratory (UL) 1. UL Testing Bulletin. 1.3 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this rSection. d 09453-00 Addendum Na-4 27 11 00-1 r 1.4 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1, Underground Conduit. 2 Maintenance Holes or Puil Boxes. 3, Telecommunications mounting elements. 4. Backboards. 5. Telecommunications equipment racks and cabinets. 5. Grounding. B. Related Requirements-- I- equirements-1. Section 27 00 50 "Common Work Results for Communications". 2, Section 27 13 00 "Communications Backbone Cabling" for voice and data cabling associated with system panels and devices. 1.5 DEFINITIONS A. AHJ: Authority Having Jurisdiction B. ANSI: American National Standards Institute C. BICSI. Building Industry Consulting Service International. D. Cross-Connect: A facility enabling the termination of cable elements and their interconnection or cross-connection. E. EMI: Electromagnetic Interference. F. LAN: Local area network. G. MER: Main Equipment Room w H. NRTL: Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory I_ OAR: Owner's Authorised Representative . J. RCDD. Registered Communications Distribution Designer. K. SCS: Structured Cabling System L. TIAPEIA: Telecommunications Industry Association/Electronics Industries Alliance M. TR: Telecommunications Room N. UTP: Unshielded Twisted Pair 1.6 RESPONSIBILITY AND RELATED WORK. A. The Contractor shall coordinate all underground Communications Building Service Entrance conduit and maintenance stoles or pull-boxes with the Electrical s Contractor. B. The Contractor's responsibility includes, but is not limited to, provision, installation and integration of: 1. Backboards. 2. Voice termination blocks 3. Fiber Optic termination enclosures 4. Managers for patch cords and fiber jumpers C. The Contractor Shall: y 09053-00 Addendum No. 4 27 11 00-2 OW w T. Provide labor, tools and transportation required to support the installation in accordance with the established time line and standards. 2. Deliver submittals, shop drawings, and hardware and configurations as specified herein. 3. Obtain permits, licenses, or other municipal requi+ements and pay any fees ■r required for the execution of this work, 4. Coordinate with other trades to assure completeness of telecommunications cabling systems, equipment rack assemblies, Telecom AC power, Telecom Grounding and Bonding, Plywood wall liner in TR locations and housekeeping pads where required. 5. Execute all work in accordance to the National Electric Code, The National Electric Safety Code, and all applicable state codes, ordinances and regulations, 6. Supply accessories and minor equipment items regularly required for a complete system, even if not specifically mentioned in these specifications or on the associated "T" series drawings, without claim of additional payment. 7. Provide instruction to owner-designated personnel on the system documentation and the proper methods of use and maintenance of the system and related components. D. Where Conflict exists between contract documents, the more stringent requirement shall prevail. Where conflict exists between contract documents and a Code, the Code shall prevail. E_ Discrepancies in part numbers or quantities shall be reported to The Owner prior to bid opening for clarification as necessary. Failing to provide such notification requires the Contractor to supply items and quantities according to the intent of the specifications and associated drawings without claim of additional payment. F. Notwithstanding any detailed information in the contract documents, it is the responsibility of the contractor to supply systems in lull working order. 1.7 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. The Preconstruction Submittal is required to verify the Contractor will obtain the specified product, understands the processes and procedures, and understands the design and installation requirements in order to provide a complete and working system. B. The Contractor is to provide the quantity of submittals fsetsf as specified in Division 1, General Requirements, or the minimal requirements as follows: C. Four (4) copies of documents such as installation schedules, valid copies of technician certifications. material lists, specification sheets, and small site shop PV drawings as required. Two (2) copies of a CD containing and of the same information as these binders shall be submitted in Adobe Portable Document Format IPDF). 40 D. Assurance/Quality Control Submittals: 1. Documentation of current certification for BiCSI RCDD to manage all installations and testing procedures. The BiCSI RCDD must be and employee d, of the Contractor. 2. Documentation of current certification for BiCSI certified installers and for installers certified by the manufacturer of the submitted cabling system. The Contractor shall have certified personnel on site during all work- 09053-00 Addendum No, 4 27 11 00-3 E. Record drawings shall be kept on site. Record drawings shall include marked up floor plans showing outlet locations, type of cable, and cable label identification. F. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for equipment racks and cabinets. 2. Include rated capacities, operating characteristics, electrical characteristics, and furnished specialties and accessories. G. Shop Drawings: For communications equipment room fittings. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. 1. Detail equipment assemblies and indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and sire of each field connection. 2. Equipment Racks and Cabinets: Include workspace requirements and access for cable connections. 3. Grounding: Indicate location of grounding bus bar and its mounting detail .4 showing standoff insulators and wall mounting brackets. 1.8 CONTRACTOR CLOSE OUT SUBMITTALS A. These submittals must be submitted and approved prior to final billing and payment. They should be submitted within thirty days of completion of the project. 8. Certification of level of performance as evidenced by comprehensive test results for fiber riser, copper riser and UTP horizontal cabling as specified in this document. Test results should be provided as hard copies and on electronic media. C. Record drawings with as-built information and finalized versions of the shop drawings. These submittals shall be on the base plan as provided by the Architect or Owner, These submittals shall be three (3) copies in reproducible print form and one 11) in electronic format ;AutoCAD). 1. Telecommunications rooms (MER & TR), and backbone (riser) runs. D. Manufacturer's system certification supporting the product warranty. Transfer manufacturer's warranties to the owner in addition to the General System Guarantee. Submit these warranties on each item it list form along with any certification test results. Detail specific parts within equipment that are subject to separate conditional warranty. Warranty all proprietary equipment systems involved in the contract during the guarantee period. Fina; payment shall not relieve the Contractor of these obligations. 1.9 DUALITY ASSURANCE A. The selected Contractor must be a Certified Integrator/Installer authorized to provide the approved network equipment and integration to the Owner, covering all network hardware and software products comprising this installation site. B. Contractor's Qualifications: A Firm experienced in the provision of systems similar in complexity it) those required for this project. Cy Manufacturer's Qualifications: No less than 5 years continuous experience in the production of specified types of product, with production capabilities per applicable standards. 09053.00 Addendum No. 4 27 11 00-0 { D, All equipment shall be installed in a neat and workman-like manner_ All methods of construction that are not specifically described or indicated in the contract documents shall be subject to the control and approval of the Owner or Owner Representative. Equipment and materials shall be of the quality and manufacturer indicated. The equipment specified is based upun the acceptable manufacturers listed. Where "approved equal" is stated, equipment stiall be equivalent in every way to that of the equipment specified and subject to approval. E. Installer Qualifications: Cabling Installer must have personnel certified by I3fCSl on staff. 1. Layout Responsibility, Preparation of Shop Drawings shall be under the direct !! supervision of an RCDD, employed full-time by the Contractor. 2. Installation Supervision: Installation shall be under the direct supervision of a Registered Technician, who shall be present at all limes when Work of this Section is performed at Project site. 3_ Field inspector; Currently registered by BICSI as an RCDD to perform the on- site inspection. 1.10WORK A. The Work shall be performed in compliance with the applicable manufacturer's installation instructions, Standards, and certifications listed herein, the Contract Documents, and governing codes and regulations of the authorities having jurisdiction. B. The drawing and specification requirements govern where they exceed Code and Regulation requirements. C. Where requirements between governing Codes and Regulations vary, the more restrictive provision applies. D. Nothing in the Contract Documents grants authority or permission to disregard or violate any legal requirements. E. Coordinate exact location and installation of equipment, power, grounding, and raceway requirements with the Architect. 1.11 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING r A. Ship product in its original container, to prevent damage or entrance of foreign matter. B. Handling and shipping in accordance with manufacturer's recommendation. C. Provide protective covering during construction, to prevent damage or entrance of foreign matter. D. Replace at no expense to Owner, product damaged during storage, handling or the course of construction. 1.12PROJECT CONDITIONS A, Verify conditions of the job site applicable to this work.. Notify Architect, in writing, of discrepancies, conflicts, or omissions promptly upon discovery. B. The Drawings diagrammatically show cabling and arrangements of equipment fitting the space available without interference. If conditions exist which make it impossible to install work as shown, recommend solutions and/or submit drawings to the Architect for approval, showing how the work may be installed. 09053-00 Addendum No. 4 27 11 00-5 1.13WARRANTY A. Effect replacement or substitutions of equipment within 24 hours of first notification. Complete repairs to equipment within 72 hours. If repairs cannot be completed during this time period, or if ordering of parts is required, forward the owner, every 72 hours, documentation of progress repairs. This repair capability is .. mandatory. Include costs anticipated to comply with this requirement in the bid. 1.14USE OF THE SITE A. Use of the site shall be at the Owner's direction in matters in which the Owner deems it necessary to place restriction. B. Access to building wherein the work is performed shall be as directed by the Owner. C. The Owner will occupy the premises during the entire period of construction for conducting his or her normal business operations. Cooperate with the Owner to minimize conflict and to facilitate the Owner's operations. D. Schedule necessary shutdowns of plant services with the Owner, and obtain written permission from the Owner. Refer to article—CONTINUITY OF SERVICES herein. E. Proceed with the work without interfering with ordinary use of streets, aisles, passages, exits, and operations of the Owner. F. All Contractor Personnel must check in with the General Contractor upon arrival A and upon departure. 1.15CONTINUITY OF SERVICES A. Take no action that will interfere with, or interrupt, existing building services unless pr6vious arrangements have been made with the Owner's Representative. Arrange the work to minimize shutdown time. B. Owner's personnel will perform shutdown of operating systems. The Contractor shall give three 131 days' advance notice for systems shutdown, C" Should services be inadvertently interrupted, immediately furnish labor, including overtime, material, and equipment necessary for prompt restoration of interrupted service. PART 2 •PRODUCTS "r 2.1 BUILDING SERVICE ENTRANCE CONDUIT A. 4" and 2" nominal inside diameter " B. Schedule 80, Color: Gray for underground electrical or communications-related installation. C. Rigid galvanized steel for 'interior use. 2.2 JUNCTION OR PULL-BOXES IPB) A. Construction. 1. NEMA-1, standard sheet metal for interior use. 2. Labeled with "Communications" in a readily visible location. 08053-00 Addendum No. 4 27 11 00-6 2.3 BACKBOARDS •� A. Backboards: Plywood, fire-retardant treated, 314 by 48 by 96 inches (19 by 1220 by 244€1 mm). Comply with requirements for plywood backing panels specified in Section 461000 "Rough Carpentry." re 1. Paint all backboards with a minimum o1 2 coats of fire retardant paint on all sides and edges. 2. For all new TR or MER locations, provide a minimum of 2 wails with 8' high X %" plywood backboard covering full length or as noted on the contract documents. 3. Paint plywood backboard white. 2.4 PATHWAYS A. General Requirements: Comply with TIA/EIA-569-B. B. Cable Support: NRTL labeled. Cable support brackets shall be designed to prevent .� degradation of cable performance and pinch points that could damage cable. Cable tie slots fasten cable ties to brackets. 1. Comply with NFPA 70 and UL 2043 for fire-resistant and law-smoke-producing characteristics. 2. Support brackets with cable tie slots for fastening cable ties to brackets. 3. Lacing bars, spools, J-hooks, and D-rings. 4. Straps and other devices. a, Use only hangers sized and approved for data cable installation, b. Hangers must have rounded edges. c. Do not exceed the recommend fill. arr d. Btidle Rings are not acceptable. C. Cable Trays: 1. Manufacturers; Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work: a. Cablofii Inc. b. Chatsworth, Inc. D. Cable Tray Materials: Metal, suitable for indoors and protected against corrosion ` by electroplated zinc galvanizing, complying with ASTM B 633, Type 1, not less than 0.000472 inch 10.012 mm) thick, hat-dip galvanizing, complying with ASTM A 123/A 123M, Grade 0.55, not less than 0.002165 inch (0.055 mm) thick or steel with powder coating. Specific Cable tray type noted on drawings. I 1. Basket Cable Trays: 12 or 18 inches (455 mm) wide and-6 inches (50 mm) deep. Wire mesh spacing shall not exceed 2 by 4 inches (50 by 100 mm). 2. Trough Cable Trays: Nominally 12 or 6 (150 mm) wide. 3. Ladder Cable Trays: Nominally 12 , 18, or 24 inches (455 mm) wide, and a rung spacing of 9 to 12 inches (305 mm). f# E. Black Ladder rack for securing racks and routing cable shall be installed in each ER J TR per the drawings. The drawings note the ladder rack size per application. F. Anchor ladder rack to the wall and supported every 5 feet in the TR's. G. Install other supports, connecting pieces and hardware as needed. H. Install 18-inch ladder rack above the free-standing racks per the drawing layout in the ER. 09053-00 Addendum No. 4 27 11 00-7 4 L Install 12-inch ladder rack above the free-standing racks per the drawing layout in the TR. J. Install 18-inch ladder rack vertically from floor to ceiling at the core locations for vertical cable support per the drawing layout- Support every 3 feet. K. Acceptable manufacturers: .� 1. Chatsworth Products, Inc. L. Channel Cable Trays: One-piece construction, nominally 4 inches 1100 mm) wide. Slot spacing shall not exceed 4-1l2 inches 1115 mm) o.c. I" M, Solid-Bottom Cable Trays: One-piece construction, nominally 12 inches (305 mm) wide. Provide with or without solid covers. N. Conduit and Boxes: Comply with requirements in Division 26 Section "Raceway and Boxes for Electrical Systems." Flexible metal conduit shall not be used. 1. 03utlet boxes shall be no smaller than 4 inches (100 mm) wide, 4 inches (100 mm) high, and 2-10 inches (64 mm) deep with minimum 1" EMT conduit. 2.5 EQUIPMENT RACKS A. Manufacturers.- 1. anufacturers:1. Chatsworth Products, Inc. 2. Panduit Corp. B. General f=rame Requirements: 1. Distribution Frames: Free-standing and wall-mounting, moduiar-steel units designed for telecommunications terminal support and coordinated with dimensions of units to be supported. 2. Module Dimension: Width compatible with EIA 310 standard, 19-inch (480- mm) panel mounting. 3. Finish: Manufacturer's standard, baked-polyester powder coat. C. Floor-Mounted Racks: Modular-type, steel or aluminum construction. 1. 19 inch by 7 foot, tree-standing rack with the EIA hole pattern on front and rear- 2. Provide the necessary strain relief, bend radius and cable routing for proper install of high performance cross connect products, meeting all specifications of ANSII7IA/EIA-568-C Series. 3. UL Listed for 1000lbs load rating. 4. Anchored to the floor and secured, at the top to the ladder rack. Quantities per ER i TR noted in drawings. 5. Rack space identifiers- +r 6. Double-sided X112.24 EIA universal spacing. 7. Baked-polyester powder coat black finish. 8. Vertical and horizontal cable management channels, top and bottom cable troughs, grounding lug, and a power strip. 9. Chatsworth 19" x 7' Relay Rack Part # 55053-503 D. Horizontal Cable Management for Equipment Frames: 1. Provide horizontal crossover cable manager at the top of each relay rack, with a minimum height of two rack units each- 2. Provide horizontal wire managers as shown in ERIfR elevation details. -+ 09053-00 Addendum No. 4 27 11 00-8 w 3_ Panduit Part # a. WMP1 b. NCMH2 E. Vertical Cable Management for Equipment Frames: 1. Chatsworth Vertical Rack Cabling Sections Part #11729-503 2.6 GROUNDING A. Comply with requirements in Division 16 "Grounding and Bonding for Electrical r• Systems" for grounding conductors and connectors. B. Telecommunications Main Bus Bar: 1. Connectors: Mechanical type, cast silicon bronze, solderless compression-type wire terminals, and long-barrel, two-bolt connection to ground bus bar, 1 2. Ground Bus Bar: Copper, minimum 114 inch thick by 4 inches wide (6 mm thick by 100 mm wide) with 9132-inch (7.14-mm) holes spaced 1-1!$ inches (28 mm) apart. l 3. Stand-Off Insulators: Comply with UL 891 for use in switchboards, 600 V. Lexan or PVC, impulse tested at 5000 V. C. Comply with J-STD-607-A. D. Provide a grounding bus-bar at each MER and TR. E. A telecommunications backbone bonding conductor (TBB} shall be routed from the Telephone Main Grounding Bus-bar ;TMGB) to the farthest TR telecommunications grounding bus-bar (TGB). The bonding conductor shall be a minimum 4 AWG solid copper, insulated conductor. The TBB shall be bonded at each end. IP F. For any intermediate TR locations !between the MER and the farthest TR), the TBB shall be to the intermediate TR TGB with a #6 AWG conductor (larger, if distance if over 50 feet) and bonded to the TGB. G. Each TR TGB shall be bonded to the building ground with a #6 AWG conductor (larger if over 50 feed. H. All backbone cabling with metallic sheaths shall be bonded at each sheath opening. 1. Grounding and bonding conductors shall be #6 AWG. They shall be routed with a minimum number of bends. The bends shall be sweeping. J. Make all bonding connections with listed bolts, crimp pressure connector, clamps r or lugs with a similar metal to prevent oxidation. Dissimilar metals may be used with matching gel, Exothermic welding may be used. K. Ground and bond all equipment racks. L. Ground cable trays with bonded jumper on both ends. Cable tray sections shall be bonded in accordance with manufacturers' guidelines. Keep bonding jumpers on one side of the tray throughout. 2.7 LABELING A. Comply with TIAIEIA-606-A and UL 969 for a system of labeling materials, including label stocks, laminating adhesives, and inks used by label printers- 09053-00 Addendum No. 4 27 11 00-9 PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 ENTRANCE FACILITIES A. Coordinate provision and installation of Underground Conduit, as shown on drawing sheets TO-1 and T1-0 with the Electrical Contractor. B, Bury conduit duct banks with a minimum of 30" of ground cover. C. Place interior junction-box for transition between UG PVC and Rigid-steel conduits as near to ceiling of space as possible. D. Route Rigid-steel condint as near to ceiling as possible. 1. Use 1-112" X 1-112" unistrut and all-thread trapeze-style support hangers. E. Contact telecommunications service provider and arrange for installation of demarcation point, protected entrance terminals, and any other equipment provided by service provider. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Comply with NECA 1, B. Comply with BICSI TDMM for layout and installation of communications equipment rooms. C. Bundle, lace, and train conductors and cables to terminal points without exceeding manufacturer's limitations on bending radii. Install lacing bars and distribution spools. D. Coordinate layout and installation of communications equipment with Owner's telecommunications and LAN equipment and service suppliers. Coordinate service entrance arrangement with focal exchange carrier. 1. Meet jointly with telecommunications and LAN equipment suppliers, local exchange carrier representatives, and Owner to exchange information and agree on details of equipment arrangements and installation interfaces. 2. Record agreements reached in meetings and distribute them to other participants. 3. Adjust arrangements and locations of distribution frames, cross-connects, and patch panels in equipment rooms to accommodate and optimize arrangement and space requirements of telephone switch and LAN equipment. 4. Adjust arrangements and locations of equipment with distribution frames, cross-connects, and patch panels of cabling systems of other communications, electronic safety and security, and related systems that share space in the equipment room. E. Coordinate location of power raceways and receptacles with locations of communications equipment requiring electrical power to operate. 3.3 SLEEVE AND SLEEVE SEAL INSTALLATION FOR ELECTRICAL PENETRATIONS A. Install sleeves and sleeve seats at penetrations of exterior floor and wall assemblies. Comply with requirements in Section 17050 "Common Work Results For Commimications." 3.4 FiRESTOPPING A. Comply with requirements in Division 7 "Penetration Rrestopping." B. Comply with TIA-569-13, Annex A, "Fireslopping." .. 09053-00 Addendum No. 4 27 11 00-10 C. Comply with 81051 TDM-M, "Firestoppng Systems" Article. •r 3.5 GROUNDING A- Install grounding according to BICS1 TDMM, "Grounding, Bonding, and Electrical Protection" Chapter. B. Comply with J-STD-607-A. C. Locate grounding bus bar to minimize the length of bonding conductors. Fasten to wall allowing at least 2-inch (50-mm) clearance behind the grounding bus bar- Connect grounding bus bar with a minimum No. 4 AWG grounding electrode conductor from grounding bus bar to suitable electrical building ground. D. Bond metallic equipment to the grounding bus bar, using not smaller than No. 6 AWG equipment grounding conductor. 1. Retain subparagraph below if screened twisted-pair cables and coaxial cables sre in communications equipment rooms. 2. Bond the shield of shielded cable to the grounding bus bar in communications rooms and spaces. 3-6 IDENTIFICATION A- Identify system components, wiring, and cabling complying with TIAJEIA-606•A. Comply with requirements in Division 16 "Identification for Electrical Systems." B. Comply with requirements in Division 9 "Interior Painting" for painting backboards. For fire-resistant plywood, do not paint over manufacturer's label. C. Paint and label colors for equipment identification shall comply with TIAIEIA-606-P for Class 2 level of administration. D. Labels shall be preprinted or computer-printed type. - END OF SECTION 27 11 00- 09053-00 Addendum No. 4 27 11 00-11 SECTION 27 13 00 - COMMUNICATIONS BACKBONE CABLING op PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. PE 1.2 SUMMARY A. Sectiun Includes: 1. Pathways. 2. UTP cable. 3. Cable connecting hardware and cross-connects- 4. Cabling identification products.. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. BICSI: Building Industry Consulting Service International. B. Cross-Connect: A facility enabling the termination of cable elements and their interconnection or cross-connection. C. EMI: Electromagnetic interference. D. IDC: Insulation displacement connector. E. LAN: Local area network. F. RCDD: Registered Communications Distribution Designer. G. UTP: Unshielded twisted pair. 1.4 BACKBONE CABLING DESCRIPTION A. Backbone cabling system shall provide interconnections between communications equipment rooms, main terminal space, and entrance facilities in the telecommunications cabling system structure. Cabling system consists of backbone cables, intermediate and main cross-connects, mechanical terminations, and patch cords or jumpers used for backbone-to-backbone cross-connection. B. Backbone cabling cross-connects may be located in communications equipment rooms or at entrance facilities. Bridged taps and splitters shall not be used as part of backbone cabling. 1.5 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General Performance: Backbone cabling system shall comply with transmission standards in TIA/EIA-568-C.1, when tested according to test procedures of this standard. 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. 1. For coaxial cable, include the following installation data for each type used: 09053-00 Addendum No. 4 27 1300-1 a. Nominal DD. b. Minimum bending radius. c. Maximum pulling tension. B. Shop Drawings! 1. System Labeling Schedules: Electronic copy of labeling schedules, in software and format selected by Owner. 2. Cabling administration drawings and printouts. 3. Wiring diagrams to show typical wiring schematics including the following: a. Cross-connects. b. Patch parcels. �* c. Patch cords. 4. Cross-connects and patch panels. Detail mounting assemblies, and show elevations and physical relationship between the installed components. 5. Cable tray layout, showing cable tray route to scale, with relationship between the tray and adjacent structural, electrical, and mechanical elements. Include the following: a. Vertical and horizontal offsets and transitions. b. Clearances for access above and to side of cable trays. c. Vertical elevation of cable trays above the floor or bottom of ceiling structure. w d. Load calculations to show dead and live loads as not exceeding manufacturer's rating for tray and its support elements. i.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Cabling Installer must have personnel certified by BICSI on staff. 1. Layout Responsibility: Preparation of Shop Drawings and Cabling Administration Drawings, and field testing program development by an RCDD, 2. installation Supervision: Installation shall be under the direct supervision of Registered Technician, who shall be present at all times when Work of this Section is performed at Project site. 3. Testing Supervisor: Currently certified by BICSI as an RCDD to supervise on- site testing. B. Surface-Burning Characteristics: As determined by testing identical products according to ASTM E 84 by a qualified testing agency. Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency. 1. Flame-Spread Index: 25 or less. .. 2. Smoke-Developed Index: 60 or less. C. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 74, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. D. Telecommunications Pathways and Spaces. Comply with TIAlEtA-569-A. E. Grounding- Comply with ANSI-i-STD-507-A. 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE. AND HANDLING A. Test cables upon receipt at Project site. 09053-00 Addendum No. 4 27 1300-2 �' Pill I. Test optical liber cable to determine the continuity of the strand end to end. Use optical loss test set. 2. Test optical fiber cable while on reels. Use an optical time domain M rellectometer to verily the cable length and locate cable defects, splices, and connector, including the loss value of each. retain test data and include the record in maintenance data. r 3. Test each pair of UTP cable for open and short circuits. 1.9 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations. Do not deliver or install cables and connecting materials 1W until wet work in spaces is complete and dry, and temporary HVAC system is operating and maintaining ambient temperature and humidity conditions at occupancy levels during the remainder of the construction period. 1.10 COORDINATION A. Coordinate layout and installation of telecommunicatiens pathways and cabling with Owner's telecommunications and LAN equipment and service suppliers. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 PATHWAYS A. General Requirements: Comply with TIA/EIA-569-A_ B. Cable Support: NRTL labeled for support of Category 6 cabling, designed to prevent degradation of cable performance and pinch points that could damage cable. 1. Basket-style cable trays. 2_ Support brackets with cable tie slots for fastening cable ties to brackets, 3. Lacing bars, spools, J-hooks, and D-rings. 4. Straps and other devices. C. Conduit and Boxes: Comply with requirements in Divison 16 "Raceway and Boxes for Electrical Systems." Flexible metal conduit shall not be used. 1. Outlet boxes shall be no smaller than 4 inches (1000 mm) wide, 4 inches (100 mm) high, and 2-112 inches (64 mm) deep. 2. Outlet boxes installed in hollow, sheetrock walls shall each have a single-gang, reducing plaster ring plate installed. Exception: where the outlet box is installed in a pre-cast (tilt-wall) or cinder-block wall. 2.2 BACKBOARDS A. Backboards: Plywood, fire-retardant treated, 314 by 48 by 96 inches (19 by 1220 by 2440 mm). Comply with requirements in Divison 6 "Hough Carpentry" for plywood backing panels. 2.3 UTP CABLE A. Manufacturers. Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 09053-00 Addendum No. 4 27 1300-3 r A 1. Selden CDT Inc.; Electronics Division. 2. Berk-Tek; a Nexans company. 3. CommScope, Inc. 4. Draka USA, 5. Genesis Cable Products; Honeywell International, Inc. 6. KRONE Incorporated. 7, Mohawk; a division of Belden CDT. 8. Nordex/CDT; a subsidiary of Cable Design Technologies. 9, Superior Essex Inc. �. 10.SYSTIMAX Solutions; a CommScope Inc. brand. B. Description: 100-ohm, 200-pair UTP, formed into 25-pair binder groups covered with a gray thermoplastic jacket and 100-ohm, 4-pair, Category 6 UTP covered with a blue thermoplastic jacket. 1. Comply with ICEA S-94-661 for mechanical properties. 2. Comply with TIAIEIA-568-C.1 for performance specifications. 3. Comply with TIAIEIA-568-C.2, Category 5e. 4. Listed and labeled by an NRTL acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction as complying with UL 444 and NFPA 70 tot the following types: a. Communications, General Purpose: Type CMR. b. Communications, Plenum Rated: Type CMP, complying with NFPA 262- c- Communications, Riser Rated: Type CMR, complying with UL 1666. 2.4 UTP CABLE HARDWARE ` A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,but are not limited to, the following; ' 1. Commscope 2, Systimax 3. Hubbell Premise Wiring. 4. KRONE Incorporated. a. Leviton Voice & Data Division. 6. Molex Premise Networks; a division of Molex, Inc. .. 7. Nordex/CDT; a subsidiary of Cable Design Technologies. 8. Panduit Corp. 9. Siemon Co. (The). B. General Requirements for Cable Connecting Hardware: Comply with TIAIEIA-568• C.2, IDC type, with modules designed for punch-down caps or tools. Cables shall be terminated with connecting hardware of same category or higher. ' C. Connecting Blacks: 110-style IDC for Category 5e. Provide blocks for the number .of cables terminated on the block. Integral with connector bodies, including plugs and jacks where indicated. D. 24 and 48 port Patch Panels: IDC-type, 8 wire-8position jacks in groups of six or individual jack assemblies mounted onto a perforated panel. E. Cross-Connect- Modular array of connecting blocks arranged to terminate building cables and permit interconnection between cables. 09053-00 Addendum No. 4 27 1300-4 Ir 7 I F. Splicing: Provide and install a 100-pair tip splice for a 600 pair service entrance cable. It may be necessary to engage the telephone service provider for this operation_ TBR. Pr 2.6 GROUNDING A. Comply with requirements in Division 16 "Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems" for grounding conductors and connectors. w B. Comply with ANSI-J-STD-607-A. 2.6 IDENTIFICATION PRODUCTS n A. Comply with TIAIEIA-6176-A and UL 965 for a system of labeling materials, including label stocks, laminating adhesives, and inks used by $abet printers. 2.7 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing agency to evaluate cables, 0. Factory test cables on reels according to TIA/EIA-568-C.1. C. Factory test UTP cables according to TIAlEIA-568-C.2. D. Factory test rnultimode optical fiber cables according to TIA/EIA-526-14-A and TIAIEiA-568-C.3. E. See Division 1, General Requirements for retesting and re-inspection requirements and for requirements for correcting the Work. F. Cable will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. G. Prepare test and inspection reports. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 ENTRANCE FACILITIES A. Coordinate backbone cabling with the protectors and demarcation point provided by communications service provider, 3.2 WIRING METHODS A. Wiring Method: Install cables in raceways and cable trays except within consoles, cabinets, desks, and counters and except in accessible ceiling spaces, in attics, and in gypsum board partitions where unenclosed wiring method may be used_ Conceal raceway and cables except in unfinished spaces. 1. Install plenurn cable in environmental air spaces, including plenum ceilings. 2. Comply with requirements for raceways and boxes specified in Division 16 "Raceway and 'Boxes for Electrical Systems." B. Wiring Method: Conceal conductors and cables in accessible ceilings, walls, and floors where possible. C. Wiring within Enclosures: Bundle, lace, and train cables within enclosures. Connect to terminal points with no excess and without exceeding manufacturer's limitations on bending radii. Provide and use lacing bars and distribution spools. 09053-00 Addendum No. 4 27 1300-5 kp 3.3 INSTALLATION OF PATHWAYS A. Cable Trays; Comply with NEMA VE 2 olid TIA/EIA-559-A. B. Coordinate cable connection hardware installations and specialty arrangements with layout drawings and with requirements specified for communications equipment rooms. If Drawings are explicit enough, these requirements may be reduced or omitted, ` C. Comply with requirements for demarcation point, pathways, cabinets, and racks specified in Section 17110 "Communications Equipment Room Fittings." Drawings indicate general arrangement of pathways and fittings. D. Comply with TIAIEIA-569-A for pull-box sizing and length of conduit and number of bends between pull paints. E. Comply with requirements in Division 16 "Raceway and Boxes for Electrical ,* Systems" for installation of conduits and wireways. F. Install manufactured conduit sweeps and long-radius elbows whenever possible. G. Pathway Installation in Communications Equipment Rooms: 1. Position conduit ends adjacent to a corner on backboard where a single piece of plywood is installed, or in the corner of room where multiple sheets of plywood are installed around perimeter walls of room. 2. Install cable trays to route cables if conduits cannot be located in these positions. 3. Secure conduits to backboard when entering room from overhead. 4. Extend conduits 3 inches (76 mm) above finished floor. 5. Install metal conduits with grounding bushings and connect with grounding conductor to grounding system. H. Backboards. Install backboards with 36-inch (2440-mm) dimension vertical. Butt adjacent sheets tightly, and form smooth gap-free corners and joints. 3.4 INSTALLATION OF CABLES A. Comply with NECA 1. B. General Requirements for Cabling: 1. Comply with TIAIEIA-568-C.1. 2. Comply with BICSI ITSIM, Ch. 6, "Cable Termination Practices." 3. Install 110-slyle IDC termination hardware unless otherwise indicated. 4. Terminate all conductors; no cable shall contain unterminated elements. Make terminations only at indicated outlets, terminals, cross-connects, and patch panels. 5. Cables installed inside the building may not be spliced. Secure and support cables at intervals not exceeding 30 inches (750 mm) and not more than 6 inches 0 SO mm) from cabinets, boxes, fittings, outlets, racks, frames, and terminals. 6. Install lacing bars to restrain cables, to prevent straining connections, and to prevent bending cables to smaller radii than minimums recommended by manufacturer. 49053-00 Addendum No. 4 27 1300-6 ION P" 7. Bundle, lace, and train conductors to terminal points without exceeding manufacturer's limitations on bending radii, but not less than radii specified in BICSI ITSIM, "Cabling Termination Practices" Chapter. Use lacing bars and PF distribution spools. 8. Do not install bruised, kinked, scored, deformed, or abraded cable. Do not splice cable between termination, tap, or junction points. Remove and discard cable it damaged during installation and replace it with new cable. 9. Cold-Weather Installation: Bring cable to room temperature before dereeling. Neat lamps shall not be used for heating. 10,In the communications equipment room, install a 10400t- (3-m-) long service loop on each end of cable, 11. Pulling Cable: Comply with BICSI ITSIM, Ch. 4, "Pulling Cable.' Monitor cable pull tensions. C. UTP Cable Installation: 1. Comply with TIA/EIA-568-C.2. 2. Do not untwist UTP cables more than 1J2 inch (12 mm) from the point of termination to maintain cable geometry. D. Optical Fiber Cable Installation: 1. Comply with TiAIEIA-568-C.3" 2. Cable may be terminated on connecting hardware that is rack or cabinet mounted. F. Open-Cable Installation: 1. Install cabling with horizontal and vertical cable guides in telecommunications spaces with terminating hardware and interconnection equipment. 2. Suspend UTP cable not in a wireway or pathway, a minimum of 8 inches (200 mm) above ceilings by cable supports not more than 60 inches I1 524 mm) apart. 3. Cable shall not be run through structural members or in contact with pipes, ducts, or other potentially damaging items. F. Group connecting hardware for cables into separate logical fields. G. Separation from EMI Sources: 1. Comply with BICSI TDMM and TIAIEIA-569-A recommendations for separating unshielded copper voice and data communication cable from potential EMI sources, including electrical power lines and equipment. 2. Separation between open communications cables or cables in nonmetallic raceways and unshielded power conductors and electrical equipment shall be as follows: a. Electrical Equipment Rating Less Than 2 kVA: A minimum of 5 inches (127 mm). b. Electrical Equipment Rating between 2 and 5 kVA: A minimum of 12 inches (300 mm). c. Electrical Equipment Rating More Than 5 kVA: A minimum at 24 inches 1610 mm). 3. Separation between communications cables in grounded metallic raceways and unshielded power lines or electrical equipment shall be as follows' a. Electrical Equipment Rating Less Than 2 kVA: A minimum of 2-112 inches (64 mm). 09053-00 Addendum No. 4 27 13 00-7 b. Electrical Equipment Rating between 2 and 5 kVA: A minimum of 6 inches (150 mm). c. Electrical Equipment Rating More Than 5 kVA: A minimum of 12 inches (300 mm). 4. Separation between communications cables in grounded metallic raceways and power lines and electrical equipment located in grounded metallic conduits or enclosures shall be as follows: a. Electrical Equipment hating Less Than 2 kVA: No requirement. b. Electrical Equipment Rating between 2 and 5 kVA: A minimum of 3 inches (76 mm). c. Electrical Equipment Rating More Than 5 kVA: A minimum of 6 inches 1150 mm). 5. Separation between Communications Cables and Electrical Motors and Transformers, 5 kVA or HP and Larger: A minimum of 48 inches (1200 mm). 6. Separation between Communications Cables and Fluorescent Fixtures: A minimum of 5 inches (127 mm). 3-5 FIRESTOPPING A. Comply with requirements in Division 7 "Penetration Firestopping." B. Comply with TIAIEIA-569-A, Annex A, "Firestopping." C. Comply with BICSI TUMM, "Firestopping Systems" Article. 3.6 GROUNDING A. Install grounding according to BICSI TOMM, "Grounding, Banding, and Electrical Protection" Chapter. B. Comply with ANSI-J-STD.607-A' C. Locate grounding bus bar to minimize the length of bonding conductors. Fasten to wall allowing at least 2-inch (50-mm) clearance behind the grounding bus bar. Connect grounding bus bar with a minimum No. 4 AWG grounding electrode conductor from grounding bus bar to suitable electrical building ground. -- 0. Bond metallic equipment to the grounding bus bar, using not smaller than No. 6 AWG equipment grounding conductor. 3-7 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify system components, wiring, and cabling complying with TIAIEIA-6136-A. Comply with requirements for identification specified in Division 16 'Identification for Electrical Systems," 1. Administration Class: 2. 2. Color-code cross-connect fields and apply colors to voice and data service backboards, connections, covers, and labels. B. Comply with requirements in Division 9 "Interior Painting" for painting backboards. For fire-resistant plywood, do not paint over manufacturer's label- C. Paint and label colors for equipment identification shall comply with TIAIEIA-606-A for Class 2 level of administration. 09053-00 Addendum No. 4 27 1300-8 s 0 D. Cable Schedule: Install in a prominent location in each equipment room and wiring r closet. List incoming and outgoing cables and their designations, origins, and destinatiuns. Protect with rigid frame and clear plastic cover. Furnish an electronic copy of final comprehensive schedules for Project. E. Cabling Administration drawings: Show building floor plans with cabling administration-point labeling. Identify labeling convention and show labels for telecommunications closets, backbone pathways and cables, entrance pathways 1 10 and cables, terminal hardware and positions, horizontal cables, work areas and workstation terminal positions, grounding buses and pathways, and equipment grounding conductors, F. Cable and Wire Identification: 1, Label each cable within 4 inches (100 mm) of each termination and tap, where it is accessible in a cabinet or junction or outlet box, and elsewhere as 11M indicated. 2. Each wire connected to building-mounted devices is not required to be numbered at device if color of wire is consistent with associated wire tai► connected and numbered within panel or cabinet. 3. Exposed Cables and Cables in Cable Trays and Wire Troughs: Label each cable at intervals not exceeding 15 feet 14.5 my. 4. Label each terminal strip and screw terminal in each cabinet, rack, or panel. a. Individually number wiring conductors connected to terminal strips and identify each cable or wiring group being extended from a panel or cabinet to a building-mounted device with name and number of particular device as pl shown. b. Label each unit and field within distribution racks and frames. 5. Identification within Conneptor Fields in Equipment Booms and Wiring Closets: Label each connector and each discrete unit of cable-terminating and connecting hardware. Where similar jacks and plugs are used for both voice and data communication cabling, use a different color for jacks and plugs of each service. G. Labels shall be preprinted or computer-printed type with printing area and font color that contrasts with cable jacket color but still complies with requirements in TIAIEIA 6076-A, for the following: 1. Cables use flexible vinyl or polyester that flexes as cables are bent. 3.8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: All testing will be performed by the installing Contractor. B. Perform tests and inspections. C. Tests and Inspections: 1. Visually inspect UTP and optical fiber jacket materials for NRTL certification markings, Inspect cabling terminations in communications equipment rooms for compliance with color-coding for pin assignments, and inspect cabling connections for compliance with TIAIEIA-568-C.1. 2_ Visually inspect cable placement, cable lermination, grounding and bonding, equipment and patch cords, and labeling of ail components. 3. Test UTP copper cabling for CC loop resistance, shorts, opens, intermittent faults, and polarity between conductors. Test operation of shorting bars in connection blocks- Test cables after termination but not cross-connection. 09053-00 Addendum No. 4 27 13 00-9 a. Test instruments shall meet or exceed applicable requirements in TIA/EIA- 558-C.2. Perform tests with a tester that complies with performance requirements in "'Test Instruments (Normativel" Annex, complying with measurement accuracy specified in "Measurement Accuracy (informative)" +� Annex. Use only test cords and adapters that are qualified by test equipment manufacturer for channel or link test configuration. D. Data for each measurement shall be documented. Data for submittals shat) be printed in a summary report that is formatted similar to Table 10.1 in BI CSI TDMM, or transferred from the instrument to the computer, saved as text files, and printed and submitted. E. Remove and replace cabling where test results indicate that they do not comply with specified requirements. F. See Division 1, General Requirements for retesting and reinspecting requirements and for correcting the Work. G. End-to-end cabling will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. +r H. Prepare test and inspection reports. - ENL) OFSECTION 271300 - 09053-00 Addendum No. 4 27 1300-10 J +,}, "COLLECTIVE TRANSITIONS' a concept for the Meacham Airport Terminal Public Art Project by Kipp Kobayashi CONCEPT: Recognizing that this facility will be used primarily for aviation related offices and classrooms rather than as a main passenger terminal, I began to consider the various functions that will occur within the building and their relationships to one another. "Paperwork" is a term synonymous with both office and school environments and images of workers seated at desks behind stack of papers or school children throwing their year's assignments into the air on the last day of school immediately started drifting through my mind. At the same time, I found myself drawn to the three-story open space at the main entrance, which serendipitously presented itself as the perfect place to fly a paper airplane. Paper airplanes have long provided a playful means to initiate human interaction and as objects have the potential to explicitly or implicitly carry with them the thoughts, attitudes and ideas of their creators. Recognizing the potential to tap into this dynamic and enhance the social connectivity within the space, I envisioned hundreds of folded paper planes soaring whimsically through the lobby flocking together like birds. LAYOUT, FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION: 900 laser-cut and folded paper plane shapes will be constructed from .012 steel plate and then etched, primed and painted with a white automotive coating. Each plane will be suspended by three .012" - 7x7 stainless steel cables in order to provide stability and to allow for independent xyz positioning. The top of each cable will be attached directly to the ceiling panels through the existing acoustical perforations. There they will be held in place by stop sleeves while at the bottom, each plane will be locked into final orientation with ball end connectors. Fabrication is estimated to be 18-22 weeks in duration from the notice-to-proceed and the installation is expected to take 2-4 weeks. t! In addition to the sculptural forms, a QTS FOCUS RGB LED lighting system will be installed as part of the facility design. t MAINTENANCE: All connections will need 10 be inspected 12 months from the date of installation in order to determine that they are working properly. Once this is confirmed, they will only need to be examined every 5 years. Due to the nature and localion of the installation, the pieces will not be subject to handling and therefore should not be as vulnerable to surface mars and vandalism. Under normal circumstances, cleaning at the same 5 year intervals used for inspecting the connections should be adequate to keep the installation looking as intended. Surface dust and debris can be removed with a soft cloth or similar non-abrasive equipment. Estimated cost for the complete maintenance routine is attached. PUBLIC EDUCATION PROGRAM; As part of this project, a public workshop will be held both to inform the community of the project concept as well as to involve there in the work itself. Themed around the idea of the paper airplane, participants will be given a brief overview of the project concept and then invited to participate in various activities revolving wound the making and flying of paper airplanes. Comments, ideas and actual plane designs may be used to influence the final configuration and design of the artwork. . ]�vys.q:a,+-l'� k �i'M��r '� to ;a.� 5 � y �' ( � ■ `fir'`x��,� s� VA h � r - ♦ i n S Yt va's1"."'{ rl %•�x.+-�t'4ti '� -arr l i �4 a t,�i�r� ;�t '=ty Y b•�,, �-.�� ivy_ �� � ,�: "'+4.iri-�t "�'a� i- �.T} i ,;t-. ° •rte F.,;. 10 f C' C CLJ - C C; c m r■ C Cr C D C p LL cLLI LL " 0 ° W a w ( r o � Q t rRz vp C C' C C Cl � C U C3 (} C C [ C a w mml c°s C � G G 0 U C, C Ci Q C {! C7 C 0 f ui am _ C 0 0 ° 0 0 0 D C 0 D O O 6m C O 0 • � � � O 0 0 0 0 O 0 O 0 O 0 0 0 0 � O 0 O O B D O C 0 0 0 ! L 0 O 0 0 C 0 0 0 0 C C 0 O 0 b . . . . 0 0 O 0 0 0 0 0 O 0 0 O 0 O C O O ® 0 O O » . � Q O O C 0 C 0 C m £ O 2 ni A / _ / a C O O 0 G G i k O 0 O @ 0 0 9 • 7 6 ) O 9 m 2 C C D r \ k 0 O 0 C 0 § CD 2 m C C p 0 r n A O w w m � � r z a a [L' li ui L7 � un o J J ll] r f 2 � r ua � 4 U O N � N � Q 4 � r [� � (yam �tib. p'4 r-���,y�T�^,�.,ti�� ''%� y y I i � dai +r.N 44 r y r _:/. -._ ly it•'F���1' ,'�. + �' 'r A _ - t x. V Alollif /-4 / r ' 1A p 3�tflld'}fios lhf�fl-1.N CJ d 2i l'd W`d H 0 V�W e� 7. 4vx L ID 7,6 CD 14 I-t � Q Q r r r I r s d ®E3 „q 32If71d7t1f�5 1Ho1'1 -Lai p d 21 1'd I.-.I'4 H o"d A W tl I Al �i� " lip � ll; � t a o a n Y I o kp sY r� w � m n a a � 0 q � w a s w L-90 a o � I I i lot�aoo a N -XI 'sV'1'1vc) d e� z ac 0 w x uj J �' •i f J 2 w Q w [I7 Vj of5 � xl 'sy,a*O glnQsHSn-Id o w��y W¥H S¥2 G < t - .� � | � | � . � | � � | � • | , | § � � � �. �! /§ l I ; 09 \ ! d ] d § !| all � � � • || |� !|| •� ��`� - NOTiCE TO OFFERORS Proposals for the Expansion and Renovation of the General Aviation Terminal Building at Meacham International Airport located at 4201 North Main Street in Fort Worth Texes will be received at the Purchasing Office, City of Fort Worth, 1000 Throckmorton, Fort Worth, 76102, until 1:30 P.M on Thursday, September 25, 2014 and will be opened and publicly read aloud approximately thirty minutes later in the Council Chambers. . After evaluating the Proposals submitted, the City shall select the Offeror that offers the Best Value to the City and enter into negotiations with that Offeror. The City may discuss with the selected Offeror options for a scope or time modification and any price change associated with such modification. The last day for questions from prospective Offerors is at 5:00 PM on Wednesday, September 17,2014. A Pre-Proposal Conference will be held at 2:00 P.M., Wednesday, September 10,2014 at the conference room in the General Aviation Terminal Building at the Meacham international Airport located at 4201 North Main Street, Fort Worth. The Offeror roust complete and submit the attached Conflict of Interest Disclosure Requirement form with the Proposal. The offers will be valid for ninety (90) calendar days. Estimated construction cost is in the $17 million range. There are two Alternates for this project. The Offeror will add a 5% General Contingency Allowance an a separate line item on the Proposal form and only the Owner will approve the use of this Allowance during construction. Any Allowance remaining at the end of construction will be retained by the City of Fort Worth. This Allowance is not to be included in the Base Proposal and will not be used in the Best Value selection process Refer to the evaluation matrix for the selection of the Best Value Offeror in the Instructions to Offerors. As of,lune 1, 2012, the City of Fort Worth is implementing the new Business Diversity Ordinance (BDO) to reflect the City's availability and disparity study findings and recommendations. Refer to the Request for Proposal documents for the Minority Business Enterprise (MBE) Information. MBE participation will be evaluated in awarding this Contract_ The MESE participation requirement is 24%. Offerors must submit the attached Best Value Utilization Form within 5 business days of submitting their Best Value Proposal. Failure to document proposed attainment will remove the Proposal from further consideration. Contact the M1WBE Office at (817) 212-2678 to obtain list of certified subcontractors and suppliers. Also, Refer to Section 2. MINORITY BUSINESS ENTERPRISE MBE BEST VALUE PROPOSAL in the Instructions to Offerors. Offerors must submit a bid bond with their proposal. Offeror(s) to whom an award of contract(s) is made will be required to provide Payment and Performance Bonds and provide Contractors General Liability and Statutory Workers Compensation Coverage_ i1 you intend to submit a Proposal, request you inform the Project Manager or Architect!Engineer who can then inform the interested subcontractors. General Contractors and Suppliers may make copies of the Instructions to Offerors, General Conditions, Drawings, and Specifications through their printer. The construction documents are not available at the City but may be viewed and printed on-line by logging on to https:/Iprojectpoint.buzzsaw.com/fortworlhgov with the User Name"Cowtown", Password "Cowtown2004', and click on "TPW Facility Projects Contact the Project Manager, Alfonso Meza, at (817) 892-8274 or Email Alfonso.Meza fortworthtexas.gov for assistance. Notice to Offerors Page 1 of 2 General Avlation Terminal Building at Meacham International Airport December 2014 For additional information contact the Project Manager, Eric Claycamp, of Hahnfe)d Hoffer Stanford, at (817)921-5928 or email eclaycat aJ hahnfePd-com- _ Advertisement: August 28, 2914 September 4, 2014 Notice to Offerors Page 2 of 2 p General Aviation Terminal Building all Meacham International Airport December 2014 A r P ATTACHMENT A CONFLICT OF INTEREST DISCLOSURE REQUIREMENT to Pursuant to Chapter 176 of the Local Government Code, any person or agent of a person who contracts or seeks to contract for the sale or purchase of property,goods, or services with a local governmental entity(i.e.The City of Fort Worth)must disclose in the Questionnaire Form ClQ ("Questionnaire")the person's affiliation or business relationship that might cause a conflict of interest with the local governmental entity. Bylaw,the Questionnaire must be filed with the Fort P, Worth City Secretary no later than seven days afier the date the person begins contract discussions or negotiations with the City,or submits an application or response to a request for proposals or bids,correspondence,or another writing related to a potential agreement with the City.Updated Questionnaires must be filed in conformance with Chapter 176. A copy of the Questionnaire Form CIQ is enclosed with the submittal documents. The form is also available at hnp:/Avww.ethics-state.tx.us/forms/CIO.vd If you have any questions about compliance,please consult your own legal counsel. Compliance is the individual responsibility of each person or agent of a person who is subject to the filing requirement. An offense under Chapter 176 is a Class C misdemeanor. Conflict of Interest Disclosure Requirement(August 2414) General Aviation Terminal Ruilding at Meacham International Airport CONFLICT OF JNTEREST QUESTIONNAIRE FORM CIQ For vendor or other Person doing business with local governmental entity OFFICE USE ONLY This questionnaire is being filed in accordance with chapter 176 of the Local Date Deceived Government Code by a person doing business with the governmental entity. 'r By law this questionnaire must be filed with the records administrator of the local government not later than the Ah business day after the date the person becomes aware of facts that require the statement to be filed. See Section �•* 176.006, Local Government Code. A person commits an offense if the person violates Section 176.006,Local Government Code. An offense under this section is a Class C misdemeanor. ON 1. Name of person doing,business with local governmental entity. r 2. ❑ Check this box if you are filing an update to a previously filed questionnaire, (The law requires that you file an updated completed questionnaire with the appropriate filing authority not later than September 1 of the year for which an activity described in Section 176.006(a), Local Government Code, is pending and not later than the 7th business day after the date the originally filed questionnaire becomes incomplete or inaccurate,) 3. Describe each affiliation or business relationship with an employee or contractor of the local governmental entity who makes recommendations to a local government officer of the local governmental entity with respect to expenditure of money. 4. Describe each affiliation or business relationship with a person who is a local government officer and who appoints or employs a local government officer of the local governmental entity that is the subject of this questionnaire. A R, Conflict of Interest Disclosure Requirement(August 2014) General Aviation Terminal Building at Meacham international A.irpart WV CONFLICT OF INTEREST QUES-nONNAIRE FORM CIQ For vendor or other person doing business with local governmental entity Page 2 5. Name of local government officer with whom filer has affiliation or business relationship. (Complete this section only if the answer to A,B,or C is YES.) This section, item 5 including subparts A, B,C&D,must be completed for each officer with whom the filer has affiliation or business relationship. Attach additional pages to this Form CIQ as necessary. A. Is the local government officer named in this section receiving or likely to receive taxable income from the fifer of the questionnaire? ❑ Yes ❑ No B. is the filer of the questionnaire receiving or likely to receive taxable income from or at the direction of the local government officer named in this section AND the taxable income is not from the local governmental entity? ❑ Yes ❑ No C. Is the filer of this questionnaire affiliated with a corporation or other business entity that the local government officer serves as an officer or director, or holds an ownership of 10 percent of more? ❑ Yes ❑ No D. Describe each affiliation or business relationship. 6. Describe any other affiliation or business relationship that might cause a conflict of interest. 3. Signature of person doing business with the governmental entity Date Conflict of Interest Disclosure Requirement(August 2414) General Aviation Terminal Building at Meacham International Airport W a alk M C LL N C W uJ 3 2 z a elf 'w 00 M z C C 0 C N g CO o a Q c N A D0 OIL O r mo a 05 H c Lu w mm Q rn a � 3 uJ w w a v -' _ p m E U a w C9 d v a3 C m ® Q h Lu a am mp a z Lu M v ow CL 0 Wv 0 ac n � w � b � C. b � 0 ui Q d 0 E Y m V ui ui d 3: AD v t a w G p o � c ir U 3 LL 0 Z a Z 10 VOL o d z (n w_ 4- M M z0. J dl of a 5*1 a � (A c 3 w w C d :20 3 LL z D O 0 ,. p E 2 z U 0 d m z z p +r _ ® a a �*°C• a w a E a E v E o E v v a z z z z O ui a x w d x a: x ® n1 0: � w a a, a >1 w a a, m a OFC 12 ,. W to NV OLv wHa m ~ 0 d 0 cc o CL mo o cr C3 p z w E m @ E � m 0 m c E a un ¢ aLIUaw aaa 4 a w U0 Q . W U U Q W C lof = TABU OF CONTENTS • PROJECT COVER PAGE • NOTICE TO OFFERORS ■ CONFLICT OF INTEREST DISCLOSURE REQUIREMENT FORM • CITY OF FORT WORTH BEST VALUE UTILIZATION FORM • TABLE OF CONTENTS • INSTRUCTIONS TO OFFERORS • PROPOSAL FORM TEXAS SALES AND USE TAX EXEMPTION CERTIFICATE • 2013 PREVAILING WAGE RATES WEATHER TABLE ■ GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION • CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT • PAYMENT BOND PERFORMANCE BOND • CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE ■ CONTRACTOR COMPLIANCE WITH WORKERS' COMPENSATION LAW • PROJECT SIGN Table of Contents Rage 1 of t General Aviation Terminal Building at Meacham International Airport December 2014 INSTRUCTIONS TO OFFERORS 1. PROPOSAL REQUIREMENTS: The following requirements shall be used in the preparation of the response to this Request for Sealed Proposals: • Use the Proposal Form provided below. • Entries on the Proposal Form may be handwritten or typed. • Write in contract duration if not specified. ■ Acknowledge all addenda on the Proposal Form. • Have a Principal sign the Proposal. If the Offeror is a corporation, the president or a vice- president must sign the Proposal. If the Offeror is a partnership, there the person/entity who is the managing/general partner roust sign the proposal. • Complete and submit the attached Conflict of Interest Disclosure Requirement form • Include cashier's check or an acceptable bidder's bond written by a corporate surety payable to the City of Fart Worth, in an amount of not less than free (5%) per cent of the total of the proposal submitted. ■ In order for a surety to be acceptable to the City, the surety roust (1) hold a certificate of authority from the United States Secretary of the Treasury to qualify as a surety on obligations permitted or required under federal law; or (2) have obtained reinsurance for any liability in excess of $150,000 from a reinsurer that is authorized and admitted as a reinsurer in the state of Texas and is the holder of a certificate of authority from the United States Secretary of the Treasury to qualify as a surety on obligations permitted or required under federal law. Satisfactory proof of any such reinsurance shall be provided to the City upon request The City, in its sole discretion, will determine the adequacy of the proof required herein 1A. SELECTION OF CONTRACTOR- The City shall select the Offeror that offers the best value based upon the following criteria and on its ranking evaluation. In determining the Best Value Offeror, the City will consider: 1. Proposed Price (60%) -The lowest priced responsive proposal will receive 50 points for this rating criteria. Higher priced proposals will receive proportionally lower scores. When compared to the lowest price, the higher priced proposal will have its score reduced by five percent (5%) of the points available for every percent it is higher than the lowest price. The score will be rounded to the nearest whole number For example, if the higher priced proposal is 1.52% higher than the lowest price, the higher priced proposal will receive 55 points. 2. Proposed level of MBE participation (10%). 3. Proposed Project Schedule (10%)- The estimated performance period is in the 420 -480 calendar days range. Proposals with a proposed schedule within this range will receive 10 points for this rating criteria. Proposed schedules that are shorter by no more than 20% of the estimated performance period will also receive 10 points. For all other proposed performance periods, the points awarded will be reduced by one percent for every percent the proposed schedule is different from the estimated performance period, rounded to the nearest whole number. Instiuctions to Offerors Page 1 of 6 General Aviation Terminal wilding at Meacham international Airport December 2014 4. Reputation/Experience (10%) - Reputation and experience of the Offeror as demonstrated by listing past and current projects including references with names and current telephone numbers; and, list of subcontractors if applicable. 5 Past relationship with the City (10%) — Offerors past relationship with the City of Fort Worth for "vertical" facilities projects shall receive up to 10 points for this rating criteria. If the Offeror does not have a past relationship with the City of Fort Worth for "vertical"facilities projects, the Offeror will receive 5 points for this rating criteria. After ranking the responses to the RFP, the City shall first attempt to negotiate a contract with the selected Offeror. The City and its architect may discuss with the selected Offeror options for a scope or time modification and any price change associated with the modification. If the City is unable to negotiate a contract with the selected Offeror, the City shall, formally - and in writing, end negotiations with that Offeror and proceed to the next Offeror in the order of the selection ranking until a contract is reached or ail proposals are rejected. ?. MINORITY BUSINESS ENTERPRISE (MBE) (BEST VALUE= PROPOSAL) Minority_Business Enterprise Provisions: As of June 1, 2012, The City of Fort Worth is implementing the new Business Diversity Ordinance (BDO) to refect the City's availability and disparity study findings and recommendations- During this transition period interested Offerors must obtain a MBE listing from the MANBE Office at 817-212-2674. This will ensure that MBE-listings reflect only those currently certified by the North Central Texas Regional Certification Agency ;NCTRCA) located in the six (6)-county geographic marketplace that have been accepted by the City. The City's geographic marketplace includes the counties of: Tarrant, Dallas, Denton, Johnson, Parker and Wise. Offerors are strongly encouraged to confirm that each M 8 E that it intends to use is located in the geographic marketplace that will be counted towards the established goal. All Offerors shall note that it is the policy of the City of Fort Worth to ensure the full and equitable participation of Minority Business E=nterprises (MBE) in the procurement of goods and services. If the total dollar value of the contract is greater than $50,000, then an MBE subcontracting goal may be applicable- The MBE goal on this project is 24%. Offerors must submit a Utilization Plan within 5 business days of submitting their Best Value Proposal. The information shall include: (1) the name, address and telephone number of each MBE; (2) the description of the work to be performed by each MBE, and (3) the approximate dollar amountipercentage of the participation.. Refer to the attached City of Fort Worth Best Value Utilization Form, A Minority Business Enterprise is defined as a business concern located in the Marketplace meeting the following criteria: a- is at feast 51 percent owned by one or more minority persons, or, in the case of any publicly owned business, at least 51 percent of the stock is owned by one or more minority persons-, and Instructions to Offerors Page 2 of 6 General Aviation Terminal Suilding at Meacham International Airport December 2014 b. management and daily business operations are controlled by one or more minority persons who own it. The business must be certified prior to recommendation of award in order for the participation to be counted towards the established goal. Offerors must submit the best value utilization form within 5 business days of submitting their Best Value Proposal. If an Offeror is certified as a GIBE, MBE, SBE or WBE firm, please be aware that the City's Ordinance does not allow a certified company to count itself towards the established goal; the goal represents subcontracting opportunities. If an Offeror (regardless of certification status or if a non- D/M/S/BE), however, forms a joint venture with one or more MBEs, the MBE joint venture percentage participation will be counted towards the established goal. The appropriate City of Fort Worth Joint Venture form must be submitted for review and approval in order for it to be counted. The City of Fort Worth strongly encourages joint ventures. If Offeror failed to meet the stated MBE goal, in part or in whole, then a detailed explanation must be submitted to explain the Good and Honest Efforts your firm made to secure MBE participation. Failure to submit the MBE participation information or the detailed explanation of the proposer's Good and Honest Efforts to meet or exceed the stated MBE goal, may render the proposal non-responsive. The MBE plan will be part of the final weighted selection criteria. 3. PROPOSAL SECURITY: Cashier's check or an acceptable Offeror's bond payable to the City of Fort Worth, in an amount of five (5) per cent of the Proposal submitted (See paragraph 1 above). The Proposal Security must accompany the Proposal and is subject to forfeit in the event the successful Offeror fails to execute the contract documents within ten (10) days after the contract has been awarded. The Proposal Security shall be included in the envelope containing the Proposal. Failure to submit the Proposai Security will result in the Proposal not being considered for this project. Offeror's bond will be returned if the City fails to award the contract within 90 calendar days of receipt of proposals, unless the Offeror agrees to an extension. The surety must be licensed to do business in the state of Texas. 4. PAYMENT BOND AND PERFORMANCE BOND: For projects in excess of $25,000, the successful Offeror entering into a contract for the work will be required to give the City surety in a sum equal to the amount of the contract awarded. The form of the bond shall be as herein provided and the surety shall be acceptable to the City. All bonds furnished hereunder shall meet the requirements of Texas Government Code Section 2253, as amended. In order for a surety to be acceptable to the City, the surety must (1) hold a certificate of authority from the United States Secretary of the Treasury to qualify as a surety on obligations permitted or required under federal law, or (2) have obtained reinsurance for any liability in excess of $100,000 from a reinsurer that is authorized and admitted as a reinsurer in the State of Texas and is the holder of a certificate of authority from the United States Secretary of the Treasury to qualify as a surety on obligations permitted or required under federal law. Satisfactory proof of any such reinsurance shall be provided to the City upon request. The City, in its sole discretion, will determine the adequacy of the proof required herein. No sureties will be accepted by the City that are at the time in default or delinquent on any bonds or which are interested in any litigation against the City. Should any surety on the Instructions to Offeiors Page 3 of 6 General Aviation Terminal wilding at Meacham International Airport December 2014 contract be determined unsatisfactory at any time by the City, notice will be given to the contractor to that effect and the contractor shall immediately provide a new surety satisfactory _ to the City. if the total contract price is $25,000 or less, payment to the contractor shall be made in one lump sure. Payment shall not be made for a period of 45 calendar days from the date the work has been completed and accepted by the City. If the contract is in excess of $25,000, a Payment Bond shall be executed, in the amount of - the contract, solely for the protection of all claimants supplying labor and materials in the prosecution of the work. if the contract amount is in excess of$100,000, a Performance Bond shall also be provided, in the amount of the contract, conditioned on the faithful performance of the work in accordance with the plans, specification, and contract documents. Said bond shall be solely for the protection of the City of Fort Worth. 5. PRE-PROPOSAL SITE INVESTIGATION: Prior to filing a response, the Offeror shall examine the site(s) of the work and the details of the requirements set out in these specifications to satisfy itself as to the conditions which will be encountered relating to the character, quality, and quantity of the work to be performed and materials and equipment required. The filing of a response by the Offeror shall be considered evidence that it has complied with these requirements. 5. AMBIGUITY: In case of ambiguity or lack of clearness in stating prices in the proposal, the City reserves the right to adopt the most advantageous construction thereof to the City or to reject the proposal. 7. WAGE RATES. Not less than the prevailing wage rates set forth in Contract Documents must be paid on this project. 8. POST PROPOSAL - PREAWARD SUBMITTALS: Offerors are required to submit the following information (eight sets each) to the Architectural Services Office, 401 West 13th Street, Fort Worth, Texas 75102 (phone number 817-392-8088), within five business days subsequent to bid opening (normally by 5:00 PM the next Thursday following a Thursday Proposal opening) in order to assist City staff in determining the Contractor's capability of performing the work and in meeting City contract requirements: • Minority Business Enterprise Documentation (for proposals in excess of $50,000) • Contractors Qualification Statement (AIA Form A305), including client references Proposed Subcontractors and Suppliers • Project Schedule • Schedule of Values (or CSI Divisions 1 through 16 Section Breakout) • Proof of insurability for Statutory Workers Compensation Insurance 9. PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTORS: Acceptance of the Proposal in no way requires the City to accept the quatifications of the subcontractors. The Subcontractor lists are for use by the City in preparing recommendations for award of the contract. The Contractor must provide and use subcontractors listed unless the City agrees to allow a substitute. Instructions to Offerors mage 4 of 6 — General Aviation Terminal Building at Meacham Inlernational Airport December 2014 10. -DISCREPANCIES AND ADDENDA: Should an Offeror find any discrepancies in the drawings and specifications, or should it be in doubt as to their meaning, it shall notify the City at once. If required, the City will then prepare a written addendum that will be available to all Offerors at the place designated for distribution of the Request for Proposal Documents by the Notice to Offerors. The Contractor is responsible for determining if addenda are available and for securing copies prior to submitting a response to this request for sealed proposals. Oral instructions or decisions ti. unless confirmed by written addenda will not be considered valid, legal or binding. No extras will be authorized because of failure of the contractor to include work called for in the addenda. Offeror must acknowledge addenda in the Proposal. Failure to acknowledge addenda may cause the Proposal to be ruled non-responsive. It is the Contractor's responsibility to obtain Addenda and include its information in the Proposal. 11_ WORKERS COMPENSATION INSURANCE: Offerors will be required to demonstrate that coverage is in effect at time of Award of Contract. Sample Certificate of Insurance, or other proof that Workers Compensation Insurance will be obtained, must be submitted within five working days of bid opening. 12. TAXES Equipment and materials not consumed by or incorporated into the work are subject to State sales taxes under House Bill '11, enacted August '15, 1991. 13. PERMITS: Contractor shall apply for all City of Fort Worth Permits and for any other permits required by this project. City of Fort Worth Building and Trade Permit fees are waived. Separate permits may be required for each work location. 14. UTILITIES AD IMPACT FEES, The City will pay water and sewer utilities tap fees and impact fees. Unless shown otherwise, the City will coordinate and pay for water and sewer taps and meters to the property line. The Contractor will include all remaining fees from the electrical and gas companies in the Base Proposal. The Contractor will be responsible for coordinating with City and utility companies for installation of utilities. The Contractor will be responsible for all fees for electrical, gas, and other utilities within the property line of the project. Unless indicated otherwise on the plans, the contractor will be responsible for costs and installations from the building side of the water meter and sewer tap. ■ 15. SID DOCUMENTS: Hard copies of bidding documents may be downloaded and printed by the Offeror. 16. MANUFACTURER'S REFERENCE: Catalog, brand names, and manufacturer's references are descriptive, not restrictive. Use of brands of like nature and quality will be considered. Upon request of the architect or contractor, the contractor will submit a full sized sample and/or detailed information as required to allow the architect to determine the acceptability of proposed substitutions. Where equipment has been listed as "no substitute accepted the City will accept no alternates to the specified equipment_ Also, refer to specification's product requirements. 17. TESTING SERVICES: The City shall provide for, independently of the contractor, the *' inspection services, the testing of construction materials engineering, and the verification testing services necessary for the acceptance of the construction work. 18. PROJECT SCHEDULE: The Project Schedule to be submitted with the Qualification Statement will, at the minimum, include the following: Quality control submittals and Instructions to Offerors Page 5 of 6 General Aviation Terminal Building at Meacham International Airport December 2014 approvals, mobilization, site preparation, under slab utilities, foundation work, structural erection, interior finish, commissioning, and closeout. The Schedule may be submitted as a table or PERT diagram. Instructions to Offerors Page 6 of 6 ++ General Aviation Terminal Building at Meacham International Airport December 2014 REVISED PROPOSAL FORM TO: MR. DAVID COOKE CITY MANAGER ATTN: PURCHASING OFFICE 1000 THROCKMORTON CITY OF FORT WORTH, TEXAS FOR: General Aviation Terminal Building Meacham international Airport 4201 North Main Street Fort Worth, Texas City Project No. 1527 Pursuant to the foregoing "Instructions to Offerors," the undersigned has thoroughly examined the plans, specifications and the site, understands the amount of work to be done, and hereby proposes to do all the work and furnish all labor, equipment and materials necessary to fully complete all the work as provided in the plans and specifications, and subject to the inspection and approval of the Director of Transportation! and Public Works of the City of Fort Worth. Upon acceptance of this Proposal by the City Council, the bidder is bound to execute a contract and, if the contract amount exceeds $25,000.00, furnish acceptable Performance and/or Payment Bonds approved by the City of Fort Worth for performing and completing the Work within the time stated and for the following sum, to wit: DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS $ 175 %ase Proposal —723,15D General Contingency Allowance(5%)added to Base Proposal (This amount is not included in the Base Proposal but is added to the Base Proposal. Only the Owner will approve the use of this Allowance during construction. Any Allowance remaining at the end of construction will be Imo—, IRtYm IJp-D rettai�nred by the City of Fort Worth). r Base Proposal Plus General Contingency Allowance Completion within 407 calendar days after Notice to Proceed is issued 1 ALTE=RNATES Alternate No. 1: Project to Meet 2009 LEEK ore and Shell; $ �}d Additional calendar days, if required Alternate No. 2: Polyvinyl-Chlorine Roofing(PVC)in lieu of Modified Bitumen Roofing: Additional calendar days, if required 0 $_ 55,000 UNIT PRICES A. For INCREASE of drilled pier shafts,complete with drilling, excavation, concrete, and reinforcing: Addendum No. 1,Revised Proposal Form tAtch 11 Page 1 of 3 General Aviation Terminat Building at Meacham International Airport September 9,2014 1. For 18"diameter piers: ADD 45 per linear foot 2. For 24"diameter piers: ADD$ 61 per linear foot 3. For 30"diameter piers: ADD$ „95s_per linear foot B. For DECREASE of drilled pier shafts,complete with drilling, excavation, concrete, and reinforcing: 1. For 18"diameter piers: DEDUCT: $ 30 per linear foot 2. For 24"diameter p.ers: DEDUCT: J__40_per linear foot 3. For 30"diameter piers: DEDUCT: $ 62 per linear foot Note: Deduct price shall be minimum 66%of add unit price. C. For ADDITION of temporary metal casings for drilled pier shafts; 1. For 18"diameter piers: ADCC: S$ 5 _ per linear foot 2. For 24"diameter piers: ADD: �—per linear foot 3. For 30"diameter piers: ADD: $ 75 _per linear foot The undersigned agrees to complete the Work within the calendar days specified above after the date of Notice to Proceed. A Project Schedule will be submitted as required in the Instructions to Offeror. The City reserves the right to accept or reject any and all bids or any combination thereof proposed for the above work. The undersigned assures that its employees and applicants for employment and those of any labor organization, subcontractors or employment agency in either furnishing or referring employee applicants to the undersigned are not discriminated against as prohlbited by the terms of City Ordinance 7278 as amended by City Ordinance 7400(Fort Worth City Code Section 13A-21 through 13A-29). Resldency of Offerors: The 1985 Session of the Texas Legislature passed house Bill 620 relative to the award of contracts to non-resident bidders. The law provides that, in order to be awarded a contract as low bidder, non-resident bidders tout of state contractors whose corporate offices or principal place of business are outside of the State of Texas) that bid projects for construction,. Improvements, supplies or services in Texas at an amount lower than the lowest Texas resident bidder by the same amount that Texas resident bidder would be required to underbid a nom-resident bidder in order to obtain a comparable contract in the state in which the non-resident's principal place of business is located. The appropriate blanks in Section A must be filled out by ail non-resident bidders in order for your bid to meet specifications. The fallure of out of state or non-resident bidders to complete the forms may disqualify that bidder. Resident bidders must check the box in Secdon 8. A. 1_1 Non-resident vendors in (give state), our principal place of business,are required to be percent lower than resident bidders by state law. Non-resident vendors in (give state),are not required to underbid resident bidders. S. 1-N Our principal place of business or corporate offices are in the State of Texas. Within ten X10)days of receipt of notice of acceptance of this bid,the successful bidder will execute the formal contract and will deliver approved Performance and Payment Bonds for the faithful performance of this contact. The attached deposit check in the sum of )rive percent Bid Bond Addendum No. 1,Revised Proposal Foran(Atch 1) Page 2 of 3 General Aviation Terminal Bulid+ng at Meacham lnternalJonal Alrpord Septerrrher 9,2W4 - Dollars 5% Bid Band is to become the property of the City of Fort Worth, Texas, or the attached Bidders Bond is to be forfeited in the event the contract and bonds are not executed within the time set forth, as liquidated damages for delay and additional work caused thereby. MINORITY BUSINESS ENTERPRISE (MBE). (For Proposals in excess of$50,000) i am aware that I must submit information to the Director,Transportation and Public Works, concerning the MBE participation within FIVE BUSINESS DAYS of submittal of this Proposal in [� order to be considered RESPONSIVE. Respectfully submitted, Iniperial Construction,Inc, Company Name- - -- -- -- - By: YhA'L! f'Lc� Signature Mark Tucker Vice President Printed Name of Principal Title Address: 305 NE Loop 820 Sttite 320 Street Hurst 76053 City Zip Phone: 817-686-8200_ - FABS: 817-686-8208 Email: mtticker@imperial-construction.corrt Receipt is acknowledged of the following addenda: Addendum No. 1, X Addendum No. 2: X Addendum No. 3, X Addendum No.4: X Addendum No.5: Addendum No. 6; Addendum No. 7' Addendum No. 8: Addendum No. 9: Addendum No. 10: Addendum No. 11: Addendum No. 12: t Addendum No. 1,Revised Proposal Form(Atch 1) Page 3 or 3 General Aviation`re(m[nal euRding at Meacham International Airport September 9,2014 TEXAS SALES AND USE TAX EXEMPTION CERTIFICATE Name of Purchaser, Firm or Agency: City of Fort Worth Texas _ Address (Street & Number, P.O. Box or Route Number): 1000 Throcklmorton City, State, Zip Code: Fort Worth, Texas 76102 Telephone: 817 392-8360 1, the purchaser named above, claim an exemption from payment of sales and use taxes for the purchase of taxable items described below or on the attached order or invoice from All vendors Description of the items to be purchased, or on the attached order or invoice.- All nvoice:Ail items except motor vehicles as listed below $ Purchaser claims this exemption for the following reason: Governmental Entity I understand that I will be liable for payment of sales or use taxes which may become due for failure to comply with the provisions of the state, city, and/or metropolitan transit authority sales and use tax laws and comptroller rules regarding exempt purchases. Liability for the tax will be determined by the price paid for the taxable items purchased or the fair market rental value for the period of time used. I understand that it is a misdemeanor to give an exemption certificate to the seller for taxable items which I know, at the time of purchase, will be used in a manner other than expressed in this cerbfi ate and that upon conviction I may be fined not more than $500 per offense. Purchaser: Title. Purchasing Mama{er Date: February 1, 2007 Note: This certificate cannot be issued for the purchase, lease or rental of a motor vehicle. THIS CER TIFICA TE DOES NOT REQUIRE A NUMBER TO BE VALID Sales and Use Tax"Exemption Numbers"or"Tax Exempt" Numbers do not exist. This certificate should be furnished to the supplier. Do not send the completed certificate to the Comptroller of Public Accounts. 1 Texas Sales and Use Tax Exemption Cerlrirate Page 1 of 1 General Aviation Terminal Building at Meacham International Airport Dececember 2014 2013 PREVAILING WAGE RATES Commercial Construction Projects A� CLASSIFICATION AC Mechanic $ 25.24 AC Mechanic Helper $ 13.67 Acoustical Ceiling Installer $ 16.83 Acoustical Ceiling Installer Helper- $ 12.70 Bricklayer/Stone Mason $ 19,451 Bricklayer/Stone Mason Trainee $ 13.31 Bricklayer/Stone Mason Helper $ 10.91 I Carpenter $ 17.75 Carpenter Helper $ 14.32 Concrete Cutter/Bawer $ 17.00 Concrete Cutter/Sawer Helper $ 11.00 Concrete Finisher $ 15.77 Concrete Finisher Helper $ 11.00 Concrete Form Builder $ 15.27 Concrete Form Builder Helper $ 11.00 Drywall Mechanic $ 15.36 Drywall Helper $ 12.54 Drywall Taper $ 15.00 Drywall Taper Helper $ 11-50 , Electrician (Journeyman) $ 19.63 ' Electrician Apprentice (Helper) $ 15,64 Electronic Technician $ 20.00 Floor Layer $ 18.00 Floor Layer Helper $ 10.0{3 Glazier $ 21.03 Glazier Helper $ 12.81 Insulator $ 16.59 1n5ulator Helper $ 11.21 Laborer Common $ 10.89 Laborer Skilled $ 14,15 Lather $ 12.99 Metal Building Assembler $ 16.00 Metal Building Assembler Helper $ 12.00 Metal Installer (Miscellaneous) $ 13.00 Metal installer Helper (Miscellaneous) $ 11.00 Metal Stud Framer $ 16.12 Metal Stud Framer Helper $ 12.54 Painter $ 16.44 Painter Helper $ 9.98 Pipefitter $ 21.22 Pioefitter Helper $ 15.39 2013 Prevaling Wage Rates Page 1 of 2 General Aviation Terminal Building at Meacham International Airport August 2014 2013 PREVAUNG WAGE RATES Commercial Construction Projects Plasterer $ 16.17 Plasterer Helper $ 12.85 Plumber $ 21.98 Plumber Helper $ 15.85 Reinforcing Steel Setter $ 12.87 Reinforcing Steel Setter Helper $ 11.08 Roofer $ 16.90 Roofer Helper $ 11.15 Sheet Metal Worker $ 16.35 Sheet Metal Worker Helper $ 13.11 Sprinkler System Installer $ 19.17 Sprinkler System Installer Helper $ 14,15 Steel Worker Structural $ 17,00 Steel Worker Structural Helper $ 13.74 Waterproofer $ 15.00 Equipment Operators Concrete Pump $ 18.50 Crane, Clamsheel, Backhoe, Derrick, D'Line Shovel $ 19.31 Forklift $ 16.45 Foundation Drill Operator $ 22.50 Front End Loader $ 16.97 Truck Driver $ 16.77 Welder $ 19.96 Welder Helper $ 13.00 The prevailing wage rates shown for Commercial construction projects were based on a salary survey conducted and published by the North Texas Construction Industry(Fall 2012) Independently compiled by the Lane Gorman Trubitt, PLLC Construction Group. The descriptions for the classifications listed are provided on the TEXO's(The Construction Association)website. www.texoassociation.org/Chapter/wagerates.asp 2013 Prevaling Wage Gates Page 2 of 2 General Aviation Terminal Building at Meacham International Airport August 2014 WEATHER TABLE Month Average Inches Snow/ice Days of of Pellets Rain Rainfall January 7 1.8o 1 February 7 2.36 March 7 2.54 April 8 4.34 0 May 8 4.47 0 .lune 6 3.05 0 July 5 1.84 0 August 5 2.26 0 September 7 3.15 0 October 5 2.68 0 November 6 2.03 1 December 6 1.82 9 ANNUALLY 77 32.347 =1 (1) Mean number of days rainfall, 0.01"or more (2) Average normal precipitation, in inches (3) Mean number of days 1.0 inch or more " Less than 0.5 inches This table is based on information reported from Dallas-Fort Worth Regional Airport, Texas. Latitude 32 deg 54 min north, longitude 97 deg 02 min West, elevation (ground) 551 ft_ Average number of days of rain, snow, and ice are based on records covering 27 years. Precipitation is based on record of 1941-1970 period - This table is to be used as a basis for calculation of excess rain or weather days for projects with duration in calendar days. If the site records indicate that the Contractor was unable to carry out operations dine to weather, it is counted as a weather day. If the number of weather days exceeds the number of average rain days plus the snow/ice-pellet days for the contract duration, the contract period will be adjusted by Change Order. Weather Table Page 1 of 1 General Aviation Terminal Building at Meacham International Airport December 2014 City of Fort Worth, Texas Transportation Public Works Department Facilities Management Group/Architectural Services Division GENERAL CO_N_DITION5 OF THE CO y,LPLAC;_FOR CS 4STRUCTION LUMP SLIM CONTRACT SECTION A DEFINITIONS,PROCEDURES AND INTERPRETATIONS A-1 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: By the term Contract Documents is meant all of the written and drawn documents setting forth or affecting the rights of the parties, including but not necessarily limited to,the Contract,Notice to Bidders,Proposal,General Conditions, Special Conditions, Specifications, Plans,Bonds and all Addenda,Amendments signed by all parties, Change Orders, written Interpretations and any written Field Order for a minor change in the Work A-2 ENTIRE AGREEMENT: The Contract Documents represent the entire agreement between the Parties, and no prior or contemporaneous,oral or written agreements,instruments or negotiations shall be construed as altering the terms and effects of the Contract Documents- After being executed, the Contract Documents can be changed only by a written Amendment signed by the Contractor and the Owner,or Change Order,or by a written Field Order for a minor change. A-3 WORK; By the term Worts is meant all labor,supervision,materials and equipment necessary to be used or incorporated in order to produce the construction required by Contract Documents- A-4 EXECUTION OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: The Contract Documents shall be executed in six originals,with all required attachments, including required bonds and insurance certificates,by the Contractor and the Owner in such form as may be prescribed by law and returned to the Owner within ten business days of notification to Contractor. Failure to execute contracts and provide required enclosures will be grounds for revocation of award and taking of Bid Bond. A-5 FAMILIARITY WITH PROPOSED WORK: Before filing a Proposal, the bidder shalt examine carefully the, plans, specifications, special provisions, and the form of contract to be entered into for the work contemplated. He shall examine the site of work and satisfy himself as to the conditions that will be encountered relating to the character,quality and quantity of worts to be performed and materials to be furnished. The filing of a bid by the bidder shalt be considered evidence that he has complied with these requirements and has accepted the site as surtable for the work. Claims for additional compensation due to variations between conditions actually encountered in construction and as indicated by She plans will not be allowed. A-6 ONE UNIFIED CONTRACT: Insofar as possible, the Contract Documents will be bound together and executed as a single unified Contract.The intention of the Contract Documents being to provide for all labor, supervision,materials,equipment and other items necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work. Words that have well-recognized technical or trade meanings are used herein in accordance with such recognized meanings. A-7 DIVISION OF WORK: The arrangement of Drawings and/or Specifications into Divisions, Sections, Articies, or other Subdivisions shall not be binding upon the Contractor in dividing the work among Subcontractors or Trades- A-8 INTERPRETATIONS: The Architect will furnish such interpretations of the Plans and Specifications as may be necessary for the proper execution or progress of the work. Such Interpretations shall be furnished at the instance of the Architect or at the request of the Contractor,or Owner,and will be issued with reasonable promptness and at such times and in accordance with such r schedule as may be agreed upon. Such Interpretations shall be consistent with the purposes and intent of the Plans and Specifications and may be effected by f=ield Order. In the event of any dispute between any of the parties to the Contract and the Architect or each other involving the interpretation of the Contract Documents, the evaluation of work or materials performed or furnished by the Architect Contractor,or any subcontractor or materialsman,of involving any question of fault or liability of any party, the decision of the Owner shall be final and binding. In the event of inconsistency in the contract documents, the following sequence for interpretation shall be used in order of precedence: Change Orders andlor Field Orders {by date of issuance}; Addenda (by date of issuance); Drawings; Notes and dimensions on Drawings, Technical Specifications; Special Provisions-, Supplementary General Conditions; General Conditions, and,Construction Contract. A-9 COPIES OF WORKING DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS: The Architect will furnish to Contractor free of charge 15 sets of working Drawings and 15 sets of Specifications. Contractor shall pay the cost of reproduction for all other copies of Drawings and Speclfic.ations furnished to him. Ail Drawings, Specifications and copies thereof furnished by the Owner or the Architect are and shall remain the property of the Owner. They are not to be used on any other project and,with the exception of one Contract set for each Party to the Contract,are to be returned to the Owner on request at the completion of the work. General Conditions for Facility Construction Lump Sum Contract mage 1 of 27 General Aviation Terminal Building at Meacham International Airport December 2014 W A-1Q MINORITY BUSINESS ENTERPRISE(MBE)POLICY. As of,Pune 1, '201,2,The City of Fort Worth has implemented the new Business Diversity Ordinance(800)to reflect the City's availability and disparity study findings and recommendations. During this transition period interested Offerors must obtain an MOE listing from the MIWBE Office at 817-212-2674. This will ensure that MBE listings reflect only those currently certified by the North Central Texas Regional Certification Agency(NCTRCA)located in the six fg-county geographic marketplace that have been accepted by the City. The City's geographic marketplace includes the counties of:Tarrant,Dallas,Denton,Johnson, Parker and Wise.Offerors are stronglyenngouraged tp confirmthateach MBE that it intends to use is located in the geographic marketplace that will be counted towards the establlshed goal. The City of Fort Worth has goals for the participation of Minority Business Enterprises(MBE)in City contracts. Compliance with the policies designed to meet these goals is mandatory in order to be considered a responsive bidder, The City policy and procedures to be followed in submitting proposals are included. The City of Fort Worth MBE Program will take precedence over other subcontractor utilization programs on Block Grant and other federally funded Projects- A-1 I rojects-A-11 CORRELATION AND INTENT: In general,the drawings indicate dimension,locations,positions,quantities,and kinds of conslruction;the specifications indicate the quality and constructlon procedures required. Work indicated on the drawings and not specified of vice-versa,shall be furnished as though set forth in both. Worts not detailed, marked or specified shall be the same as similar parts that are detailed,marked or specified. if the drawings are in conPict or conflict with the specifications the better quality or greater quantity or work or materials shall be estimated and shall be furnished or included. Dimensions on drawings shall take precedence over small-scale drawings. Drawings showing locations of equipment, piping, ductwork,electrical apparatus,etc., are diagrammatic and job conditions may not allow installation in the exact location shown. Relocation shall not occur without the Architects approval- A-1 2 pproval.A-12 AG. In accordance with the policy("Policy"] of the Executive Branch of the federal government, Contractor covenants awl that neither it nor any of its officers, members, agents, employees, program participants or subcontractors, while engaged in performing this contract, shall, in connection with the employment, advancement or discharge of employees or in connection with the terms,conditions or privileges of their employment,discriminate against persons because of their age except on the basis of a bona fide occupational qualification,retirement plan or statutory requirement. w Contractor further covenants that neither it nor its officers, members,agents, employees,subcontractors, program participants,or persons acting on their behalf, shall specify, in solicitations or advertisements for employees to work on this contract, a maximum age limit for such employment unless the specified maximum age limit is based upon a bona We occupational qualification, retirement plan or statutory equipment. 11% Contractor warrants if will fully comply with the Policy and will defend, indemnify and hold City harmless against any claims or .allegations asserted by third parties or subcontractor against City arising out of Contractor's and/or its subcontractors'alleged failure to comply with the above referenced Policy concerning age discrimination in the performance of this agreement. A-13ISQ ABILITY: In accordance with the provisions of the Americans With Disabilities Act of 1990 ("ADA'), Contractor warrants that it and any and all of its subcontractors will not unlawfully discriminate on the basis of disability in the provision of services to the general public,nor in the availability, terns and/or conditions of employment for applicants for employment with, or employees of Contractor or any of its subcontractors. Contractor warrants it will fully comply with ADA provisions and any other applicable federal,stale and local laws concerning disability and will defend,indemnify and hold City harmless against any claims or allegations asserted by third parties or subcontractors against City arising out of Contractors and/or its subcontractors' alleged failure to comply with the above-referenced laws concerning disability discrimination in the performance of this agreement. SECTION B IDENTITY OF ARCHITECT B-1 CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION: Where the term "Architect" is used in the "General Conditions of the Contract for dft Construction",it shalt refer to the Director,Transportation and Public Works or his designated Building Construction Manager. The Director,Transportation will designate a Project Manager and Building Construction Manager(BCM)to administer this contract and perform the functions of the "Architect" as indicated in the General Conditions. The design architect or engineer may also be designated to perform the duties of Architect The term"City'and'Owner'are used interchangeably and refer to the City of Fort y Worth as represented by the Director of Transportation and Public Works or his designated representative. 8-2 TERMINATION AND SUSPENSION OF WORK: The Owner has the right to terminate the Project for any reason. If the project is terminated,the Contractor shall: a) Stop work under the Contract on the date and to the extent specified on the notice of termination. b) Place no further orders or subcontracts except as may be necessary for the completion of the work not terminated. C) Terminate all orders and subcontracts to the extent that they relate to the performance of the work terminated by the notice of termination. General Conditions for Facility Construction Lump Sum Contract Page 2 of 27 General Aviation Terminal Building at Meacham lntemational Airport December 2014 - After termination as above, the City will pay the Contractor a proportionate part of the contract price based on the work completed; provided, however, (hat the amount of payment on termination shall not exceed the total contract price as reduced by the portion thereof allocatable to the work not completed and further reduced by the amount of payments, if,any otherwise made. Contractor shall submit its claim for amounts due after termination as provided in this paragraph within 34 days after receipt of such claim. in the event of any dispute or controversy as to the propriety or allowability of all or any portion of such claim under this paragraph, such dispL.le or controversy shall be resolved and be decided by the City Council of the City of Fort Worth, and the decision by the City Council of the City of Fort Worth shall be final and binding upon all parties to this contract. B-3 DUTIES OF THE ARCHITECT: As used herein,the term Architect means the Architect or his authorized representative. Nothing contained in these Contract Documents shall create any privity of Contract between the Architect and the Contractor. 6-4 ARCHITECT AS REPRESENTATIVE OF THE OWNER, The Buildirg Construction Manager(SCM)will provide general administration of the Contract on behalf of the Owner and will have authority to act as the representative of the Owner to the extent provided in the Contract Documents unless changed in writing by the Owner. The Architect will be available for conferences and consultations with the fawner or the Contractor at all reasonable times. B-5 ACCESS TO JOB SITE'S; The Architect shall at all times have access to the Work whenever it is in preparation and progress. The Contractor shalt provide facilities for such access so the Architect may perform its assigned functions under the Contract Documents. The Architect will make periodic visits to the Site to familiarize himself with the progress and quality of the worts and to determine if the work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract documents. On the basis of on-site observations,the Architect will keep the Owner informed of the progress of the Work and will endeavor to guard the Owner against defects and deficiencies in the Work of the Contractor. Based upon such observations and the Contractor's applications for payments, the Building Construction Manager will snake determinations and recommendations concerning the amounts owing to the Contractor and will issue certificates for payment arnounts. B-6 INTERPRETATIONS: The Architect will be, in the first instance, the interpreter of the requirements of the Plans and Specifications and the judge of the performance thereunder by the Contractor,subject to the final decision of the Owner. The Architect's decisions in matters relating to artistic effect will be final if consistent with the intent of the Contract Documents. B-7 AUTHORITY TO STOP WORK: The BCM will have authority to reject work that does not conform to the Plans and Specifications. In addition,whenever, in its reasonable opinion, the BCM considers it necessary of advisable in order to insure the proper realization of the intent of the Plans and Specrfcafions, the BCM will have authority to require the Contractor to stop the Work or any portion thereof, or to require special inspection or testing of the Work whether or not such Work be then fabricated, installed or completed. B-8 MISCELLANEOUS DUTIES OF ARCHITECT Shhgp Dfawi , The Architect will review Shap Drawings and Samples. Two copies of each approved Shop Drawing and submittal will be provided to the Owner by the Architect. Three copies will be returned to the Contractor. Change Orders. Change Orders and Field Orders for Minor Changes in the Work will be issued by the Owner Guarantees The Owner will receive all written guarantees and related dOCurlent3 required of the Contractor. upon completion of the project the Contractor shall provide the Owner five copies of each guarantee. Inspections The Owner will conduct inspections for the purpose of determining and making his recommendations concerning the dates of substantial completion and final completion. The Architect will conduct the final acceptance inspection and issue the Certificate of Completion. Operation and Maintenance Manuals The Owner will receive six copies of all applicable equipment installation, operation, and maintenance brochures and manuals required of the Contractor. B-9 TERMINATION OF THE ARCHITECT: in case of the termination of the employment of the Am-hitect by the Owner, the Owner shall either assume the duties of the Architect through the Director of the Department of Transportation and Public Works, or shall appoint a successor Architect against whom Vie Contractor makes no reasonable objection. SECTION C OWNER C-i IDENTIFICATION: By the term Owner is meant the City of Fort Worth acting herein by its duly authorized representatives in the manner provided by law_ Authorized representatives include the City Manager, Assistant City Manager, the Director and of Transportalion and Public Works Deparinnent and members of the Facilities Management Division. Generally speaking a designated representative will be a Building Construction Manager(BCM) identified from within the Facilities Management Division to act as a point of contact for day-to-day contract administration. General Conditions for Facility Construction rump Sum Contract age 3 of 27 General Aviation Terminal Building at Meacham International Airport December 2014 C-2 p�1TIE5 OF THE OWNER: The Owner shall furnish surveys describing the physical characteristics, legal limits and utility locations for the site of the Work;provided. however,that the Contractor hereby covenants that he has inspected the premises and familiarized himself therewith and that the locations of utilities and other obstacles to the prosecution of the Work as shown on the _- Own&s survey are for information only, are not binding upon the Owner, and the Owner shall not incur any liability for loss or damage by virtue of any inaccuracies or deficiencies in such surveys. The Groner shall secure and pay for title to the site and all necessary permanent or construction easements. The Owner will cooperate with the Contractor in the prosecution of the Work in such manner and to such extent as may be reasonable and shall furnish information under its control with reasonable promptness at the request of the Contractor.. C-3 INSTRUCTIONS: The Owner shall issue all instructions to the Contractor through the BCM. C-4 ACCESS TO JOB SITE: The Owner shall at all times have access to the Work whenever it is in preparation and progress. The Contractor shall provide facilities for such access so the Owner may perform its assigned functions under the Contract Documents, C-5 PROGRESS INSPECTIONS: The Owner will make visits to the Site to familiarize themselves with the progress and quality of the Work and to determine if the work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract documents. On the basis of on-site observations and reports concerning the progress and quality of the work, the Owner will approve and authorize the Contractor's applications for payments- C-6 AUTHORITY TO STOP WORK: The Owner will have authority to reflect work that does not conform to the Pians and Specifications. Whenever, in its reasonable opinion, the Owner considers it necessary or advisable in order to insure the proper realization of the intent of the Flans and Specifications, the Owner will have authority to require the Contractor to stop the work or any portion thereof,or to require the Contractor to stop the Work or any portion thereof, or to require special inspection or testing of the Work whether or not such Work be then fabricated,installed or completed. C-7 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION INSPECTION: Upon agreement of the Contractor and Architect that the Work is substantially complete,the Owner will schedule a Substantial Completion Inspection to be conducted by the Architect and attended by representatives of the Architect, Owner and Contractor. Items identified during this inspection as being incomplete,defective or deficient shall be incorporated Into a punch list and attached to the ACA document G704,which is to be prepared and signed by the Contractor,and accepted,approved and signed by the Owner. C-0 RIGHT TO AUDIT: Contractor agrees that the City shall,until the expiration of three years after final payment under this contract, have access to and the right to examine any directly pertinent books, documents. papers and retards of the Contractor involving transactions relating to this contract. Contractor further agrees to include in all his subcontracts hereunder a provision to the effect that the suhrontractor agrees that the City shall, until the expiration of three years after final payment under the subcontract, have access to and the right to examine any directly pertinent books,documents, papers and records of such subcontractor, involving transactions to the subcontract-The term "'subcontract"as used herein includes purchase orders- Contractor agrees to photocopy such documents as may be requested by the city. The city agrees to reimburse Contractor for the costs of copies at the rate published in the Texas Administrative Code- SECTION D CONTRACTOR DA IDENTIFICATION: The Contractor is the person or organization identified as such in the Contract. The term Contractor means the Contractor or his authorized representative. D-2 INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR: Contractor shall perform alt work and services hereunder as an independent contractor, not as agent, or employee of the City. Contractor shall have exclusive control of and the exclusive right to control the details of the Work and services performed hereunder, and all persons performing same,and Contractor shalt be solely responsible for the acts of its officers, agents, and employees- Nothing herein shall be construed as creating a partnership or joint enterprise between City and the Contractor,its officers,agents and employees,and the doctrine of respondeat superior shalt not apply. ❑-3 SUBLETTING: It is further agreed that the performance of this Contract,either in whole or in part,shall not be sublet or assigned to anyone else by said Contractor without the written consent of the Director of Transportation and Public Works of the City of Fart Worth. _ D-4 REVIEW OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS-- The Contractor shatl carefully study and compare the Agreement, Conditions of the Contract, Drawings,Specifications,Addenda and modif:calions and shall at once report to the Owner and to the Architect any error, inconsistency or omission he may discover. The Contractor shall do no work without Drawings, Specifications and interpretations. ❑-5 SUPERVISION: The Contractor shall supervise and direct the Work, using his best skill and attention.He shall be solely responsible for all construction means, methods, safety, techniques, sequences and procedures and for coordinating all portions of the Work under the Contract Documents. General Conditions for Farilily Construction Lump Sum Contract Page 4 of 27 General Aviation Terminal Building at Meacham International Airport December 2014 I}-& LABOR AND MATERIALS: Unless otherwise specifically noted, the Contractor shall provide and pay for all labor, materials, equipment, tools, construction equipment and machinery, water, heat, utilities, transportation and other facilities and services necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work. The successful low hiddal will irsa its reasonable best efforts to hire local laborers, workmen and materialmen. The general condillon is not to be constructed as limiting the right of any bidder to employee laborers, workmen or materialmen from outside local area. The Contractor shall at all times enforce strict discipline and good order among his employees, and shall not employ on the Work any unfit person or anyone not skilled in the task assigned to him. 0-7 COMPLIANCE WITH AND ENFORCEMENT OF PREVAILING WAGE RATE Duty to pay Prevailing Wage Rates. The Contractor shall comply with all requirements of Chapter 2258, Texas Government Code (Chapter 2258), including the payment of not less than the rates determined by the City Council of the City of Fort Worth to be the -` prevailing wage rates in accordance with Chapter 2258. Such prevailing wage rates are included in these contract documents. Penalty for Violation. A contractor or any subcontractor who does not pay the prevailing wage shall_upon demand made by the City,pay to the City$80 for each worker employed for each calendar day or part of the day that the worker is paid less than the prevailing wage rates stipulated in these contract documents.This penalty shall be retained by the City to offset its administrative costs,pursuant to Texas Government Code 2258.023 Complaints of Violations and City Determination of Good Cause. On receipt of infonnation, including a complaint by a worker, conceming an alleged violation of 2258.023,Texas Government Code, by a contractor or subcontractor,the City sh all make an initial determination,before the 31"day after the date the City receives the information,as to whether good cause exists to believe that the vio'ation occurred. The City shall notify in writing the contractor or subcontractor and any affected worker of its initial detennination. Upon the City's determination that there is good cause to believe the contractor or subcontractor has violated Chapter 2258,the City shall retain the full amounts claimed by the claimant orciaimants as the difference between wages paid and wages due under the prevailing wage rates,such amounts being subtracted from successive progress payments pending a final determination of the violation. ,arbitration Required if Violation Not Resolved. An issue relating to an alleged violation of Section 2258.023,Texas Govemment Code, including a penalty owed to the City or an affected worker,shall be submitted to binding arbitration in accordance with the Texas General Arbitration Act(Article 224 et seq.,Revised Statutes)if the contractor or subcontractor and any affected worker do not resolve the issue by agreement before the 15th day after the date the City makes its initial determination pursuant to paragraph (c)above. If the persons required to arbitrate under this section do not agree on an arbitrator before the 1 tth day after the date that arbitration is required,a district court shall appoint an arbitrator on the petition of any of the persons. The City is not a party in the arbitration. The decision and award of the arbitrator is final and binding on all parties and may be enforced in any court of competent jurisdiction. Records to be Maintained. The Contractor and each subcontractor shall,for a period of three(3)years following the date of acceptance of the Work,maintain records thal show(i)the name and occupation of each worker employed by the Contractor in the construction of the Work provided for in this contract;and(ii)the actual per diem wages paid to each worker. The records shall be open at all reasonable hours for inspection by the City. The provisions of the Audit section of these contract documents shall pertain to this inspection. Pa stimates. With each partial payment estimate of payroll period,whichever is less,the Contractor shall submit an affidavit stating that the Contractor has complied with the requirements of Chapter 2258,Texas Govemment Code. Postino of Wase Bates. The Contractor shall post the prevailing wage rates in a conspicuous place at the site of the project at all times. Subcontractor Compliance. The Contractor shall include in its subcontracts and/or shall otherwise require all of its subcontractors to comply with paragraphs(a)through(g)above_ On projects where special wage rates apply(e,g.Davis-Bacon)the Contractor agrees to meet all requirements of such programs- 0-8 WARRANTY: The Contractor warrants to the Owner and the Architect that at[materials and equipment furnished under this Contract will be new unless otherwise specified, and that all work will be of good quality, free from faults and defects, and in conformance with the Contract Documents. All work not so conforming to these standards may be considered detective, If required by the Architect or the Owner, the Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials and equipment. The warrarty provided in this Section shalt be in addition to and not in limitation of any other warranty or remedy provided by law or the Contract Documents. 0-9 TAXES; The Contractor is exempt from State Sales Tax on material incorporated into the finished construction, Excise and Use Tax. General Conditions for Facility Construction Lump Sum Contract Page 5 of 27 v General Aviation Terminal Building at Meacham International Airport December 2014 D-10 LICENSES, NOTICE AND FEES: The Contractor shall obtain all Permits, Licenses, Certificates, and Inspections, whether permanent or temporary, required by law or these Contract Document& City of Fort Worth Building and Trade Permit fees are waived. Separate permits may be required for each work location. The Contractor shall give all Nolices and comply with all Laws,Ordmanrus, Rules, Regulations and Orders of any public authority bearing on the performance of the Work. If the Contractor observes or becomes aware that any of the Contract Documents are at variance herewith in any respect, he shall promptly notify the Architect Owner in writing and any necessary changes will be made. If the Contractor performs any Work knowing that it is in violation of,or contrary 1o,any of such Laws,Statutes,Charter, Ordinances, Orders or Directives,or Regulations without furnishing Notice to the Owner, the Contractor will assume full responsibility therefore and bear all costs attributable thereto. D-1i CASH ALLOWANCES: The Contractor shall include in the Contract Sum all allowances stated in the Contract Documents These allowances shall cover the net cost of the materials and equipment delivered and unloaded at the site, and all applicable taxes. The Contractor's handling costs on the site, labor, installation costs, overhead, profit and other expenses contemplated for the original allowance shall be included in the Contractor Sum and not in the allowance. 'rhe Contractor shall cause the Work covered by these allowances to be performed for such amounts and by such persons as the Owner may direct,but he will not be required to employ persons against whom he makes a reasonable objection. If the cost,when determined, is more than or less than the allowance, the Contract Sum shall be adjusted accordingly by Change Order which will include addilional handling costs on the site, labor, installation costs,field overhead,profit and other direct expenses resulting to the Contractor from any increase over the original allowance. D-12 SUPERINTENDENT: The Contractor shall employ a competent superintendent and necessary assistants who shall be in attendance at the Project site during the progress of the Work. The superintendent shall be satisfactory to the Contractor and the Owner The superintendent shall represent the Contractor and all communications given to the superintendent shall be binding as if given to the Contractor. Important communications will be confirmed in writing. Other communications will be so confirmed on written request in each case. D-13 RESPONSIBILITIES FOR EMPLOYEES AND SUB-CONTRACTORS: The Contractor shall be responsible to the Owner _ for the acts and omissions of all his employees and all Sub-contractors, their agents and employees, and all other persons performing any of the Work under a contract with the Contractor. D-14 -FAILURE TO COMMENCE WORK: Should the Contractor fail to begin the Work herein provided for within the time herein fixed or to carry on and complete the same according to the true meaning of the intent and terms of said flans,Specifications and Contract Documents,then the Owner shall have the right to either demand the surety to take over the Work and complete same in accordance with the Contract Documents or to take charge of and complete the Work in such a manner as it may deem proper, and if, in The completion thereof, the cost to the said City shall exceed the contract price or prices set forth in the said pians and specifications made a part hereof, the Contractor and/or its Surety shall pay said City on demand in writing, setting forth and _ specifying an itemized statement of the total cost thereof,said excess cost. D-15 PROGRESS SCHEDULE: The Contractor, immediately after being awarded the contract, shall prepare and submit for the Architect's approval,an estimated progress schedule for the Work. The progress schedule shall be related to:he entire Project. This schedule shall indicate the dates for the starting and completion of the various states of construction and shall be revised as required by the conditions of the Work. subject to the Architect's approval. It shall also indicate the dates for submission and approval of shop drawings and submittals as well as the delivery schedule for major pieces of equipment and/or materials. The Contractor shall submit an updated progress schedule the BCM at least monthly for approval along with the Contractor's - monthly progress payment requests. D-16 DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS AT THE SITE: The Contractor shall maintain at the site for the Owner one copy of all Drawings, Specifications, Addenda, approved Shop Drawings, Change Orders, and other Changes and Amendments in good order and marked to record all changes made during construction. These shall also be available to the Architect. The Drawings, marked to record all changes made during construction,shall be delivered to the Owner upon completion of the Work. The Architect will prepare,and provide to the Owner,one complete set of reproducible record drawings of the Work. D•17 SHOP DRAWINGS AND SAMPLES: Shop Drawings are drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules, performance charts, brochures and other data which are prepared by the Contractor or any Subcontractor,manufacturer, supplier or distributor, and which illustrate some portion of the Work. Samples are physical examples furnished by the Contractor to illustrate materials, equipment or workmanship, and to establish standards by which the Work witl be judged. The Contractor shall review, stamp with his approval and submit,with reasonable promptness and in orderly sequence so as to cause no delay in the Work or in the work of any other contractor.normally within the firs[90 days of the work,six copies of all shop Drawings and Samples required by the Contract Documents or subsequently by the Architect as covered by changes or _ amendments.Shop Drawings and Samples shall be property identified as specified, or as the Architect may require_ At the time of submission the Contractor shall inform the Architect in writing of any deviation in the Shop Drawings or Samples from the requirements of the Contract Documents. General Conditions for Facility Construction lump Sum Contract Page 6 of 27 General Aviation Terminal Building at Meacham International Airport December 2014 r By approving and submitting Shop Drawings and Samples, the Contractor thereby represents that he has determined and verified all field measurements, field construction criteria, materials, catalog numbers and similar data, and that he has checked and coordinated each shop drawing given In the Contract Documents. The Architect's approval of a separate item shall not indicate approval of an assembly in which the item functions. The Architect will review and approve Shop Drawings and Samples with reasonable promptness so as to cause no delay, but only for conformance with the design concept of the Project and with the information given in the Contract Documents. The Architect's approval of a separate item shall not indicate approval of an assembly in which the item functions. The Contractor shall make any corrections required by the Architect and shall resubmit the required number of corrected copies of Shop Drawings of new Samples until approved. The Contractor shall direct specific attention in writing or on resubmitted Shop Drawings to revisions other than the correclions requested by the Architect on previous submissions. The Architect's approval of Shop Drawings or Samples shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for any deviation from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless the Contractor has informed the Architect in writing of such deviation at the time of submission and the Architect has given written approval to the spec deviation, Architect's approval shall not relieve the Contractor from responsibility for errors or omissions in the Shop Drawings or Samples. No portion of the Work requiring a Shop Drawing or Sample submission shall be commenced until the Architect has approved the submittal.All such portions of the Work shall be in accordance with approved Shop Drawings and Samples. 0-18 SITE USE: The Contractor shall confine operations at the site to areas permitted by law, ordinances, permits and the Contract Documents and shall not unreasonably encumber the site with any materials or equipment. Until acceptance of the Work by the City Council of the City of Foil Worth,the entire site of the Work shall be under the exclusive control, care and responsibility of the Contractor. Contractor shall take every precaution against injury or damage to persons or property by the action of the elements or from any other cause whatsoever. The Contractor shall rebuild, repair, restore and make good at his own expenses all injuries or damages to any portions of the Work occasioned by any of the above,caused before acceptance D-19 CUTTING AND PATCHING OF WORK. The Contractor shall do all cutting, fitting or patching of his Work that may required to make its several parts fit together properly,and shall not endanger any Work by cutting,excavating or otherwise altering the Work or any part of it. D-20 CLEAN UP: The Contractor at all times shall keep the premises free from accumulation of waste materials or rubbish.At the completion of the Work he shall remove all his waste materials and rubbish from and about the Protect as well as all his tools, construction equipment,machinery and surplus materials,and shall clean all glass surfaces and leave the Work'Broom-clean'or its equivalent, except at otherwise specified. In addition to removal of rubbish and leaving the buildings"broom-clean°.Contractor shall clean all glass, replace any broken glass, remove stains,spots,marks and dirt from decorated work, clean hardware, remove paint spots and smears from all surfaces,clean fixtures and wash all concrete,tile and terrazzo floors. If the Contractor fails to clean up,the Owner may do so,and the cost thereof shall be charged to the Contractor- D-21 COMMUNICATIONS. As a general rule.the Contractor shall forward all communicators to the Owner through the 6CM. D-22 CONTRACTOR REQUIREMENTS ON FEDERALLY FUNDED PROJE=CTS: Contractor shall observe and comply with the requirements of the City of Fort Worth Fiscal Department, Intergovernmental Affalrs and Grants Management as outlined in the Supplemental Conditions contained in the Project Manual SECTION E SUBCONTRACTORS E-1 DEFINITION. A Subcontractor is a person or organization that has a direct contract with the Contractor to perform any of the Work at the site. The term Subcontractor is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number and masculine in gender and means a Subcontractor or his authorized representative- Nothing contained in the Contract, Documents shall create any contractual relation between the Owner and the Architect and any subcontractor or any of his sub-subcontractors or matenalmen. E-2 AWARD OF SUBCONTRACTS: The bidder shall furnish a fist of the names of the subcontractors or other persons or organizations(including those who are to furnish materials or equipment fabricated to a special design)proposed for such portions of the Work as may be designated in the bidding requirements,or if none is so designated in the bidding requirements,the names of the Subcontractors proposed for the principal portions of the Work. Prior to the award of the Contract, the Architect shall notify the successful bidder in writing if either the Owner or Architect, after due investigation, has reasonable objection to any person or organization on such fist. Failure of the Owner and Architect to make an objection to any person or organization on the list prior to the award of this Contract shall not constitute acceptance of such person or organization. It,prior to the award of the Contract,the Owner or Architect has an objective to any person or organization on such list,and refuses to accept such person or organization, the apparent low bidder may, prior to the award, withdraw his bid without forfeiture of bid security. If such bidder submits an acceptable substitute, the Owner may,at its discretion,accept the bid or he may disqualify the General Conditions for Facility Construction Lump Sum Contract Page 7 of 27 _i General Aviation Terminal Building at Meacham International Airport December 2014 bid, If, after the award, the Owner or Architect-objects in writing to any person or organization on such list, the Contractor shall provide an acceptable substitute. The Contractor shall not make any substitution for any Subcontractor or person or organization that has been accepted by the Owner and the Architect,unless the substitution is also acceptable to the Owner and the Architect. E-3 TERMS OF SUBCONTRACTS: Alt work performed for the Contractor by a Subcontractor shall be pursuant to an appropriate agreement between the Contractor and the Subcontractor (and where appropriate between Subcontractors and Sub- subcontractors)which shall contain provisions that: 1 Preserve and protect the rights of the Owner and the Architect under the Contract with respect to the Work to be perfonned under the subcontract so that the subcontracting thereof will not prejudice such rights. 2. Require that such Work be performed in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, 3. Require submission to the Contractor of applications for payment under each subcontract to which the Contractor is a party,in reasonable lirne to enable the Contractor to apply for payment; 4. Require that all claims for additional costs,extensions of time,damages for delays or otherwise with respect to subcontracted portions of the Work shall be submitted to the Contractor (via any Subcontractor or Sub-subcontractor where appropriate) in the manner provided in the Contract Documents for like claims by the Contractor upon the Owner, 5. Waive all rights the contracting parties may have against one another for damages caused by fire or other perils covered by the property insurance,except such rights,if any,as they may have to proceeds of such insurance held by the fawner,and, 6. Obligate each Subcontractor specifically to consent to the provisions of this Section All of the provisions set out in this section shall be deemed to have been included in every subcontract, and every subcontract shall be so construed and applied as to the Owner and the Architect,whether or not such provisions are physically included in the sub- contract E-4 MINORITY BUSINESS ENTERPRISE (MBE): Should the base proposal be $50,000 or less, the requirements of this section do not apply. General: As of June 1, 2012, The City of Fort Worth has implemented the new Business Diversity Ordinance (BOO)to reflect the City's availability and disparity study findings and recommendations. During this transition period interested Offerors must obtain a MBE listing of firms from the M/Wt3E Office at 817-212-2674. This will ensure that MBE listings reflect only those currently certified by the North Central Texas Regional Certification Agency(NCTRCA)located In the six(ia)county geographic marketplace that have been accepted by the City. The City's geographic marketplace includes the counties of Tarrant, Dallas, Denton, Johnson, Parker and Wise.Offerors are strongly encouraged to confirm that each MBE that 0 intends to use is located in the geographic marketplace _ that will be counted towards the established goal. In accordance with City of Fort Worth Diversity Business Ordinance (331X7) No 20020-12-2011 (the "Ordinance"). the City of Fort Worth sets goals for the participation of Minority Business Enterpraes (MBE) in City contracts. Ordinance No 20020-12-2011 is incorporated in these General Conditions by reference. A copy of the Ordinance may be obtained from the Office of the City Secretary. Failure to comply with the Ordinance shalt be a material breach of contract. Prior to Award- The MBE documentation required by the procurement solicitation must be submitted within five city business days after the proposals are opened. Failure to comply with the City's Business Diversity Ordinance, or to demonstrate a "good faith effort",shall result in a bid being considered non-responsive- During Construction, Contractor shall provide copies of subcontracts or cosigned letters of intent with approved MBE subcontractors and or suppliers prior to issuance of the Notice to Proceed. Contractor shall also provide monthly reports on utilization of the subcontractors to the M/Wt3E Office and the Building Construction Manager(8CM). Contractor must provide the City with complete and accurate information regarding actual work performed by an MBE on the contract and proof of payment thereof. Contractor further agrees to perrnit an audit and/or examination of any books, records or files in it's possession that will substantiale the actual work performed by an MBE. The misrepresentation of facts and/or the commission of fraud by the Contractor will be grounds for termination of the contract aridlor initiating action under appropriate federal, state, or local laws or ordinances relating to false statement. An Offeror who intentionally and/or knowingly misrepresents material facts shall be determined to be an irresponsible Offeror and barred from participating in City work for a period of time of not less than three(3) years. The failure of an Offeror to comply with this ordinance where such non-compliance constitutes a material breach of contracl as stated herein,may result in the Offeror being determined to be an irresponsible Offeror and barred from participating in City work for a period of time of not less than one(1)year. The Contractor may count toward the goal any tier of M6E subcontractors and/or suppliers. The Contractor may count toward its goal a portion of the total dollar amount of the contract with a joint venture equal to the percentage of the MBE participation in the joint venture for a clearly defined portion of the work to be performed. All subcontractors used in meeting the goats must be certified prior to the award of the Contract. General Conditions for Facility Construction Lump Sum Contract Page 8 of 27 General Aviation TemtinaI Building at Meacham International Airport December 2014 - Change Orders: Whenever a change order affects the work of an MBE subcontractor or supplier, the MBE shall be given an opportunity to perform the work- Whenever a change order is$50,040 or more the MNVBE Office Coordinator shall determine the goals applicable to the work to be performed under the change order. [Suring the terra of the contract the Contractor shall: 1 Make no unjustified changes or deletions in its MBE participation commitments submitted with the bid/proposal or during negot-ation,without prior submission of the proper documentation for review and approval by the MMWBE Office- 2. If substantial subcontracting and/or supplier opportunities arise during the term of any contract when the Contractor represented in its bid/proposal to the City that d alone would perform the subcontracting/supplier opporlunity work, the Contractor shall notify the City before subcontracts for work and/or supplies are awarded and shall be required to comply with subsections of the 00rdinance, exclusive of the gime requirements stated in such subsections. 3- The Contractor shall submit to the MMBE Office for approval an MSE REQUEST FOR APPROVAL. OF CHANGE FORM, 1, during the term of any contract,the Contractor wishes to change or delete one or more MBE subcontractors or suppliers. Justification for change of subcontractors may be granted for the following: 1. An MBE's failure to provide Workers'Compensation Insurance evidence as required by state law;or 2- An M8E's-failure to provide evidence of general liability or other insurance- under the same or similar terms as contained in the Contract Documents with limits of coverage no greater than the lower of 1) the limits required of the Contractor by the City-, or 2) the limits contained in the Contractor's standard subcontract or supply agreements used on other projects of similar size and scope and within the Contractor's normal business practice with non- MBE subcontractof'slsubconsultant's or suppliers;of 3- An MBE's failure to execute the Contractor's standard subcontract form, if entering a subcontract is required by the Contractor in its norm at course of business, unless such failure is due to, a) A change in the amount of the previously agreed to bid or scope of work;or b) The contract presented provides for payment once a month or longer and the Contractor is receiving payment from the City twice a month;or C) Any limitation being placed on the ability of the MBE to report violations of the Ordinance or any other ordinance or violations of any state or federal law or other improprieties to the City or to provide notice of any claim to the Contractor's surety company or insurance company. d) Mediation shall be a consideration before the request for change is approved. 4 An MBE defaults in the performance of the executed subcontract. In this event,the Contractor shall- 2) Request bids from all MBE subcontractors previously submitting bids for the work, b) if reasonably praclicable, request bids from prevlousfy non-bidding MNVSEs,and C) Provide to the MNVBE Office documentation of compliance with(a)and(b)above. 5. Any reason found to be acceptable by the MIWBE Office in its sole discretion- Within ten days after final payment from the City the Contractor shall provide the MNVBE Office with documentation to reflect final participation of each subcontractor and supplier, including non-MBEs,used on the project. E-5 PAYMENTS TO SU13CONTRACTORS: The Contractor shall pay each Subcontractor, upon receipt of payment from the Owner, an amount equal to the percentage of completion allowed to the Contractor on account of such Subcontractor's Work. The Contractor shall also require each Subcontractor to make similar payments to his subcontractors. If the Owner refuses to issue a Certificate for Payment for any cause which is the fault of the Contractor and not the fault of a particular subcontractor,the Contractor shall pay that Subcontractor on demanc, made at any lime after the Certificate for Payment would otherwise have been issued, for his Work to the extent completed,iess the retained percentage. The Contractor shall pay each Subcontractor a fust share of any insurance monies received by the Contraclor,and he shall require each Subcontractor to make similar payments to his Subcontractors. The Owner may, on request and at its discretion,furnish to any Subcontractor,if practicable, information regarding percentages of completion certified to the Contractor on acccunt of Work done by such Subcontractors. INeither the Owner nor the Architect shall have any obligation to pay or to see to the payment of any monies to any Subcontractor General Conditions for Facility Construction Lump Sum Contract Page g of 27 General Aviation Terminal Building at Meacham International Airport December 2014 E-6 SUBCONTRACTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR EDA FUNDED PROJECTS: The Contractor will cause appropriate provisions to be inserted in all subcontracts to bind subcontractors to EDA contract requirements as contained herein and to 15 CFR 24 or CME Circular A-110, as appropriate. Each subcontractor must agree to comply with alt applicable Federal,State, and local requirements in addition to those set Forth in this section. No subcontractor will be employed on this Project, except as specifically approved by the City, who is contained in the listing of contractors debarred, ineligible, suspended or indebted to the United States from contractual dealings with Federal government departments. The work performed by any such contractor or subcontractor will be ineligible for reimbursement wholly or partially from EDA grant fluids. All subcontracts in excess of$10,000 shall include, or incorporate by reference, the equal opportunity clause of Executive Order 11246. All subcontracts must contain a nondiscrimination clause. Each subcontract must contain a requirement for compliance with the Davis-Bacon and related acts_ Each subcontractor must submit weekly each weekly payroll record and a weekly statement of compliance. These documents will be submitted to the prime contractor who will compile them and submit to the City.The subcontractor can satisfy this requirement by submitting a properly executed Department of Labor Form WH-347. Each subcontract with every subcontractor must contain a clause committing the subcontractor to employment of local labor to the maximum extent possible. All subcontractors who employ more than 50 employees, and is a prime or first tier subcontractor, and has a subcontract or purchase order of$50,000 or more must submit a completed Standard Form 100(Compliance Report)by'March 30 of each year. Subcontractors performing work in areas covered by,published goals for minorities will be required to report monthly on Form CG 257. SECTION F SEPARATE CONTRACTS F-1 OWNER'S RIGHT: The Owner reserves the right to award separate contracts in connection with other portions of the Work. When separate contracts are awarded for other portions of the Work,"the Contractor"in the Contract Documents in each case shall be the contractor who signs each separate contract. F-2 M1JTUAI_RESPONSIBILITY OF CONTRACTORS: The Contractor shall afford other contractors reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of their materials and equipment and the execution of their work, and shall properly connect and coordinate his work with theirs. If any part of the Contractor's Work depends for proper execution or results upon the work of any other separate contractor, the Contractor shall inspect and promptly report to the Owner any apparent discrepancies or defects in such work that render it unsuitable for such proper execution and results.Failure of the Contractor to inspect and report shall constitute an acceptance of the other contractors work as fit and proper to receive his Work, except as to defects which may develop in the other separate contractors work after the execution of the Contractors Work. Should the Contractor cause damage to the work or property of any separate contractor on the site, the Contractor shall,upon due notice,settle with such other contractor by agreement,if he will so settle. If such separate contractor sues the Owner on account of any damage alleged to have been so sustained, the Owner shall notify the Contractor who shall defend against such suit at the Contractor's expense, and if any judgment against the Owner arises therefrom, the Contractor shall pay or satisfy such judgment and shall reimburse the Owner for all attorney's fees, court costs and expenses which the Owner has incurred in connection with Such suit- F-3 CQTTiNG ANI)PATCHING UNDER SEPARATE CONTRACTS: The Contractor shall do all cutting, fitting or patching of his Work that may be required to fit it to receive or be received by the work of other contractors shown in the Contract Documents The Contractor shall not endanger any work or any other contractors by cutting,excavating or otherwise altering any work and shall not cut or after the work of any other contractor except with the written consent of the Architect. Any costs caused by defective or ill-timed work shall be bome by the party responsible therefor. F-4 OWNER'S FLIGHT TO CLEAN UP: It a dispute arises between the separate contractors as to their responsibility for cleaning up, the Owner may clean up and charge the cost thereof to the several contractors as the Director of the Department of Transportation and Public Works shall determine to be just. General Conditions for Facility Construction Lump Sum Contract Page 10 of 27 General Aviation Terminal Building at Meacham International Airport December 2014 - SECTION G MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIO14S f G•1 CONFLICT OF LAWS: The law of the place where the site is located shall govern the Contract. The Contractor must familiarize himself and strictly cornplywith all Federal.State,and County and City Laws. Statutes,Charter,Cirdinanoes,Regulations, or Directives controlling the action or operation of those engaged upon the work affecting the materials used. He shall indemnify and save harmless the City and all of its officers and agents against any claim or liability arising from or based on the violation of any such taws,Statutes,Charier,Ordinances,Regulations,or Directives,whether by himself, his employees,agents or subcontractors. G-2 GOVERNING LAWS; It is mutually agreed and understood that this agreement is made and entered into by the parties hereto with reference to the existing Charter and Ordinances of the City of Fort Worth and the laws of the State of Texas with reference to and governing all matters affecting this Contract,and the Contractof agrees to fully comply with all the provisions of the same. G-3 PERSONAL LIABILITY OF PU LIC OFFICIALS: in performing their duties under the Statutes of the State of Texas and the Charter and Ordinances of the City of Fort Worth in connection with this Contract,or in exercising any of the powers granted the Owner herein, the officers, agents and employees of the City of t=ort Worth are engaged in the performance of a governmental function and shall not incur any personal liability by virtue of such performance hereunder, except for qross negligence or willful wrong. G4 COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS. Contractor agrees to comply with all laws, Federal,state and local, inducing all ordinances, rules and regulations of the City of Fort Worth.,Texas. Materials incorporated into the finished Project are not subject to State Sales Tax. The Owner is responsible for obtaining the Building Permit. The Contractor and the appropriate subcontractot are responsible for obtaining a'I other construction permits from the governing agencies. Contractor shall schedule all code inspeclions with the Code Inspection Division in accordance with the permit requirements and submit a copy of updated schedule to the Building Construction Manager (BCM) weekly, Building, plumbing, electrical and mechanical building permits are issued without charge. Water and sewer tap,impact&access fees will be paid by the City. Any other permit fees are the responsibility of the Contractor. G-5 INDEMNI€ICATiON: Contractor covenants and agrees to indemnify City's engineer and architect, and their personnel at the project site for Contractor's sole negligence. In addition,Contractor covenants and agrees to indemnify, hold harmless and defend, at Its own expense,the Owner,its officers,servants and employees,from and against any and all claims or suits for property loss, property damage, personal injury, including death, arising out Of, or alleged to arise out of, the work and services to be performed hereunder by Contractor, Its of-scers, agents, employees, subcontractors, licensees or invitees, whether or nol any such IniuM damage or death is caused.in whole or in part by the negligence or alleged nepllgence of Owner its officers.servants, or employees. Contractor likewise covenants and agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Owner from and against any and all Injuries to Owner's officers,servants and employees and any damage, loss or destruction to property of the Owner arising from the performance of any of the terms and conditions of this Contract, whether or riot any such injury or darnage is caused in whole or in part by the neclioence or alleged negligence ol0wner.its officers,servants or gmpfoyees. In the event Owner receives a written claim for damages against the Contractor or its subcontractors prior to final payment,final payment shall not be made untll Contractor alther(a)submits to Owner satisfactory evidence that the claim has been settled andlor a release from the Claimant involved,or(b)provides Owner with a letter from Conlractor's liability insurance carrier that the claim has been referred to the insurance carrier. The Director may, if he deems it appropriate, refuse to whom a claim for damages is outstanding as a result of work performed under a City Contract G-6 SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS: Except as provided in Paragraph E-2,this contract shall be binding upon and insure to the benefit of the parties hereto,their Successors or Assigns. Contractor shall not assign or sublet all or any part of this Contract or his rights or duties hereunder without the prior written consent of the Owner.Any such purported assignment or subletting without the prior written consent of Owner shall be void. G-7 WRITTEN NOTICE: Written Notice shall be deemed to have been duly served if delivered in person to the individual or member of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom it was intended, or if delivered at or sent by registered or certified mail to the last business address known to him who gives the notice. ` G-8 SURETY BONDS: Surety Bonds are required on all City contracts in excess of$26,000. The Contractor agrees, on the submittal of his Proposal to make,execute and deliver to said City of Fort Worth good and sufficient surety bonds for the faithftil performance of the terms and stipulations of the Contract and for the payment to all claimants for labor and/or materials furnished in �I the prosecution of the Work, such bonds being as provided and required in Article 5160 of the Revised Civil Statutes of Texas, as amended, in the form included in the Contract Documents, and such bonds shall be 100 percent of the total contract price, and the said surety shall be a surety company duly and legally authorized to do business in the State of Texas,and acceptable to the City Council of the City of Fort Worth. General Conditions for Facility Construction Lump Sum Contract Page 11 of 27 General Aviation Terminal Building at Meacham international Airport December 2014 Bonds shall be made on the forms furnished by or otherwise acceptable to the City. Each bond shall be properly executed by both the Contractor and the Surety Company. Bonds required by the City shall be in compliance with all relevant local,state and federal statutes. - To be an acceptable surety on the bond the name of the surety should be included on the current U. S.Treasury List of Acceptable Securities[Circular 5301,and must be authorized to do business in Texas. Sureties not listed in Circular 570 may write performance and payment bonds on a project without reinsurance to the limit of 10 percent of its capital and surplus. Such a surety must reinsure any obligation over 10 percent. The amount in excess of 10 percent must be reinsured by reinsurers who are duly authorized, accredited,or trusteed to do business in the State of Texas. Should any surety for the contracted project be determined unsatisfactory at any time during same,the Contractor shall immediately provide a new surety bond satisfactory to the City. If the contract amount is less than $25,000, payment shall be made in one lump sum 30 calendar days after completion and acceptance of the Work. G-9 OWNER'S RIGHT TO CARRY OUT THE WORM: If the Contractor defaults or neglects to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents or fails to perform any provision of the Contract,the Owner may,without prejudice to any other remedy he may have, enter the site and make good such deficiencies. In such case an appropriate Change Order shall be issued deducting from the payments then or thereafter due the Contractor the cost of correcting such deficiencies,including the cost of the Architect's additional services made necessary by such default, neglect or failure. If the payments then or thereafter due the Contractor are not sufficient to cover such amount,the Contract shall pay the difference to the Owner. G-10 ROYALTIES AND PATENTS: The Contractor shall pay all royalties and license fees. He shall defend all suits or claims for infringement of any patent rights and shall save the Owner harmless from loss on account thereof and shall be responsible for all such loss when a particular design, process or the product of a particular manufacturer or manufacturers is specified; however, if the Contractor has reason to believe that the design, process or product specified is an infringement of a patent, he shall be responsible for such loss unless he promptly gives such information to[homer. G-11 TESTS: If the Contract Documents, Laws, Ordinances, Rules, Regulations or Orders of any public authority having jurisdiction require any Work to be inspected, tested or approved,the Contractor shall give the Owner timely notice of its readiness and the date arranged so the Architect may observe such inspection, testing or approval. The Owner shall bear all costs of such inspection,tests and approvals unless otherwise provided. If after the commencement of the Work, the Owner determines that any work requires special inspection, testing or approval not included above,the Owner, upon written authorization from the Owner,will instruct the Contractor to order such special inspection, testing or approval.and the Contractor shall give notice as required in the preceding paragraph. If such special inspection or testing reveals a failure of the Work to comply(1)with the requirements of the Contract Documents or (2)with respect to the performance of the Work, with Laws, Statutes, Charter, Ordinances, Regulations or Orders of any public authority having jurisdiction, the Contractor shall bear all costs thereof, including the Architect's additional services made necessary by such costs; otherwise the Owner shall bear such costs, and an appropriate Change Order shall be Issued. The Contractor shall secure certificate of inspection, testing or approval, and three copies will be promptly delivered by hire to the _ Owner.The Architect will review the certificates and forward one copy of each with his recommendation(s)to the Owner. If the Owner wishes to observe the inspections, tests or approvals required by this Section, they will do so promptly and, where practicable,at the source of supply. - Neither the observalions of the Architect or the Owner in their administration of the Construction Contract, nor inspections,tests or approvals by persons other than the Contractor shall relieve the Contractor from his obligations to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. G-12 INTERRUPTION OF EXISTING UTILITIES SERVICES: The Contractor shall perforin the Work under this Contract with a minimum of outage tune for all utilities. interruption shall be by approved sections of the utility. In some cases, the Contractor may be required to perform the Work while the existing utility is in service. The existing utility service may be interrupted only when approved by the Owner.When 0 is necessary to interrupt the existing utilities,the Contractor shall notify the Owner in writing at least ten days in advance of the time that he desires the existing service to be interrupted. The interruption time shall be kept to a minimum.Depending upon the activities at an existing facility that requires continuous service from the existing utility,an interruption may not be subject to schedule at the time desired by the Contractor. In such cases,the interruption may have to be scheduled at a time of minimum requirements of demand for the utility.The amount of lime requested by the Contractor of existing utility services shall be as approved by the.Owner. G-13 LAYING OUT WORK: The Contractor shall verity dimensions and elevations indicated in layout of existing work. Discrepancies between Drawings, Specifications, and existing conditions shall be referred to Architect for adjustment before work affected is performed. Failure to make such notification shall place responsibility upon Contractor to carry out work in satisfactory workmanlike manner at the Contractors sole expense. The Contractor shall be held responsible for the location and eievalicn of all the construction contemplated by the Construction Documents. General Conditions for Facility Construction Lump Sum Contract Page 12 of 27 General Aviation Terminal Building at Meacham International Airport Decemoer 2014 Prior to commencing work, the Contractor shall carefully compare and check all Architectural, Structural, Mechanical an Electrical drawings; each with the other that in any affects the locations or elevation of the work to be executed by him, and should any discrepancy be found, he shall immediately report the same to the Architect for verification and adjustment.Any duplication of work made necessary by failure or neglect on his part to comply with this function shall be done at the Contractor's sole expense. G-14 MEASUREMENTS: Before ordering any material or doing any work, the Contractor shall verify all measurements at the ri• sae or at the building and shall be wholly responsible for the correctness of same. No extra charge or compensation will be allowed r on account of any difference between actual dimensions and dimensions indicated on the drawings. Any difference that may be found shall be submitted to the Architect for consideration and adjustment before proceeding with the project- G-1 5 roject.G-15 EXISTING OVERHEAD OR UNDERGROUND WORK: The Contractor shall carefully check the site where the project is to be erected and observe any existing overhead wires and equipment. Any such work shall be moved, replaced or protected, as required,whether or not shown or specified at the Contractor's sole expense. Attention is directed to the possible existence of pipe and other underground improvements that may or may not be shown on the Drawings. All reasonable precautions shall be taken to preserve and protect any such improvements whether or not shown on the Drawings. Location of existing underground lines, shown the Drawings are based on the best available sources, but are to be regarded as approximate only. Exercise extreme care in locating and identifying these lines before excavation in adjacent areas. G-16 ALIGNMENT OF.JOINT,§ IN FINISH MATERIALS: It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to make certain in the installation of jointed floor,wall and ceiling materials that: 1. Preserve and protect the rights of the Owner and the Architect under the Contract with respect to the Work to be performed under the subcontract so that the subcontracting thereof will not prejudice such rights. 2. Place joints to relate to all opening and breaks in the structure and be symmetrically placed wherever possible. This includes healing registers,light fixtures,equipment,etc. If because of the non-related sizes of the various materials and locations of openings, etc,, it is not ,possible to accomplish the above, the Contractor shall request the Architect to determine the most satisfactory arrangement. The Contractor shall establish centerlines for all trades. G-17 INTEGRATING EXISTING WORK: The Contractor shall protect all existing street and other improvements from damages. Contractor's operations shall be confined to the immediate vicinity of the new work and shall not in any interfere wrth or obstruct the ingress or egress to and from existing adjacent facilities. Where new site work is to be connected to existing work, special care shall be exercised by the Contractor not to disturb or damage the existing work more than nec=essary.All damaged worts shall be replaced,repaired and restored to its original condition at no cost to the Owner. G-18 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL CERTIFICATION: It is the intent of the contract documents, whether expressly stated or not, that nothing containing hazardous materials,such as asbestos,shall be incorporated in to the project. The Contractor shall exercise every reasonable precaution to ensure that asbestos-containing materials are not incorporated into any portion of the project, including advising all materials suppliers and subcontractors of this requirement. The Contractor shall verify that components Containing lead do not contact the potable water supply. G-19 LOCATION OF EQUIPMENT AND PIPING: Drawing showing location of equipment, piping, ductwork, etc. are diagrammatic and job conditions may not always permit their installation in the location shown.When this situation occurs,it shall be brought to the Architect's attention immediately and the relocation determined in a joint conference. The Contractor will be held responsible for the relocating of any items without first obtaining the Architect's approval. He shall remove and relocate such items at his own expense if so directed by the Architect. Where possible, uniform margins are to be maintained between parallel lines andlor adjacent wall,floor or ceikng surfaces- G-20 OVERLOADING: The Contractor shall be responsible for loading of any part or parts of structures beyond their safe carrying capacities by placing of materials, equipment, tools, machinery or any other item thereon. No loads shall be placed on floors or roofs before they have attained their permanent and safe strength. G•21 MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS: Where it is required in tate Specifications that materials, products, processes, equipment,or the like be installed or applied in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, direction or specifications, or words to this effect, it shall be construed to mean that said application or installation shall be in strict accordance with printed instructions furnished by the manufacturer of the material concerned for use under conditions similar or those at the job site. Six copies of such instructions shall be furnished to the Architect and his approval thereof obtained before work is begun. G-22 CLEANING UP: The Contractor shall keep the premises free from accumulation of waste material or rubbish caused by employees or as a result of the Work. General Conditions for Facility Construction Lump Sum Contract Page 13 of 27 General Aviation Terminal Building at Meacham international Airport December 2014 At completion of work,the General Contractor shall,immediately prior to final inspection of complete building, execute the following final cleaning work with trained janitorial personnel and with material methods recommended by the manufactures of installed materials. 1. Swcep and buff resilient floors and base,and vacuum carpeting. 2. Dust all metal and wood trim and similar fn[shed materials. 3. Clean all cabinets and casework 4. Dust all ceilings and walls. 5. Dust,and if necessary wash,all plumbing and electrical factures. 6. Wash all glass and similar non-resilient materials. 7. All hardware and other unpainted metals shalt be cleaned and polished and all equipment and paint or decorated work shalt be cleaned and touched-up if necessary, and all temporary labels, tags, and paper rnvprings. remnvrd rhrmmghout the hilildings Surfaces that are waxed shall be polished. 8. The exterior of the building,the grounds, approaches,equipment, sidewalks,streets,etc.shall be cleaned s milar to interior of bulloings and left in good order at the time of final acceptance. All paint surfaces shall be clean and unbroken, hardware shall be clean and polished,all required repair work shag be completed and dirt areas shall be scraped ant#cleared of weed growth. 9. Clean all glass surfaces and mirrors of putty,paint materials,etc.,without scratching or injuring the glass and leave the work bright,clean and polished.Cost of this cleaning work shall be borne by Contractor. 10. Cleaning. polishing. scaling, waxing and all other finish operations indicated on the Drawings or required in the Specifications shall be taken to indicate the required condition ai the time of acceptance of ail work under the Contrail. 11. Burning: Burning of rubbish on the premises will not be permitted- G-23 DUST CONTROL: Precaution shaft be exercised at all times to control dust created as a result of any operations during the const-uction period. If serious problems or complaints arise due to air-home dust, or when directed by the Architect, operations causing such problems shall be temporarily discontinued and necessary steps taken to control the dust. G-24 FIRE PROTECTION: The Contractor shall at all times maintain good housekeeping practices to reduce the risk of fire = damage or injury to workmen.All scrap materials,rubbish and trash shall be removed daily from in and about the building and shall not be permitted to be scattered on adjacent property. Suitable storage space shall be provided outside the immediate building area for storing flammable materials and paints,no storage will be permitted in the building_ Excess flammabie liquids being used inside the building shall be kept in closed metal container and "- removed from the building during unused periods. A fire extinguisher shall be available at each location where cutting or welding is being performed.Where electric or gas welding or cutting work is done, interposed shields of ircombustible material shall be used to protect against fire damage due to sparks and hot — metal.When temporary heating devices are used,a watchman shall be present to cover periods when other workmen are not on the premises. The Contractor shall provide fire extinguishers in accordance with the recommendations and NI=PA Bulletins Nos. 10 and 241. However,in all cases a minimum of two fire extinguishers shall be available for each floor of construction, G-25 CUTTING AND PATCHING: Wherever cutting and removal of portions of the existing work is indicated, such work shall be neatly sawed or cut by Contractor in a manner that will produce a neat straight line, parallel to adjacent surfaces or plumb for vertical surfaces.Care should be exercised neat to damage any work that is to remain. — At no time shall any structural members be cut without written consent from the Architect. G-26 PROJECT CLOSEOUT — Fina!_Inspe_cton, Record Drawings: Attention is called to General Conditions Section entitled, "Substantial Completion and Final Payment". Maintenance Manual'Sheets shall be 8 I x 11",except pull out sheets may he neatly folded to 8%x°x 1 1"_Manuals shall be bound in plastic covered, 3 ring,loose leaf binder with title of project lettered on front and shall contain: 1] Name, address and trade of all sub-contractors. General Conditions for Facility Construction Lump Sum Contract Page 14 of 27 General Aviation-terminal Building at Meacham International Airport December 2014 - 2) Complete maintenance instructions; name, address, and telephone number of installing Contractor, manufacturer's local representative,for each piece of operative equipment. 3) Catalog data on plumbing fixtures, valves,water heaters, heating and cooling equipment, temperature control, Tan, electrical panels,service entrance equipment and light fixtures. 4) Manufacturer's name,type,color designation for resilient floors,windows,doors,concrete block,paint, roofing,other materials. Submit six copies of Maintenance Manual,prior to request for final payment- Operational ayment.O erational inspection and Maintenance Instruction. The Contractor shall provide at his expense, competent manufacturer's representatives to completely check out all mechanical and electrical systems and items covered by the Drawings and Specifications. This requirement shall be scheduled just prior to and during the initial start up. After all systems are functioning properly the representatives shall instruct maintenance personnel of the Uwner in the proper operation and maintenance of each item. G-27 GUARANTEE AND EXTENDED GUARANTEE: Upon completion of the Project, prior to final payment, guarantees required by technical divisions of Specifications shall be properly executed in quadruplicate by subcontractors and submitted through the Contractor to Architect_Delivery of guarantees shall not relieve Contractor from any obligation assumed under Contract. The Contractor shall guarantee the entire Project for one year. In addition,where separate guarantees,for certain portions of work, are for longer periods, General Contractor's guarantee shall be extended to cover such longer periods. Manufacturer's extended warrantees shall be included in this contract. Guarantees shall become valid and operalive and commence upon issuance of Certificate of Inspection and Acceptance by Owner. Guarantees shall not apply to worts where damage is result of abuse, neglect by Owner or his successor(s)in interest. The Contractor agrees to warrant his work and materials provided in accordance with this contract and the terms of the Technical Specifications contained herein. Unless supplemented by the Technical Specifications or the manufacturer's normal extended warrantees, the Contractor shall warrant all work materials,and equipment against defects for a period of one year from the date of final acceptance. The Contractor further agrees to bear all costs of making good all work that is found to be defective or not provided in accordance with the Contract Documents. Additionally if the facility or contents are damaged due to defective materials or workmanship of the Contractor, the Contractor further agrees to bear all cost of repairing and/or replacing damaged items and components to bring such items back to at least their original condition. PG-28 RECORD DRAWINGS: Upon completion of the Work and prior to application for final payment, one print of each of the drawings accompanying this specification shall be neatly and clearly marked in red by the Contractor to show variations between the construction actually provided and that indicated or specified in the Contract Documents. The annotated documents shall be delivered to Architect. Where a choice of materials and/or methods is permitted herein and where variations in the scope or character of the work from the entire work indicated or specified are permitted either by award of bidding items specified for that purpose, or by subsequent change to the drawings, the record drawings shall define the construction actually provided. The representation of such variations shall conform to standard drafting practice and shall include supplementary notes, legends and VP details which may be necessary for legibility and clear portrayal of the actual construction. The record drawings shall indicate, in addition,the actual location of all sub-surface utility lines,average depth below the surface and other appurtenances. G-29 CONSTRUCTION FENCE: At the Contractor's option, he may provide a substantial chain-link construction fence around pe all or a part of the site. The fences and gates must be maintained throughout the construction period.Remove the fences and gates upon completion of the Project and restore the site to the required original or contract condition. i G-30 PRODUCT DELIVERY,STORAGE, HANDLING: The Contractor shall handle,store and protect materials and products, including fabricated components, by methods and means which will prevent damage, delerioration and loss, including theft (and resulling delays), thereby ensuring highest quality results as the work progresses. Control delivery schedules so as to minimize unnecessary long-term storage at project site prior to installation- G-31 REMOVAL OF SALVAGED MATERIAL: The Contractor shall remove salvaged material and equipment from the Project site and dispose of it in accordance with the law. E=quipment or material identified in the Specifications or Plans for Owner salvage shall be carefully removed and delivered to the Owner at any location in within the City limits as directed by the City. G-32 MANUFACTURER'S RE>FERENCE: Catalog, brand names, and manufacturer's references are descriptive, nol restrictive. Bids on brands of like nature and quality will be considered.Contractor shall inform the City of any substitutions intended for the project within 5 business days of bid opening. Failure to inform the City of substitute projects will obligate the Contractor to provide the specified material if awarded the contract. Within 14 days after bid opening and upon request of the Contractor, the Contractor will submit a full sized sample and/or detailed information as required to allow the architect to determine the acceptability of proposes}substitutions. Where equipment has been listed as"no substitute accepted", the City will accept no alternates to the specified equipment. General Conditions for Facility Construction Lump Sum Contract Page 15 of 27 General Aviation Terminal Building at Meacham International Airport December 2014 SECTION H CONTRACT TIME H-1 DEFINITIONS The Contract Time is the period of time allotted in the Contract Documents for completion of the Work and is the number of calendar days elapsing between the date of commencement and the date of substantial Completion plus additional days assessed for failure _ to complete punch list items from the Final inspection in a timely manner The Date of Commencement of the Work is the date established in the Notice to Proceed. If there is no notice to proceed,it shall be the date of the Agreement or such other date as may be established therein. The date of Substantial Completion of the Work or designated portion thereof is the Date certified by the Architect with the approval of the Owner that construction is sufficiently complete, in accordance with the Contract Documents,so the Owner may occupy the Work or designated portion thereof for the use for which it is intended. Final acceptance of the completed work or any portion thereof can be made only by the Assistant City Manager,and no olhef form of acceptance will be binding upon the Owner. A Calendar Day constitutes 24 hours of time and is any one of the seven days of a week,including Sunday, regardless of whether a 'Working Day"or not,and regardless of weather conditions or any situation which might delay construction.An extension of contract time shall be in accordance with this Section. Extensions of time will be as recommended by the BCM with final approval by City of Fort Worth. A Working Day is defined as a calendar day, not including Saturdays, Sundays, and legal holidays, in which weather or other conditions not under the control of the Contractor permit the performance of work for a continuous period of not less than seven hours between 7:00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m. However, nothing in these Contract Documents shall be construed as prohibiting the Contractor from working on Saturdays if he so desires. Legal holidays are defined as being New Year's Day, independence Day. Labor Day,Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day,Memorial Day,and Veteran's Day- H-2 PROGRESS AND COMPLETION: All the time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of essence to the Contract. The Contractor shall begin the Work on the date of commencement as defined in this Section. He shall carry the Work forward expeditiously with adequate forces and shall complete iE within the Contract Time- H-3 DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME: If the Contractor is delayed at any time in the progress of the Work by any act or neglect of the Owner or the Architect, or by any employee of the Owner,or by any separate contractor employed by the Owner, or by changes ordered in the Work, or by labor disputes, fire, unusual delay in transportation, unavoidable casualties or any causes beyond the Contractor's control,or by any cause which the Architect determines may justify the delay,then the contract time may be extended by Change Order for such reasonable time as recommended by the Architect and approved by the Owner. When the Contractor is delayed due to abnormal weather conditions,the weather table provided as WT-1 in these Contract Documents shall be used as the basis for providing a fair and equitable adjustment of the contract time. All claims for extension of time snall be made in writing to the Architect no more than fifteen days after the occurrence of the delay, otherwise they shall be waived. If no schedule or agreement is made stating the dates upon which written interpretations shall be furnished,then no claim for delay shall be allowed on account of failure to furnish such interpretation until fifteen days after demand is made for them, and not then unless such a claim is reasonable. — H4 NO DAMAGE; FOR DELAY: No payment, compensation or adjustment or any kind (other than the extensions of time provided for)shall be made to the Contractor for damages because of hindrances or delays from an cause in the progress of the work, whether such hindrances or delays be avoidable or unavoidable, and the Contractor agrees that he will make no claim for compensation,damages or mitigation of liquidated damages for any such delays,and will accept in full satisfaction for such delays said extension of time SECTION I PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION 1-1 CONTRACT SUM: The Contract Sum is stated in the contract and is the total amount payable by the Owner to the Contractor for the performance of the Work under the Contract Documents. 1-2 SCHEDULE OF VALUES: Before the first Applicable for Payment, the Contractor shall submit to the Architect a Schedule of Values of the various portions of the Work, including quantities if required by the Architect, aggregating the total Contract Sum,divided so as to facilitate payments to Sub-contractors,prepared in such form as specified or as the Archnect and the _ Contractor may agree upon, and supported by such data to substantiate its correctness as the Architect may require. Each item in the Schedule of Values shall include its proper share of overhead and profit.This Schedule,when approved by the Architect and the Owner.shall be used as a basis for the Contractors Applications for Payment. 1-3 ADJUSTMENT OF QUANTITIES(NOT USED) General Conditions for Facility Construction Lump Sum Contract Page 16 of 27 General Aviation Terminal Building at Meacham International Airport December 2044 1-4 PROGRESS_PAYMENTS: On the first day of each month after the first month's work has been completed,The Contractor will make current estimates In writing for review by the Architect of materials in place complete and the amount of work performed during the preceding month or period and the value thereof at the prices contracted for as shown on the approved Schedule of Values and Progress Schedule. if payments are to be made on account of materials or equipment not incorporated in the Work but delivered and suitably stored at the site or in an independent, bonded warehouse such payments shall be conditioned upon submission by the Contractor of bills of sale or such other procedures satisfactory to the Owner to establish the Owner's title to such materials or equipment or otherwise protect the Owners interest including applicable insurance and transportation to the site. The Contractor warrants and guarantees that title to all Work, materials and equipment covered by an Application for Payment, whether incorporated in the Project or not,will pass to the Owner upon the receipt of such payment by the Contractor,free and dear of ail liens, claims, security interests or encumbrances hereinafter referred to as"liens", and that no Work, materials or equipment covered by an Application for Payment will have been acquired by the Contractor, or by any other persons performing the Work at the site or furnishing materials and equipment for the Work, subject to an agreement under which an interest therein or an encumbrance thereon is retained by the seller or otherwise imposed by the Contractor or such other person. The Contractor shall prepare each application for payment on AIA Document G702, "Application and Certificate for Payment and attached thereto AIA Document G703, "Continuation Sheet", to indicate the progress made to date and the period or month for which payment is requested for each Item listed in the Schedule of Values. A copy of the revised monthly work progress schedule must be attached before the pay request can pe accepted. 1-5 CERTIFICATES FOR PAYMENT: If the Contractor has made Application for Payment as above,the above, the Architect will,with reasonable promptness but not more than seven days after the receipt of the Application,prepare a Certificate of Payment, with a copy to the Contractor, for such arrount determined to be properly due, or state in writing reasons for withholding a Certificate. The issuance of a Certificate for Payment will constitute a representation by the Owner,based on the RCM's observations at the site and the data comprising the Application for Payment, that the Work has progressed to the point indicated; that the quality of the Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents(subject to an evaluation of the Work as a functioning whole upon Substantial Completion, to the results of any subsequent tests required by the Contract :documents, to minor deviations from the Contract Documents correctable prior to completion,and to any specific qualifications stated in the Certificate); and recommendations to the Owner that the Contractor be paid in the amount certified. In addition,the Architect's approval of final payment assures the Owner that the conditions precedent to the Contracto-rs being entitled to final payment as set forth in this Section have been fulfilled. After the Architect has issued a Certificate for Payment,the Owner shall approve or disapprove same within ten days after it has been delivered to the Director of the Department of Transportation and Public Works.For contracts less than$400,000,Owner shall pay 90% of the approved estimate to the Contractor within seven days after is approval, and the remaining 10% of each such estimate will be retained by the Owner until the final estimate is approved and the Work is accepted by the City Council of the City of Fort Worth. For contracts in excess of$400,000,the Owner will retain only 5%of each estimate until the final estimate is approved and work accepted by the City Council of the City of Fort Worth. No Certificate for a progress payment, nor any progress payment, nor any partial or entire use or occupancy of the Project by the Owner, shall constitute an acceptance of any Work not in accordance with the Contract Documents, or relieve the Contractor of liability in respect to any warranties or resporsibitity far faulty materials or workmanship.The Contractor shall promptly remedy any defects in the Work and pay for any damage to other work resulting therefrom that shall appear within a period of one year from the date of final acceptance of the Work unless a longer period is specified. I-6 PAYMENTS WITHHELD: The BCM may decline to approve an Application for Payment and may withhold his Certificate in whole or in part if in his opinion he is unable to make the representations to the Owner as provided in this Section. The Architect may also decline to approve any Applications for Payment or, because of subsequently discovered evidence or subsequent inspections, may nullify the whole or any part of any Certificate for Payment previously issued to such extent as may be necessary in his opinion to protect the Owner from loss because of t) Defective work not remedied; 2) Claims fled or reasonable evidence indicating probable filing of claims; 3) Failure of the Contractor to make payments properly to Subcontractors,or for labor,materials or equipment; 4) Reasonable doubt that the Work can be completed for the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum; 5} Damage to another contractor; 6) Reasonable indication that the Work will not be completed within the Contract Time;or 7) Unsatisfactory prosecution of the Work by the Contractor. When such grounds for the refusal of payment are removed, payment shall be made for amounts withheld because of them. The Owner reserves the right to withhold the payment of any monthly estimate, without payment of interest, if the Contractor fails to perform the Work in accordance with the specifications. 1 General Conditions for Facility Construction Lump Sum Contract Page 17 of 27 General Aviation Terminal Building at Meacham International Airport December 2014 1-7 NOT USED 1-8 LIIQL!IDATED DAMAGES: The deduction for liquidated damages shall be as follows: Amount of Contract Liquidated Damages Per Day $15,000 or less $45 $15,001 to $25,000 $63 $25,001 to $50,000 $105 $50,001 to $100,000 $154 $100,000 to $500,000 $210 $500,001 to$1,000,000 $315 $1,000,001 to$2,000,000 $420 $2,000,001 to$5,000,000 $630 $5,000,001 to$10,000,+000 $840 over$10,000,000 $980 1-9 FAILURE OF PAYMENT. Ir, without fault on the part of the Contractor, the BCM should fail to issue any Certificate for Payment within seven days after receipt of the Contractor's Application for Payment,if the Contractor's Application for Payment, or if,without fault on the part of the Contractor,the Owner should fail to approve such estimate or to pay to the Contractor 90°x6 or 95% (as applicable) of the amount thereof within the period of time specified, then the Contractor may, upon seven (7)days additional written notice to the Owner and to the Architect,stop the Work unlit payment of the amount awing has been received- 1-10 SUHSTATtTIAt_G_OMPLETION AND FINAL PAYMENT: Prior to the request for tonal payment,the Contractor must meet 4 all provisions for Project Closeout. When the Contractor determines that the Worts is substantially complete,the Construction Manager shall inspect the project with the Contractor and prepare a'Preliminary Punch'Liist"_ When the Architect, on the basis of a subsequent inspection, determines that the Work is substantially complete, he then will prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion(G704)which,when approved by the Owner,shall allow the Contractor to request a Cediffcale of Occupancy which will establish the Date of Substantial Completion. The Certificate of Final Completion shall state the responsibilities of the Owner and the Contractor for maintenance,heat,utilities,and insurance,shall set forth the remaining work as a"final punch IV,The Contractor shall complete the remaining work listed therein within 60 calendar days. When the Certificate of Occupancy has been issued,the retainage will be reduced to 4%. Upon completion of the work listed on the final punch list to the satisfaction of the City of Fort Worth,the retainage may be reduced to 2.5°x5_ Should the Contractor fail to complete all contractual requirements of the contract,Including submittals and final pay request within the fixed time,the contract time will again commence. Should the Contractor fail to complete the work within the contract duration, liquidated damages will be assessed Upon receipt of w6tten notice that the Work is ready for final inspection,the City will conduct a joint inspection and certify completion of the final punch list by cosigning it with the Contractor. The Contractor shall submit the following items to the City prior to requesting final payment- 1) ayment-1) Contractor's Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims(G706)stating that all payrolls, bills for materials and equipment, and other indebtedness connected with the Work for which the Owner or his property might in any way be responsible, have been paid or otherwise satisfied, 2) Consent of Surety to Final Payment(G707),if any,to final payment, 3) Contractor's Affidavit of Release of Liens(13706A),and, 4) Other data establishing payment or satisfaction of all such obligations,such as receipts,releases, and waivers of liens arising out of the Contract,to the extent and in such form as may be designated by the Owner. 5) Contractor's Warranty 6) Statement that all outstanding work has been completed 7) Issuance of the Final Certificate of Substantial Completion 8) Final acceptance by the City of Fort Worth. If any Subcontractor,materialman or laborer refuses to fumish a Contractor's Affidavit of Release of Liens,the Contractor may, at the election of the Owner,furnish a bond satisfactory to the Owner to indemnity him against any right,claim or lien which might be asserted by such Subcontractor, materialman or taborer. If any such right,claim or Her remains unsatisfied after all payments are made. The Contractor shall refund to the Owner all monies that the latter may be compelled to pay to discharging such right,claim or lien,including all costs and reasonable attorney's fees. The Contractor may then request final payment. The acceptance of final payment shall constitute a waiver of all claims by the Contractor except those previously made in writing and still unsettled. General Conditions for Facility Construction Lump Sum Contract 'Page 18 of 27 General Aviation Terminal Building at Meacham Intemational Airport December 2014 The Contractors one-year warranty will commence upon final occeplance,of the Project by 11,901y of For!Worth The designated representative of the City Council of the City of Fort Worth will make final acceptance and no other form of acceptance will be binding upon the Owner. Final payment and release of the retainage amount will become due within fifteen days following acceptance. 1-11 FINAL PAYMENT FOR UN-BONDED PROJECTS: Final payment will not be made for a period of 30 calendar days and until all requirements have been met,with the exception of Consent of Surety for Final Payment. SECTION J PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY J-1 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND PROGRAMS- The Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work.The Contractor shall designate a responsible member r of his organization at the site whose duty shall be the prevention of accidents.This person shall be the Contractor's superintendent Iunless otherwise designated in writing by the Contractor to the Architect- J-2 SAFETY OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY: The Contractor shall take all reasonable precautions for the safety of, and shall provide all reasonable protection to prevent damage,injury or toss to: (1) All employees on the Work and all other persons who may be affected thereby; (2) All the Work and all materials and equipment to be incorporated therein,whether in storage on or-off the site, under the care. custody or control of the Contractor or any of his Subcontractors or Sub-contractors,and (3) Other property at the site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways,. structures and utilities not designated for removal,relocation or replacement in the course of construction. Until acceptance of the Work, it shall be under the charge and care of the Contractor, and he shall take every precaution against injury or damage to the Work by the action of the elements or from any other cause whatsoever,whether arising from the execution or horn the non-execution of the Work. The Contractor shall rebuild,repair. restore and make good, at his own expense.all injuries y at damages to any portion of the Work occasioned by any of the above,caused before its completion and acceptance. The Contractor shall comply with all applicable Laws, Ordinances, Rules, Regulations and Orders of any public authority having jurisdiction for the safety of persons or property or to protect them from damage, injury or toss. He shall erect and maintain, as required by existing conditions and progress of the Work, all reasonable safeguards for safety and protection, including posting danger signs and other warnings against hazards, promulgating safety regulations and notifying owners and users of adjacent utilities. When the use or storage of explosives or other hazardous materials or equipment is necessary for the execution of the Work, the Contractor shall exercise the utmost care and shall carry on such activities under the supervision of properly qualified personnel. j All damage or loss to any property referred to in the preceding paragraphs caused in whole or in part by the Contractor, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, shall be remedied by the Contractor, including damage or loss attributable to faulty Drawings or Specifications and acts or omissions of the Architect or anyone employed by him or for whose acts he may be liable,and not attribul able to the fault or negligence of the Contractor or anyone claiming through the Contractor for such damage or loss The Contractor shall not load or permit any part of the Work to be loaded so as to endanger its safety. 1-3 HARD BATS: Hard Hats will be required at all construction sites included in this Contract from start to completion of work. Each Contractor,employee and visitor at any construction site included in the Contract will be required to wear a hard hat. The Contractor shall enforce the wearing of hard hats by Contractor,employees and visitors. Contractor shall provide ten hard hats for use by the consulting Architects and Engineers and visitors. J4 EMERGENCIES. In any emergency affecting the safety of persons or property, the Contractor shall act at his discretion to prevent threatened damage, injury or loss. Any additional compensation or extension of time claimed by the Contractor on account of emergency work shall be determined as provided in Changes in the Work. J-5 SAFE WORK PRACTICES; The Contractor shall employ safe practices in handling materials and equipment used in performing required work so as to insure the safety of his workmen,City employees and the public. The Contractor shall keep the premise free at all times from accumulation of waste materials or rubbish. At the completion of the work, the Contractor shall remove all his wastes and rubbish from and about the work area, as well as his toots, equipment and surplus materials and shall leave the area as clean and free of spot,stains,etc.,as before the work was undertaken. J-6 TRENCH SAFETY: The Contractor shall be responsible for all design and implementation of trench shoring and stabilization to meet regulatory requirements. If the Proposal requires,the Contractor shall include a per-unit cost for trench safety General Conditions for Facility Construction Lump Sum Contract Page 19 of 27 General Aviation Terminal Building at Meacham International Airport December 2014 measures in his bid. If not included in the Proposal,the Contractor shall include a cost for trench safety measures for all trenches over 5 feed in depth In his Schedule of Values. SECTION K-INSURANCE K-1 INSURANCE REQUIRED; The Contractor shall not commence work under this Contract until he has obtained all insurance required under this Section and such insurance has been approved by the City of Fort Worth, nor shall the Contractor -, allow any Subcontractor to commence work to be performed under this Contract until all similar insurance of the Subcontractor has been so obtained and approved. The City of Fort Worth will be listed as an 'additional insured" on all policies except Worker's Compensation. K-2 WORKERS'COMPENSATION INSURANCE 1) General w a) Contractor's Worker's Compensation Insurance. Contractor agrees to provide to the Owner (City) a certificate showing that it has obtained a policy of workers compensation insurance covering each of its employees employed on the project in compliance with state law. No Notice to Proceed will be issued until the Contractor has complied with this section. b) Subcontractors Worker's Compensation Insurance. Contractor agrees to require each and every subcontractor who will .. perform work on the project to provide to it a certificate from such subcontractor stating that the subcontractor has a policy of workers compensation insurance covering each employee employed on the project. Contractor will not permit any subcontractor to perform work on the project until such certificate has been acquired. Contractor shall provide a copy of all such certificates to the Owner(City). c) By signing this Contract or providing or causing to be provided a certificate of coverage,the Contractor is representing to the City that all employees of the Contractor who will provide services on the project will be covered by worker's compensation coverage for the duration of the project,that the coverage will be based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts,and that all coverage agreements will be filed with the appropriate insurance carrier or,in the ..,. case of a self-insured, with the Texas Worker's Compensation Commission's Division of Self-Insurance Regulation. Providing false or misleading information may subject the Contractor to administrative penalties, criminal penalties, civil penalties or other civil actions. d) The Contractor's failure to comply with any of these provisions is a breach of contract by the Contractor which entities the City to declare the contract void if the Contractor does not remedy the breach within ten days after receipt of notice of breach from the City. 2) Definitions: a) Certificate of Coverage("certificate"). A copy of a certificate of Insurance,a certificate of authority to sell-insure issued by R the Texas Workers'Compensation Commission, or a coverage agreement(TWCC-81,TWCC-132, TWCC-83, or TWCG- 194), showing statutory workers' compensation insurance coverage fpr the person's or entitys employees providing services on a project,for the duration of the project. .� b) Duration of the Project. Includes the time from the beginning of the work on the project until the Contractor's/person's work on the project has been completed and accepted by the City. c) Persons providing services on the project("subcontractor"in section 406,096)-includes all persons or entities performing Oil or part of the services the Contractor has undertaken to perform on the project, regardless of whether that person contracted directly with the Contractor and regardless of whether that person has employees. This includes, without limitation, independent contractors, subcontractors, leasing companies, motor carriers, owner-operators, employees of any such entity,or employees of a-ny entity which furnishes persons to provide services on the project. "Services"include, without limitation, providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor, transportation, or other ;+ services related to a project_ "Services" does not include activities unrelated to the project, such as foodibeverage vendors,office supply deliveries,and delivery of portable toilets. 3) Requirements a) The Contractor shall provide coverage,based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401,011(44) for all employees of the Contractor providing services of the project,for the duration of the project. b) The Contractor must provide a certificate of coverage to the governmental entity prior to being awarded the contract. '! c) If the coverage period shown on the Contractor's current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project, the Contractor must, prior to the end of the coverage period,file a new certificate of coverage with the City showing that coverage has been extended. d) The Contractor shall obtain from each person providing services on a project,and provide to the City: 1) a certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning work on the project,so the governmental entity will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all persons providing services on the project;and General Conditions for Facility Construction Lump Sum Contract Page 20 of 27 General Aviation Terminal Building at Meacham international Airport December 2014 ii) no later than seven days after receipt by the Contractor, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project. e) The Contractor shall retain all required certificates of coverage for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter. f) The Contractor shall notify the City in writing by certified mail or personal delivery,within ten(10)days after the Contractor knew of should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project. ig) The Contractor shall post on each project site a notice, in the text, form and manner prescribed by the Texas Worker's Compensation Commission, informing all persons providing services on the project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify coverage and report lack of coverage. h) The Contractor shall contractually require each person with whom I contracts to provide services on a project,to'. i) provide coverage, based on proper reporting on the classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements,which meets the statutory requirements of Texas labor Code,Section 4171.011(44)for all of its employees providing services on the project,for the duration of the project,- 11) roject;ri) provide to the Contractor, prior to that person beginning work on the project, a certificate of coverage showing that coverage is being provided for all employees of the person providing services on the prosect, for the duration of the project; iii) provide the Contractor, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage,if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project.- iv) roject;iv) obtain from each other person with whom I contracts,and provide to the Contractor. (1) a certificate of coverage,prior to the other person beginning work on the project; and (2) a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, prior to the end of the coverage period, d the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; v) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter. vi) notify the City in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within ten (10)days after the person knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the F7 project;and vii) contractually require each person with whom it contracts, to perform as required by paragraphs h-i)- vii), w4h the certificates of coverage to be provided to the person for whom they are providing services. 4) Posting of Required Worker's Compensation Coverage a) The Contractor shall post a notice on each project site informing all persons providing services on the project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify current coverage and report failure to provide coverage. This notice does not satisfy other posting requirements imposed by the Texas Workers Compensation Act or other Texas Worker's Compensation Commission rules. This notice must be printed with a title in at least 30 point bold type and text in at least 19-point normal type, and shall be in both English and Spanish and any other language common to the worker population. The text for the notices shall be the following text,without any additional words or changes: 'REQUIRED WORKER'S COMPENSATION COVERAGE The law requires that each person working on this site or providing services related to this construction project must be covered by workers compensation insurance. This includes persons providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor or transportation or other service related to the project, regardless of the identity of their employer of status as an employee". M Call the Texas Worker's Compensation Commission at 512-440-3789 to receive information on the legal requirement for coverage, to verify whether your employer has provided the required coverage, or to report an employer's failure to provide coverage." 1 K-3 LIABILITY INSURANCE: The Contractor shall procure and maintain during the term of this Contract such Liability Insurance as shall protect him,the City of'Fort Worth and any Subcontractor performing work covered by this Contract,from claims of damage which may arise from operations under this Contract, including blasting,when blasting is done on, or in connection with the Work of the Project,whether such operations be by himself or by any Subcontractor or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by either of them and the limits of such insurance shall be not less than the following: t) Automobile Liability: $1,000,000 each accident or reasonably equivalent split limits for bodily injury and property damage. Coverage shall be on "any auto" including leased, hired, owned, non-owned and borrowed vehicles used in connection with this Contract. 2) Commercial General Liability: $1,000,000 each occurrence. Coverage under the policy shall be as comprehensive as that provided in a current Insurance Services Office (ISO) policy form approved for use in Texas and the policy shall have no exclusions by endorsement unless such are approved by the City. General Conditions for Facility Construction Lump Sum Contract Page 21 of 27 rGeneral Aviation Terminal Building at Meacham International Airport December 2014 3) Asbestos Abatement Liability Insurance:When the Project speoifically requires the removal of Asbestos Containing Maier iais, the Contractor,or subcontractor performing the removal,shall be required to maintain Asbestos Abatement Liability Insurance as follows: $1.000,000 per occurrence. $2,000,000 aggregate limit. The coverage shall include any pollution exposure, including environmental impairment liability, associated with the services and operations performed under this contract in addition to sudden and accidental contamination or pollution liability for gradual emissions and clean-up costs- K-4 BUILDER'S RISK INSURANCE: Unless stated otherwise in the Proposal or Invitation, the Contractor shall procure, pay for and maintain at all times during the tern of this Contract,Builder's Risk Insurance against the periis of fire, lightning,windstorm, hurricane, hail, riot, explosion, civic commotion,smoke,aircraft, land vehicles,vandalism, and malicious mischief, at a limit equal to 100%of the Contract Sum. The policy shall include coverage for materials and supplies while in transit and while being stared on or off site. If specifically required -n the Instructions to Bidders, the policy shall include coverage for flood and earthquake. Different sub-limits for these coverages must be approved by the City. Consequential damage due to faulty workmanship and/or design performed by the Contractor of his agents shall be covered. Upon completion of the Work,the Contractor shall notify the City of Fort Worth in writing before terminating this insurance. K-5 PROOF OF CARRIAGE OF INSURANCE: The Contractor shall provide a certificate of insurance documenting the _ Transportation and Public Works department,City of Fort Worth as a"Certificate holder", and noting the specific project(s)covered by the Contractor's insurance as documented on the certificate of insurance, More than one certificate may be required of the Contractor depending upon the agents and/or insurers for the Contractor's insurance coverages specified for the project($)- K-B OTHER INSURANCE RELATED REQUIREMENTTSS, 1) The City of Fort Worth shall be an additional Insured,by endorsement,on all applicable insurance policies- 2) Applicable insurance policies shall each be endorsed with a waiver of subrogation in favor of the City of Fort Worth. 3) Insurers of policies maintained by Contractor and its subcontractof(s), if applicable, shall be authorized to do business in the State of Texas, or otherwise approved by the City of Fort Worth,and such shall be acceptable to the City of Fort Worth insofar as their financial strength and solvency are concerned- Any company through which the insurance is placed must have a rating of at least A:VII, as stated in current edition of A. M. Best's Key Rating Guide. At the City's sole discretion, a less favorable rale may be accepted by the City. 4) Ded.ictible !units on insurance policies andlof self-insured retentions exceeding $10,000 require approval of the City of Fort Worth as respects this Contract 5) The City of Fort Worth shall be notified in writing a minimum of thirty days prior to an insurer's action in the event of cancellation or non-renewal in coverage regarding any policy providing insurance coverage required in this Contract fi) Full limits of Insurance shall be available for claims arising out of this Contract with the City of t=ort Worth- ^- 7) The Contractor shall provide cerlificates of insurance to the City prior to commencement of operations pursuant to this Contract- Any failure ori part of the City of Fort Wui(h to request such ducumentalion shall riot he construed as a waiver ur insu•ance requirements specified herein. 8) The City of Fort Worth shall be entitled, upon request and without incurring expense,to review the insurance policies including endorsements thereto and,at its discretion,to require proof of payment for policy premiums. 9) The City of Fort Worth shall not be responsible for paying the cost of insurance coverages required herein. ` 10) Notice of any actual or potential claim and/or litigation that would affect insurance coverages required herein shall be provided to the City in a timely manner. 11) "Other insurance"as referenced in any policy of insurance providing coverages required herein shall not apply to any insurance policy or program maintained by the City of Fort Worth 12) CoWfactor shall agree to either require its subcontractors to maintain the same insurance coverages and limits thereof as specified herein or the Contractor shall provide such coverage on the Contractor's subcontractors. SECTION t_ CHANGES IN THE WORK L-1 CHANGE ORDER: The Owner, without invalidating the Contract, may order Changes in the Work within the general - scope of the Contract consisting of additions, deletions or other revisions, the Contract Sum and the Contract Time being adjusted General Conditions for Facility Construction Lump Sum Contract v Page 22 of 27 General Aviation Terminal Building at Meacham international Airport December 2014 accordingly. All Such Changes in the Work shall be authorized by Change Order, and shall be executed under the applicable conditions of the Contract Documents. A Change Order is a written order to the Contractor signed by the Contractor,Owner and the Architect, issued after the execution of the Contract,authorizing a Change in the Work or adjustment in the Contract Sum or the Contract Time. The Contract Sum and the Contract Time may be changed only by Change Order. Any changes in work required due to changed or unforeseen conditions, or by request of either the Contractor or the City, shall be coordinated with the Director, Department of Transportation and Public Works. A change order must be written and duly negotiated and executed prior to performing changed work. The cost or credit to the Owner resulting from a Change in the work shall be determined in one or more of the following ways: 1) by mutual acceptance of a lump sum property itemized,including the allowance to Contractor for overhead and profit stipulated in the original contract proposal: 2) by unit prices stated in the Contract Documents or subsequently agreed upon;or 3) by cost and a mutually acceptable fixed or percentage fee. If none of the methods set forth herein above is agreed upon,the Contractor, provided he receives a Change Order, shall promptly proceed with the Work involved. The cost of such work shall then be determined on the basis of the Contractors reasonable expenditures and savings, including a reasonable allowance for overhead and profit as indicted in the original contract proposal. In such cases, the Contractor shall keep and present, in such form as the Architect shall prescribe, an itemized accounting together with appropriate supporting data. Pending final determination of cost to the Owner, payments on account shall be made on the Architect's Certificate of Payment as approved by the Owner. If after the Contract has been executed,the Architect,requests a price proposal from the Contractor for a proposed change In scope of the work, Contractor shall process such proposal within seven days of receipt and return the price quote to the Architect in writing. The Architect shall review the price quotation and if approval is recommended, forward the proposed change order request and price proposal to the Owner for approval. If approval is not recommended, the Architect will attempt to negotiate with Contractor to revise the oroposal to a figure which is fair and reasonable and forward it on to the Owner for approval. If the negotiations do not result in an equitable solution, the Architect shall prepare a cost-plus type Change Order with a price-not-to-exceed figure for approval by the City and require specific documentation to be provided by Conlractor in accordance with the paragraph above. Contractor is advised that according to City of Fort Worth Chanter,that,the City Council must approve all Change Orders and Work Orders which results in an increase in cost of the contract amount by over$25,000. Normal processing time for the City Staff to obtain City Council approval, once the recommended change order has been received at the City, is approximately thirty days. Owner and Contractor shall endeavor to identify Change Order items as early in the Construction process as possible to minimize their impact on the construction schedule. if unit prices are stated in the Contract Documents or subsequently agreed upon,and K the quantities originally contemplated are so changed in a proposed Change Order that application of the agreed unit prices to the quantities of Work proposed will create a hardship on the Owner or the Contractor,the applicable unit prices shall be equitably adjusted to prevent such hardship. If the Contractor claims that additional cost or time Is Involved because of(1)any written interpretation issued pursuant to Section A. (2) any order by the Architect or Owner to stop the Work pursuant to Seeflon B, where the Contract was not at fault, or (3) any written order for a minor change in the Work,the Contractor shall make such clam, L-2 CLAIMS FOR ADDITIONAL COST OR TIME; If the Contractor wishes to make a claim for an increase in the Contrail Sum or an extension in the Contract Time, he shall give the Architect written notice thereof within a reasonable time after the occurrence of the event that gave rise to such claim. This notice shall be given by the Contractor before proceeding to execute the 1 Work,except in an emergency endangering life or property in which case the Contractor shall proceed in accordance with Section J. No such claim shall be valid unless so made. Any change in the Contract Sum or Contract Time resulting from such claim. if approved by the Owner,shall be authorized by Change Order. tr L-3 OVERHEAD ALLOWANCES FOR CHANGES: Should any change in the work or extra work be ordered, the following f applicable percentage shall be added to Material and Labor costs to cover overhead and profit: 1. Allowance to the Contractor for overhead and profit for extra work performed by the Contractor's own forces shall not exceed fifteen percent1[ fjI . 2. Allowance to the Contractor for ovefhead and profit for extra work performed by a Subcontractor and supervised by the Contractor shall not exceed ten percent Lit MINOR CHANGE=S IN THE WORN: The Architect shall have authority to order minor changes in the Work not involving an adjustment in the Contract Sum or an extension of the Contract Time and not inconsistent with the intent of the Contract Documents. Such changes may he effected ay Field Order or by other written order. Such changes shall be confirmed In writing by the Architect and shall be binding on the Owner and the Contractor. General Conditions for Facility Construction Lump Sum Contract Page 23 of 27 General Aviation Terminal Building at Meacham Intemational Airport December 2014 L-5 FIELDORDFRS: The Architect may issue written Field Orders which interpret the Contract Documents, or which order minor changes in the Work without change in Contract Sum or Contract Time. The Contractor shall carry out such yield Orders -- p romptly. SECTION M UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK M-1 UNCOVERiNG OF WORK: If any Work should be covered contrary to the request of the Owner, it must be uncovered for observation and replaced,at the Contractor's expense. If any other work has been covered which the Owner has not specifically requested to observe prior to being covered, the Architect or the Owner may request to see such work and it shall be uncovered by the Contractor. If such Work be found in accordance with the Plans and Specifications,the cost of uncovering and replacement shall,by appropriate Change Order,be charged to the Owner If such work be found not in accordance with the i>lans and Specifications,the Contractor shall pay such costs unless it is found that this condition was caused by a separate contractor employed by the Owner. M-2 CORRECTION OF WORK: The Contractor shall promptly correct all work rejected by the fawner as defective or as failing to conform to the flans and Specifications whether observed before or after Substantial Completion and whether or not fabricated. installed or completed. The Contractor shall bear all costs of correcting such rejected Work, including the cost of the Architect's - additional service thereby made necessary. If,within one year after the hate of Substantial Completion or within such longer period of time as may be prescribed by law or by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the Contract Documents, any of the work is found to be defective or not in — accordance with the Contract Documents,the Contractor shall correct it promptly after receipt of a written notice from the Owner to do so, unless the Owner has previously given the Contractor a written acceptance of such condition, describing same specifically and not generally.The Owner shall give such notice promptly after discovery of the condition. All such defective or non-conforming work under the preceding paragraphs shall be removed from the site where necessary and the work shall be corrected to comply with the Contract Documents without cost to the Owner. The Contractor shall bear the cost of making good all work of separate contractors destroyed or damaged by such rernmoval or correction. If the Contractor does not remove such defective or non-conforming work within a reasonable time fixed by written notice from the Owner,the Owner may remove it and may store the materials or equipment at the expense of the Contractor. If the Contractor does not pay the cost of such removal and storage within ten days thereafter,the Owner may upon ten additional days'written notice sell _ such work at auction or at private sale and shall account for the net proceeds thereof,after deducting all the casts that should have been borne by the Contractor including compensation for additional architectural services. If such proceeds of sale do not cover all costs that the Contractor should have borne, the difference shall be charged to the Contractor and an appropriate Change Order shall be issued, if the payments then or thereafter due the Contractor are not sufficient to rover such amount. the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner. If the Contractor faits to correct such defective or non-conforming work,the Owner may correct it in accordance with Section G. The obligation of the Contractor under this Section shall be in addition to and not in limitation of any obligations imposed upon him by special guarantees required by the Contract Documents or otherwise prescribed by law. M-3 ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE OR NON-CQNF_ORMING WORK: If the Owner prefers to accept defective or non- conforming work, he may do so instead of requiring its removal and correction, in which case a Change Order will be issued to _ reflect an appropriate reduction rn the Contract Sum, or, if the amount is determined after final payment, q shalt be paid by the Contractor. SE=CTION N TERMINATION OF THE CONTRACT N-1 TERMINATION BY THE CONTRACTOR: If the work is stopped for a period of 30 days under an order or any court or other public authority having jurisdiction,through no act or fault of the Contractor or a Subcontractor or their agents or employees or any other persons performing any of the work under a contract with the Contractor, or if the work should be stopped for a period of 30 days by the Contractor for the Owner's failure to make payment thereon as provided in Section t, then the Contractor may after the end of such period of 30 days and upon seven additional days'written notice to the Owner,terminate the Contract. N-2 TERMINATION BY THE OWNER: If the Contractor is adjudged as bankrupt, or if he makes a general assignment for the benefit of his creditors, or if a receiver is appointed on account of his insolvency, of if the Contractor refuses, except in cases for which extension of time Is provided, to supply enough properly skifled workmen or proper materials, or if he fails to make prompt payment to Subcontractors or for materials or labor, or fails to comply with at taws, Statutes, Charter, Ordinances, Regulations of Orders of any public authority having jurisdiction, or otherwise is guilty of a substantial violation of a provision of the Contract General Conditions for Facility Construction Lump Sum Contract Page 24 of 27 General Aviation Terminal Building at Meacham international Airport December 2014 - Documents, then the Owner, on its own initiative that sufficient cause exists to justify such action, may, without prejudice to any rights or remedy and after giving the Contractor and his surety, if any, seven (7)days'written notice,terminate the employment of the Contractor and take possession of the site and of all materlats,equipment,tools,construction equipment and machinery thereon owned by the Contractor and may finlsh the work by whatever method he may deem expedient. In such case the Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is finished. If the costs of finishing the Worts, Including compensation for the Architect's additional servloes. exceed the unpaid balance of the Contract,the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner. The City of Fort Worth may terminate this contract in whale, or from time to time, in part, whenever such termination is in the best interest of the City. Termination will be effected by delivering to the Contractor a notice of termination specifying to what extent performance of the work of the contract is being terminated and the effective date of termination. After receipt of termination the Contractor shall: al Stop work under the Contract on the date and to the extent specified on the notice of termination, bj Place no further orders or subcontracts except as may be necessary for the completion of the work not terminated. c] Terminate all orders and subcontracts to the extent that they relate to the performance of the work terminated by the notice of termination. After termination as above,the City will pay the Contractor a proportionate part of the contract price based on the work completed. provided, however, that the amount of payment on termination shall not exceed the total contracl price as reduced by the portion thereof allocatable to the work not completed and further reduced by the amount of payments, J.any otherwise made. Contractor shall submit its claim for amounts due after termination as provided in this paragraph within 30 days after receipt of such claim. In the event of any dispute or controversy as to the propriety or allowability of all or any portion of such claim under this paragraph, such dispute or controversy shall be resolved and be decided by the City Council of the City of Fort Worth, and the decision by the City Council of the City of Fort Worth shall be final and binding upon all parties to this contract SECTION O StG NS The Contractor shall construct and install the project designation sign as required in the Contract Documents and in strict accordance with the Specifications for"Project Designation Signs.'This sign shall be a part of this Contract and shall be included in the Contractor's Base Bid for the Project. SECTION P TEMPORARY FACILITIES P-1 'SCOPE: The Contractor shalt furnish, erect, and maintain facilities and perform temporary work required in the Performance of this Contract,including those shown and specified, P•2 USE OF TEMPORARY FACILITIES: All temporary facilities shall be made available for use by all workmen and subcontractors employed on the project, subject to reasonable directions by the Contractor as to their proper and most efficient utilization. P,3 MAINTENANCE AND REMOVAL: The Contractor shall maintain temporary facilities in a proper, sate operating and sanitary condition for the duration of the Contract. Upon completion of the Contract, all such temporary work and facilities shall be removed from the premises and disposed of unless otherwise directed or specified hereunder. P-d FIELD OFFICES AND SHED: The Contractor is not required to provide a temporary field office or telephone for projects under$1,000,000. Contractor shall equip the Project Superintendent with a pager and provide 24-hour contacts to the City The Contractor shall provide a temporary field office building for himself, his subcontractors and use by the Architect. For construction contracts with a bid price in excess of$1.000,000.41}, the Contractor shall provide a separate field office for the City's field representative(but the separate office may be in the same structure). The buildings shall afford protection against the weather. and each❑ire shall have a lockable door,at least one window,adequate electrical outlets and lighting, and a shelf large enough to tr accommodate perusal of the project drawings. Openings shalt have suitable locks. Field offices shall be mairitained for the full time during the operation of the work of the Contract. During cold weather months, the field offices shall be suitably Insulated and equipped with a heating device to maintain 70 degree Fahrenheit temperature during the workday. During warm weather the offices shall be equipped with an air conditioning device to maintain temperature below 75 degrees F. Upon completion of the work of the Contract, the Contractor shall remove the building from the premises. In addition to the drawing shelf, provide for the City field representatives office: one deck.four chairs,plan rack and a four drawer filing cabinet(with lock)_ Each office shall contain not less than 120 square feet of floor space. The Contractor shall provide and maintain storage sheds other temporary buildings of trailers on the project site as required for his use. Location of sheds and trailers shalt be as approved by the Owner. Remove sheds when work is completed,or as directed. General Conditions for Facility Construction Lump Sum Contract Page 25 of 27 General Aviation Terminal Building at Meacham International Airport December 2014 P-5 TELEPHONE:. The Contractor shall provide and pay for telephone mstaltation and service to the field offices described above.Service shall be maintained for the duration of operations under this contract.The Contractor shall providefor and pay for an automatic telephone-answering device at the site office for the duration of the project. Contractor wilt install separate fax lines and instruments for the City and the Contractor- P-6 TOILET FACILITIES: The Contractor shall provide proper, sanitary and adequate toilet facilities for the use of all workmen and subcontractors employed an the project. P•7 UTILITIES: Contractor shall make all necessary arrangements and provide for temporary water and electricity required during the construction. Contractor shall provide and install temporary utility ureters during the contract construction period. These meters will be read and the Contractor will be billed on this actual use. The Contractor shall provide all labor and materials required ' to tap into the utilities. The Contractor shall make the connections and extend the service lines to the construction area for use of all trades. Upon completion of the work all utility lines shall be removed and repairs made to the existing lines. Only utilities at existing voltages,pressures,frequencies,etc.will be available to the Contractor. Water. Provide an ample supply of potable water for all purposes of construction at a point convenient to the project or as shown on the Drawings. Pipe water from the source of supply to all points where water will be required. Provide sufficient hose to carry water to every required part of the construction and allow the use of water facilities to subcontractors engaged on the work. Provide pumps,tanks and compressors as may be required to produce required pressures. Electric Service. Provide adequate electric service for power and lighting to all points where required. Temporary, electric service shall be of sufficient capacity and characteristics to supply proper current for various types of construction tools, motors,welding machines,lights,heating plant,air conditioning system,.pumps,and other work required. Provide sufficient number of etectric outlets so that 50 foot long extension cords wilt reach all work requiring light or power. Liohtinv. Supply and maintain temporary lighting so that work of all trades may be properly and safely performed,in such areas and at such time that day-lighting is inadequate Provide at least 0.75 watts of incandescent lighting per squgr4e foot and maintain a socket voltage of at least 110 vol'.s. Use at least 100-watt lamps. In any event,the lighting intensity shall not be less than 5 foot candles in the vicinity of work and traffic areas. P-8 HEATING: Heating devices req,0red under this paragraph shall not be electric. The Contractor snail provide heat, ventilation,fuel and services as required to protect all work and materials and to keep the humidity downs to the extent required to prevent corrosion of any metal and to prevent dampness ormiktewwhich is potentially damaging to materials and finishes. All such heating,ventilation and services shall be provided and maintained until final acceptance of all work. In addition,the Contractor shall provide heat ventilation prior and during the following work operations as follows: a) At all times during the placing, setting and curing of concrete provide sufficient heat to insure the heating of the spaces invo;ved to not less than 40 F. b) From the beginning of the application of drywall and during the setting and curing period, provide sufficient heat to produce a temperature in the spaces Involved of rot less than 55 F. c) For a period of seven(7)days previous to the placing of interior finish materials and throughout the placing of finish painting, decorating and laying of resilient flooring materials,provide sufficient heat to produce a temperature of not less than 60 F. P-9 TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION,EQUIPMENT AND PROTECTION: The Contractor shall provide, maintain, and remove upon completion of the work all temporary rigging, scaffolding, hoisting equipment, rubbish chutes., ladders to roof, barricades around openings, and all other temporary work as required to complete all work of the Contract. Contractor shall coordinate the use and furnishing of scaffolds with his sub-contraclors. The Contractor shall provide,maintain, and remove upon completion of the work,or sooner, if authorized by the{7wner, all fences, barricades. lights, shoring, pedestrian walkways, temporary fire escapes, and other protective structures or devices necessary for the safety of workmen.City employees,equipment,the public and property. All temporary construction and equipment shall conform to all regulations, ordinances, laws and other requirements of the authorities having jurisdiction,including insurance companies,with regards to safety precautions,operation and fife hazard. The Contractor shall provide and maintain pumping facilities, including power, for keeping the site, all times, whether from underground seepage,rainfall,drainage of broken lines. The Contractor shall maintain provision for closing and locking the building at such time as possible to do so. tf this is not feasible, maintain a night The Contractor shall provide and maintain all barricades or enclosures, required to protect the work in progress from outside elements, dusts, and other disturbances as a result of worts under this Contract. Such protection shall be positive, shall meet the approval of the Owner and shall be maintained for+,he duration of the construction period or as required to provide for the protection as specified General Conditions for Facility Construction Lump Sum Contract Page 26 of 27 General Aviation Terminal Building at Meacham International Airport December 2014 P-'10 PROJECT BUtIETINBOARD: The Contractor shall fumish,install and maintain during the I fe of the project a weather- tight bulletin board approximately 3 feet high by 5 Feet wide having not less than two hinged or sliding glass doors with provisions for as locking. The bulletin'board shall be mounted where and as approved by the fawner, in a prominent place accessible to employees of the Contractor and sub-contractors, and to applicants for employment. The bulletin board shall remain the property of the Contractor and shall be removed by him upon completion of the Contract work. The following information which will be furnished by the City to the Contractor shall be posted on the bulletin board and shall be maintained by the Contractor in easily readable condition at all times for the duratfon of the Contract. w a. The Equal Opportunity Poster and Notice Nondiscrimination of Employment(Standard Form 38). b. Wage Rate Information Poster(Form SOL 155),with the Contract Schedule of minimum wage rates as required by the Davis-Bacon Ad. 1r„ c Safety Posters. 1 SECTION 0 VENUE Should any action arise out of the terms and conditions of this contract,venue for said action shall lie in Tarrant County,Texas. f E E t General Conditions for Facility Construction lump Sum Contract Page 27 of 27 General Aviation Terminal Building at Meacham International Airport December 2014 CITY OF FORT WORTH, TEXAS CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT LUMP SUM THE STATE OF TEXAS § § KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS: COUNTY OF TARRANT § This agreement made and entered into this the 5th day of December A.D,, 2014, by and between the CITY OF FORT WORTH, a municipal co,poration of Tarrant Counts, Texas, organized and existing under and by virtue of a special charter adapted by the ctualfled voters within said City on the 11 th day of December, A.D. 1924; under the authority (vested in said voters by the "Home Rule" provision) of the Constitution of Texas, and in accordance with a resolution duly passed at a regular meeting of the City Council of said City, hereinafter called OWNER, and Imperial Construction, Inc. of the City of Weatherford County of Parker State of Texas, hereinafter called CONTRACTOR. WITNESSEzTH� That for and in consideration of the payments and agreements hereinafter mentioned to be made and performed b, the Owner, and under the conditions expressed in the bond beanng even date herewith, the said Contractor hereby agrees with the said Owner to commence and complete the construction of certain improvements described as follows: City of Fart Worth Expansion and Renovation of General Aviation Terminal Building Meacham International Airport 4201 North Main Stfe6t Fort Worth,Texas City Project No. 1527 That the work herein contemplated shall consist of furnishing as an independent contractor all labor, tools, appliances and materials necessary for the construction and completion of said Project in accordance with the Plans and Specifications and Contract Documents adopted by the City Council of the City of Fort Worih, which Plans and Specifications and Contract Documents are hereto attached and made a part of this contract the same as if written herein. The Contractor hereby agrees and binds himself to commence the construction of said work within ten (10) days after being notified in writing to do so by the Owner City agrees and binds itself to pay, and the said Contractor agrees to receive, for all of the aforesaid work, and for stated additions thereto or deductions there from, the price shown on the Proposal submitted by the successful bidder hereto attached and made a part hereof_ Payment will be made in monthly installments upon actual work cornpieted by contractor and accepted by the Owner and receipt of invoice from the Contractor. The agreed upon total contract amount shall be $15,872,750.00 including $1,302,750.00 in General Contingency Allowance and $95,000,00 in Additive Alternate No. 1, Contractor agrees to complete the Project, suitable for occupancy and beneficial use, within 407 calendar days. Note: $14,475,000.00 (Base Proposal) plus $1,302,754.00 (General Contingency Allowance for use by Owner only) and $95,000.00 (Additive Alternate No. 1). i construction Contract(Lump Sum) Page 1 of 4 General Aviation Terminal Building at Meacham international Airport December 2014 Insurance Requirements: The Contractor shall not commence work under this contract until it has obtained all insurance required under the Contract Documents, and the Owner has approved such insurance. The Contractor shall be responsible for delivering to the Owner the sub- contractors' certificates of insurance for approval. The Contractor shall indicate on its certificate of insurance included in the documents for execution whether or not its insurance covers subcontractors. It is the intention of the Owner that the insurance coverage required herein shall include the coverage of all subcontractors. a. WORKER'S COMPENSATION INSURANCE: • Statutory lir-nits- Employer's liability: • $100,000 disease each employee. • $500,0100 disease policy limit. • $100,000 each accident. b. COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE: The Contractor shall procure and shall maintain during the life of this contract public liability insurance coverage in the Form of a Commercial General Liability insurance policy to cover bodily injury, including death, and property damage at the following limits: $1,000,000 each occurrence and $2,000,000 aggregate limit. • The insurance shall be provided on a project specific basis and shall be endorsed accordingly. • The insurance shall include, but not be limited to, contingent liability for independent contractors, }CCU coverage, and contractual liability. - c. BUSMESS AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY: • $1,000,,000 each accident. - • The policy shall cover any auto used in the course of the project. d. BUILDER'S RISK OR INSTALLATION FLOATER. This insurance shall be applicable according to the property risks associated with the project and commensurate with the contractual obligations specified in the contract _ documents- e. 1=7CCESS LIABILITY UMBRELLA: • $1,000,000 each occurrence, $2,000,000 aggregate limit. This insurance shall provide excess coverage over each line of liability insurance required herein. The policy shall fallow the form(s) of the underlying policies- f SCOPE OF INSURANCE AND SPECIAL HAZARD. The insurance required under the above paragraphs shall provide adequate protection for the Contractor and its subcontractors, respectively, against damage claims which may arise from operations under this contract, whether such operations be by the insured or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by it, against any insurable hazards which may be encountered in the performance of the Contract. Construction Contract(Lump Sura) Page 2 of 4 General Aviation Terrrti nal Building at Meacham International Airporl December 2014 g. PROOF OF CARRIAGE OF INSURANCE- The Contractor shall furnish the owner with satisfactory proof of coverage by insurance required in these Contract Documents in the amounts and by insurance carriers satisfactory to the Owner. The form to be used shall be the current Accord certificate of insurance form or such other form as the Owner may in its sole discretion deem acceptable. All insurance requirements made upon the Contractor shall apply to the sub-contractors, should the Contractor's insurance not cover the subcontractor's work operations performed in the course of this contracted project. ADDITIONAL INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS: a. The Owner, its officers, employees and servants shall be endorsed as an additional insured on Contractor's insurance policies excepting employers liability insurance coverage under Contractor's workers' compensation insurance policy. b. Certificates of insurance shall be delivered to the City of Fort Worth, contract administrator in the respective department as specified in the bid documents, 1000 Throckmorton Street, Fort Worth, TX 76102, prior to commencement of worts on the contracted project. C. Any failure on part of the Owner to request required insurance documentation shall not constitute a waiver of the insurance requirements specified herein. d Each insurance policy shall be endorsed to provide the Owner a minimum thirty days notice of cancellation, non-renewal, and/or material change in policy terms or coverage. A ten'days notice shall be acceptable in the event of non-payment of premium. e Insurers must be authorized to do business in the State of Texas and have a current A.M. Best rating of A:VI I or equivalent measure of financial strength and solvency. f. Deductible limits, or self-funded retention limits, on each policy must not exceed $10,000.00 per occurrence untess otherwise approved by the Owner. q. In lieu of traditional insurance, Owner may consider alternative coverage or risk treatment measures through insurance pools or risk retention groups. The Owner must approve in writing any alternative coverage. h Workers' compensation insurance policy(s) covering employees employed on the -. project shall be endorsed with a waiver of subrogation providing rights of recovery in favor of the Owner. i. Owner shall not be responsible for the direct payment of insurance premium costs for contractor's insurance. j. Contractor's insurance policies shall each be endorsed to provide that such insurance is primary protection and any self-funded or commercial coverage maintained by Owner shall not be called upon to contribute to loss recovery. k. In the course of the project, Contractor shall report, in a timely manner, to Owner's officially designated contract administrator any known loss occurrence which could give rise to a liability claim o lawsuit or which could result in a property loss. .. Construction contract(Lump sum) Page 3 of 4 General Aviation Terminal Buikding at Mea¢tram International Airport December 2014 I Contractor's liability shall not be limited to the specified amounts of insurance required herein. m. Upon the request of Owner, Contractor shall provide complete copies of all insurance policies required by these contract documents- If this Contract is in excess of $25,000, the Contractor shall provide a Payment Bond in the full amount of the contract- If the contract is in excess of $100,000 Contractor shall provide both Payment and Performance Bonds for the full amount of the contract. Contractor shall apply for all City of Fort Worth permits and for any other permits required by this project. City of Fort Worth Permit fees are waived. Separate permits will be required for each facility. If the Contractor should fail to complete the work as set forth in the Pians and Specifications and Contract Documents within the time so stipulated, plus any additional time allowed as provided in the General Conditions, there shall be deducted from any monies due or which may thereafter become due him, the liquidated damages outlined in the General Conditions, not as a penalty but as liquidated damages, the Contractor and his Surety shall be liable to the Owner for such deficiency. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the City of Fort Worth has caused this instrument to be signed in four counterparts in its name and on its behalf by the City Manager and attested by its Secretary, with the corporate seal of the City of Fort Worth attached. The Contractor has executed this instrument through its duly authorized officers In four counterparts with its corporate seal attached. Done in Fort Worth, Texas, this the JL" day of �C�0-l bel" A,D., 2014- _ 1MPERIA O STF2tJCTION, INC. APPROVED. CITY OF FORT WORTH By: By:Ir Gr �-- HolgerKell, y Fernando Costa Executive Vice-President Assistant City Manager APPROVAL OMMFNDED: RE O DI=D~ .- �'D Q By. a ` By: :1 �► n D� ,( +6 Douglas iersig, PE Mary J, Ifay4f $ Director, Transportation & Public Wo s Dept_ City Secretary DD �, �DaODDaaoa°� TOL APPROVED AS,T-QFOR M P LEGALITY- M&C C-27131 December Contract Authorization Grant Jordan Assistant City Attorney OFFICIAL RECORD CITY SECRETARY WnRTM 1 TX Construction Contract(Lump Sum) Page 4 of 4 General Aviation Terminal wilding at Meacham International Airport December 2014 Bond 4 8233-08-04 PERFORMANCE BOND THE STATE OF TEXAS § § KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS: COUNTY OF TARRANT § That we, lmnerial Construction,Inc. known as"Principal" herein and Federal [nsurance Company ,a corporate surety(sureties, if more than one)duly authorized to do business in the`hate of Texas, known as"Surety" herein(whether one or more),are held and tzrmly bound unto the City of Fort Worth,a municipal corporation created pursuant to the laws of Texas,known as"City,.herein, in the penal sum of,, Fifteen N illion Eip-ht_Hundred Seventy-Two Thousaad Seven Hundred Fifty and Zero Cents Dollars {S1S,872,750.0[l), lawful money of the United States, to be paid in Fort Worth,Tarrant County,Texas for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made,we bind ourselves,our heirs, executors, administrators,successors and assigns,jointly and severally,firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the City awarded the day of December 2014, which Contract is hereby referred to and made a part hereof for all purposes as if fully set forth herein,to furnish all materials,equipment labor and other accessories defined by law,in the prosecution of the Work, including any Change Orders,as provided for in said Contract designated as Expansion and Renovation of General Aviation Terminal Building at Meacham International Airport located at 4201 North Malin Street.Fort Worth,_Texas(Citj Project No. 1527 . NOW,THEREFORE,the condition of this obligation is such that if the said Principal shall faithfully perform it obligations ander the Contract and shall in all respects duly and faithfully perform the Work, including Change Orders, under the Contract,according to the plans,specifications,and contract documents therein referred to,and as well during any period of extension of the Contract that may be granted on the part of the City,then this obligation shall be and become null and void, otherwise to remain in full force and effect. ' PROVIDED FURTHER,that if any legal action be filed on this Bond,venue shall lie in Tarrant County,'T'exas or the United States District Court for the Northern District of Teras, Fort Worth Division.This bond is made and executed in compliance with the provisions of Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code,as amended,and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said statue. Perfonnance Bond Page 7 of 2 General Aviation Terminal Building at Meacham International Airport Decem6es 2014 IN WrfNESS WHEREOF,the Principal and the Surety have SIGNED and SEALED this instrument by duly authorized agents and officers on this the 16th Any of December 2014. PRINCIPAL: Imperial Construction, Inc. BY: Sign ATTEST, 1 t (Principal)s Nameand Title Address 193 Coy Road Weatherford, TX 76087 2. Qj)ok� Witness as to Principal SURETY: Federal Insurance Company a BY: r.� S - JeffrQy Todd McIntgIb-Atorney-in-Fact Name and Title Address: 15 Mountain View Road Warren NJ 07059 Witness as to'Surety Connie Kregel Telephone Number. (908) 903-2000 *Note: If signed by an officer of the Surety Company,there must be on file a certified extract from the by-laws showing that this person has authority to sign such obligation. If Surety's physical address is different from its mailing address,both must be provided.The date of the bond shall not be prior to the date the Contract is awarded_ Performance Bond Page 2 of 2 General Aviation Terminal Building at Meacham International Airport December 2014 Bond# 8233-08-414 PAYMENT BOND THE STATE OF TEXAS § § KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS: COUNTY OF TARRANT § That we, Imperial Construction Inc. known as "Principal" herein, and Federal Insurance Company a corporate surety(sureties),duly authorized to do business in the State of Texas, known as"Surety" herein (whether one or more), are held and firmly bound unto the City of Fort Worth, a municipal corporation created pursuant to the laws of the State of Texas, known as"City"herein, in the penal swn of, Fifteen Millioo Eight Hundred Seventy-Two Thousand Seven Hundred Fifty and .Zero Cents ,Dollars (115,872,750.00) , lawful money of the United States, to be paid in Fort Worth, Tarrant County, Texas, for the payment of which sum well and truly be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators,successors and assigns,jointly and severally,firmly by these presents: WHEREAS, Principal has entered into a certain written Contract with City, awarded the A! day of December. 2414, which Contract is hereby referred to and made a part hereof for all purposes as if fully set forth herein, to famish all materials, equipment, labor and other accessories as defined by taw, in the prosecution of the Work as provided for ux said Contract and designated as Ex ansion and Renovation of General Aviation Terminal Buildine at Meacham International Airport located at 4201North Main Street, port Worth,Texas(City Project No.15221 NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that if Principal shall pay all monies owing to any (and all) payment bond beneficiary (as defined in Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code, as amended) isi the prosecution of the Work under the Contract, then this obligation shall be and become null and void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect. M This bond is trade and executed ba compliance with the provisions of Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code, as amended,and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said statute. I' Payment Bona Page t of 2 General Aviation Terminal Building at Meacham Internaliona4AlrpoR December 2014 IN WITNESS W113E>itEOF, the Principal and Surety have each SIGNED and SEALED this instrument by duly authorized agents and officers on this the�i day of December 2014- PRINCIPAL: Imperial Construction, Inc. ATTEST: BY: Signature VP (Principal)SeeMtary Name and Title Address: 193 Coy Road Weatherford, TX 76087 Witness as to Principal SURETY: Federal Insurance Company ATTEST: BY: tgn See Power of Attorney Jeffrey McIntosh. -i - t (Surety)Secretary Nance and Title Address: 15 Mountain View Road Warren, NJ 07059 1p Witness as to Surety ionnie Kregel . Telephone Number: -(908) 903-2000 *Note: If signed by an officer of the Surety, there must be on file a certified extract from the bylaws showing that this person has authority to sign such obligation. if Surety's physical address is different from its mailing address,both must be provided. The date of the bond shall not be prior to the date the Contract is awarded. Payment Gond Page 2 of 2 General Avlativn Terminal Building at Meacham International Airpo+3 December 2014 Chubb POWER Federal Insurance Company Attn: Surety Deportment OF Vigilant Insurance Company IS Mountain View Road Surety ATTORNEY Pacific Indemnity Company Warren, NJ 07069 Know AR by These Presents, That FEDERAL. INSURANCE COMPANY, an Indiana Corporation, VIGILANT INSURANCE COMPANY, a New York corporation, and PACIFIC INDEMNITY COMPANY, a Wisconsin Corporation, do each hereby constihrte and appoint Connie ]ears Kregel and Jeffrey Tadd McIntosh of Dallas, Texas -------------------------------------- each as their true and lawful Attorney-in-Fact to axtaAe under such desIgnabOn In their names and W afkx dwir r„drpor:tt seals to and dellYer for arta on IhW betW as surety fheraon V ottmimse Dards and urowtavQ5 and ofrlar witinQb trtllipulary In Me naWfe Utt•Iw(outer ow pall Ilonds)tifvdit or as*wed in the course of buzirwAs and arty MtrLl w to amending or altering I*same,and pinaents to(he modirlWon or alteration of any inatrVr W11 referred to in said bonds or oblIgabons. In wlfarssa WhanW.said FEDERAL INURANCE COMPOY,VIGtLINT INSURANCE COMPANY,and PACIFIC INDEMNITY COMPANY have each exaoarteci and aetrated dtese presaats rend atftxw thele mrpomm:oats cm tttia 10day of July,2014. QDJ—U"�. ' f Dorm M.Crek%m,Asetztant$=Iftry � 0a , Jr.,Vete Pres STATE OF NEW JERSEY ss_ COunty of Sornerset On"a 100 day& July, 2014 befom me,a Notary Public of New Jersey,Personally Came Dawn M.Chloro%,io me known to be Assistant 5eaatary of FEDERAL INSURANCE COMPANY,VIGlLAN7 INSURANCE COMPANY,and PACIFIC"DE)AMITY COMPANY the companies*I%k t executed the for*going Power of Attorney,and the said pawn M. CNorns, Wein; ay me duly sworn. Cid depose and sly anal she is Asa&iard Secretary Of FEDERAL INSURANCE COMPANY,VIGILANT INSURANCE COMPANY.and PACIFIC INOWNfTY COMPANY and knows me corporate seals thereof.+Tat the seals afmced to the foregoing Power of Aftmey are such OmMO(Ite awls and were thereto aAbced by au*o tty of ttte%-taws of said Companies;And atwt she signed sold Power W AttonVy as Assistant Secretary of said Compardes bylike authorllY. and that arse is acquairiW vAth f]evid B. Noma,Jr.,And knows him to be Vex President of said Companies;and that the signature of D"B.Norris,Jr-rwbed+ibdd to said Power of Attorney 4 in the genuine harOwriting of David S.Norris,Jr.,and was thereto autxcrltaed by aubority of said By-Laws and In deparmn"s prasenta. Notarial Seal a,/,p F" KATHERM J.ADELAAR ty(JI y NarARY PUBLIC OF NEW JERSEY erste No.2316585 PUS COMMN bn ExplftM Jtaily 14,201 Notasy Ptlbac CERTIFICATION Emactfrom the Ely-taws of FEDERAL INSURANCE COMPANY,VIGILANT INSURANCE COMPANY,rand PACIFIC INDEMNITY COMPANY: 'AIL powers of attorney for and on behalf of the Company may and shah be exectAed In the name And on behalf of die Comp",efthnr by the Chatnnan or Me Presider#or a Vbe Praeident or an Assistard WA President jointly with the Sieeretary or an A=s%nt Secretary,under their mspectfw deftnadorta The slgna"of such offfOers may tie engraved,printed or ACftogMPhed.The Signature of each W ft lntfaMng oft CWSJ Cnaunwn,Presrdark arry Vice PM%)Ocnt,arty Assksilant Yoe Pmaident,any Secretary,tory Assistant Secretary and"seal of the CompaM miy rte affboed by facsimile to arty power Ot attorney Or to airy MMACafe relYting thlareW appoPnUig Assistant Secretaries or Anomeys-in-Fact for pmom only of e)wutmg and attift g bon&and undertakings and OCC vvrfa+>ps oWpatory in the rimula thereof,and hili auCh ponw of ataoM"or acrWIGM bearing such facsimile signature Cr faealmile seal shall be valid and dna upon the Company and any such power so mmmiled and caMW by such facaertlie slgnataire and taoslmde asst than tie valid and W 444 upon ttta Company with respect to any bond Or undertaking to which ft Is attached.' I,pawn M.Chforta,Assiatarn Siecretaryof FEDERAL INSURANCE COMPANY.V*"NT INSURANCE COMPANY,and PACIFIC INDEMNfrY COMPANY(trre'Compan*l� do nemby aAffy that (1) the lbn yOing eXWW of the By-Eaves of the Cornpanies iS true and coned, {r] foie COrnpanlea are duly rroenaed and auttualtzed to van eact surety Wvnesa in all$0 of ttre United Sys of America and Ina Dletrlct of C.Nurnbia and ora aubrorlxcd by flee U.S Tr sum"Dspartrtwit;fexdw.Fedeng and Vigilant are licensed m Bae U.S.VirW Wands, and Federal!.s%weed to American Sllmmoa,Guam,Puerta Rico.and each of the PmArtoes of Cerw a except Prince Edward island;and OD the Iareong Powe!of Af rMey is tr oe,Great and In full foroe and effect Given under Avy nand and soma of said Compania:ai Warren NJ this December 16,2014. Ga n M.Chloroa,Asisatsi rt Secretary ifln' IM 7-K>r P Nle Y X WISH TO 907tr'!US OF A CLARA VERIFY THE AUTHENTSCI Y OF THIS BOND OR NOTIFY US OF ANY 0THFR MATTER.PLEASE CONTACT CIS AT ADOr7E55 Lt8'IFF'L1►10VE,OR BY T"Wh uxb t906)W}34M ram j9pa)Boa-y6% "alk surobj Rdnaa.mm Faun I5-IG-02258-U GEN CONSENT lray.Cit-1At Policyholder Information Notice IMPORTANT NOTICE AV1SO IMPORTANTE ON To obtain information or make a complaint: Para obtener information o para someter una queja: You may call Chubb's toll-free telephone number Listed puede llamas al mimero de teldfono gratis for information or to make a complaint at de Chubb's para information o para someter una queja al ,.. 1-800-36-CHUBB 1-800-36-CHUBB You may contact the Texas Department of Puede comunicarse con el Departamento de Insurance to obtain information on companies, 5eguros de Texas para obtener information acerca coverages, rights or complaints at de companias, coberturas, derechos o quejas al 1-800-252-3439 1-800.252-3439 You may write the Texas Department of Insurance Puede escribir at Departamento de Seguros de Texas P.D. Box 149104 P.O. Box 149104 Austin, TX 78714-9144 Austin, TX 78714-9104 FAX # (512) 475-1771 FAX # (512) 475-1771 Web: http://www.tdi.state.tx.us Web: http:I/www.tdi.state.tx.us *� E-mail:. ConsumerProtection@tdi.state.tx.us E-mail: ConsumerProtection@tdi.state.tx.us PREMIUM OR CLAIM DISPUTES: DISPUTAS SOBRE PRIMAS O RECLAMOS: r Should you have a dispute concerning your premium Si tiene una disputa concerniente a su prima o a un or about a claim you should contact the agent first. reclamo, Bebe comwlicarse con el agente primero. If the dispute is not resolved, you may contact the Si no se resueve la disputa, puede entonces Texas Department of Insurance. comunicarse con el departamento(TDI). •• ATTACH THIS NOTICE TO YOUR POLICY.- UNA ESTE AVISO A SU POL1ZA: This notice is for information only and does not Este aviso es solo para proposito de informacio'n y become a part or condition of the attached no se.convierte en parte o condici6n del documento document. adjunto, ri Fmn 99-10-0299(Rev.1-08) r s Client#:87822 18IMPERCON ACORD,- CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE DATE IM 120IYYYYI 1211512 014 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER.THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND,EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED 6Y THE POLICIES BELOW.THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S),AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER,AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IMPORTANT:if the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED,the policy(les)must be endorsed.If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED,subject to the terms and Conditions of the policy,certain paiiclas may requlrp an endorsement_A StAkernent on this Cer ifiCate dogS not oonfer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). PRODUCER CONTACT NAME: Wortharn insurance&Risk Mgmt. PHONE I`R� IAfC,No,Eric:817 336-3030 [A1c,Nor: 817 336-825T 1600 West Seventh Street EMAIL Fort Worth,TX 76102-2505 I A..RESS: INSURER(S)AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC M INSURER A:Valley Forge Insurance Company 20508 INSURED INSURER B,Commerce and Industry Insurance 19410 Imperial Construction,Inc. INSURER C:Continental Casualty Company 20443 +! dba lmpcon,Inc INSURER D:Continental Insurance Company 35289 P.❑.Box 967 INSURER E Weatherford,TX 76086 INSURER F COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER: REVISION NUMBER: f� THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE:BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACTOR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCHPOLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS- TN—SR LAIMS.INSR TYPE OF INSURANCE — 'AADL,SUBR - POLICY EFF PO{�Y EXP -- LIMITS LTR }NSR WV POLICY HUMBER (M r_ MMi00 I A GENERAL LIABILITY 2074617849 10/03/2014 101031201! EACH �O,ECCURRENC€ S1 000 000 X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY FR kAIiSE EsETr enoe S1001000 CLAIMS-MADE X OCCUR MED EXP SAs,y one,perwiI_ S 5N0 X PD Ded:$1,000 PERSONAL 8 ADV INJURY 51,000,008 GENERAL AGGREGATE s2,000,000 GEN'LAGGREGATELIMIT APPLIES PER; PRODUCTS-COMPIOPAGG $2090,000 POLICY E T n LOC S D AUTOMOBILE LIAWLITY r 2083101370 0/03/2014 10103/201 O 13INEEDISINGLE LIMIT 1,000,000 X ANY AUTO BODILY INJURY(Per person) S ALL OWNED SCHEDULED BODILY INJURY(Per mcadW) $ AUTOS AUTONON-OWNED PROPERTY DAMAGE $ X HIRED AUTOS X AUTOS _'Per amdanl) S B X,UMBRELLA LIAS X OCCUR �IiE054059547 10103!20141101031201 d EACH OCCURRENCE 5 15,000,040 v EXCESS LIAR CLAIMS-MADE AGGREGATES s15 000 000 _ OEP x RETENTIONS10,000 1 S C WORKERS COMPENSATION 2074617981 10103120114'101031201X We sTATU- OTN �,TnRYtIMITS ER AND EMPLOYERS'UASILITY ANY PROPRIETORfPARTNERIEKECUTIVE YIN E.L.EACH ACCIDENT $1,000,000 me OFFICERlMEMBER EXCLUDED? '•I N 1 A IMandaloryy In NRI E.L.DISEASE-EA EMPLOYEE S1,000,000 If yew,tlesmbe under DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below E.L.DISEASE-POLICY LIMIT $1,000,000 rw I DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS i LOCATIONS 1 VEHICLES(Attach ACORD 101,Additional Remarks Schedule,If more space Is required) Re:Expansion and Renovation of General Aviation Terminal Building Meacham International Airport,4201 '• 'North Main Street,Fort Worth,TX City Project No.1527 G140331D 01113 Blanket Additional Insured-Owners.Lessees or Contractors-with Products-Completed Operations Coverage �. CG2404 05109 Waiver of Transfer of Rights or Recovery Against Others to Lis (See Attached Descriptions) CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION SHOULD TIH City of Fort Worth THE EXPIRATIONDATABOVE E O THEREOF,, NOTICE I WIES LL CANCELLED L BE BEFORE DEL VEREOIN Contract Administration ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. 1000 Throckmorton f Fort Worth,,TX 76102 AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE n:1988-2010 ACORD CORPORATION,All rights reserved. ACORD 25(2010105) 1 of 2 The AC ORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD NS505491IM492714 18TLM DESCRIPTIONS (Continued from Page 1) SCA23500D 10111 Extended Coverage Endorsement-BA PLUS WC420304B 06114 Texas Waiver of Our Rights to Recover From Others Endorsement CG2504 05109 Designated Location(s)General Aggregate Limit G18652J 07112 Contractors General Liability Extension Endorsement CG0205 12104 Texas Changes•Amendment of Cancellation Provision or Coverage Change G300660A 06108 Changes-Notice of Cancellation or Material Change WC420601 07184 Texas Notice of Material Change SAGITTA 25.3(2010105) 2 of 2 #S5054911M492714 7 � 0 CNA (Ed. 31/13) BLANKET ADDITIONAL INSURED -OWNERS, LESSEES OR CONTRACTORS - '" WITH PRODUCTS-COMPLETED OPERATIONS COVERAGE It is understood and agreed that this endorsement amends the COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE lip PART as follows: SCHEDULE(OPTIONAL) Name of Additional Insured Persons Or Organizations (As required by"written contract"per Paragraph A. below.) Locations of:Covered Operations (As per the"written contract," provided the location is within the"coverage territory"of this Coverage Part.) FP P9 A. Section If-Who Is An Insured is amended to include as an additional insured: 1. Any person or organization whom you are required by "written contract" to add as an additional insured on e this Coverage Part;and 2. The particular person or organization, if any,scheduled above. B. The insurance provided to the additional insured is limited as follows: 1. The person or organization is an additional insured only with respect to liability for "bodily injury," "property damage,"or"personal and advertising injury`caused in whole or in part by: pe a. Your acts or omissions, or the acts or omissions of those acting on your behalf, in the performance of your ongoing operations specified in the "written contract"; or b. "Your work" that is specified in the "written contract" but only for "bodily injury" or "property damage" included in the"products-completed operations hazard,'"and only if: 10 (1) The"written contract"requires you to provide the additional insured such coverage; and (2) This Coverage Part provides such coverage. r• 2. If the "written contract"specifically requires you to provide additional insurance coverage via the 10/01 edition of CG2010(,aka CG 20 10 10 01), or via the 10101 edition of CG2037 (aka CG 20 37 10 01), or via the 11185 edition of CG2010 (aka CG 20 10 1185), then in paragraph B.I.above,the words'caused in whole or in part by are replaced by the words "arising out of". 3. We will not provide the additional insured any broader coverage or any higher limit of insurance than: a. The maximum permitted by law;. b. That required by the"written contract": c. That described in B_1.above; or d" That afforded to you under this policy, whichever is less. 4. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Condition 4. Other Insurance (Section IV), this insurance is excess of all other insurance available to the additional insured whether on a primary, excess, contingent or G-140331-D (Ed. 01/13) Page 1 of 2 Copyright,CNA All Rights Reserved. 011113)/13) CNA (E Ed.0 � ( any other basis. But if required by the "written contract" to be primary and non-contributory, this insurance �. will be primary and non-contributory relative to insurance on which the additional insured is a Named Insured. 5. The insurance provided to the additional insured does not apply to "bodily injury," "property damage," or "personal and advertising injury"arising out of: a. The rendering of, or the failure to render, any professional architectural, engineering, or surveying services,including: (1) The preparing, approving, or failing to prepare or approve maps, shop drawings, opinions, reports, IMP surveys, field orders, change orders or drawings and specifications; and (2) Supervisory, inspection, architectural or engineering activities;or b. Any premises or work for which the additional insured is specifically listed as an additional insured on another endorsement attached to this Coverage Part. C. SECTION IV—COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CONDITIONS is amended as follows: 1. The Duties In The Event of Occurrence, Offense, Claim or Suit condition is amended to add the following additional conditions applicable to the additional insured: An additional insured under this endorsement will as soon as practicable: ,., (1) Give us written notice of an "occurrence" or an offense which may result in a claim or "suit" under this insurance,and of any claim or"suit"that does result; (2) Except as provided in Paragraph B.4. of this endorsement, agree to matte available any other insurance r the additional insured has for a loss we cover under this Coverage Part; (3) Send us copies of all legal papers received, and otherwise cooperate with us in the investigation, defense,or settlement of the claim or"suit"; and ,., (4) Tender the defense and indemnity of any claim or "suit" to any other insurer or self insurer whose policy or program applies to a loss we cover under this Coverage Part. But if the"written contract"requires this insurance to be primary and non-contributory, this provision (4) does not apply to insurance on which the additional insured is a Named Insured. We have no duty to defend or indemnify an additional insured under this endorsement until we receive from the additional insured written notice of a claim or"suit." D. Only for the purpose of the insurance provided by this endorsement, SECTION V— DEFINITIONS is amended to add the following definition: "Written contract" means a written contract or written agreement that requires you to make a person or organization an additional insured on this Coverage Part, provided the contract or agreement: 1. Is currently in effect or becomes effective during the term of this policy:and 2. Was executed prior to: a. The "bodily injury"or"property damage";or b. The offense that caused the"personal and advertising injury," for which the additional insured seeks coverage under this Coverage Part, r rAll other terms and conditions of the Policy remain unchanged. Material used with permission of ISD Properties, Inc. r rG-140331-D (Ed. 01/13) Page 2 of 2 rCopyright,CNA All Rights Reserved. POLICY NUMBER: 2074617849 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CG 24 04 05 09 WAIVER OF TRANSFER OF RIGHTS OF RECOVERY AGAINST OTHERS TO US This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART PRODUCTS/COMPLETED OPERATIONS LIABILITY COVERAGE PART SCHEDULE Name Of Person Or Organization: SEE CC 2404 Information required to complete this Schedule if not shown above will be shown in the Declarations. The following is added to Paragraph 8, Transfer Of Rights Of Recovery Against Others To Us of Section IV—Conditions: We waive any right of recovery we may have against the person or organization shown in the Schedule above because of payments we make for injury or damage arising out of your ongoing operations or"your work" done under a contract with that person or organization and included in the "products-completed operations hazard.' This waiver applies only to the person or organization shown in the Schedule above. w N n CG 24 04 05 09 Copyright, Insurance Services Office, Inc.,2008 Page 1 of 1 POLICY NUMBER INSURED NAME AND ADDRESS 2674617$44 ]mperiat cornslniciion,inc. dba Impcon,Inc Y().Bas 967 Weatherford.TQC 76086 POLICY CEANGES BLANKET WAIVER CG2404 This Change Endorsement changes the Policy. Please read it carefully. This Change Endorsement is a part of your Policy and takes effect on the effective date of your Policy, unless another effective date is shown. CG 24 04 SCHEDULE Fame of Person or Organization: Any person or organization with whom you have agreed in writing in a contract or agreement to waive any right of recovery against such person or organization, but only if the contract or agreement: T 1. Is in effect or becomes effective during the term of this policy; and 2. Was executed prior to loss. SOGr Er/}' Chairman of the Board G-56015-8 (ED. 11/91) CNA SCA 23 500D (Ed. 10111} THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. EXTENDED COVERAGE ENDORSEMENT -- BA PLUS This endomement modifies insurance provided under the following.- BUSINESS ollowing:BUSINESS AUTO COVERAGE FORM L L1ABILTY COVERAGE 1. Which are no longer in force:or A. Who Is An tneured 2. Whose limits have been exhausted. The following is added to Section It, Paragraph AA., B. Ball Bands and Loss of Earnings Who Is An Insured: Section 11, Paragraphs A.2.a42) and A.2.aR.(4) are 1. a. Any incorporated entity of which the Named revised as follows: Insured owns a majority of the voting stock on 1. In a42), the limit for the cost of bail bonds is the date of Inception of this Coverage Form; increased from$2,000 to$5,000,and prodded that, b. The insurance afforded by this provision A.1. 2. In a-44), the limit for the loss of earnings is does not apply to any such entity that Is an increased from$2- 0 to$500 a day. 'insured' under any other liability 'policy' C. Fellow Employee providing'auto•coverage. Section II,Paragraph BS does not apply. 2. Any organization you newly acquire or form, other Such than a limited liability company, partnership or Suchcoverage as Is afforded by this provision C. is point venture, and over which you maintain excess over any other collectible Insuranw. majority ownership Interest. IL PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE The insurance afforded by this provision A.2.: A. Towing a. Is effective on the acquisition or lormation Section Ill. Paragraph A.2.,is revised to include Light date, and is afforded only until the end of the Trucks up to 1.0,000 pounds G.V.W. policy period of this Coverage Form, or the next anniversary of its inraaption date, B. [flees Breakage — Hitting A Bird Or Animal — whichever is earlier. Failing Objects Or Misalles b. Does not apply to: The following is added to Section III,Paragraph A.3.: (1) 'Hedily injury' or 'property damage' With respect to any covered 'auto,' any deductible caused by an `accident' that occurred shown in the 'Deciarationas will not apply to gtass before you acquired or formed the breakage If such glass Is repaired, in a manner organization;or acceptable to us,rather than replaoad. (2) Any such orgenlxatlon that is an 'Insured' C. Transpor Mlon Expenaas under any other liability `policy' providing Section Ill, Paragraph A 4.a. is revised, with respect 'auto'coverage. to transportation expanse incurred by you, to provide: 3. Any parson or organization that you are obiigated a. $50 per day, in lieu of$20;subject to to provide Insurance where required by a written contract or agreement is an insured, but only with b» $1,800 maximum, in lieu of$600. respect to legal responsibility for acts or omissions D. Loss of Use Expenses of a parson for whom Liability Coverage Is afforded under this policy. Section Ill, Paragraph AA.b. is revised, with respect 4. An 'employee' of yours is an 'insured' while to loss of use expenses incurred by you,to provide: operating an 'auto' hired or rented under a a, $1,000 maximum,in lieu of$600. contract or agreement In that 'employee's' name, with your permission, while performing dudes IL Personal Property related to the conduct of your business. The following is added to Section Ill,Paragraph AA. 'Policy,' as used in this provision A. Who Is An c. We will pay up to $500 for loss to Personal inau nW, Includes those policies that were In force on Property which is: the inception data of this Coverage Form but: SCA 23 500 D CoprVhL CNA Corporation,2oaa. Page 1 of 3 (Ed. 10111) HSd xM cop'rrVh%d nawfW a ,>a Inwaanm SenAues Oaks LLN4 wish tb permRi n. SCA CNA (Ed.31 QI11) vD (1) Owned by an'Insured';and in that individual 'employee's* name, with (2) In or on the covered'auto.' your permission. while performing duties related to the conduct of your business. This overage appties only in the event of a total !batt of your covered'auto.' c. The most we will pay for any one accident or loss Is the actual cash value, cost of repair, This Insurance is excess over arty other collectible cost of replacement or $75,GW whichever is insurance and no deductible applies. less minus a $500 deductible for each F. RariRal Reirnbursamertt covered auto. No deductible applies to 'loss' caused by fire or lightning. The following Is added to Section III,Paragraph AA.: d. We will pay for rental reimbursement expanses d. The physical damage coverage as is provided Incurred by you for the rental of an'auto' because by this provision will be limded to the types of of 'loss' to a covered 'auto.' Payment applies In physical damage coverage(s) provided on addition to the otherwise applicable amount of your owned'autos" each coverage you have on a covered 'auto.` No e. Such physical damage coverage for hired deductibles apply to this coverage, 'autos'will: 1. We will pay only for those expenses incurred (1) Include loss of use, provided It is the during the policy period beginning 24 hours consequence of an 'accident' for which attar the 'loss' and ending, regardless of the the Named insured Is legally liable, and policy`s expiration, with the lesser of the as a result of which a monetary loss is following number of days: sustained by the leasing or rental (a) The number of days reasonably required concern• to repair or replace the covered'auto';or, (2) Such coverage as is provided by this (b) 15 days. provision G e4l) will be subject to a limit 2. Our payment Is limited to the lesser of the of$750 per'accident.' following amounts: H. Airbag Coverage (a) Necessary and actual expenses Incurred; The following is added to Section Ill,Paragraph B.3. or, The accidental discharge of an airbag shall not be (b) $25 per day subject to a maximum of considered mechanical breakdown. $375. L Electronic EqulpmeM 3. This coverage does not apply while there are Seaton Ill, Paragraptw B.4.c and BA.d. are deleted spare or reserve 'autos' available to you for and replaced by the following: your operations. c. Physical Damage Coverage on a covered 4. If 'loss` results from the total theft of a 'auto' also applies to 'toss' to any covered'auto' of the private passenger type, permanently Installed electronic equipment we will pay under this coverage only that including Its antennas and other accessorfes amount of your rental reimbursement expenses which is not already provided for d. A $100 per occurrence deductible applies to under the Physical Damage Coverage the coverage provided by this provision. Extension. J. Dlminuitlon in Value G. Hired'Autos' The following is added to S#cWn Ili, Paragraph B.6. The following is added to Section lit.Paragraph A.: Subiect to the following, the 'diminution in value' $. Hired'Autos' exclusion does not apply to: If Physical Damage coverage is provided under a. Any covered 'aufo' of the private passenger this policy,and such coverage does not extend to type you lease, hire, rent or borrow, without a Hired Autos. then Physical Damage coverage Is driver for a period of 30 days or less, while extended to: performing duties related to the conduct of a. Any covered 'auto' you lease, hire, rent or your business;and borrow without a driver;and b. Any covered 'auto' of the private passenger b. A covered 'auto' hired or rented b our type hired or rented by your 'employee' Any y y without a driver for a period of 30 days or less. 'ernployee' without a driver, under a contract SCA 23 5000 Copes CNA cofpwamn,2000- Page 2 of 3 (Ed. 10111) IrKhXISs oap0hfad materiel of floe IrALMrca Ssrwas Offim used WM its pefirdSWUM. CNA [Ed. 23 5000 [Ed. 10111) under a contract in that individual Such 'executive ofilcers' are 'Insureds' while 'employee's' name, with your permission, using a covered'auto' described in this provision. while performing duties related to the conduct of your business. 1V. BUSINESS AUTO CONDITIONS c. Such coverage as Is provided by this A. Durdes In The Everd Of Accident, Claim, Suit Or provision is limited to a 'diminution in value' Lo" loss arising directly out of accidental damage The following is added to Section IV, Paragraph and not as a result of the failure to make Ala. repairs; faulty or incomplete maintenance or repairs; or the installation of substandard (4) Your 'employees' may know of an 'accident* paw. or 'loss.' This will not mean that you have such knowledge, unless such 'accident' or d. The most we will pay for 'loss' to a covered 'loss' is known to you or if you are not an 'auto'in any one accident is the lesser ol: individual, to any of your executive officers or (1) $5,040;or partners or your Insurance manager. (2) 20% of the 'auto's' actual cash value The following is added to Section IV, Paragraph (ACV) A.2.b. Ill. Drive Other Car Coverage—Executive Off kern t$) Your 'emptoyess' may know of documents received concem"tng a claim or 'suit.' This will The following is added to Sections II and III; not mean that you have such knowledge, 1. Any 'auto' you don't own, hire or borrow Is a unless receipt of such documents is known to covered 'auto' for Liability Coverage while being you or R you are not an individual, to any of used by, and for Physical Damage Coverage your executive officers or partners or your while in the rare,custody or control of, any of your Insurance manager. 'executive officers;except: B. ConcealmertL Miarepreavtrtallon or Fraud a. An 'auto'owned by that 'executive officer' or The following is added to Section IV,Paragraph B.2. a member of that person's household:or Your failure to disclose all hazards existing on the date b.An'auto' used by that 'executive officer' while of Inception of this Coverage Form shall not prejudice working in a business of selling, servicing, you with respect to the coverage afforded provided repairing or parking*autos., such failure or omission is not intentional. Such Liability and/or Physical Damage Coverage C. Polley Period,Coverage Territory as Is afforded by this provision will be: Section IV, Paragraph* 745)4a)_ is revised to (1) Equal to the greatest of those coverages provide: afforded any covered'auto';and & 45 days of coverage in lieu of 30 days (2) Excess over any other collectible V DEFINITIONS Insurance. 2. For purposes of this provision, "executive officer' SecHon V. Paragraph C. Is deleted and replaced by means a person holding any of the officer the following. positions crealed by your charter, constitution, by- 'Bocilly Injury'means bodily injury,sickness or disease laws or any other similar governing document, sustained by a parson, including mental anguish, and, while a resident of the same household, mental injury or death resulting from any of these includes that person's spouse. SCA 23 500D copyrIgM CMCoMmatiom 2". Page 3 of 3 (Ed. 10/11) IM ArdeacbppA"W natarwal ft iruL u=samou OVIM wed wrm ria per"tumn. This page has been left blank intentionally. WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS LIABILITY INSURANCE POLICY WC 42 03 04 B (Ed. 6-14) TEXAS WAIVER OF OUR RIGHT TO RECOVER FROM OTHERS ENDORSEMENT This endorsement applies only to the insurance provided by the policy because Texas is shown in $tem 3.A. of the Information Page. We have the right to recover our payments from anyone liable for an injury covered by this policy. We will not enforce our right against the person or organization named in the Schedule, but this waiver applies only with respect to bodily injury arising out of the operations described in the Schedule where you are required by a written contract to obtain this waiver from us. This endorsement shall not operate directly or indirectly to benefit anyone not named in the Schedule. The premium for this endorsement is shown in the Schedule. Schedule 1. { } Specific Waiver Name of person or organization (X) Blanket Waiver Any person or organization for whom the Named Insured has agreed by written contract to furnish this waiver 2. Operations: 3. Premium: The premium charge for this endorsement shall be percent of the premium developed on payroll in connection with work performed for the above persons) or organizations) arising out of the operations described. 4. Advance Premium: This endorsement changes the policy to which it is attached and is effective on the date issued unless otherwise stated (The information below is required only when this endorsement is issued subsequent to preparation of the policy) Endorsement Effective Policy No.2074017981 Endorsement No. Insured Irnperia ccrtstruction,lru: Premium Insurance Company Countersigned by WC420304B (Ed. 06-14) copyright 2014 National Council on Compensation Insurance,Inc.All Rights Reserved. This page has been left blank intentionally. I� POLICY NUMBER: 2074617849 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CG 25 04 05 09 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. DESIGNATED LOCATION(S) GENERAL AGGREGATE LIMIT This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following. COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART SCHEDULE Designated Location(s): EACH OF YOUR CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS LOCATED AWAY FROM PREMISES OWNED BY OR RENTED TO YOU Information required to complete this Schedule if not shown above will be shown in the Declarations_ A. For all sums which the insured becomes legally b. Claims made or"suits"brought; or obligated to pay as damages caused by c. persons or organizations making claims or "occurrences" under Section I — Coverage A, and bringing "suits." for all medical expenses caused by accidents under Section I Coverage C, which can be attributed 1 Any payments made under Coverage A for only to operations at a single designated "location" damages or under Coverage C for medical shown in the Schedule above: expenses shall reduce the Designated Location 1, A separate Designated location General General Aggregate Limit for that designated "location." Such payments shall Aggregate Limit applies to each designated not reduce the "location," and that limit Is equal to the amount General Aggregate Limit shown in the Declarations nor shall they reduce any other of the General Aggregate Limit shown in the Designated Location General Aggregate Limit ti Declarations. for any Other designated "location' shown in the 2, The Designated Location General Aggregate Schedule above. s Limit is the most we will pay for the sum of all 4. The limits shown in the Declarations for Each damages under Coverage A, except damages. Occurrence, Damage To Premises Rented To because of "bodily injury" or "property damage" You and Medical Expense continue to apply. included in the "products-completed operations However, instead of being subject to the hazard," and for medical expenses under General Aggregate Limit shown in the Coverage C regardless of the number of: Declarations, such limits will be subject to the a. Insureds, applicable Designated Location General Aggregate Limit. CG 25 04 05 09 Copyright, Insurance Services Office. Inc., 2008 Page 1 of 2 This gage has been left blank intentionally. r r F r r r r r r r r r r r G-18652-J (Ed, 07-12) s CONTRACTORS'GENERAL LIABILITY EXTENSION ENDORSEMENT Will It is understood and agreed that this endorsement amends the COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART as follows. The changes this endorsement makes do not.apply with respect to any coverage that has been excluded or amended by another endorsement attached to this policy. SCHEDULE Coverage is summarized below. For particulars and limitations affecting each coverage, please refer to the corresponding policy provisions in the body of this endorsement. 1_ Additional Insureds Seven additional insured extensions. 2. Bodily Injury—Expanded Definition 3. Broad Knowledge of Occurrence)Notice of Occurrence 4. Broad Named Insured S. Broadened Liability Coverage For Damage To"Your Product"And"Your Work" Limit: $100,000. 6. Contractual Liability—Railroads Expanded definition of"insured contract." 7. Contractual Liability For Personal And Advertising Injury 8. Electronic Data Liability Loss of Electronic Data Limit: $100,000. 9. Expanded Personal And Advertising Injury-Discrimination Or Humiliation 10. Expected Or Intended Injury Reasonable force—"bodily injury"or"property damage." 11. General Aggregate Limits Of Insurance-Per Project 12. In Rein Actions 13. Incidental Health Care Malpractice Coverage 14. Joint Ventures/PartnershiptLimited Liability Companies Coverage for your interest in such terminated or ended organizations. 15. Legal Liability/Alienated Premises/Borrowed Equipment Coverage Extended perils. Default limit increased to$500,000 for Damage to Premises Rented To You. $25,000 limit for"property damage"to borrowed tools or equipment at a jobsite.. 16. Liberalization Clause 17. Liquor Liability Coverage Extension 18. Medical Payments Limits increased to$15,000. Reporting increased to three years from the date of accident. 19. Non-owned Aircraft Coverage 20. Non-owned Watercraft Increased to 75 feet. 21. Primary And Non-Contributory To Other Insurance 22. Property Damage-Elevators t 23. Supplementary Payments Cost of bail bonds increased to$5,000. Daily loss of earnings increased to$1,000, 24. Unintentional Failure To Disclose Hazards 25. Waiver of Subrogation -Blanket Waiver of subrogation where re wired by written contract or written agreement. 26. Wrap-Up Extension G-18652-J (Ed. 07-12) Page 1 of 12 rGopyrighl,CNA All Rights Reserved. r* G18fi CNA -12) 1. ADDITIONAL INSURED 2. With respect to the insurance afforded to �. these additional insureds, this insurance SECTION II—WHO IS AN INSURED is amended to does not apply to any "occurrence" which include as an insured any person or organization takes place after the equipment lease (called additional insured)described in paragraphs expires. ar A.through G. below whom you are required to add as an additional insured on this policy under a D. Lessor-Land written contract or written agreement, provided the An owner or other interest from whom land has written contract or written agreement: been leased by you but only with respect to I. Is currently in effect or becomes effective liability arising out of the ownership, during the term of this policy; and maintenance or use of that specific part of the land leased to you and subject to the following ii. Was executed prior to the "bodily injury," additional exclusions: "property damage" or "personal injury and advertising injury" for which the additional This insurance does not apply to: insured seeks coverage. 1. Any "occurrence" which takes place after +■ However, we will not provide the additional you cease to lease that land;or insured any broader coverage or any higher limit 2. Structural alterations, new construction or of insurance than the least that is: demolition operations performed by or on y, a. The maximum permitted by law; behalf of such additional insured. b. Required in the written contract or written E. Lessor-Premises agreement; A manager or lessor of premises but only with c. Afforded to you under this policy;or respect to liability arising out of the ownership, maintenance or use of that specific part of the d. Described in the applicable paragraphs A. premises leased to you and subject to the through G. below. following additional exclusions: " A. ControllingInterest This insurance does not apply to: Any persons or organizations with a controlling 1, Any "occurrence" which takes place after interest in you but only with respect to their you cease to be a tenant in that premises; liability arising out of: or 1. Their financial control of you; or 2. Structural alterations, new construction or 2. premises they own, maintain or control demolition operations performed by or on while you lease or occupy these premises. behalf of such additional insured. This insurance does not apply to structural F. Mortgagee,Assignee or Receiver alterations, new construction and demolition A mortgagee, assignee or receiver but only with ►' operations performed by or for such additional respect to their liability as mortgagee, assignee, insured. or receiver and arising out of the ownership, B. Co-owner of Insured Premises maintenance, or use of a premises by you. ~' A co-owner of a premises co-awned by you and This insurance does not apply to structural covered under this insurance but only with alterations, new construction or demolition respect to the co-owner's liability as co-owner of operations performed by or for such additional such premises. insured, C. Lessor- Equipment G. State or Governmental Agency or Subdivision or Political Subdivisions 1. Any person or organization from whom you lease equipment, but only with respect to A state or governmental agency or subdivision liability for"bodily injury," "property damage" or political subdivision subject to the following or "personal and advertising injury" caused, provisions: in whole or in part, by your maintenance, 1. This insurance applies only with respect to operation or use of equipment leased to you the following hazards for which the state or by such person or organizalion. governmental agency or subdivision or political subdivision has issued a permit or authorization in connection with premises G-98552-J (Ed_07-12) Page 2 of 12 •+ Copyrighl,CNA All Rights Reserved. G-18652-J (Ed. 07-12) you own, rent, or control and to which this You must give us or our authorized insurance applies: representative notice of an "occurrence," aoffense, claim, or "suit" only when the , The existence, maintenance, repair, construction, erection, or removal of "occurrence," offense, claim or "suit" is known advertising signs, awnings, canopies, to. cellar entrances, coal holes, driveways, (1) You, if you are an individual; manholes, marquees, hoistaway openings, sidewalk vaults, street (Z) A partner, if you are a partnership; banners, or decorations and similar (3) An executive officer or the employee exposures;or designated by you to give such notice, if you b. The construction, erection, or removal area corporation; or of elevators; or (4) A manager, if you are a limited liability c. The ownership, maintenance or use of company. any elevators covered by this insurance. B. NOTICE OF OCCURRENCE 2. This insurance applies only with respect to Your rights under this Coverage Part will not be operations performed by you or on your prejudiced if you fail to give us novice of an behalf for which the state or governmental "occurrence,"offense,claim or"suit"and that agency or subdivision or political subdivision failure:is solely due to your reasonable belief �. has issued a permit or authorization. that the"bodily injury"or"property damage"is 3. This insurance does not apply tc: not covered under this Coverage Part. However, you shall give written notice of this"occurrence," a. "Bodily injury," "property damage" or offense, claim or"suit"to us as soon as you are "personal and advertising injury" arising aware that this insurance may apply to such out of operations performed for the "occurrence,"offense claim or"suit." federal government, state or q BROAD NAMED INSURED municipality;or A. Any subsidiary or affiliate organization, other b- "Bodily injury" or "property damage" included within the"products-completed than a partnership, joint. venture or limited operations hazard." liability company, in which a Named Insured specifically shown in the Declarations has A governmental permit which requires you to management control, directly or through one or add the governmental entity as an additional more subsidiary organizations, at the time of insured will trigger this Provision 1.as if the loss will qualify as a Named Insured but only if permit were a written contract. there is no other similar insurance available to 2. BODILY INJURY—EXPANDED DEFINITION such organization, nor similar insurance which would be available but for exhaustion of its SECTION V— DEFINITIONS,the definition of limits. For the purpose of this provision, similar +* "bodily injury"is changed to read: insurance means general liability or equivalent "Bodilyinjury"means bodily injury, sickness or insurance, no matter whether its coverage is i ry yinbroader or narrower than that provided by this disease sustained by a person, including death, insurance. But if the only other similar insurance !* humiliation,shack, mental anguish or mental injury is for a is (wrap-up) program," then by that person at any time which results as a a subsidiary that qualifies as a Named Insured consequence of the bodily injury, sickness or on such project-specific insurance can stilt disease. quality as a Named Insured on this insurance, 3. BROAD KNOWLEDGE OF OCCURRENCE] but not for projects covered by the"consolidated NOTICE OF OCCURRENCE (wrap-up) program." Condition 2. Duties in The Event of Occurrence, (Please see Item 26.C,of this endorsement for Offense, Claim or Suit of SECTION IV— the cefinition of"consolidated (wrap-up) COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY prog'am."I CONDITIONS is amended to add the following B. This endorsement does not apply to any provisions: organization for which coverage is excluded by A. BROAD KNOWLEDGE OF OCCURRENCE another endorsement attached to this policy. C. Only for the purpose of this endorsement: G-18652-J (Ed. 07-12) Page 3 of 12 Copyright,CNA All Rights Reserved. r 1 G-18652-J CAR (Ed. 07-12) lr 1.. Management control means: I. Damage to Your Work a. Ownership Interest representing more "Property damage"to"your work" arising out of than 50% of the voting, appointment. or it, or any part of it and included in the "products- designation power for the subsidiary completed operations hazard." organization's governing body;or This exclusion does not aPP apply. . ' b. Having the right, pursuant to a written contract, or pursuant to the by-laws, ('11 If the damaged work or the work out of charter, operating agreement, or similar which the damage arises was document of a specifically shown Performed on your behalf by a subcontractor;or Named Insured or controlled subsidiary organization to select, appoint, or �2) If the cause of loss to the damaged designate a majority of the subsidiary work arises as a result of organization's governing body. Such contract or document must have been ta) Fire; created prior to the time of loss,or tb) Smoke; c. Having the right, pursuant to a written (c) Collapse; or trust agreement, to protect, control the use of, encumber or transfer and sell (d) Explosion. property held by a trust. B. The following paragraph is added to SECTION 2. Governing body means the Board of III—LIMITS OF INSURANCE Directors of a corporation. Subject to 5,above, $100,004 is the most we 3. Loss means: will pay under Coverage A for the sum of damages arising out of any one "occurrence" a. The occurring of the "bodily injury" or because of"property damage"to"your product" '"property damage"; or and `your work"that is caused by fire,smoke, -■ b. The committing of the offense that collapse or explosion and is included within the caused the "personal and advertising "product-completed operations hazard." This injury." sublimit does not apply to "property damage"to "Your work" if the damaged work or the work out D. The insurance provided by this policy applies to of which the damage arises was performed on Named Insureds when trading under their own your behalf by a subcontractor. names, or under such trading names or doing- business-as (DBA) names as any should C. This Provision 5. Broadened Liability choose to employ. Coverage For Damage To "Your Product" And "Your Work" does not apply if an 5. BROADENED LIABILITY COVERAGE FOR endorsement of the same name is attached to DAMAGE TO "YOUR PRODUCT" AND "YOUR this policy. � WORK" fi" CONTRACTUAL LIABILITY—RAILROADS A. Under SECTION I — COVERAGE A — BODILY INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE With respect to operations performed within 50 feet of railroad property,the definition IT"insured LIABILITY, Paragraph 2. Exclusions is amended contract" to delete exclusions k. and I. and replace them SECTION V—❑EFINITICNS is with the following: replaced by the following: [This insurance does not apply to:] "Insured Contract" means: k. Ramage to Your Product a. A contract for a lease of premises. However, that portion of the contract for a lease of "Property damage"to"your product"arising premises that indemnifies any person or out of it, or any part of it except when organization for damage by fire to premises caused by or resulting from while rented to you or temporarily occupied by (1) Fire; you with permission of the owner is not an "insured contract"; (2) Smoke; b. A sidetrack agreement; (3) Collapse; or c. Any easement or license agreement; (4) Explosion. A G-1 8652-J (Ed. 07-12) Page 4 of 12 Copytlghl,CNA All Righls Reserved. on G-18652-J CNA (Ed.07-12) d. An obligation, as required by ordinance, to Damages arising out of the loss of, loss of use indemnify a municipality, except in connection of, damage to, corruption of, inability to access, with work for a municipality, or inability to manipulate "electronic data" that e. An elevator maintenance agreement; does not result from physical injury to tangible property. -+ f. That part of any other contract or agreement However, this exclusion does not apply to pertaining to your business (including an liability for damages because of"bodily injury." indemnification of a municipality in connection with work performed for a municipality) under B. The following paragraph is added to SECTION which you assume the tort liability of another III—LIMITS OF INSURANCE: party to pay for "bodily injury" or "property Subject to 5.above, $100,000 is the most we damage" to a third person or organization. Tort will pay under Coverage A for all damages liability means a liability that would be unposed arising out of any one"occurrence"because of by law in the absence of any contract or agreement. "property damage"that results from physical injury to tangible property and arises out of Paragraph f.does not include that part of any "electronic data." T contract or agreement: C. The following definition is added to the (1) That indemnifies an architect, engineer or SECTION V--DEFINITIONS: surveyor for injury or damage arising out of: "Electronic data"means information, facts or (a) Preparing, approving or failing to programs stored as or on,created or used on, prepare or approve maps, shop or transmitted to or from computer software drawings, opinions, reports, surveys, (including systems and applications software), field orders, change orders or drawings hard or floppy disks, CD-ROMS, tapes, drives, and specifications; or cells, data processing devices or any other (b) Giving directions or instructions, or media which are used with electronically failing to give them, if that is the primary controlled equipment. cause of the injury or damage; D. For the purposes of the coverage provided by (2) Under which the insured, if an architect, this endorsement, the definition of "property engineer or surveyor, assumes liability for damage" in SECTION V — DEFINITIONS is an injury or damage arising out of the replaced by the following: insured's rendering or failure to render 17. 'Property damage"means: professional services, including those listed a. Physical injury to tangible property, in (1) above and supervisory, inspection, architectural or engineering activities. including all resulting loss use a that u property. All such loss of use shall be 7. CONTRACTUAL LIABILITY FOR PERSONAL deemed to occur at the time of the AND ADVERTISING INJURY physical injury that caused it; Under SECTION I—COVERAGE B—PERSONAL b. Loss of use of tangible property that is AND ADVERTISING INJURY LIABILITY, Paragraph not physically injured. All such loss of 2. Exclusions is amended to delete exclusion e. use shall be deemed to occur at the Contractual Liability. time of the "occurrence" that caused it; 11 This provision 7.does not apply to any person or or organization who otherwise qualifies as an c. Loss of, loss of use of, damage to, additional insured on this Coverage Part. corruption of, inability to access, or 8, ELECTRONIC DATA LIABILITY inability to properly manipulate "electronic data," resulting from physical A. Under SECTION I — COVERAGE A — BODILY injury to tangible property. All such loss INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE, of "electronic data" shall be deemed to Paragraph 2. Exclusions is amended to delete occur at the time of the "occurrence" exclusion p. Electronic Data and replace it with that caused it. the following: For the purposes of this insurance, [This insurance does not apply to:] "electronic data" is not tangible property. p. Electronic Data E. If Electronic Data Liability is provided at a higher limit by another endorsement attached to this A* G-18652-J (Ed. 07-12) Page 5 of 12 Copyrtght,CNA All Rights Reserved. Wo G-1 8652-J OVA (Ed. 47-12) policy, then the $100,000 limit provided by this Intended Injury and replace it with the Provision 8. Electronic Data Liability is part of, following= and not in addition to, that higher limit. [This insurance noes not apply t4'] 9. EXPANDED PERSONAL AND ADVERTISING INJURY-DISCRIMINATION OR HUMILIATION a. Expected or Intended Injury A. SECTION V DEFINITIONS is amended to add "Bodily injury" "property damage" the following to the definition of "Personal and expected or intended from the standpoint of advertising injury": the insured.This exclusion does not apply to"bodily injuryor property damage' h. Discrimination or humiliation that results in resulting from the use of reasonable force injury to the feelings or reputation of a to protect persons or property- natural person, but only if such 11. GENERAL AGGREGATE LIMITS OF discrimination or humiliation is: INSURANCE-PER PROJECT 11) Not done intentionally by or at the direction of: A. For each construction project away from premises you own or ren., a separate Ja) The insured;or Construction Project General Aggregate {b) Any "executive officer," director, Limit, equal to the amount of the General stockholder, partner, member or Aggregate Limit, is the most we will pay for manager(if you are a limited liability the sum of: company)of the insured; and 1. All damages under Coverage A. except (2) Not directly or indirectly related to the damages because of "bodily injury` or *, employment, prospective employment, property damage" included in the past employment or termination of p ";and -co operations hazzardard employment of any person or persons by any insured. 2. All medical expenses under Coverage R B. Under SECTION I — COVERAGE B — C, 6 PERSONAL AND ADVERTISING INJURY that arise from "occurrences" or LIABILITY, Paragraph 2. Exclusions is accidents which can be attributed solely amended to add the following additional to ongoing operations at that exclusions: construction project. Such payments [This insurance does not apply to:] shall not reduce the General Aggregate Limit shown in the Declarations, nor the Discrimination Relating To Room, Construction Project Aggregate Limit of Dwelling or Premises any other construction project. "Personal or advertising injury"caused by B. All: discrimination directly or indirectly related to 1. Damages under Coverage B, regardless of the sale, rental, lease or sub-lease or the number of locations or construction prospective sale, rental, lease or sub-lease of any room,dwelling or premises by or at Projects involved; 'r the direction of any insured. 2. Damages under Coverage A, caused by Fines Or Penalties "occurrences" which cannot be attributed solely to ongoing operations at a single Fines or penalties levied or imposed by a construction ,project, except damages governmental entity because of because of "bodily injury" or "property discrimination. damage" included in the "products- This provision 9.does not apply to any person completed operations hazard"; and or organization who otherwise qualifies as an 3. Medical expenses under Coverage C additional insured on this Coverage Part. caused by accidents which cannot be attributed solely to ongoing operations at a 1t3. EXPECTED OR INTENDED INJURY single construction project, Under SECTION I—COVERAGE A—BODILY will reduce the General Aggregate Limit shown INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE in the Declarations. LIABILITY, Paragraph 2. Exclusions is amended to delete exclusion a. Expected or G-18552-J (Ed. 07-12) Page 6 of 12 Copyright,CNA All Rights Reserved, 1 G-18652-J CNA (Ed.07-12) C. The limits shown in the Declarations for Each (a) "Bodily injury" caused by a "health Occurrence, for Damage To Premises Rented care incident" will be considered To You and for Medical Expense continue to caused by an "occurrence"; and apply, but will be subject to either the (b) All acts, errors or omissions that Construction Project Aggregate Limit or the are logically connected by any General Aggregate Limit, depending on whether the "occurrence can be attributed solely to common fact, circumstance, ongoing operations at a particular construction situation, transaction, event, advice project. or decision will be considered to ,.� constitute a single"occurrence"; D_ When coverage for liability arising out of the (g) The "bodily injury'" occurs during the "products-completed operations hazard" is provided, any payments for damages because policy period. All "bodily injury' arising of "bodily injury" or "property damage" included from an "occurrence"will be deemed to in the "products-completed operations hazard," have occurred at the time of the first regardless of the number of locations involved act, error, or omission that is part of the will reduce the Products-Completed Operations "'occurrence"; and Aggregate Limit shown in the Declarations. B. With respect only to the insurance provided by E. If a single construction project away from this Provision 13., Exclusion 2.e. Employer's premises owned by or rented to the insured has Liability of SECTION I — OVERAGE A -• been abandoned and then restarted, or if the BODILY INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE, authorized contracting parties deviate from is amended to append the following: plans, blueprints, designs, specifications or Only for "bodily injury" not covered by other timetables, the project will still be deemed to be liability insurance (including state-sanctioned the same construction project. self insurance)available to the insured (or which F. The provisions of SECTION III — LIMITS OF would be available but for exhaustion of its limits), this exclusion does not apply to '"bodily INSURANCE not otherwise modified by this endorsement shall continue to apply as injury'that arises out of a "health care incident." ., stipulated, C. SECTION V—DEFINITIONS is amended to add 12. IN REM ACTIONS the following new definition: Any action "n rem against any vessel owned or "Health care incident" means a negligent act, operated by or for you, or chartered by or for you will error or omission by your "employees" or be treated in the same manner as though the action "'volunteer workers" working on your behalf in were in personam against you. the rendering of or failure to render professional health care services in any of the following In rem is a term used to designate actions instituted capacities, or the related furnishing of food, against the thing, as distinct from actions against beverages, medical supplies or appliances: the person,which are said to be in personam. ". a. Physician; 13. INCIDENTAL HEALTH CARE MALPRACTICE b. Burse; COVERAGE A. With respect only to "bodily injury` that arises c. Emergency medical technician; out of a "health care incident," COVERAGE A— d- Paramedic; BODILY INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY OF SECTION I — COVERAGES is e• Chiropractor; amended to replace Insuring Agreement f. Dentist, Paragraphs 1.b.(1) and 1.b.(2) with the following: g. Athletic trainer; b. This insurance applies to "bodily injury"only h. Audiologist; if you are not in the business of providing I. Physical therapist; professional health care services, and only if: J. Psychologist; (1) The "bodily injury" is caused by an k. Speech therapist; "occurrence" that takes place in the I. Other allied health professional; or "coverage territory." For the purpose of this insurance: G-18652-J(Ed. 07-12) Page 7 of 12 ax Copyright,CNA AK Rights Reserved G-1 8652-J CAA (Ed. 07-12) m. Provider of first aid or Good Samaritan a. "bodily injury"to a co-"volunteer worker" services rendered in an emergency and for while performing duties related to the which no payment is demanded or received. conduct of your business; and 0. SECTION I—COVERAGE A—BODILY INJURY b. "bodily in�ury" to an "employee"while in 10 AND PROPERTY DAMAGE, 'Paragraph 2. the course of the "employee's" Exclusions is amended to add the following employment by you or while performing additional exclusions. These new exclusions duties related to the conduct of your apply only to this Incidental Health Care business; Malpractice Coverage: 10Malpracticesuch "bodily injury" arises out of a [This insurance does not apply to:J "health care incident." Dishonesty or Crime 3. Paragraphs 2.a. (1)(a), (b) and (c) of 110 Any dishonest, criminal or malicious act,error or SECTION II — WHO IS AN INSURED do omission. not apply to "bodily injury" for which insurance is provided this Provision 13. go Clinical Trials 1 Product Testing 4. Paragraph 2.a.(1)(d) of SECTION II —WHO Acts, errors or omissions that occur in the IS AN INSURED is deleted, course of human clinical trials or product G. With respect to the insurance provided by this 00 testing. Provision 13., the following is added to Medicare/Medicaid Fraud Paragraph 4.b.(1) of SECTION IV — Medicare or Medicaid fraud or abuse COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CONDITIONS: AM Services Excluded by Endorsement To the extent this insurance applies, it is excess Any "health care incident" for which coverage is over any of the other insurance (including excluded by endorsement. quallfled self insurance), whether primary, E. SECTION V—DEFINITIONS is amended to add excess, contingent or on any other basis,except for insurance purchased specifically by you to the following subparagraph to Paragraph f. of be excess of this policy. the definition of"insured contract": 14. ,JOINT VENTURES 1 PARTNERSHIP / LIMITED Paragraph f. does not include that part of any LIABILITY COMPANIES contract or agreement: A. The following is added to SECTION U -- WHO (4) Under which you assume another's tort IS AN INSURED: liability for "bodily injury" arising out of the rendering of or failure to render professional 4. You are an insured when you had an health care services. interest in a joint venture, partnership or F. SECTION II — WHO IS AN INSURED is limited liability company which terminated or ended prior to or during this policy period, amended to add the following provisions: but only to the extent of your interest in such 1. Your "employees" are insureds with respect joint venture, partnership or limited liability to: company. This coverage does not apply: *' a. "bodily injury" to a co-"employee" while a. Prior to the termination date of any joint in the course of the co-"employee's" venture, partnership or limited liability employment by you or while performing company; duties related to the conduct of your b. If there is other valid and collectible business; and insurance purchased specifically to b. "bodily injury" to a "volunteer worker" insure the partnership, joint venture or while performing duties related to the limited liability company; or conduct ofour business: y c. To a joint venture, partnership or limited when such "bodily injury"arises out of a liability company which is or was "health care incident." insured under a "consolidated (wrap-up) � 2. Your "volunteer workers" are insureds with insurance program." respect to: G-18652-J (Ed. 07-12) Page 8 of 12 Copyright,CNA All Rights Reserved. RIN G-18652-J CNA (Ed. 07-12) w [Please see Item 26.C. of this endorsement Paragraphs (1), (3) and (4) of this exclusion ,., for the definition of "consolidated (wrap-up) do not apply to "property damage" (other program.'] than damage by fire) to premises rented to B. The last paragraph of SECTION li — WHO IS you or temporarily occupied by you with the AN INSURED is deleted and replaced by the permission of the owner, or to the contents following: of premises rented to you for a period of 7 or fewer consecutive days. A separate limit Except as provided under the Contractors' of insurance applies to Damage To General Liability Extension Endorsement or by Premises Rented To You as described in the attachment of another endorsement (if any), SECTION III—LIMITS OF INSURANCE. no person or organization is an insured with respect to the conduct of any current or past Paragraphs (3), (p), (5) and of this partnership, joint venture or limited liability exclusion do not apply to liability assumed company that is not shown as a Named Insured under a sidetrack agreement. in the Declarations. Paragraph (6) of this exclusion does not 15. LEGAL LIABILITYIALIENATE D PREMISES/ apply to "property damage" included in the BORROWED EQUIPMENT "products-completed operations hazard." A. Under SECTION I — COVERAGE A— BODILY B. Under SECTION I — COVERAGE A — BODILY INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE, INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE the last .. Paragraph 2. Exclusions is amended to delete paragraph of Paragraph 2. Exclusions is deleted exclusion j. Damage to Property in its entirety and replaced by the following. and replace it with the following: Exclusions c. through n. do not apply to [This insurance does not apply to:] damage by fire to premises while rented to you or temporarily occupied by you with permission j. Damage to Property of the owner nor to the contents of premises "Property damage"to: rented to you for a period of 7 or fewer consecutive days. (1) Property you own, rent, or occupy; A separate limit of insurance applies to this (2) Premises you sell, give away or coverage as described in SECTION III—LIMITS abandon, if the "property damage" OF INSURANCE. arises out of any part of those C. The following paragraph is added to SECTION premises; III—LIMITS OF INSURANCE: (3) Property loaned to you; Subject to 5. above, $25,000 is the most we will (4) Personal property in the care, custody pay under Coverage A for damages arising out or control of the insured; of any one "occurrence" because of "property damage" to tools or equipment loaned to you by (5) That particular part of real property on others that occurs while the equipment is being OR which you or any contractors or used to perform operations, subcontractors working directly or indirectly on your behalf are performing D. Paragraph 6. Damage To Premises Rented To operations, if the "properly damage" You Limit of SECTION III — LIMITS OF T arises out of those operations;or INSURANCE is replaced by the following: (6) That particular part of any property that 6. Subject to Paragraph 5. above, (the Each must be restored, repaired or replaced Occurrence Limit), the Damage To • because "your work" was incorrectly Premises Rented To You Limit is the most performed on it. we will pay under SECTION — I — COVERAGE A for damages because of Paragraph (2) of this exclusicn does not "'property damage" to any one premises apply if the premises are"your work." while rented to you or temporarily occupied Paragraphs (3) and (4) of this exclusion do by you with the permission of the owner, not apply to "property damage" to tools or including contents of such premises rented equipment loaned to you. A separate limit to you for a period of 7 or fewer consecutive of insurance applies to such tools or days. The Damage To Premises Rented To equipment that are damaged while being You Limit is the greater of: used in your operations. a. $500,000;or G-18652-J (Ed. 07-12) Page 9 of 12 - Copyright,CNA All Rights Reserved. (Ed, 07-12) b. The Damage To Premises Rented To This paragraph B. does not apply to medical You Limit shown in the Declarations. expenses incurred in the state of Missouri. E. Paragraph 4.b.(1)(a)(ii) of SECTION IV — 19. NON-OWNED AIRCRAFT COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY Under SECTION i—COVERAGE A—BODILY CONDITIONS is deleted and replaced by the INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY. � following: Paragraph 2. Exclusions is amender such that (ii) That is property insurance for premises exclusion g.Aircraft,Auto or Watercraft does not rented to you, for premises temporarily apply to an aircraft you do not own, provided that: occupied by you with the permission of the owner, or for personal property of others in 1• The pilot in command holds a currently effective your care, custody or control; certificate issued by the duly constituted authority of the United States of America or F. This Provision 15. does not apply if Damage To Canada, designating that person as a Premises Rented To You Liability under commercial or airline transport pilot; SECTION — I — COVERAGE A is excluded by endorsement. 2. The aircraft is rented to you with a trained, paid crew; and 16. LIBERALIZATION CLAUSE 3. The aircraft does not transport persons or cargo If we adopt a change in our forms or rules which for a charge. would broaden coverage for contractors under this 20 NON-OWNED WATERCRAFT endorsement without an additional premium charge, your policy will automatically provide the additional Under SECTION I—COVERAGE A—BODILY coverage as of the date the revision is effective in INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY, your state. Paragraph 2. Exclusions is amended:o delete r 17. LIQUOR LIABILITY subparagraph (2)of exclusion g.Aircraft,Auto or Watercraft and replace it with the following. Under SECTION I—COVERAGE A—BODILY [This exclusion does not apply to:] INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE, Paragraph 2. Exclusions is amended to delete exclusion c. (2) A watercraft you do not awn that is: Liquor Liability. (a) Less than 75 feet long; and This provision 17. does not apply to any person or organization who otherwise qualifies as an (b) Not being used to cant'persons or property additional insured on this Coverage Part. for a charge, 18. MEDICAL PAYMENTS 21. PRIMARY AND NON-CONTRIBUTORY TO Ir+ OTHER INSURANCE A. Paragraph 7. Medical Expense Limit, of SECTION III — LIMITS OF INSURANCE is With respect to any person or organization that is an deleted and replaced by the following: additional insured under this Coverage Part, the following is added to Paragraph 4. of SECTION IV— 7, Subject to Paragraph S. above (the Each COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY Occurrence Limit), the Medical Expense CONDITIONS: Limit is the most we will pay under SECTION — I — COVERAGE C for all If you have agreed in writing in a contract or medical expenses because of"bodily injury" agreement that this insurance is primary and non- sustained by any one person. The Medical contributory relative to an additional insured's own Expense Limit is the greater of. insurance,then this insurance is primary and we will ph not seek contribution from that other insurance. For ` (1) $15,000; or the purpose of thls Provision 21.,the additional i (2) The amount shown in the Declarations insured's own insurance means insurance on which for Medical Expense Limit. the additEonal insured is a Named Insured. rB. Paragraph 1.a.(3)(b) of SECTION I — This Provision 21. does not apply in situations COVERAGE C MEDICAL PAYMENTS, is where the endorsement on this policy affording replaced by the following: coverage to the additional insured specifies that this insurance is excess over any other insurance (b) The expenses are incurred and reported to available to that additional insured. us within three years of the date of the 22 PROPERTY DAMAGE—ELEVATORS accident; and G-18652-J (Ed. 07-12) Page 10 of 12 �. Copyright,CNA All Rights Reserved. PM CVA (Edd.. 0�-�G7-12)2� A. Under SECTION I — COVERAGE A — BODILY However,this waiver applies only when you have .. INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE, agreed in writing to waive such rights of recovery in Paragraph 2. Exclusions is amended such that a contract or agreement, and only if the contract or exclusion k. Damage to Your Product, and agreement: subparagraph (3), (4) and (6) of exclusion j. 1 Is in effect or becomes effective during the term +� Damage to Property do not apply "property damage"that results from the use of elevators. of this policy; and B. With respect only to the coverage provided by 2. Was executed prior to loss. this endorsement, Condition 4. Other 26. WRAP-UP EXTENSION: OWNER CONTROLLED Insurance in SECTION IV — COMMERCIAL INSURANCE PROGRAM, CONTRACTOR GENERAL LIABILITY CONDITIONS is CONTROLLED INSURANCE PROGRAM OR amended to add the Following subparagraph CONSOLIDATED (WRAP-UP) INSURANCE b.(1)(a)(v): PROGRAMS 4. Other Insurance Note: The following provision does not apply to any b. Excess Insurance public construction project in the state of Oklahoma, .� nor to any construction project in the state of (1) This insurance is excess over: Alaska,that is not permitted to be insured under a (a) Any of the other insurance. ""consolidated (wrap-up) insurance program"by whether primary, excess, applicable state statute or regulation: contingent or on any other If the endorsement EXCLUSION— basis: CONSTRUCTION WRAP-UP or anot7er (v) That is Property insurance exclusionary endorsement pertaining to Owner covering property of others Controlled Insurance Programs(O.C.LP.)or damaged from the use of Contractor Controlled Insurance Programs elevators. (C-C,I.P.)is attached to this policy, then the following changes apply: �• 23. SUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS A. The following wording is added to the A. Under Section I—Supplementary Payments— endorsement: Coverages A and B, Paragraph 1.b., the limit of With respect to a "consolidated (wrap-up) $250 shown for the cost of bail bonds is insurance program"project in which you are or replaced by$5,000: were involved, this exclusion does not apply to B. In Paragraph 1.d., the limit of $250 shown for those suras you become legally obligated to pay daily loss of earnings is replaced by$1,0110. as damages because of: 24. UNINTENTIONAL FAILURE TO DISCLOSE 1. "Bodily injury," "property damage," or HAZARDS "personal or advertising injury" that occurs If unintentionally you should fail to disclose all during your ongoing operations at the '" project, or during such operations of anyone existing hazards at the inception date of your policy, acting on your behalf; nor we will not deny coverage under this Coverage Part because of such failure. 2. "Bodily injury" or "property damage" �+ included within the "products-completed 25. WAIVER OF SUB+GROGATION -BLANKET operations hazard" that arises out of those Under SECTION IV—COMMERCIAL GENERAL portions of the project that are not LIABILITY CONDITIONS, The Transfer Of Rights "residential structures." Of Recovery Against Others To Us Condition is B. SECTION IV — COMMERCIAL GENERAL amended by the addition of the following: LIABILITY CONDITIONS is amended to add the We waive any right of recovery we may have following subparagraph 4.b.(1)Jc) to Condition against any person or organization because of 4.Other Insurance: payments we make for injury or damage arising out [This insurance is excess over:] of: 1. Your ongoing operations; or {c) Any of the other insurance whether primary, excess, contingent or any other basis that is 2. "Your work" included in the "products completed insurance available to you as a result of operations hazard." your being a participant in a "consolidated (wrap-up) insurance program," but only as G-18652-J (Ed. 07-12) Page 11 of 12 Copyrighl,CNA All Rights Reserved G 18652-) CNA (Ed.07-12) respects your involvement in that residency including but not limited to single or "consolidated (wrap-up) insurance multifamily housing, apartments,condominiums, program." townhouses,co-operatives or planned unit C. SECTION V—DEFINITIONS is amended to add developments and also includes their common areas and/or appurtenant structures(including w the following definition: pools, hot tubs, detached garages, guest "Consolidated(wrap-up)insurance program" houses or any similar structures). When there is means a construction,erection or demolition no individual ownership of units, residential project For which the prime contractor/project structure does not include military housing, " manager or owner of the construction project college/university housing or dormitories, long has secured general liability insurance covering term care facilities, hotels, or motels. some or all of the contractors or subcontractors Residential structure also does not include involved in the project, such as an Owner hospitals or prisons. Controlled Insurance Program (O.C.I.P.)or This provision 26.does not apply to any person Contractor Controlled Insurance Program or organization who otherwise qualifies as an (C.C.I.P.). additional insured on this Coverage Part. "Residential structure"means any structure L where 30%or more of the square foot area is used or is intended to be used For human All other terms and conditions of the Policy remain unchanged. This endorsement, which forms a part of and is for attachment to the Policy issued by the designated Insurers,takes effect on the effective date of said Policy at the hour stated in said Policy, unless another effective date is shown below,and expires concurrently with said Policy. Material used with permission of ISO Properties, Inc ,r i rfw G-18652-J (Ed. 07-12) - Page 12 of 12 Copyrighl,CNA All Rights Reserved. POLICY NUMBER: 2074617844 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CG 02 05 12 04 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. TEXAS CHANGES - AMENDMENT OF CANCELLATION r PROVISIONS OR COVERAGE CHANGE This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART LIQUOR LIABILITY COVERAGE PART OWNERS AND CONTRACTORS PROTECTIVE LIABILITY COVERAGE PART POLLUTION LIABILITY COVERAGE PART PRODUCT WITHDRAWAL COVERAGE PART PRODUCTS/COMPLETED OPERATIONS LIABILITY COVERAGE PART RAILROAD PROTECTIVE LIABILITY COVERAGE PART I� { In the event of cancellation or material change that reduces or restricts the insurance afforded by this Coverage Part, we agree to mail prior written notice of cancellation or material change to: SCHEDULE 1. Name: Ci-.y of Fort Worth 2. Address: Conhact Administration 1000 Throckmorton rFort Worth,'TX 76103 3. 1 Number of days advance notice: 30 iInformation required to complete this Schedule, if not shown above,will be shown in the Declarations. r � r o m L a r ti 0 0 CG 02 05 12 04 Copyright, ISO Properties, Inc.. 2003 Page 1 of 1 pm This page has been left blank intentionally. w Ift W w qu w r K. WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS LIABILITY INSURANCE POLICY WC 42 06 01 (Ed. 7-84) TEXAS NOTICE OF MATERIAL CHANGE ENDORSEMENT This endorsement applies only to the insurance provided by the policy because Texas is shown in Item 3.A. of the Information Page. In the event of cancelation or other material change of the policy, we will mail advance notice to the person or " organization named in the Schedule. The number of days advance notice is shown in the Schedule, This endorsement shall not operate directly or indirectly to benefit anyone not named in the Schedule. Schedule 1. Number of days advance notice: 31] 2. Notice will be mailed to. City of Fort Worth Contract Adninistralion 1000 Throekmonon Fort Worth, TX 76102 This endorsement changes the policy to which it is attached and is effective on the date issued unless otherwise stated. (The information below is required only when this endorsemern Is issued subsequent to preparation of the policy.) Endorsement Effective Date Policy No.2474617981 Endorsement No. Policy Effective Date: to Premium$ Insured: imperial Construction,Inc. DBA: Carrier Name!Code: WC 420601 Countersigned by (Ed. 7-84) Page 1 of 2 This page has been left blank intensionally. IN w Om 4m CNA G(Ed.R061 8) THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. CHANGES - NOTICE OF CANCELLATION OR MATERIAL CHANGE This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: BUSINESS AUTO COVERAGE FORM GARAGE:COVERAGE FORM TRUCKERS COVERAGE FORM This endorsement changes the,policy effective on the inception date of the policy unless another date is indicated below Endorsement Effective Policy Number 2083101370 Named Insured Imperial construct+on,Inc. Countersigned by (Authorized Representative) In the event of cancellation or material change that reduces or restricts the insurance afforded by this Coverage Part, we agree to mail prior written notice of cancellation or material change to: SCHEDULE 1. Number of days advance notice 30 2, Name: Ciry pP For!Wlrlh 3.Address: Conlract Adminisiration 1000 Throckmorton Fan Worth,Tx 76102 G-300660-A Page 1 of 1 (Ed. 06/08) This page has been left blank intentionally. r 181MPERCON Mill pATF(MMiDDfYYYY) ACORD,, EVIDENCE OF PROPERTY INSURANCE 1 1213012014 THIS EVIDENCE OF PROPERTY INSURANCE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERSNO RIGHTS UPON THE ADDITIONAL INTEREST NAMED BELOW. THIS EVIDENCE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE am COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW, THIS EVIDENCE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING )NSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE ADDITIONAL INTEREST. AGENCY PHONE COMPANY ALC Na E _81_7 336-3030 `- Wvrtham Insurance&Risk Mgrnt. American Zurich Insurance Company 1600 West Seventh Street 1400 American Lane Fort Worth,TX 76102-2505 Schaumburg, IL 60196-1056 FAY EMAIL pJC.No}•81733&-8257 'ADDRESS• _- CODE: SUS CODE: AGENCY �7�2� CUSTOME8JD 9- INSURED Imperial Construction Inc. LOAN NUMBER (POLICY NUMBER P.O.Box 967 ECO8045132 Weatherford,TX 76086 EFFECTIVE DATE EXPIRATION DATE 10103114 10103115 Tc€ERNNATM IF CHEMED THIS REPLACES PRIOR EVIDENCE DATED; PROPERTY INFORMATION LOCATIONIDESCR iPTION Various Locations in the Contiguous United States rTHE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT,TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS EVIDENCE OF PROPERTY INSURANCE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN,THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS Ve SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS,EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES.LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. COVERAGE INFORMATION COVERAGEIPERILS)FORMS AMOUNT OF INSURANCE DEDUCTIBLE Builders Risk Coverage Reporting Form Any One Structure-F ram&Joisted Masonry $9,000,000 All Covered Property All Locations-Frame&Joisted Masonry $5,000,000 Property While in Transit $250,000 Property while at any location on a temporary basis $250,000 Any One Structure-NonCombustible or Better $30,000,000 All Covered Property All Locations-NonCombustible or Better $30,000,000 Special Form $5,000 JSee Attached Coverage Info.) REMARKS(Including Special Conditions) Re,Expansion and Renovation of General Aviation Terminal Building-Meacham International Airport,4201 North Main Street, Fort.Worth,TX-City Project.No. 1527 CANCELLATION SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF. NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS, ADDITIONAL INTEREST r NAME AN 11 ADDRESS MORTGAGEE AppfsIONAL INSUREC City of Fort Worth LOSS ELYFE Contract Administration LOAN 4 1000 Throckmorton Fort Worth,TX 76102 AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE 'ice[-� -1-te"7 L"1l- ACORD 27(2008112) 1 of 2 S48413 4 1993-2009 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. rThe ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD 18GLB COVERAGE INFORMATION (Continued from page 1.) COVERAGEMERILWORMS AMOUNT OF INSU RAHCE DEDUCTIBLE Windstorm or Hail Ded-3%of the total value at risk at the �+ time of loss or damage at the"project site"but not less less than$50,000 Earthquake Coverage $5,000,000 $50,000 Flood Coverage $5,000,000 .NI -a a i ar l" M I I as on SAGITTA 27.3(12109)2 of 2 S48413 18GLB men CONTRACTOR COMPLIANCE WITH WORKER'S COMPENSATION LAW Pursuant to Texas Labor Code Section 406.096(a), as amended, Contractor certifies that it provides worker's compensation insurance coverage for all of its employees employed on City Project, Expansion and Renovation of General Aviation Terminal Buildiniz at Meacham International Airport located at 4201 North Main Street, Fort Worth, Texas (City Project No. 1527). Contractor further certifies that, pursuant to Texas Labor Code, Section 406.096(b), as amended, it will provide to City its subcontractor's certificates of compliance with worker's compensation coverage. CONTRACTOR: -IA L By' �A LA QA\ I Company (Please Prin ) �UCA Signature: Address ' l2 Qr L r� c GC 3 _ Title: ,Jf.. "�C '. r+ City/State/Zip (Please Print) THE STATE OF TEXAS § § KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS: COUNTY OF TARRANT § » BEFORE ME, the undersigned authority,on this day personally appeared T r known to me to be the person whose name is subscribed to the foregoing instrument, and acknowledged to me that E�_(7he/she executed the same as the act and deed of 1, l, �� �C }e"C S i t for the purposes and consideration therein expressed and in the capacity therein stated. GIVEN UNDER MY HAND AND SEAL OF OFFICE thi day of -C Il'1 ' 12014. CH9ISTAL MARY WADE -ftI� *' "= MY COMMISSION EXPIRES r =;;•... May 1,2016 L�s Notary Public in and for the State of Texas Contractor Compliance with Worker's Compensation Law Page 1 of 1 General Aviation Terminal Building at Meacham International Airport December 2014 4'—G„ of CENTERLINE OF SIGN, LOGO & TEXT INFORMATION a FORTRTHQDwo Project Title 0 'z Architect: Architect's Name Contractor: Contractor's Name FUNDED BY (ust Bond Fund,etc.) i SCHEDULED COMPLETION DATE h � � YEAR SIGN COLOR & FONT: BACKGROUND - WHITE BORDER - 51' 8"'WIDE, 3"RADIUS CORNERS, PMS 288 (BLUE) TEXT - HELVETICA or ARIAL, PMS 288 (BLUE) FORT WORTH LOGO COLORS & FONT: FORT WORTH -- PMS 288 (BLUE), CHELTENHAM BOLD LONGHORN LOGO - PMS 725 (BROWN) PROJECT DESIGNATION SIGN y Project Designation Sign Page 1 of 1 General Aviation Terminal Building at Meacham International Airport December 2014